Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-Q

 

 

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Quarterly Period Ended June 30, 2013

Commission File Number 001-33653

 

 

 

LOGO

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Ohio   31-0854434

(State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

Fifth Third Center

Cincinnati, Ohio 45263

(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (800) 972-3030

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   x    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x

There were 851,473,955 shares of the Registrant’s common stock, without par value, outstanding as of June 30, 2013.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

FINANCIAL CONTENTS

 

Part I. Financial Information

  

Glossary of Abbreviations and Acronyms

     3   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Item 2)

  

Selected Financial Data

     4   

Overview

     5   

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

     10   

Recent Accounting Standards

     12   

Critical Accounting Policies

     12   

Statements of Income Analysis

     13   

Balance Sheet Analysis

     22   

Business Segment Review

     27   

Risk Management—Overview

     34   

Credit Risk Management

     35   

Market Risk Management

     49   

Liquidity Risk Management

     52   

Capital Management

     54   

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

     58   

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk (Item 3)

     59   

Controls and Procedures (Item 4)

     59   

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes (Item 1)

  

Balance Sheets (unaudited)

     60   

Statements of Income (unaudited)

     61   

Statements of Comprehensive Income (unaudited)

     62   

Statements of Changes in Equity (unaudited)

     63   

Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited)

     64   

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

     65   

Part II. Other Information

  

Legal Proceedings (Item 1)

     118   

Risk Factors (Item 1A)

     118   

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds (Item 2)

     118   

Exhibits (Item 6)

     118   

Signatures

     119   

Certifications

  

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report contains statements that we believe are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Rule 175 promulgated thereunder, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Rule 3b-6 promulgated thereunder. These statements relate to our financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance or business. They usually can be identified by the use of forward-looking language such as “will likely result,” “may,” “are expected to,” “is anticipated,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “projected,” “intends to,” or may include other similar words or phrases such as “believes,” “plans,” “trend,” “objective,” “continue,” “remain,” or similar expressions, or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “might,” “can,” or similar verbs. You should not place undue reliance on these statements, as they are subject to risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to the risk factors set forth in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K. When considering these forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind these risks and uncertainties, as well as any cautionary statements we may make. Moreover, you should treat these statements as speaking only as of the date they are made and based only on information then actually known to us. There are a number of important factors that could cause future results to differ materially from historical performance and these forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to: (1) general economic conditions and weakening in the economy, specifically the real estate market, either nationally or in the states in which Fifth Third, one or more acquired entities and/or the combined company do business, are less favorable than expected; (2) deteriorating credit quality; (3) political developments, wars or other hostilities may disrupt or increase volatility in securities markets or other economic conditions; (4) changes in the interest rate environment reduce interest margins; (5) prepayment speeds, loan origination and sale volumes, charge-offs and loan loss provisions; (6) Fifth Third’s ability to maintain required capital levels and adequate sources of funding and liquidity; (7) maintaining capital requirements may limit Fifth Third’s operations and potential growth; (8) changes and trends in capital markets; (9) problems encountered by larger or similar financial institutions may adversely affect the banking industry and/or Fifth Third; (10) competitive pressures among depository institutions increase significantly; (11) effects of critical accounting policies and judgments; (12) changes in accounting policies or procedures as may be required by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) or other regulatory agencies; (13) legislative or regulatory changes or actions, or significant litigation, adversely affect Fifth Third, one or more acquired entities and/or the combined company or the businesses in which Fifth Third, one or more acquired entities and/or the combined company are engaged, including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act; (14) ability to maintain favorable ratings from rating agencies; (15) fluctuation of Fifth Third’s stock price; (16) ability to attract and retain key personnel; (17) ability to receive dividends from its subsidiaries; (18) potentially dilutive effect of future acquisitions on current shareholders’ ownership of Fifth Third; (19) effects of accounting or financial results of one or more acquired entities; (20) difficulties from the separation of or the results of operations of Vantiv, LLC; (21) loss of income from any sale or potential sale of businesses that could have an adverse effect on Fifth Third’s earnings and future growth; (22) ability to secure confidential information and deliver products and services through the use of computer systems and telecommunications networks; and (23) the impact of reputational risk created by these developments on such matters as business generation and retention, funding and liquidity.

 

2


Table of Contents

 

Glossary of Abbreviations and Acronyms

 

Fifth Third Bancorp provides the following list of abbreviations and acronyms as a tool for the reader that are used in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

ALCO: Asset Liability Management Committee

ALLL: Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

AOCI: Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

ARM: Adjustable Rate Mortgage

ATM: Automated Teller Machine

BHC: Bank Holding Company

BOLI: Bank Owned Life Insurance

bps: Basis points

BPO: Broker Price Opinion

CCAR: Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review

CDC: Fifth Third Community Development Corporation

CFPB: United States Consumer Financial Protection Bureau

C&I: Commercial and Industrial

DCF: Discounted Cash Flow

ERISA: Employee Retirement Income Security Act

ERM: Enterprise Risk Management

ERMC: Enterprise Risk Management Committee

EVE: Economic Value of Equity

FASB: Financial Accounting Standards Board

FDIC: Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

FHLB: Federal Home Loan Bank

FHLMC: Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation

FICO: Fair Isaac Corporation (credit rating)

FNMA: Federal National Mortgage Association

FRB: Federal Reserve Bank

FTAM: Fifth Third Asset Management, Inc.

FTE: Fully Taxable Equivalent

FTP: Funds Transfer Pricing

FTS: Fifth Third Securities

GNMA: Government National Mortgage Association

GSE: Government Sponsored Enterprise

HAMP: Home Affordable Modification Program

HARP: Home Affordable Refinance Program

HFS: Held for Sale

  

IPO: Initial Public Offering

IRC: Internal Revenue Code

IRLC: Interest Rate Lock Commitment

ISDA: International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.

LCR: Liquidity Coverage Ratio

LIBOR: London InterBank Offered Rate

LLC: Limited Liability Company

LTV: Loan-to-Value

MD&A: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

MSR: Mortgage Servicing Right

N/A: Not Applicable

NII: Net Interest Income

NM: Not Meaningful

NPR: Notice of Proposed Rulemaking

NSFR: Net Stable Funding Ratio

OCC: Office of the Comptroller of the Currency

OCI: Other Comprehensive Income

OIS: Overnight Index Swap Rate

OREO: Other Real Estate Owned

OTTI: Other-Than-Temporary Impairment

PMI: Private Mortgage Insurance

SBA: Small Business Administration

SEC: United States Securities and Exchange Commission

TBA: To Be Announced

TDR: Troubled Debt Restructuring

TruPS: Trust Preferred Securities

U.S.: United States of America

U.S. GAAP: Accounting Principles Generally Accepted in the United States of America

UST: United States Treasury

VaR: Value-at-Risk

VIE: Variable Interest Entity

VRDN: Variable Rate Demand Note

 

3


Table of Contents

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Item 2)

 

The following is MD&A of certain significant factors that have affected Fifth Third Bancorp’s (the “Bancorp” or “Fifth Third”) financial condition and results of operations during the periods included in the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, which are a part of this filing. Reference to the Bancorp incorporates the parent holding company and all consolidated subsidiaries.

TABLE 1: Selected Financial Data

 

     For the three months            For the six months         
     ended June 30,            ended June 30,         

($ in millions, except for per share data)

   2013     2012      % Change     2013     2012      % Change  

Income Statement Data

              

Net interest income (a)

   $ 885        899         (2   $ 1,777        1,802         (1

Noninterest income

     1,060        678         56        1,803        1,448         25   

Total revenue (a)

     1,945        1,577         23        3,580        3,250         10   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     64        71         (11     126        162         (22

Noninterest expense

     1,035        937         10        2,013        1,911         5   

Net income attributable to Bancorp

     591        385         53        1,013        815         24   

Net income available to common shareholders

     582        376         55        995        797         25   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Common Share Data

              

Earnings per share, basic

   $ 0.67        0.41         63      $ 1.14        0.87         32   

Earnings per share, diluted

     0.65        0.40         63        1.11        0.85         31   

Cash dividends per common share

     0.12        0.08         50        0.23        0.16         44   

Book value per share

     15.56        14.56         7        15.56        14.56         7   

Market value per share

     18.05        13.40         35        18.05        13.40         35   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial Ratios (%)

              

Return on average assets

     1.94     1.32         47        1.68     1.40         20   

Return on average common equity

     17.3        11.4         51        14.9        12.2         22   

Dividend payout ratio

     17.9        19.5         (8     20.2        18.4         10   

Average Bancorp shareholders’ equity as a percent of average assets

     11.64        11.58         —          11.51        11.54         —     

Tangible common equity (b)

     8.83        9.15         (4     8.83        9.15         (4

Net interest margin (a)

     3.33        3.56         (6     3.38        3.59         (6

Efficiency (a)

     53.2        59.4         (10     56.2        58.8         (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Credit Quality

              

Net losses charged off

   $ 112        181         (39   $ 245        401         (39

Net losses charged off as a percent of average loans and leases

     0.51     0.88         (42     0.57     0.98         (42

ALLL as a percent of portfolio loans and leases

     1.99        2.45         (19     1.99        2.45         (19

Allowance for credit losses as a percent of portfolio loans and
leases (c)

     2.18        2.66         (18     2.18        2.66         (18

Nonperforming assets as a percent of portfolio loans, leases and other assets, including other real estate owned (d)

     1.32        1.96         (33     1.32        1.96         (33
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average Balances

              

Loans and leases, including held for sale

   $ 89,473        84,508         6      $ 89,179        84,132         6   

Total securities and other short-term investments

     16,962        17,168         (1     16,904        16,952         —     

Total assets

     122,212        117,654         4        121,668        116,989         4   

Transaction deposits (e)

     81,678        77,621         5        81,311        77,378         5   

Core deposits (f)

     85,537        81,980         4        85,231        81,833         4   

Wholesale funding (g)

     17,508        17,533         —          17,595        17,065         3   

Bancorp shareholders’ equity

     14,221        13,628         4        14,001        13,497         4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Regulatory Capital Ratios (%)

              

Tier I risk-based capital

     11.07     12.31         (10     11.07     12.31         (10

Total risk-based capital

     14.34        16.24         (12     14.34        16.24         (12

Tier I leverage

     10.40        11.39         (9     10.40        11.39         (9

Tier I common equity (b)

     9.43        9.77         (3     9.43        9.77         (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Amounts presented on an FTE basis. The FTE adjustment for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 was $5 and $4, respectively, and for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 was $9 .
(b) The tangible common equity and Tier I common equity ratios are non-GAAP measures. For further information, see the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of the MD&A.
(c) The allowance for credit losses is the sum of the ALLL and the reserve for unfunded commitments.
(d) Excludes nonaccrual loans held for sale.
(e) Includes demand, interest checking, savings, money market and foreign office deposits.
(f) Includes transaction deposits plus other time deposits.
(g) Includes certificates $100,000 and over, other deposits, federal funds purchased, other short-term borrowings and long-term debt.

 

4


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

OVERVIEW

Fifth Third Bancorp is a diversified financial services company headquartered in Cincinnati, Ohio. At June 30, 2013, the Bancorp had $123.4 billion in assets, operated 18 affiliates with 1,326 full-service Banking Centers, including 104 Bank Mart ® locations open seven days a week inside select grocery stores, and 2,433 ATMs in 12 states throughout the Midwestern and Southeastern regions of the U.S. The Bancorp reports on four business segments: Commercial Banking, Branch Banking, Consumer Lending and Investment Advisors. The Bancorp also has a 28% interest in Vantiv Holding, LLC. The carrying value of the Bancorp’s investment in Vantiv Holding, LLC was $448 million as of June 30, 2013.

This overview of MD&A highlights selected information in the financial results of the Bancorp and may not contain all of the information that is important to you. For a more complete understanding of trends, events, commitments, uncertainties, liquidity, capital resources and critical accounting policies and estimates, you should carefully read this entire document as well as the 2012 Form 10-K. Each of these items could have an impact on the Bancorp’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, see the Glossary of Abbreviations and Acronyms in this report for a list of terms included as a tool for the reader of this quarterly report on Form 10-Q. The abbreviations and acronyms identified therein are used throughout this MD&A, as well as the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bancorp believes that banking is first and foremost a relationship business where the strength of the competition and challenges for growth can vary in every market. The Bancorp believes its affiliate operating model provides a competitive advantage by emphasizing individual relationships. Through its affiliate operating model, individual managers at all levels within the affiliates are given the opportunity to tailor financial solutions for their customers.

Net interest income, net interest margin and the efficiency ratio are presented in MD&A on an FTE basis. The FTE basis adjusts for the tax-favored status of income from certain loans and securities held by the Bancorp that are not taxable for federal income tax purposes. The Bancorp believes this presentation to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income as it provides a relevant comparison between taxable and non-taxable amounts.

The Bancorp’s revenues are dependent on both net interest income and noninterest income. For the three months ended June 30, 2013, net interest income, on an FTE basis, and noninterest income provided 45% and 55% of total revenue, respectively. The Bancorp derives the majority of its revenues within the U.S. from customers domiciled in the U.S. Revenue from foreign countries and external customers domiciled in foreign countries is immaterial to the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Changes in interest rates, credit quality, economic trends and the capital markets are primary factors that drive the performance of the Bancorp. As discussed later in the Risk Management section, risk identification, measurement, monitoring, control and reporting are important to the management of risk and to the financial performance and capital strength of the Bancorp.

Net interest income is the difference between interest income earned on assets such as loans, leases and securities, and interest expense incurred on liabilities such as deposits, short-term borrowings and long-term debt. Net interest income is affected by the general level of interest rates, the relative level of short-term and long-term interest rates, changes in interest rates and changes in the amount and composition of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Generally, the rates of interest the Bancorp earns on its assets and pays on its liabilities are established for a period of time. The change in market interest rates over time exposes the Bancorp to interest rate risk through potential adverse changes to net interest income and financial position. The Bancorp manages this risk by continually analyzing and adjusting the composition of its assets and liabilities based on their payment streams and interest rates, the timing of their maturities and their sensitivity to changes in market interest rates. Additionally, in the ordinary course of business, the Bancorp enters into certain derivative transactions as part of its overall strategy to manage its interest rate and prepayment risks. The Bancorp is also exposed to the risk of losses on its loan and lease portfolio, as a result of changing expected cash flows caused by borrower credit events, such as, loan defaults and inadequate collateral due to a weakened economy within the Bancorp’s footprint.

Noninterest income is derived primarily from mortgage banking net revenue, service charges on deposits, corporate banking revenue, investment advisory revenue, card and processing revenue and other noninterest income. Noninterest expense is primarily driven by personnel costs, net occupancy expenses, and technology and communication costs.

Vantiv, Inc. Share Sale

The Bancorp’s ownership position in Vantiv Holding, LLC was reduced in the second quarter of 2013 when the Bancorp sold an approximate five percent interest and recognized a $242 million gain. The Bancorp’s remaining approximate 28% ownership in Vantiv Holding, LLC was accounted for as an equity method investment in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and had a carrying value of $448 million as of June 30, 2013.

As of June 30, 2013, the Bancorp continued to hold approximately 53.8 million Class B units of Vantiv Holding, LLC and a warrant to purchase approximately 20.4 million Class C non-voting units of Vantiv Holding, LLC, both of which may be exchanged for Class A Common Stock of Vantiv, Inc. on a one for one basis or at Vantiv, Inc.’s option for cash. In addition, the Bancorp holds approximately 53.8 million Class B common shares of Vantiv, Inc. The Class B common shares give the Bancorp voting rights, but no economic interest in Vantiv, Inc. The voting rights attributable to the Class B common shares are limited to 18.5% of the voting power in Vantiv, Inc. at any time other than in connection with a stockholder vote with respect to a change in control in Vantiv, Inc. These securities are subject to certain terms and restrictions.

Subsequent to June 30, 2013, the Bancorp sold additional shares of Vantiv, Inc. For additional information, see Note 22 in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

5


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

CCAR Results

On March 14, 2013, the Bancorp announced the results of its capital plan submitted to the FRB as part of the 2013 CCAR. The FRB indicated to the Bancorp that it did not object to the following capital actions for the period beginning April 1, 2013 and ending March 31, 2014: the potential increase in its quarterly common stock dividend to $0.12 per share; the potential repurchase of up to $750 million in TruPS, subject to the determination of a regulatory capital event and replacement with the issuance of a similar amount of Tier II-qualifying subordinated debt; the potential conversion of the $398 million in outstanding Series G 8.5% convertible preferred stock into approximately 35.5 million common shares issued to the holders and the repurchase of the common shares issued in the conversion up to $550 million in market value, and the issuance of $550 million in preferred shares; the potential repurchase of common shares in an amount up to $984 million, including any shares issued in a Series G preferred stock conversion and the potential issuance of an additional $500 million in preferred stock. In addition, the Bancorp intends to make incremental repurchases of common shares in the amount of any after-tax gains from the sale of Vantiv, Inc. common stock. For more information on the 2013 CCAR results, refer to the Capital Management section of MD&A.

Accelerated Share Repurchase Transactions

On November 6, 2012, the Bancorp entered into an accelerated share repurchase transaction with a counterparty pursuant to which the Bancorp purchased 7,710,761 shares, or approximately $125 million, of its outstanding common stock on November 9, 2012. The Bancorp repurchased the shares of its common stock as part of its 100 million share repurchase program announced in August of 2012. As part of this transaction and all subsequent accelerated share repurchases, the Bancorp entered into a forward contract in which the final number of shares to be delivered at settlement of the accelerated share repurchase transaction will be based generally on a discount to the average daily volume-weighted average price of the Bancorp’s common stock during the term of the Repurchase Agreement. The accelerated share repurchase was treated as two separate transactions (i) the acquisition of treasury shares on the acquisition date and (ii) a forward contract indexed to the Bancorp’s stock. At settlement of the forward contract on February 12, 2013, the Bancorp received an additional 657,914 shares which were recorded as an adjustment to the basis in the treasury shares purchased on the acquisition date.

Following the sale of a portion of the Bancorp’s shares of Class A Vantiv, Inc. common stock in 2012, the Bancorp entered into an accelerated share purchase transaction on December 14, 2012 with a counterparty pursuant to which the Bancorp purchased 6,267,410 shares, or approximately $100 million, of its outstanding common stock on December 19, 2012. The Bancorp repurchased the shares of its common stock as part of its previously announced 100 million share repurchase program. At settlement of the transaction on February 27, 2013, the Bancorp received an additional 127,760 shares which were recorded as an adjustment to the basis in the treasury shares purchased on the acquisition date.

On January 28, 2013, the Bancorp entered into an accelerated share repurchase transaction with a counterparty pursuant to which the Bancorp purchased 6,953,028 shares, or approximately $125 million, of its outstanding common stock on January 31, 2013. The Bancorp repurchased the shares of its common stock as part of its previously announced 100 million share repurchase program. This repurchase transaction concluded the $600 million of common share repurchases not objected to by the FRB in the 2012 CCAR process. At settlement of the forward contract on April 5, 2013, the Bancorp received an additional 849,037 shares which were recorded as an adjustment to the basis in the treasury shares purchased on the acquisition date.

On March 19, 2013, the Board of Directors authorized the Bancorp to repurchase up to 100 million common shares in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, and to utilize any derivative or similar instrument to effect share repurchase transactions. This share repurchase authorization replaced the Board’s previous authorization from August of 2012.

On May 21, 2013, the Bancorp entered into an accelerated share repurchase transaction with a counterparty pursuant to which the Bancorp purchased 25,035,519 shares, or approximately $539 million, of its outstanding common stock on May 24, 2013. The Bancorp repurchased the shares of its common stock as part of its 100 million share repurchase program previously announced on March 19, 2013. The Bancorp expects the settlement of the transaction to occur on or before October 21, 2013. Approximately $600 million of repurchase authorization remains under the 2013 CCAR, excluding any after-tax gains realized by the Bancorp from future sales of Vantiv, Inc. shares.

Preferred Stock Offering and Conversion

As contemplated by the 2013 CCAR, on May 13, 2013 the Bancorp issued in a registered public offering 600,000 depositary shares, representing 24,000 shares of 5.10% fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative Series H perpetual preferred stock, for net proceeds of $593 million. Each preferred share has a $25,000 liquidation preference. The preferred stock accrues dividends, on a non-cumulative semi-annual basis, at an annual rate of 5.10% through but excluding June 30, 2023, at which time it converts to a quarterly floating rate dividend of three-month LIBOR plus 3.033%. Subject to any required regulatory approval, the Bancorp may redeem the Series H preferred shares at its option in whole or in part, at any time on or after June 30, 2023 and following a regulatory capital event at any time prior to June 30, 2023. The Series H preferred shares are not convertible into Bancorp common shares or any other securities. Under the 2013 CCAR, the Bancorp has $450 million of remaining preferred stock available for issuance as of June 30, 2013.

On June 11, 2013, the Bancorp’s Board of Directors authorized the conversion into common stock, no par value, of all outstanding shares of the Bancorp’s 8.50% non-cumulative convertible perpetual preferred stock, Series G, which shares are represented by depositary shares each representing 1/250th of a share of Series G preferred stock, pursuant to the Amended Articles of Incorporation. The Articles grant the Bancorp the right, at its option, to convert all outstanding shares of Series G preferred stock if the closing price of common stock exceeded 130% of the applicable conversion price for 20 trading days within any period of 30 consecutive trading days. The closing price of shares of common stock satisfied such threshold for the 30 trading days ended June 10, 2013, and the Bancorp gave the required notice of its exercise of its conversion right. On July 1, 2013, the Bancorp converted the remaining 16,442 outstanding shares of Series G preferred stock, which

 

6


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

represented 4,110,500 depositary shares, into shares of Fifth Third’s common stock. Each share of Series G preferred stock was converted into 2,159.8272 shares of common stock, representing a total of 35,511,740 issued shares. The common shares issued in the conversion are exempt securities pursuant to Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as securities exchanged exclusively with Bancorp’s existing security holders where no commission or other remuneration was paid. Upon conversion, the depositary shares were delisted from the NASDAQ Global Select Market and withdrawn from the Exchange.

Senior Notes Offering

On February 25, 2013, the Bancorp’s banking subsidiary updated and amended its existing global bank note program. The amended global bank note program increased the Bank’s capacity to issue its senior and subordinated unsecured bank notes from $20 billion to $25 billion. Additionally, on February 28, 2013, the Bank issued and sold, under its amended bank notes program, $1.3 billion in aggregate principal amount of unsecured senior bank notes. The bank notes consisted of: $600 million of 1.45% senior fixed rate notes, with a maturity of five years, due on February 28, 2018; $400 million of 0.90% senior fixed rate notes with a maturity of three years, due on February 26, 2016; and $300 million of senior floating rate notes. Interest on the floating rate notes is 3-month LIBOR plus 41 bps, with a maturity of three years, due on February 26, 2016. The bank notes will be redeemable by the Bank, in whole or in part, on or after the date that is 30 days prior to the maturity date at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest through the redemption date.

Legislative Developments

On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into federal law. This act implements changes to the financial services industry and affects the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The legislation establishes a CFPB responsible for implementing and enforcing compliance with consumer financial laws, changes the methodology for determining deposit insurance assessments, gives the FRB the ability to regulate and limit interchange rates charged to merchants for the use of debit cards, enacts new limitations on proprietary trading, broadens the scope of derivative instruments subject to regulation, requires on-going stress tests and the submission of annual capital plans for certain organizations and requires changes to regulatory capital ratios. This act also calls for federal regulatory agencies to conduct multiple studies over the next several years in order to implement its provisions. While the total impact of the fully implemented Dodd-Frank Act on the Bancorp is not currently known, the impact is expected to be substantial and may have an adverse impact on the Bancorp’s financial performance and growth opportunities.

The Bancorp was impacted by a number of components of the Dodd-Frank Act which were implemented in 2012 and 2013. On October 9, 2012, the FRB published final stress testing rules that implement section 165(i)(1) and (i)(2) of the Dodd-Frank Act. The bank holding companies that participated in the 2009 SCAP and subsequent CCAR, which includes the Bancorp, are subject to the final stress testing rules. The rules require both supervisory and company-run stress tests, which provide forward-looking information to supervisors to help assess whether institutions have sufficient capital to absorb losses and support operations during adverse economic conditions.

The FRB launched the 2013 stress testing program and CCAR on November 9, 2012. The CCAR required bank holding companies to submit a capital plan in addition to their stress testing results. The mandatory elements of the capital plan were an assessment of the expected use and sources of capital over the planning horizon, a description of all planned capital actions over the planning horizon, a discussion of any expected changes to the Bancorp’s business plan that are likely to have a material impact on its capital adequacy or liquidity, a detailed description of the Bancorp’s process for assessing capital adequacy and the Bancorp’s capital policy. The stress testing results and capital plan were submitted by the Bancorp to the FRB on January 7, 2013. In March of 2013, the FRB disclosed its estimates of participating institutions results under the FRB supervisory stress scenario, including capital results, which assume all banks take certain consistently applied future capital actions. In addition, the FRB disclosed its estimates of participating institutions results under the FRB supervisory severe stress scenarios including capital results based on each company’s own base scenario capital actions. On March 14, 2013, the Bancorp announced the results of its capital plan and company run stress test submitted to the FRB as part of the 2013 CCAR.

The FRB’s review of the capital plan assessed the comprehensiveness of the capital plan, the reasonableness of the assumptions and the analysis underlying the capital plan. Additionally, the FRB reviewed the robustness of the capital adequacy process, the capital policy and the Bancorp’s ability to maintain capital above the minimum regulatory capital ratios and above a Tier I common ratio of five percent on a pro forma basis under expected and stressful conditions throughout the planning horizon. The FRB assessed the Bancorp’s strategies for addressing proposed revisions to the regulatory capital framework agreed upon by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and requirements arising from the Dodd-Frank Act.

Beginning in 2013, the Bancorp and other large bank holding companies were required to conduct a separate mid-year stress test using financial data as of March 31 st under three company-derived macro-economic scenarios (base, adverse and severely adverse). The Bancorp submitted the results of its mid-year stress test to the FRB in July of 2013 and the FRB will publish a summary of the results under the severely adverse scenario in September of 2013. For further discussion on the 2013 Stress Tests and CCAR, see the Capital Management section in MD&A.

In January of 2013, the CFPB issued several final regulations and changes to certain consumer protections under existing laws. These regulations are intended to strengthen consumer protections for high-cost mortgages, amend escrow requirements under the Truth in Lending Act, require mortgage lenders to consider the consumers’ ability to repay home loans before extending them credit, implement mortgage servicing rules, amend the Equal Credit Opportunity Act regarding appraisals and other written valuations for first lien residential mortgage loans and revises the Truth in Lending Act to strengthen loan originator qualification requirements and regulate industry compensation practices. These regulations take effect in 2014 except for the escrow requirements and certain provisions of the compensation rules under the Truth in Lending Act which took effect on June 1, 2013. The Bancorp is currently assessing the impact these new regulations will have on its Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

7


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

Fifth Third offers qualified deposit customers a deposit advance product if they choose to avail themselves of this service to meet short term, small-dollar financial needs. In April of 2013, the CFPB issued a “White Paper” which studied financial services industry offerings and customer use of deposit advance products as well as payday loans and is considering whether rules governing these products are warranted. At the same time, the OCC and FDIC each issued proposed supervisory guidance for public comment to institutions they supervise which supplements existing OCC and FDIC guidance, detailing the principles they expect financial institutions to follow in connection with deposit advance products and supervisory expectations for the use of deposit advance products. The Federal Reserve also issued a statement in April to state member banks like Fifth Third for whom the Federal Reserve is the primary regulator. This statement encouraged state member banks to respond to customers’ small-dollar credit needs in a responsible manner; emphasized that they should take into consideration the risks associated with deposit advance products, including potential consumer harm and potential elevated compliance risk; and reminded them that these product offerings must comply with applicable laws and regulations. Fifth Third’s deposit advance product was designed to fully comply with all applicable federal and state laws. Use of this product is subject to strict eligibility requirements and advance restriction guidelines to limit dependency on this product as a borrowing source. Fifth Third believes this product provides customers with a relatively low-cost alternative for such needs. Fifth Third is currently evaluating the Federal Reserve’s statement, the proposed guidance by other regulators, and the CFPB’s White Paper, to determine whether any changes need to be made to this offering and alternative methods, products and services to ensure that we are able to continue to meet our customers’ needs. As a result, we cannot at this time estimate the negative financial impact of any changes that may be required as a result of these or future developments. These advance balances are included in other consumer loans and leases on the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets with revenue reported in interest and fees on loans and leases in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income and in Tables 3 and 4 in the Statements of Income Analysis section of MD&A.

In December of 2010 and revised in June of 2011, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision issued Basel III, a global regulatory framework, to enhance international capital standards. In June of 2012, U.S. banking regulators proposed enhancements to the regulatory capital requirements for U.S. banks, which implement aspects of Basel III, such as re-defining the regulatory capital elements and minimum capital ratios, introducing regulatory capital buffers above those minimums, revising the agencies’ rules for calculating risk-weighted assets and introducing a new Tier I common equity ratio. In July of 2013, U.S. banking regulators approved the final enhanced regulatory capital rules (Basel III), which included modifications to the proposed rules. The Bancorp continues to evaluate the final rules and their potential impact. For more information on the impact of the regulatory capital enhancements, refer to the Capital Management section of MD&A.

In October of 2011, the banking agencies issued an NPR that would implement the provisions of the Volcker Rule. These provisions prohibit banks and bank holding companies from engaging in certain types of proprietary trading. The scope of the proprietary trading prohibition, and its impact on Fifth Third, will depend on the definitions in the final rule, particularly those definitions related to statutory exemptions for risk-mitigating hedging activities, market-making and customer-related activities. The Volcker Rule and the rulemakings promulgated thereunder are also expected to restrict banks and their affiliated entities from investing in or sponsoring certain private equity and hedge funds. Fifth Third does not sponsor any private equity or hedge funds that, under the proposed rule, it is prohibited from sponsoring. As of June 30, 2013, the Bancorp had approximately $168 million in interests and approximately $94 million in binding commitments to invest in private equity funds likely to be affected by the Volcker Rule. It is expected that over time the Bancorp may need to eliminate these investments although it is likely that these amounts will be reduced over time in the ordinary course before compliance is required.

In November 2010, the FDIC implemented a final rule amending its deposit insurance regulations to implement section 343 of the Dodd-Frank Act providing for unlimited deposit insurance for noninterest-bearing transaction accounts for two years starting December 31, 2010. The FDIC did not charge a separate assessment for the insurance unlike the previous Transaction Account Guarantee Program. Beginning January 1, 2013, noninterest-bearing transaction accounts are no longer insured separately from depositors’ other accounts at the same insured depository institution.

On January 7, 2013, the Basel Committee issued a final standard for the LCR, which would phase in the LCR beginning in 2015 with full implementation in 2019. In addition, the Basel Committee plans on introducing the NSFR final standard in the next two years. Refer to the Liquidity Risk Management section in MD&A for further discussion on these ratios.

On July 31, 2013, the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia issued an order granting summary judgment to the plaintiffs in a case challenging certain provisions of the FRB’s rule concerning electronic debit card transaction fees and network exclusivity arrangements (the “Current Rule”) that were adopted to implement Section 1075 of the Dodd-Frank Act, known as the Durbin Amendment. The Court held that, in adopting the Current Rule, the FRB violated the Durbin Amendment’s provisions concerning which costs are allowed to be taken into account for purposes of setting fees that are reasonable and proportional to the costs incurred by the issuer and therefore the Current Rule’s maximum permissible fees were too high. In addition, the Court held that the Current Rule’s network non-exclusivity provisions concerning unaffiliated payment networks for debit cards also violated the Durbin Amendment. The Court vacated the Current Rule, but stayed its ruling to provide the FRB an opportunity to replace the invalidated portions. The FRB has not yet announced whether it will appeal this decision. If this decision is ultimately upheld and/or the FRB re-issues rules for purposes of implementing the Durbin Amendment in a manner consistent with this decision, the amount of debt card interchange fees the Bancorp would be permitted to charge likely would be reduced, thereby negatively affecting the Bancorp’s financial performance. Refer to the Noninterest Income subsection of the Statements of Income Analysis section of MD&A for further information regarding the Bancorp’s debit card interchange revenue.

Earnings Summary

The Bancorp’s net income available to common shareholders for the second quarter of 2013 was $582 million, or $0.65 per diluted share, which was net of $9 million in preferred stock dividends. The Bancorp’s net income available to common shareholders for the second quarter of 2012 was $376 million, or $0.40 per diluted share, which was net of $9 million in preferred stock dividends. The Bancorp’s net income

 

8


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

available to common shareholders for the six months ended June 30, 2013 was $995 million, or $1.11 per diluted share, which was net of $18 million in preferred stock dividends. For the six months ended June 30, 2012, the Bancorp’s net income available to common shareholders was $797 million, or $0.85 per diluted share, which was net of $18 million in preferred stock dividends. Pre-provision net revenue was $905 million and $1.6 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to $636 million and $1.3 billion in the same periods in 2012. Pre-provision net revenue is a non-GAAP measure. For further information, see the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section in MD&A.

Net interest income decreased to $885 million and $1.8 billion, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to $899 million and $1.8 billion, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. For both periods, net interest income was negatively impacted by a 35 bps decline in yields on the Bancorp’s interest-earning assets, partially offset by a $5.0 billion increase in average loans and leases due primarily to increases in average commercial and industrial loans and average residential mortgage loans. In addition, interest expense decreased for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in the prior year primarily due to a reduction in higher cost average long-term debt along with a decrease in the rate paid on average long-term debt. Net interest margin was 3.33% and 3.38% for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to 3.56% and 3.59% for the same periods in the prior year.

Noninterest income increased $382 million, or 56%, in the second quarter of 2013 compared to the same period in the prior year and increased $355 million, or 25%, for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same period in the prior year. The increase for both periods was primarily due to increases in other noninterest income and mortgage banking net revenue. Other noninterest income increased $311 million and $244 million, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in the prior year, primarily due to a $242 million gain on the sale of Vantiv, Inc. shares recognized in the second quarter of 2013. Additionally, other noninterest income increased for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in the prior year due to an increase in the positive valuation adjustments on stock warrants associated with Vantiv Holding, LLC, an increase in BOLI income due to a settlement related to a previously surrendered BOLI policy and a decrease in the loss related to the Visa total return swap. Mortgage banking net revenue increased $50 million and $66 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. The increase in mortgage banking net revenue for both periods was primarily due to an increase in positive net valuation adjustments on mortgage servicing rights and free-standing derivatives entered into to economically hedge the MSR portfolio partially offset by a decrease in origination fees and gains on loan sales.

Noninterest expense increased $98 million, or 10%, in the second quarter of 2013 and increased $102 million, or five percent, for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in 2012. The increase for both periods was primarily due to increases in other noninterest expense of $80 million and $75 million, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in the prior year primarily due to increases in losses and adjustments related to increases in litigation expense and a fraud loss recorded in the second quarter of 2013. In addition, total personnel costs (salaries, wages and incentives plus employee benefits) increased $10 million and $13 million, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in the prior year, due to an increase in incentive compensation as a result of improved production levels and an increase in stock compensation expense.

Credit Summary

The Bancorp does not originate subprime mortgage loans and does not hold asset-backed securities backed by subprime mortgage loans in its securities portfolio. However, the Bancorp has exposure to disruptions in the capital markets and weakened economic conditions. During the six months ended June 30, 2013, credit trends have improved, and as a result, the provision for loan and lease losses decreased to $64 million and $126 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to $71 million and $162 million, respectively, for the same periods in 2012. In addition, net charge-offs as a percent of average portfolio loans and leases decreased to 0.51% during the second quarter of 2013 compared to 0.88% during the second quarter of 2012 and decreased to 0.57% for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to 0.98% for the six months ended June 30, 2012. At June 30, 2013, nonperforming assets as a percent of portfolio loans, leases and other assets, including OREO (excluding nonaccrual loans held for sale) decreased to 1.32%, compared to 1.49% at December 31, 2012. For further discussion on credit quality, see the Credit Risk Management section in MD&A.

Capital Summary

The Bancorp’s capital ratios exceed the “well-capitalized” guidelines as defined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. As of June 30, 2013, the Tier I risk-based capital ratio was 11.07%, the Tier I leverage ratio was 10.40% and the total risk-based capital ratio was 14.34%.

 

9


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

The Bancorp considers various measures when evaluating capital utilization and adequacy, including the tangible equity ratio, tangible common equity ratio and Tier I common equity ratio, in addition to capital ratios defined by banking regulators. These calculations are intended to complement the capital ratios defined by banking regulators for both absolute and comparative purposes. Because U.S. GAAP does not include capital ratio measures, the Bancorp believes there are no comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures to these ratios. These ratios are not formally defined by U.S. GAAP or codified in the federal banking regulations and, therefore, are considered to be non-GAAP financial measures. Since analysts and banking regulators may assess the Bancorp’s capital adequacy using these ratios, the Bancorp believes they are useful to provide investors the ability to assess its capital adequacy on the same basis.

The Bancorp believes these non-GAAP measures are important because they reflect the level of capital available to withstand unexpected market conditions. Additionally, presentation of these measures allows readers to compare certain aspects of the Bancorp’s capitalization to other organizations. However, because there are no standardized definitions for these ratios, the Bancorp’s calculations may not be comparable with other organizations, and the usefulness of these measures to investors may be limited. As a result, the Bancorp encourages readers to consider its Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure.

U.S. banking regulators approved final capital rules (Basel III) in July of 2013 that substantially amend the existing risk-based capital rules (Basel I) for banks. The Bancorp believes providing an estimate of its capital position based upon the final rules is important to complement the existing capital ratios and for comparability to other financial institutions. Since these rules are not effective for the Bancorp until January 1, 2015, they are considered non-GAAP measures and therefore are included in the following non-GAAP financial measures table.

Pre-provision net revenue is net interest income plus noninterest income minus noninterest expense. The Bancorp believes this measure is important because it provides a ready view of the Bancorp’s earnings before the impact of provision expense.

 

10


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

The following table reconciles non-GAAP financial measures to U.S. GAAP as of or for the three and six months ended:

TABLE 2: Non-GAAP Financial Measures

 

                                                           
     For the three months      For the six months  
   ended June 30,      ended June 30,  

($ in millions)

   2013      2012      2013     2012  

Income before income taxes (U.S. GAAP)

   $ 841         565         1,432        1,168   

Add: Provision expense (U.S. GAAP)

     64         71         126        162   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pre-provision net revenue

     905         636         1,558        1,330   

Net income available to common shareholders (U.S. GAAP)

   $ 582         376         995        797   

Add: Intangible amortization, net of tax

     1         2         2        3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible net income available to common shareholders

   $ 583         378         997        800   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
                   June 30,     December 31,  
                   2013     2012  

Total Bancorp shareholders’ equity (U.S. GAAP)

         $ 14,239        13,716   

Less: Preferred stock

           (991     (398

Goodwill

           (2,416     (2,416

Intangible assets

           (23     (27
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible common equity, including unrealized gains / losses

           10,809        10,875   

Less: Accumulated other comprehensive income

           (149     (375
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible common equity, excluding unrealized gains / losses (1)

           10,660        10,500   

Add: Preferred stock

           991        398   
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible equity (2)

         $ 11,651        10,898   
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets (U.S. GAAP)

         $ 123,360        121,894   

Less: Goodwill

           (2,416     (2,416

Intangible assets

           (23     (27

Accumulated other comprehensive income, before tax

           (229     (577
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible assets, excluding unrealized gains / losses (3)

         $ 120,692        118,874   
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Bancorp shareholders’ equity (U.S. GAAP)

         $ 14,239        13,716   

Less: Goodwill and certain other intangibles

           (2,496     (2,499

Accumulated other comprehensive income

           (149     (375

Add: Qualifying TruPS

           810        810   

Other

           22        33   
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier I risk-based capital

           12,426        11,685   

Less: Preferred stock

           (991     (398

Qualifying TruPS

           (810     (810

Qualified noncontrolling interests in consolidated subsidiaries

           (38     (48
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier I common equity (4)

         $ 10,587        10,429   
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets (a)  (5)

         $ 112,285        109,699   

Ratios:

          

Tangible equity (2) / (3)

           9.65      9.17   

Tangible common equity (1) / (3)

           8.83      8.83   

Tier I common equity (4) / (5)

           9.43      9.51   
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basel III—Estimated Tier I common equity ratio

          

Tier I common equity (Basel I)

         $ 10,587     

Add: Adjustment related to capital components (b)

           86     
        

 

 

   

Estimated Tier I common equity under final Basel III rules without AOCI (opt out) (6)

           10,673     

Add: Adjustment related to AOCI (c)

           149     
        

 

 

   

Estimated Tier I common equity under final Basel III rules with AOCI (non opt out) (7)

  

     10,822     
        

 

 

   

Estimated risk-weighted assets under final Basel III rules (d)  (8)

           117,366     
        

 

 

   

Estimated Tier I common equity ratio under final Basel III rules (opt out) (6) / (8)

  

        9.09   

Estimated Tier I common equity ratio under final Basel III rules (non opt out) (7) / (8)

  

     9.22   
        

 

 

   

 

(a) Under the banking agencies’ risk-based capital guidelines, assets and credit equivalent amounts of derivatives and off-balance sheet exposures are assigned to broad risk categories. The aggregate dollar amount in each risk category is multiplied by the associated risk weight of the category. The resulting weighted values are added together, along with the measure for market risk, resulting in the Bancorp’s total risk-weighted assets.
(b) Adjustments related to capital components include MSRs and deferred tax assets subject to threshold limitations and deferred tax liabilities related to intangible assets, which were deductions to capital under Basel I capital rules.
(c) Under final Basel III rules, non-advanced approach banks are permitted to make a one-time election to opt out of the requirement to include AOCI in Tier I common equity.
(d) Key differences under Basel III in the calculation of risk-weighted assets compared to Basel I include: (1) Risk weighting for commitments under 1 year; (2) Higher risk weighting for exposures to securitizations, past due loans, foreign banks and certain commercial real estate; (3) Higher risk weighting for MSRs and deferred tax assets that are under certain thresholds as a percent of Tier I capital; and (4) Derivatives are differentiated between exchange clearing and over-the-counter and the 50% risk-weight cap is removed.

 

11


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

RECENT ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

Note 3 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements provides a discussion of the significant new accounting standards applicable to the Bancorp and the expected impact of significant accounting standards issued, but not yet required to be adopted.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Certain accounting policies require management to exercise judgment in determining methodologies, economic assumptions and estimates that may materially affect the Bancorp’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows. The Bancorp’s critical accounting policies include the accounting for the ALLL, reserve for unfunded commitments, income taxes, valuation of servicing rights, fair value measurements and goodwill. These accounting policies are discussed in detail in Management’s Discussion and Analysis – Critical Accounting Policies in the Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012. No material changes were made to the valuation techniques or models during the six months ended June 30, 2013.

 

12


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

STATEMENTS OF INCOME ANALYSIS

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is the interest earned on securities, loans and leases (including yield-related fees) and other interest-earning assets less the interest paid for core deposits (includes transaction deposits and other time deposits) and wholesale funding (includes certificates of deposit $100,000 and over, other deposits, federal funds purchased, short-term borrowings and long-term debt). The net interest margin is calculated by dividing net interest income by average interest-earning assets. Net interest rate spread is the difference between the average yield earned on interest-earning assets and the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest margin is typically greater than net interest rate spread due to the interest income earned on those assets that are funded by noninterest-bearing liabilities, or free funding, such as demand deposits or shareholders’ equity.

Tables 3 and 4 present the components of net interest income, net interest margin and net interest rate spread for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, as well as the relative impact of changes in the balance sheet and changes in interest rates on net interest income. Nonaccrual loans and leases and loans held for sale have been included in the average loan and lease balances. Average outstanding securities balances are based on amortized cost with any unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities included in other assets.

Net interest income was $885 million for the second quarter of 2013, a decrease of $14 million compared to the second quarter of 2012. Net interest income was $1.8 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2013, a decrease of $25 million from the six months ended June 30, 2012. Included within net interest income are amounts related to the accretion of discounts on acquired loans and deposits, primarily as a result of acquisitions in previous years, which increased net interest income by $5 million and $10 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to $11 million and $19 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively. The original purchase accounting discounts reflected the high discount rates in the market at the time of the acquisitions; the total loan discounts are being accreted into net interest income over the remaining period to maturity of the loans acquired. Based upon the remaining period to maturity, and excluding the impact of potential prepayments, the Bancorp anticipates recognizing approximately $5 million in additional net interest income during the remainder of 2013 as a result of the amortization and accretion of premiums and discounts on acquired loans and deposits.

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, net interest income was negatively impacted by a 35 bps decline in yields on the Bancorp’s interest-earnings assets compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. The decrease in yields on interest-earning assets was partially offset by an increase in average loans and leases of $5.0 billion for both the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in the prior year, as well as a decrease in interest expense compared to the prior year periods. The decrease in interest expense was primarily the result of a $2.1 billion and $2.2 billion, respectively, decrease in average long-term debt coupled with a 46 bps and 47 bps, respectively, decrease in the rate paid on average long-term debt for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, the net interest rate spread decreased to 3.16% and 3.20%, respectively, from 3.35% and 3.37% in the same periods in 2012, as the benefit of the decreases in rates on interest-bearing liabilities was more than offset by a decrease in yield on average interest-earnings assets for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 when compared to the same periods in 2012.

Net interest margin was 3.33% and 3.38% for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to 3.56% and 3.59% for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively. Net interest margin was impacted by the amortization and accretion of premiums and discounts on acquired loans and deposits that resulted in an increase in net interest margin of 2 bps during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to a 4 bps and 3 bps increase during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. Exclusive of these amounts, net interest margin decreased 21 bps and 20 bps for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in the prior year. The decrease from both periods in 2012 was driven primarily by the previously mentioned decline in the yield on average interest-earning assets, partially offset by an increase in average loans and leases and a reduction in higher cost long-term debt coupled with a decrease in the rates paid on average long-term debt.

Interest income from loans and leases decreased $26 million, or three percent, compared to the second quarter of 2012 and decreased $43 million, or two percent, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012. The decrease from the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 was primarily the result of a decrease of 37 bps and 33 bps, respectively, in yields on average loans and leases partially offset by an increase of six percent in average loans and leases for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods in the prior year. The increase in average loans and leases for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 was driven primarily by an increase of 15% in average commercial and industrial loans and an increase of 15% in average residential mortgage loans for both periods. For more information on the Bancorp’s loan and lease portfolio, see the Loans and Leases section of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A. In addition, interest income from investment securities and other short-term investments decreased $16 million, or 12%, compared to the three months ended June 30, 2012 primarily as the result of a 39 bps decrease in the average yield on taxable securities. Interest income from investment securities and other short-term investments decreased $45 million, or 16%, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012, primarily due to a 54 bps decrease in the average yield on taxable securities.

Average core deposits increased $3.6 billion, or four percent, compared to the second quarter of 2012 and increased $3.4 billion, or four percent, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012. The increase from both periods was primarily due to an increase in average money market deposits and average demand deposits partially offset by decreases in average savings deposits and average other time deposits. The cost of average core deposits decreased to 18 bps and 19 bps for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, from 21 bps and 22 bps for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. This decrease was primarily the result of a mix shift to lower cost core deposits as a result of run-off of higher priced CDs combined with decreases of 7 bps and 8 bps in the rate paid on average savings deposits and decreases of 12 bps on average other time deposits compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012.

 

13


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, interest expense on average wholesale funding decreased $25 million and $52 million, respectively, compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 primarily as a result of a $2.1 billion and $2.2 billion decrease in average long-term debt. In addition, the decrease in interest expense on average wholesale funding for both periods was also due to a decrease in the rates paid on average long-term debt of 46 bps and 47 bps for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in 2012, respectively. The reduction in higher cost long-term debt was primarily the result of the redemption of outstanding TruPS and FHLB debt in the second half of 2012. In the third quarter of 2012, the Bancorp redeemed $1.4 billion of outstanding TruPS which had a 7.25% distribution rate. Additionally, in the fourth quarter of 2012, the Bancorp terminated $1.0 billion of FHLB debt with a fixed rate of 4.56%. Refer to the Borrowings subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A for additional information on the Bancorp’s borrowings. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, average wholesale funding represented 24% of average interest-bearing liabilities compared to 24% and 23%, respectively, during the same periods in the prior year. For more information on the Bancorp’s interest rate risk management, including estimated earnings sensitivity to changes in market interest rates, see the Market Risk Management section of MD&A.

 

14


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

TABLE 3: Condensed Average Balance Sheets and Analysis of Net Interest Income

 

For the three months ended

   June 30, 2013     June 30, 2012     Attribution of Change in
Net Interest Income (a)
 

($ in millions)

   Average
Balance
    Revenue/
Cost
     Average
Yield/
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Revenue/
Cost
     Average
Yield/
Rate
    Volume     Yield/Rate     Total  

Assets

                    

Interest-earning assets:

                    

Loans and leases: (b)

                    

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 37,636      $ 336         3.58    $ 32,770      $ 337         4.13    $ 47        (48     (1

Commercial mortgage

     8,627        79         3.65        9,873        93         3.81        (10     (4     (14

Commercial construction

     717        6         3.41        886        7         3.05        (2     1        (1

Commercial leases

     3,553        30         3.36        3,471        32         3.68        1        (3     (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal – commercial

     50,533        451         3.58        47,000        469         4.01        36        (54     (18

Residential mortgage loans

     14,984        146         3.91        13,059        134         4.12        19        (7     12   

Home equity

     9,625        90         3.76        10,430        98         3.80        (7     (1     (8

Automobile loans

     11,887        94         3.16        11,755        110         3.76        2        (18     (16

Credit card

     2,071        51         9.97        1,915        47         9.92        4        —         4   

Other consumer loans/leases

     373        37         39.49        349        37         42.87        3        (3     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal – consumer

     38,940        418         4.31        37,508        426         4.57        21        (29     (8
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans and leases

     89,473        869         3.89        84,508        895         4.26        57        (83     (26

Securities:

                    

Taxable

     15,346        118         3.09        15,548        134         3.48        (1     (15     (16

Exempt from income taxes (b)

     55        1         5.01        62        1         5.02        —         —         —    

Other short-term investments

     1,561        1         0.24        1,558        1         0.24        —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

     106,435        989         3.73        101,676        1,031         4.08        56        (98     (42

Cash and due from banks

     2,359             2,264              

Other assets

     15,198             15,835              

Allowance for loan and lease losses

     (1,780          (2,121           
  

 

 

        

 

 

            

Total assets

   $ 122,212           $ 117,654              
  

 

 

        

 

 

            

Liabilities and Equity

                    

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                    

Interest checking

   $ 22,796      $ 13         0.23    $ 23,548      $ 12         0.22    $ (1     2        1   

Savings

     18,864        6         0.12        22,143        11         0.19        (1     (4     (5

Money market

     8,918        6         0.24        4,258        2         0.22        4        —         4   

Foreign office deposits

     1,418        1         0.29        1,321        1         0.27        —         —         —    

Other time deposits

     3,859        14         1.48        4,359        17         1.60        (2     (1     (3

Certificates - $100,000 and over

     6,519        13         0.82        3,130        12         1.50        8        (7     1   

Other deposits

     10        —          0.08        23        —          0.13        —         —         —    

Federal funds purchased

     560        —          0.11        408        —          0.15        —         —         —    

Other short-term borrowings

     2,867        1         0.18        4,303        2         0.17        (1     —         (1

Long-term debt

     7,552        50         2.65        9,669        75         3.11        (15     (10     (25
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     73,363        104         0.57        73,162        132         0.73        (8     (20     (28

Demand deposits

     29,682             26,351              

Other liabilities

     4,908             4,462              
  

 

 

        

 

 

            

Total liabilities

     107,953             103,975              

Total equity

     14,259             13,679              
  

 

 

        

 

 

            

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 122,212           $ 117,654              
  

 

 

        

 

 

            

Net interest income

     $ 885           $ 899         $ 64        (78     (14

Net interest margin

          3.33           3.56       

Net interest rate spread

          3.16             3.35         

Interest-bearing liabilities to interest-earning assets

  

     68.93             71.96         
       

 

 

        

 

 

       
(a) Changes in interest not solely due to volume or yield/rate are allocated in proportion to the absolute dollar amount of change in volume and yield/rate.
(b) The FTE adjustments included in the above table were $5 and $4 for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

15


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

TABLE 4: Condensed Average Balance Sheets and Analysis of Net Interest Income

 

For the six months ended

   June 30, 2013     June 30, 2012     Attribution of Change in
Net Interest Income (a)
 

($ in millions)

   Average
Balance
    Revenue/
Cost
     Average
Yield
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Revenue/
Cost
     Average
Yield
Rate
    Volume     Yield/Rate     Total  

Assets

                    

Interest-earning assets:

                    

Loans and leases: (b)

                    

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 37,033      $ 686         3.74    $ 32,095      $ 665         4.16    $ 93        (72     21   

Commercial mortgage

     8,801        159         3.64        9,975        192         3.88        (22     (11     (33

Commercial construction

     709        12         3.32        947        14         3.05        (3     1        (2

Commercial leases

     3,555        59         3.37        3,507        65         3.73        —         (6     (6
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal – commercial

     50,098        916         3.69        46,524        936         4.05        68        (88     (20

Residential mortgage loans

     14,925        292         3.94        12,994        268         4.15        38        (14     24   

Home equity

     9,748        181         3.75        10,518        200         3.82        (15     (4     (19

Automobile loans

     11,991        191         3.22        11,819        228         3.87        2        (39     (37

Credit card

     2,070        101         9.82        1,920        92         9.67        8        1        9   

Other consumer loans/leases

     347        74         42.84        357        74         41.46        (2     2        —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal – consumer

     39,081        839         4.33        37,608        862         4.61        31        (54     (23
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans and leases

     89,179        1,755         3.97        84,132        1,798         4.30        99        (142     (43

Securities:

                    

Taxable

     15,285        230         3.04        15,430        275         3.58        (4     (41     (45

Exempt from income taxes (b)

     53        1         5.21        61        1         5.31        —         —         —    

Other short-term investments

     1,566        2         0.25        1,461        2         0.25        —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

     106,083        1,988         3.78        101,084        2,076         4.13        95        (183     (88

Cash and due from banks

     2,292             2,304              

Other assets

     15,108             15,785              

Allowance for loan and lease losses

     (1,815          (2,184           
  

 

 

        

 

 

            

Total assets

   $ 121,668           $ 116,989              
  

 

 

        

 

 

            

Liabilities and Equity

                    

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                    

Interest checking

   $ 23,277      $ 26         0.23    $ 22,928      $ 25         0.22    $ (2     3        1   

Savings

     19,218        12         0.12        22,043        22         0.20        (2     (8     (10

Money market

     8,428        10         0.24        4,401        5         0.22        5        —         5   

Foreign office deposits

     1,261        2         0.28        1,799        2         0.26        —         —         —    

Other time deposits

     3,920        29         1.49        4,455        36         1.61        (4     (3     (7

Certificates - $100,000 and over

     5,275        24         0.92        3,154        24         1.52        12        (12     —    

Other deposits

     25        —          0.12        21        —          0.11        —         —         —    

Federal funds purchased

     625        —          0.13        389        —          0.13        —         —         —    

Other short-term borrowings

     4,141        4         0.18        3,782        3         0.15        —         1        1   

Long-term debt

     7,529        104         2.79        9,719        157         3.26        (33     (20     (53
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     73,699        211         0.58        72,691        274         0.76        (24     (39     (63

Demand deposits

     29,127             26,207              

Other liabilities

     4,798             4,544              
  

 

 

        

 

 

            

Total liabilities

     107,624             103,442              

Total equity

     14,044             13,547              
  

 

 

        

 

 

            

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 121,668           $ 116,989              
  

 

 

        

 

 

            

Net interest income

     $ 1,777           $ 1,802         $ 119        (144     (25

Net interest margin

          3.38           3.59       

Net interest rate spread

          3.20             3.37         

Interest-bearing liabilities to interest-earning assets

  

     69.47             71.91         
       

 

 

        

 

 

       
(a) Changes in interest not solely due to volume or yield/rate are allocated in proportion to the absolute dollar amount of change in volume and yield/rate.
(b) The FTE adjustments included in the above table are $9 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012.

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

The Bancorp provides as an expense an amount for probable loan and lease losses within the loan and lease portfolio that is based on factors previously discussed in the Critical Accounting Policies section of the Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012. The provision is recorded to bring the ALLL to a level deemed appropriate by the Bancorp to cover losses inherent in the portfolio. Actual credit losses on loans and leases are charged against the ALLL. The amount of loans actually removed from the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets is referred to as charge-offs. Net charge-offs include current period charge-offs less recoveries on previously charged-off loans and leases.

The provision for loan and lease losses was $64 million and $126 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to $71 million and $162 million during the same periods in 2012. The decrease in provision expense for both periods was due to decreases in nonperforming loans and leases, improved delinquency metrics in commercial and consumer loans and leases, and improvement in underlying loss trends. The ALLL declined $119 million from $1.9 billion at December 31, 2012 to $1.7 billion at June 30, 2013. As of June 30, 2013, the ALLL as a percent of portfolio loans and leases decreased to 1.99%, compared to 2.16% at December 31, 2012.

 

16


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

Refer to the Credit Risk Management section of the MD&A as well as Note 6 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for more detailed information on the provision for loan and lease losses, including an analysis of loan portfolio composition, nonperforming assets, net charge-offs, and other factors considered by the Bancorp in assessing the credit quality of the loan and lease portfolio and the ALLL.

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income increased $382 million, or 56%, for the second quarter of 2013 compared to the second quarter of 2012 and increased $355 million, or 25%, for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same period in the prior year.

The components of noninterest income for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

TABLE 5: Noninterest Income

 

     For the three months
ended June 30,
           For the six months
ended June 30,
        

($ in millions)

   2013      2012      % Change     2013      2012      % Change  

Mortgage banking net revenue

   $ 233         183         28      $ 453         387         17   

Service charges on deposits

     136         130         4        267         260         3   

Corporate banking revenue

     106         102         4        205         199         3   

Investment advisory revenue

     98         93         6        198         190         5   

Card and processing revenue

     67         64         6        132         122         8   

Other noninterest income

     414         103         NM        523         279         88   

Securities gains, net

     —           3         (96     17         11         48   

Securities gains, net - non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights

     6         —           NM        8         —           NM   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

   $ 1,060         678         56      $ 1,803         1,448         25   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Mortgage banking net revenue

Mortgage banking net revenue increased $50 million and $66 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012.

The components of mortgage banking net revenue are as follows:

TABLE 6: Components of Mortgage Banking Net Revenue

 

     For the three months
ended June 30,
    For the six months
ended June 30,
 

($ in millions)

   2013     2012     2013     2012  

Origination fees and gains on loan sales

   $ 150        183      $ 319        357   

Net mortgage servicing revenue:

        

Gross mortgage servicing fees

     62        63        124        124   

Mortgage servicing rights amortization

     (51     (41     (104     (86

Net valuation adjustments on servicing rights and free-standing derivatives entered into to economically hedge MSR

     72        (22     114        (8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net mortgage servicing revenue

     83        —          134        30   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Mortgage banking net revenue

   $ 233        183      $ 453        387   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Origination fees and gains on loan sales decreased $33 million and $38 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. The decrease from both periods in the prior year was primarily the result of lower profit margins on sold residential mortgage loans partially offset by a 26% and 20% increase in residential mortgage loan originations from the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively. Residential mortgage loan originations increased to $7.5 billion during the second quarter of 2013 compared to $5.9 billion during the second quarter of 2012 and increased to $14.9 billion during the six months ended June 30, 2013 from $12.4 billion during the six months ended June 30, 2012. The increase in originations is primarily due to strong refinancing activity including an increase in refinancing activity under the HARP 2.0 program.

Net mortgage servicing revenue is comprised of gross mortgage servicing fees and related mortgage servicing rights amortization as well as valuation adjustments on MSRs and mark-to-market adjustments on both settled and outstanding free-standing derivative financial instruments used to economically hedge the MSR portfolio. Net mortgage servicing revenue increased $83 million and $104 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, driven primarily by increases of $94 million and $122 million, respectively, in net valuation adjustments partially offset by increases in mortgage servicing rights amortization of $10 million and $18 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012.

The net valuation adjustment gain of $72 million during the second quarter of 2013 included a recovery of temporary impairment of $102 million on the MSRs partially offset by $30 million in losses from derivatives economically hedging the MSRs. Servicing rights are deemed impaired when a borrower’s loan rate is distinctly higher than prevailing rates. Impairment on servicing rights is reversed when the prevailing rates return to a level commensurate with the borrower’s loan rate. Further detail on the valuation of MSRs can be found in Note 9 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. The Bancorp maintains a non-qualifying hedging strategy to manage a portion of the

 

17


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

risk associated with changes in the valuation on the MSR portfolio. See Note 10 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on the free-standing derivatives used to economically hedge the MSR portfolio. The net valuation adjustment loss of $22 million during the second quarter of 2012 included $60 million in temporary impairment on the MSR portfolio partially offset by $38 million in gains from derivatives economically hedging the MSRs. The net valuation adjustment gain of $114 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 included a recovery of temporary impairment of $151 million on the MSRs partially offset by $37 million in losses from derivatives economically hedging the MSRs. The net valuation adjustment loss of $8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 included $49 million of temporary impairment on the MSR portfolio partially offset by $42 million in gains from derivatives economically hedging the MSR portfolio. Mortgage rates increased during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013. This caused modeled prepayments speeds to slow, which led to the recovery on temporary impairment on servicing rights during both periods.

The Bancorp’s total residential loans serviced as of June 30, 2013 and 2012 were $81.7 billion and $74.8 billion, respectively, with $67.2 billion, and $61.6 billion, respectively, of residential mortgage loans serviced for others.

In addition to the derivative positions used to economically hedge the MSR portfolio, the Bancorp acquires various securities as a component of its non-qualifying hedging strategy. Unrealized gains of $6 million and $8 million related to these securities for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, were recorded in securities gains, net, non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income. There were no sales of securities related to the Bancorp’s non-qualifying hedging strategy during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012.

Service charges on deposits

Service charges on deposits increased $6 million and $7 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods in the prior year primarily driven by commercial deposit revenue which increased $4 million and $8 million compared to the same periods in the prior year. The increase in commercial deposit revenue for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 was primarily due to a pricing change implemented in 2012 and the acquisition of new customers. Additionally, the three months ended June 30, 2013 included an increase in treasury management fees. For the three months ended June 30, 2013, consumer deposit revenue increased $2 million compared to the same period in the prior year due to an increase in consumer checking fees due to new deposit product offerings partially offset by the elimination of daily overdraft fees on continuing consumer overdraft positions which took effect late in the second quarter of 2012.

Corporate banking revenue

Corporate banking revenue increased $4 million and $6 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. The increase compared to the three months ended June 30, 2012 was primarily due to a $7 million increase in syndication fees partially offset by a decrease of $3 million in institutional sales revenue. The increase compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012 was primarily due to an increase in syndication fees and foreign exchange fees partially offset by a decrease in letter of credit fees.

Investment advisory revenue

Investment advisory revenue increased $5 million and $8 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2012. The increase for both periods was primarily due to increased private client service fees, an increase in new customers, higher customer activity and increased securities and brokerage fees due to an increase in equity and bond market values partially offset by a decrease in mutual fund fees. Due to the sale of certain FTAM funds during the third quarter of 2012, mutual fund fees decreased $5 million and $10 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same prior year periods. The Bancorp had approximately $312.5 billion and $291.3 billion in total assets under care as of June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and managed $26.6 billion and $25.5 billion in assets, respectively, for individuals, corporations and not-for-profit organizations for the same comparative periods.

Card and processing revenue

Card and processing revenue increased $3 million and $10 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. The increase for both periods was primarily the result of higher transaction volumes, higher levels of consumer spending and the benefit of new products. Debit card interchange revenue, included in card and processing revenue, was $31 million and $59 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively.

 

18


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

Other noninterest income

The major components of other noninterest income are as follows:

TABLE 7: Components of Other Noninterest Income

 

     For the three months
ended June 30,
    For the six months
ended June 30,
 

($ in millions)

   2013     2012     2013     2012  

Gain on sale of Vantiv, Inc. shares and Vantiv, Inc. IPO

   $ 242        —        $ 242        115   

Valuation adjustments on stock warrants associated with Vantiv Holding, LLC

     76        56        110        102   

Equity method earnings from interest in Vantiv Holding, LLC

     19        26        36        2   

Operating lease income

     18        15        34        29   

BOLI income

     20        9        31        18   

Cardholder fees

     12        12        23        22   

Banking center income

     8        8        18        15   

Insurance income

     8        7        16        14   

Consumer loan and lease fees

     7        7        13        13   

Gain on loan sales

     —         8        2        14   

Loss on sale of OREO

     (5     (19     (15     (36

Loss on swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. class B shares

     (5     (11     (12     (29

Other, net

     14        (15     25        —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other noninterest income

   $ 414        103      $ 523        279   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other noninterest income increased $311 million in the second quarter of 2013 compared to the second quarter of 2012 and $244 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same period in the prior year. The increase for both periods was primarily due to a $242 million gain on the sale of Vantiv, Inc. shares recorded in the second quarter of 2013. In addition, the positive valuation adjustments on the stock warrants associated with Vantiv Holding, LLC increased $20 million and $8 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 from the comparable prior year periods. BOLI income increased $11 million and $13 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods in the prior year primarily due to a $10 million settlement in the second quarter of 2013 related to a previously surrendered BOLI policy. Additionally, the equity method earnings from the Bancorp’s interest in Vantiv Holding, LLC decreased $7 million compared to the three months ended June 30, 2012 and increased $34 million compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012. The decrease for the three months ended June 30, 2013 is due to the decrease in the Bancorp’s ownership percentage of Vantiv Holding, LLC from 39% as of June 30, 2012 to 28% as of June 30, 2013 primarily due to the share sales. The increase for the six months ended June 30, 2013 was primarily due to $34 million in debt termination charges incurred in the first quarter of 2012 related to Vantiv Holding, LLC’s debt refinancing which was included in equity method earnings. The “other” caption increased $29 million and $25 million, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the prior year periods, primarily due to $17 million in lower of cost or market adjustments associated with bank premises held-for-sale recorded in the second quarter of 2012. In addition, other noninterest income benefited from a $6 million and $17 million decrease in the loss related to the Visa total return swap for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively.

For additional information on the valuation of the swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares and the valuation of warrants associated with Vantiv Holding, LLC, see Note 20 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Noninterest Expense

Total noninterest expense increased $98 million, or 10%, for the three months ended June 30, 2013, and $102 million, or five percent, for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively.

The major components of noninterest expense are as follows:

TABLE 8: Noninterest Expense

 

     For the three months
ended June 30,
          For the six months
ended June 30,
       

($ in millions)

   2013     2012     % Change     2013     2012     % Change  

Salaries, wages and incentives

   $ 404        393        3      $ 803        792        1   

Employee benefits

     83        84        (1     197        195        1   

Net occupancy expense

     76        74        4        155        151        3   

Technology and communications

     50        48        3        99        95        4   

Card and processing expense

     33        30        10        65        60        8   

Equipment expense

     28        27        1        56        55        2   

Other noninterest expense

     361        281        28        638        563        13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

   $ 1,035        937        10      $ 2,013        1,911        5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Efficiency ratio

     53.2      59.4        56.2      58.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total personnel costs increased $10 million and $13 million, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in 2012. The increase from both periods in the prior year reflected an increase in incentive compensation as a result of improved production levels in the current year and an increase in stock compensation expense. Full time equivalent employees totaled 20,569 at June 30, 2013 compared to 20,888 at June 30, 2012.

 

19


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

TABLE 9: Components of Other Noninterest Expense

 

     For the three months
ended June 30,
    For the six months
ended June 30,
 

($ in millions)

   2013     2012     2013     2012  

Losses and adjustments

   $ 92        29      $ 129        69   

Loan and lease

     46        46        87        91   

FDIC insurance and other taxes

     33        27        67        45   

Marketing

     32        36        59        59   

Affordable housing investments impairment

     27        19        47        46   

Professional service fees

     17        15        31        25   

Travel

     15        13        28        25   

Operating lease

     13        10        26        21   

Postal and courier

     12        12        24        25   

Recruitment and education

     6        7        12        14   

Insurance

     4        5        9        10   

OREO expense

     3        5        7        10   

Intangible asset amortization

     2        4        4        7   

Provision (benefit) for unfunded commitments and letters of credit

     (2     (1     (13     (3

Other, net

     61        54        121        119   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other noninterest expense

   $ 361        281      $ 638        563   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other noninterest expense increased $80 million and $75 million, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in 2012 primarily due to increases in losses and adjustments and FDIC insurance and other taxes partially offset by an increase in the benefit recorded related to unfunded commitments and letters of credit.

Losses and adjustments increased $63 million and $60 million, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. The increase in losses and adjustments is primarily due to an increase in litigation expense of $53 million and $40 million, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in the prior year and due to a $10 million fraud loss recorded in the second quarter of 2013. The provision for representation and warranty claims, included in losses and adjustments, increased $5 million and $9 million, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in the prior year primarily due to an increase in the reserve as a result of additional information obtained from FHLMC in the second quarter of 2013 regarding future mortgage repurchase and file requests. As such, the Bancorp was able to better estimate the losses that are probable on loans sold to FHLMC with representation and warranty provisions. FDIC insurance and other taxes increased $22 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same period in the prior year due to a $23 million expense reduction in the first quarter of 2012 from an agreement reached on certain outstanding disputes for non-income tax related assessments. In addition, the provision for unfunded commitments and letters of credit was a benefit of $2 million and $13 million, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to a benefit of $1 million and $3 million, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. The increase in the benefit recorded in each period reflects a decrease in estimated loss rates related to unfunded commitments and letters of credit due to improved credit trends partially offset by an increase in unfunded commitments for which the Bancorp holds reserves. Additionally, affordable housing investments impairment increased $8 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2012. The increase is primarily due to the benefit from the sale of affordable housing investments of $8 million in the second quarter of 2012 compared to $2 million in the second quarter of 2013.

The Bancorp continues to focus on efficiency initiatives as part of its core emphasis on operating leverage and expense control. The efficiency ratio (noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income (FTE) and noninterest income) was 53.2% and 56.2% for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to 59.4% and 58.8% for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012.

 

20


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

Applicable Income Taxes

The Bancorp’s income before income taxes, applicable income tax expense and effective tax rate are as follows:

TABLE 10: Applicable Income Taxes

 

     For the three months
ended June 30,
     For the six months
ended June 30,
 

($ in millions)

   2013     2012      2013     2012  

Income before income taxes

   $ 841        565       $ 1,432        1,168   

Applicable income tax expense

     250        180         429        352   

Effective tax rate

     29.7      31.8         30.0      30.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Applicable income tax expense for all periods includes the benefit from tax-exempt income, tax-advantaged investments, and certain gains on sales of leases that are exempt from federal taxation and tax credits, partially offset by the effect of certain nondeductible expenses. The tax credits are associated with the Low-Income Housing Tax Credit program established under Section 42 of the IRC, the New Markets Tax Credit program established under Section 45D of the IRC, the Rehabilitation Investment Tax Credit program established under Section 47 of the IRC, and the Qualified Zone Academy Bond program established under Section 1397E of the IRC.

As required under U.S. GAAP, the Bancorp established a deferred tax asset for stock-based awards granted to its employees. When the actual tax deduction for these stock-based awards is less than the expense previously recognized for financial reporting or when the awards expire unexercised, the Bancorp is required to write-off the deferred tax asset previously established for these stock-based awards. The stock-based awards granted to employees in March of 2003 had an exercise period that expired in March of 2013. As these stock-based awards were not exercised on or before their expiration date, the Bancorp was required to write-off the deferred tax asset established for these awards during the first quarter, which resulted in an additional $12 million of income tax expense during the three months ended March 31, 2013. The Bancorp recognized a similar non-cash charge during 2012; however, the non-cash charge was recognized during the second quarter of 2012. As a result of the Bancorp’s stock price as of June 30, 2013, it is probable that the Bancorp will be required to record an additional $2 million of income tax expense during the next twelve months, primarily in the second quarter of 2014. However, the Bancorp cannot predict its stock price or whether its employees will exercise other stock-based awards with lower exercise prices in the future; therefore, it is possible that the total impact to income tax expense will be greater than or less than this amount.

 

21


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

Loans and Leases

The Bancorp classifies its loans and leases based upon the primary purpose of the loan. Table 11 summarizes end of period loans and leases, including loans held for sale and Table 12 summarizes average total loans and leases, including loans held for sale.

TABLE 11: Components of Total Loans and Leases (includes held for sale)

 

     June 30, 2013      December 31, 2012  

($ in millions)

   Balance      % of Total      Balance      % of Total  

Commercial:

           

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 37,868         43         36,077         42   

Commercial mortgage loans

     8,450         9         9,116         10   

Commercial construction loans

     758         1         707         1   

Commercial leases

     3,570         4         3,549         4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal – commercial

     50,646         57         49,449         57   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer:

           

Residential mortgage loans

     14,513         17         14,873         17   

Home equity

     9,531         11         10,018         11   

Automobile loans

     12,015         13         11,972         13   

Credit card

     2,114         2         2,097         2   

Other consumer loans and leases

     361         —           312         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal – consumer

     38,534         43         39,272         43   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans and leases

   $ 89,180         100         88,721         100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total portfolio loans and leases (excludes loans held for sale)

   $ 87,032            85,782      
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Loans and leases, including loans held for sale, increased $459 million, or one percent, from December 31, 2012. The increase from December 31, 2012 was comprised of an increase of $1.2 billion, or two percent, in commercial loans and leases partially offset by a decrease of $738 million, or two percent, in consumer loans and leases.

Commercial loans and leases increased from December 31, 2012 primarily due to an increase in commercial and industrial loans partially offset by a decrease in commercial mortgage loans. Commercial and industrial loans increased $1.8 billion, or five percent, from December 31, 2012 as a result of an increase in new loan origination activity from an increase in demand due to a strengthening economy and targeted marketing efforts. Commercial mortgage loans decreased $666 million, or seven percent, from December 31, 2012 due to continued runoff as the level of new originations was less than the repayments of the existing portfolio.

Consumer loans and leases decreased from December 31, 2012 primarily due to a decrease in home equity and residential mortgage loans. Home equity decreased $487 million, or five percent, from December 31, 2012 as payoffs exceeded new loan production. Residential mortgage loans decreased $360 million, or two percent, due to sales of residential mortgage loans exceeding new loan originations. Excluding held for sale, residential mortgage loans increased $383 million from December 31, 2012 due to management’s decision to retain certain shorter term residential mortgage loans originated through the Bancorp’s retail branches. Additionally, automobile loans increased $43 million from December 31, 2012 due to an increase in originations, partially offset by the securitization and sale in the first quarter of 2013 of certain automobile loans with a carrying value of approximately $509 million.

TABLE 12: Components of Average Total Loans and Leases (includes held for sale)

 

     June 30, 2013      June 30, 2012  

For the three months ended ($ in millions)

   Balance      % of Total      Balance      % of Total  

Commercial:

           

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 37,636         42         32,770         39   

Commercial mortgage loans

     8,627         10         9,873         12   

Commercial construction loans

     717         1         886         1   

Commercial leases

     3,553         4         3,471         4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal – commercial

     50,533         57         47,000         56   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer:

           

Residential mortgage loans

     14,984         17         13,059         16   

Home equity

     9,625         11         10,430         12   

Automobile loans

     11,887         13         11,755         14   

Credit card

     2,071         2         1,915         2   

Other consumer loans and leases

     373         —           349         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal – consumer

     38,940         43         37,508         44   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total average loans and leases

   $ 89,473         100         84,508         100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total average portfolio loans and leases (excludes loans held for sale)

   $ 86,707            82,586      
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Average loans and leases, including held for sale, increased $5.0 billion, or six percent, from June 30, 2012. The increase from June 30, 2012 was comprised of an increase of $3.5 billion, or eight percent, in average commercial loans and leases and an increase of $1.4 billion, or four percent, in average consumer loans and leases.

 

22


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

Average commercial loans and leases increased from June 30, 2012 primarily due to an increase in average commercial and industrial loans partially offset by a decrease in average commercial mortgage and average commercial construction loans. Average commercial and industrial loans increased $4.9 billion, or 15%, from June 30, 2012 due to an increase in new loan origination activity from an increase in demand due to a strengthening economy and targeted marketing efforts. Average commercial mortgage loans decreased $1.2 billion, or 13%, from June 30, 2012 and average commercial construction loans decreased $169 million, or 19%, from June 30, 2012 due to continued runoff as the level of new originations was less than the repayments on the current portfolio.

Average consumer loans and leases increased from June 30, 2012 due to an increase in average residential mortgage loans partially offset by a decrease in average home equity. Average residential mortgage loans increased $1.9 billion, or 15%, from June 30, 2012 due to an increase in originations as a result of a low interest rate environment and management’s decision to retain certain shorter term residential mortgage loans originated through the Bancorp’s retail branches. Average home equity decreased $805 million, or eight percent, from June 30, 2012 as payoffs exceeded new loan production.

Investment Securities

The Bancorp uses investment securities as a means of managing interest rate risk, providing liquidity support and providing collateral for pledging purposes. Total investment securities were $16.7 billion at June 30, 2013 and $15.7 billion at December 31, 2012.

Securities are classified as trading when bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term. Securities are classified as available-for-sale when, in management’s judgment, they may be sold in response to, or in anticipation of, changes in market conditions. Securities that management has the intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and reported at amortized cost.

At June 30, 2013, the Bancorp’s investment portfolio consisted primarily of AAA-rated available-for-sale securities. The Bancorp did not hold asset-backed securities backed by subprime mortgage loans in its investment portfolio. Additionally, securities classified as below investment grade had a carrying value of $1 million as of June 30, 2013, compared to $31 million as of December 31, 2012. The Bancorp’s management has evaluated the securities in an unrealized loss position in the available-for-sale and held-to-maturity portfolios for OTTI. The Bancorp recognized $12 million of OTTI on its available-for-sale investment securities portfolio during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and $17 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively. The Bancorp did not recognize any OTTI on any of its held-to-maturity investment securities during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012. See Note 4 of the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on OTTI.

TABLE 13: Components of Investment Securities

 

($ in millions)

   June 30,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 

Available-for-sale and other: (amortized cost basis)

     

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

   $ 26         41   

U.S. Government sponsored agencies

     1,624         1,730   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     201         203   

Agency mortgage-backed securities (a)

     9,481         8,403   

Other bonds, notes and debentures (b)

     3,483         3,161   

Other securities (c)

     978         1,033   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale and other securities

   $ 15,793         14,571   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity: (amortized cost basis)

     

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

   $ 273         282   

Other bonds, notes and debentures

     1         2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total held-to-maturity

   $ 274         284   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trading: (fair value)

     

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

   $ —           1   

U.S. Government sponsored agencies

     18         6   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     11         17   

Agency mortgage-backed securities

     7         7   

Other bonds, notes and debentures

     11         15   

Other securities

     172         161   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total trading

   $ 219         207   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Includes interest-only mortgage backed securities of $483 and $408 as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, recorded at fair value with fair value changes recorded in securities gains, net and securities gains, net, non-qualifying hedges on MSRs in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.
(b) Other bonds, notes, and debentures consist of non-agency mortgage-backed securities, certain other asset-backed securities (primarily automobile and commercial loan-backed securities) and corporate bond securities.
(c) Other securities consist of FHLB and FRB restricted stock holdings that are carried at par, FHLMC and FNMA preferred stock holdings and certain mutual fund holdings and equity security holdings.

Available-for-sale securities on an amortized cost basis increased $1.2 billion, or eight percent, from December 31, 2012 primarily due to an increase in agency mortgage-backed securities and other bonds, notes, and debentures partially offset by a decrease in U.S. Government sponsored agencies. Agency mortgage-backed securities increased $1.1 billion, or 13%, from December 31, 2012 due to $8.1 billion in purchases of agency mortgage-backed securities partially offset by $5.4 billion in sales and $1.6 billion in paydowns on the portfolio during the six months ended June 30, 2013. Other bonds, notes, and debentures increased $322 million, or 10%, due to the purchase of $919 million of asset backed securities, collateralized loan obligations and corporate bonds partially offset by the sale of $539 million of asset backed securities and corporate bonds during the six months ended June 30, 2013. U.S. Government sponsored agencies securities decreased $106 million, or six percent, primarily due to approximately $104 million of agency debentures that were called in June of 2013.

 

23


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

Available-for-sale securities on an amortized cost basis were 15% and 14% of total interest-earning assets at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The estimated weighted-average life of the debt securities in the available-for-sale portfolio was 5.5 years at June 30, 2013 compared to 3.8 years at December 31, 2012. In addition, at June 30, 2013, the available-for-sale securities portfolio had a weighted-average yield of 3.28%, compared to 3.30% at December 31, 2012.

Information presented in Table 14 is on a weighted-average life basis, anticipating future prepayments. Yield information is presented on an FTE basis and is computed using historical cost balances. Maturity and yield calculations for the total available-for-sale portfolio exclude equity securities that have no stated yield or maturity. Total net unrealized gains on the available-for-sale securities portfolio were $394 million at June 30, 2013 compared to $636 million at December 31, 2012. The decrease from December 31, 2012 was due to an increase in market yields on agency mortgage-backed securities. The fair value of investment securities is impacted by interest rates, credit spreads, market volatility and liquidity conditions. The fair value of investment securities generally decreases when interest rates increase or when credit spreads widen.

TABLE 14: Characteristics of Available-for-Sale and Other Securities

 

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

   Amortized Cost      Fair Value      Weighted-Average
Life (in years)
     Weighted-Average
Yield
 

U.S. Treasury and government agencies:

           

Average life of one year or less

   $ 25         25         0.1         0.04 

Average life 5 – 10 years

     1         1         5.9         1.50   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     26         26         0.1         0.08   

U.S. Government sponsored agencies:

           

Average life of one year or less

     100         100         0.1         2.00   

Average life 1 – 5 years

     1,524         1,658         3.5         3.64   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,624         1,758         3.3         3.54   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions: (a)

           

Average life of one year or less

     10         10         0.4         0.07   

Average life 1 – 5 years

     115         117         3.3         2.58   

Average life 5 – 10 years

     55         56         7.1         4.00   

Average life greater than 10 years

     21         22         10.8         1.72   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     201         205         5.0         2.76   

Agency mortgage-backed securities:

           

Average life of one year or less

     731         724         0.2         3.62   

Average life 1 – 5 years

     2,117         2,197         3.8         4.24   

Average life 5 – 10 years

     6,401         6,500         7.1         3.40   

Average life greater than 10 years

     232         242         11.0         3.70   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     9,481         9,663         5.9         3.61   

Other bonds, notes and debentures:

           

Average life of one year or less

     242         251         0.1         1.46   

Average life 1 – 5 years

     1,863         1,901         3.3         2.59   

Average life 5 – 10 years

     895         897         6.5         2.02   

Average life greater than 10 years

     483         499         14.7         2.03   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3,483         3,548         5.5         2.29   

Other securities

     978         987         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale and other securities

   $ 15,793         16,187         5.5         3.28 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Taxable-equivalent yield adjustments included in the above table are 0.02%, 0.01%, 0.88%, 0.92% and 0.34% for securities with an average life of one year or less, 1-5 years, 5-10 years, greater than 10 years and in total, respectively.

Deposits

The Bancorp’s deposit balances represent an important source of funding and revenue growth opportunity. The Bancorp continues to focus on core deposit growth in its retail and commercial franchises by improving customer satisfaction, building full relationships and offering competitive rates. Core deposits represented 70% and 71% of the Bancorp’s asset funding base at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

 

24


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

TABLE 15: Deposits

 

       June 30, 2013        December 31, 2012  
                % of                 % of  

($ in millions)

     Balance        Total        Balance        Total  

Demand

     $ 30,097           32           30,023           34   

Interest checking

       22,878           24           24,477           27   

Savings

       18,448           20           19,879           22   

Money market

       9,247           10           6,875           8   

Foreign office

       1,570           2           885           1   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Transaction deposits

       82,240           88           82,139           92   

Other time

       3,793           4           4,015           4   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Core deposits

       86,033           92           86,154           96   

Certificates-$100,000 and over

       7,374           8           3,284           4   

Other

       47           —            79           —    
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total deposits

     $ 93,454           100           89,517           100   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Core deposits decreased $121 million from December 31, 2012 driven by a decrease of $222 million, or six percent, in other time deposits, partially offset by an increase of $101 million in transaction deposits. The decrease in other time deposits from December 31, 2012 was primarily the result of continued run-off of certificates of deposits due to the low interest rate environment, as customers have opted to maintain balances in more liquid transaction accounts. Total transaction deposits increased from December 31, 2012 due to an increase in money market deposits and foreign office deposits partially offset by a decrease in interest checking deposits and saving deposits. Money market deposits increased $2.4 billion, or 35%, from December 31, 2012 partially driven by account migration from savings deposits which decreased $1.4 billion, or seven percent. The remaining increase in money market deposits is due to an increase in consumer average balances per account. Interest checking deposits decreased $1.6 billion, or seven percent, due to account migration to demand deposit accounts. Demand deposit accounts remained relatively flat increasing $74 million from December 31, 2012. The account migration from interest checking deposits to demand deposit accounts was offset by balance migration to foreign office deposits, which increased $685 million, or 77%, from December 31, 2012 and a decrease in commercial average balances per account from December 31, 2012 due to uncertainty over tax increases and U.S. fiscal policy during the fourth quarter of 2012.

The Bancorp uses certificates $100,000 and over as a method to fund earning assets. At June 30, 2013, certificates $100,000 and over increased $4.1 billion compared to December 31, 2012 due to the diversification of funding sources through the issuance of retail and institutional certificates of deposits during the first half of 2013.

The following table presents average deposits for the three months ending:

TABLE 16: Average Deposits

 

       June 30, 2013        June 30, 2012  
                % of                 % of  

($ in millions)

     Balance        Total        Balance        Total  

Demand

     $ 29,682           32           26,351           31   

Interest checking

       22,796           25           23,548           27   

Savings

       18,864           20           22,143           26   

Money market

       8,918           10           4,258           5   

Foreign office

       1,418           2           1,321           2   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Transaction deposits

       81,678           89           77,621           91   

Other time

       3,859           4           4,359           5   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Core deposits

       85,537           93           81,980           96   

Certificates-$100,000 and over

       6,519           7           3,130           4   

Other

       10           —             23           —    
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total average deposits

     $ 92,066           100           85,133           100   
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

On an average basis, core deposits increased $3.6 billion, or four percent, from June 30, 2012 due to an increase of $4.1 billion, or five percent, in average transaction deposits partially offset by a decrease of $500 million, or 11%, in average other time deposits. The increase in average transaction deposits was driven by an increase in average demand deposits and average money market deposits partially offset by a decrease in average savings deposits and average interest checking deposits. Average demand deposits increased $3.3 billion, or 13%, from June 30, 2012 due to an increase in average balances per account for consumer customers, new product offerings, and new commercial deposit growth. Average money market deposits increased $4.7 billion from June 30, 2012 primarily due to account migration from average savings deposits which decreased $3.3 billion, or 15%, from June 30, 2012 and account migration from average interest checking deposits which decreased $752 million, or three percent. The remaining increase in average money market deposits is due to an increase in average balances per account. Average other time deposits decreased $500 million, or 11%, from June 30, 2012 primarily as a result of continued run-off of certificates of deposits due to the low interest rate environment, as customers have opted to maintain balances in more liquid transaction accounts. Average certificates $100,000 and over increased $3.4 billion from June 30, 2012 due to the diversification of funding sources through the issuance of retail and institutional certificates of deposits during the first half of 2013.

Other time deposits and certificates $100,000 and over totaled $11.2 billion and $7.3 billion at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. All of these deposits were interest-bearing.

 

25


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

The contractual maturities of certificates $100,000 and over as of June 30, 2013 are summarized in the following table:

TABLE 17: Contractual Maturities of Certificates—$100,000 and over

 

($ in millions)

   June 30, 2013  

Three months or less

   $ 2,448   

After three months through six months

     1,355   

After six months through 12 months

     2,607   

After 12 months

     964   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,374   
  

 

 

 

The contractual maturities of other time deposits and certificates $100,000 and over as of June 30, 2013 are summarized in the following table:

TABLE 18: Contractual Maturities of Other Time Deposits and Certificates $100,000 and over

 

($ in millions)

   June 30, 2013  

Next 12 months

   $ 8,750   

13-24 months

     1,622   

25-36 months

     359   

37-48 months

     230   

49-60 months

     152   

After 60 months

     54   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 11,167   
  

 

 

 

Borrowings

Total borrowings decreased $4.6 billion, or 32%, from December 31, 2012. Table 19 summarizes the end of period components of total borrowings. As of June 30, 2013, total borrowings as a percentage of interest-bearing liabilities were 13% compared to 19% at December 31, 2012.

TABLE 19: Borrowings

 

($ in millions)

   June 30, 2013      December 31, 2012  

Federal funds purchased

   $ 636         901   

Other short-term borrowings

     2,112         6,280   

Long-term debt

     6,940         7,085   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total borrowings

   $ 9,688         14,266   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Federal funds purchased decreased by $265 million, or 29%, from December 31, 2012 driven by a decrease in excess balances in reserve accounts held at Federal Reserve Banks that the Bancorp purchased from other member banks on an overnight basis. Other short-term borrowings decreased $4.2 billion, or 66%, from December 31, 2012 driven by a decrease of $4.1 billion in short-term FHLB borrowings. The level of these borrowings can fluctuate significantly from period to period depending on funding needs and which sources are used to satisfy those needs. Long-term debt decreased by $145 million, or two percent, from December 31, 2012 primarily driven by the maturity of $750 million and $500 million of senior notes in the second quarter of 2013 and $191 million of declines due to fair value adjustments on hedged subordinated debt partially offset by the issuance of $1.3 billion of unsecured senior bank notes in the first quarter of 2013. For additional information regarding long-term debt, see Note 12 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

The following table presents average borrowings for the three months ending:

TABLE 20: Average Borrowings

 

($ in millions)

   June 30, 2013      June 30, 2012  

Federal funds purchased

   $ 560         408   

Other short-term borrowings

     2,867         4,303   

Long-term debt

     7,552         9,669   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total average borrowings

   $ 10,979         14,380   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average total borrowings decreased $3.4 billion, or 24%, compared to June 30, 2012, primarily due to decreases in average long-term debt and average other short-term borrowings partially offset by an increase in federal funds purchased. The decrease in average long-term debt was driven by the redemption of certain TruPS and long-term FHLB borrowings in the second half of 2012 partially offset by the issuance of $1.3 billion of unsecured senior bank notes in the first quarter of 2013. The level of average federal funds purchased and average other short-term borrowings can fluctuate significantly from period to period depending on funding needs and which sources are used to satisfy those needs. Information on the average rates paid on borrowings is discussed in the net interest income section of the MD&A. In addition, refer to the Liquidity Risk Management section for a discussion on the role of borrowings in the Bancorp’s liquidity management.

 

26


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

BUSINESS SEGMENT REVIEW

The Bancorp reports on four business segments: Commercial Banking, Branch Banking, Consumer Lending and Investment Advisors. Additional detailed financial information on each business segment is included in Note 21 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Results of the Bancorp’s business segments are presented based on its management structure and management accounting practices. The structure and accounting practices are specific to the Bancorp; therefore, the financial results of the Bancorp’s business segments are not necessarily comparable with similar information for other financial institutions. The Bancorp refines its methodologies from time to time as management’s accounting practices or businesses change.

The Bancorp manages interest rate risk centrally at the corporate level and employs a FTP methodology at the business segment level. This methodology insulates the business segments from interest rate volatility, enabling them to focus on serving customers through loan and deposit products. The FTP system assigns charge rates and credit rates to classes of assets and liabilities, respectively, based on expected duration and the U.S. swap curve. Matching duration allocates interest income and interest expense to each segment so its resulting net interest income is insulated from interest rate risk. In a rising rate environment, the Bancorp benefits from the widening spread between deposit costs and wholesale funding costs. However, the Bancorp’s FTP system credits this benefit to deposit-providing businesses, such as Branch Banking and Investment Advisors, on a duration-adjusted basis. The net impact of the FTP methodology is captured in General Corporate and Other.

The Bancorp adjusts the FTP charge and credit rates as dictated by changes in interest rates for various interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and by the review of the estimated durations for the indeterminate-lived deposits. The credit rate provided for demand deposit accounts is reviewed annually based upon the account type, its estimated duration and the corresponding fed funds, U.S. swap curve or swap rate. The credit rates for several deposit products were reset January 1, 2013 to reflect the current market rates and updated duration assumptions. These rates were generally higher than those in place during 2012, thus net interest income for deposit providing businesses was positively impacted for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013.

The business segments are charged provision expense based on the actual net charge-offs experienced on the loans and leases owned by each segment. Provision expense attributable to loan and lease growth and changes in ALLL factors are captured in General Corporate and Other. The financial results of the business segments include allocations for shared services and headquarters expenses. Even with these allocations, the financial results are not necessarily indicative of the business segments’ financial condition and results of operations as if they existed as independent entities. Additionally, the business segments form synergies by taking advantage of cross-sell opportunities and when funding operations by accessing the capital markets as a collective unit.

Net income by business segment is summarized in the following table:

TABLE 21: Business Segment Net Income Available to Common Shareholders

 

     For the three months      For the six months  
     ended June 30,      ended June 30,  

($ in millions)

   2013      2012      2013     2012  

Income Statement Data

          

Commercial Banking

   $ 198         163       $ 386        305   

Branch Banking

     62         50         109        79   

Consumer Lending

     67         33         138        81   

Investment Advisors

     7         8         23        16   

General Corporate & Other

     257         131         347        335   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     591         385         1,003        816   

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —           —           (10     1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Bancorp

     591         385         1,013        815   

Dividends on preferred stock

     9         9         18        18   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 582         376       $ 995        797   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

27


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

Commercial Banking

Commercial Banking offers credit intermediation, cash management and financial services to large and middle-market businesses and government and professional customers. In addition to the traditional lending and depository offerings, Commercial Banking products and services include global cash management, foreign exchange and international trade finance, derivatives and capital markets services, asset-based lending, real estate finance, public finance, commercial leasing and syndicated finance.

The following table contains selected financial data for the Commercial Banking segment:

TABLE 22: Commercial Banking

 

     For the three months      For the six months  
     ended June 30,      ended June 30,  

($ in millions)

   2013      2012      2013      2012  

Income Statement Data

           

Net interest income (FTE) (a)

   $ 366         352       $ 731         705   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     37         61         80         137   

Noninterest income:

           

Corporate banking revenue

     102         97         197         190   

Service charges on deposits

     59         54         118         109   

Other noninterest income

     37         26         68         55   

Noninterest expense:

           

Salaries, incentives and benefits

     64         65         144         137   

Other noninterest expense

     215         204         411         420   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     248         199         479         365   

Applicable income tax expense (a)(b)

     50         36         93         60   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 198         163       $ 386         305   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average Balance Sheet Data

           

Commercial loans, including held for sale

   $ 44,951         41,388       $ 44,534         40,875   

Demand deposits

     14,528         14,478         14,596         14,660   

Interest checking

     6,827         7,728         6,909         8,049   

Savings and money market

     4,062         2,666         3,939         2,636   

Certificates-$100,000 and over

     1,289         1,851         1,280         1,853   

Foreign office deposits and other deposits

     1,383         1,290         1,229         1,334   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Includes FTE adjustments of $5 and $4 for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and $9 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012.
(b) Applicable income tax expense for all periods includes the tax benefit from tax-exempt income and business tax credits, partially offset by the effect of certain nondeductible expenses. Refer to the Applicable Income Taxes section of MD&A for additional information.

Net income was $198 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013, compared to net income of $163 million for the three months ended June 30, 2012. The increase was driven by a decrease in the provision for loan and lease losses, an increase in noninterest income and an increase in net interest income, partially offset by an increase in noninterest expense. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, net income was $386 million compared to $305 million for the same period of the prior year. The increase was driven by a decrease in the provision for loan and lease losses, an increase in noninterest income, an increase in net interest income and a decrease in noninterest expense.

Net interest income increased $14 million and $26 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year. The increases were driven primarily by growth in average commercial and industrial portfolio loans and a decrease in the FTP charges on loans, partially offset by a decline in yields of 28 bps and 27 bps on average commercial loans and a decrease in the FTP credits due to a decline in average interest checking balances for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2012.

Provision for loan and lease losses decreased $24 million and $57 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year as a result of improved credit trends. Net charge-offs as a percent of average portfolio loans and leases decreased to 33 bps for the three months ended June 30, 2013 compared to 59 bps for the same period of the prior year and decreased to 36 bps for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to 67 bps for the same period of the prior year.

Noninterest income increased $21 million and $29 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods in the prior year due to increases in service charges on deposits, corporate banking revenue and other noninterest income. Service charges on deposits increased $5 million and $9 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods in the prior year primarily driven by commercial deposit revenue. The increase in commercial deposit revenue for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 was primarily due to a pricing change implemented in 2012 and the acquisition of new customers. Additionally, the three months ended June 30, 2013 included an increase in treasury management fees. Corporate banking revenue increased $5 million and $7 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. The increase compared to the three months ended June 30, 2012 was primarily due to a $7 million increase in syndication fees partially offset by a decrease of $3 million in institutional sales revenue. The increase compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012 was primarily due to an increase in syndication fees and foreign exchange fees partially offset by a decrease in letter of credit fees. The increases in other noninterest income were driven by decreases in net losses on the sale of OREO, decreases in valuation adjustments on loans held for sale and increases in operating lease income for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year, partially offset by decreases in gains on loan sales.

 

28


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

Noninterest expense increased $10 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods of the prior year primarily due to an $8 million increase in impairment on affordable housing investments and an increase in operating lease expense, partially offset by a decrease in corporate overhead allocations. Noninterest expense decreased $2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same period of the prior year driven by a decrease in other noninterest expense, partially offset by an increase in salaries, incentives and benefits. The decrease in other noninterest expense for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same period of the prior year was due to a decrease in corporate overhead allocations, partially offset by an increase in operating lease expense. Salaries, incentives and benefits increased $7 million due to an increase in base and incentive compensation primarily driven by improved production levels.

Average commercial loans increased $3.6 billion and $3.7 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year primarily due to an increase in average commercial and industrial loans, partially offset by decreases in average commercial construction and mortgage loans. Average commercial and industrial portfolio loans increased $4.8 billion and $5.0 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year as a result of an increase in new origination activity from an increase in demand due to a strengthening economy and targeted marketing efforts. Average commercial mortgage portfolio loans decreased $1.1 billion for both the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and average commercial construction portfolio loans decreased $156 million and $222 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year due to continued run-off as the level of new originations was less than the repayments of the existing portfolio.

Average core deposits increased $635 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2012, and were relatively flat for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same period of 2012. The increase for the three months ended June 30, 2013 was primarily driven by strong growth in savings and money market deposits, which increased $1.4 billion compared to the same period of the prior year, partially offset by decreases in average interest checking deposits of $901 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same period of the prior year.

Branch Banking

Branch Banking provides a full range of deposit and loan and lease products to individuals and small businesses through 1,326 full-service Banking Centers. Branch Banking offers depository and loan products, such as checking and savings accounts, home equity loans and lines of credit, credit cards and loans for automobiles and other personal financing needs, as well as products designed to meet the specific needs of small businesses, including cash management services.

The following table contains selected financial data for the Branch Banking segment:

TABLE 23: Branch Banking

 

     For the three months      For the six months  
     ended June 30,      ended June 30,  

($ in millions)

   2013      2012      2013      2012  

Income Statement Data

           

Net interest income

   $ 358         342       $ 705         677   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     51         69         109         155   

Noninterest income:

           

Service charges on deposits

     76         75         148         149   

Card and processing revenue

     74         70         142         130   

Investment advisory revenue

     37         32         74         64   

Other noninterest income

     29         28         57         52   

Noninterest expense:

           

Salaries, incentives and benefits

     143         143         297         293   

Net occupancy and equipment expense

     60         60         122         119   

Card and processing expense

     32         29         61         57   

Other noninterest expense

     191         169         369         326   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     97         77         168         122   

Applicable income tax expense

     35         27         59         43   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 62         50       $ 109         79   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average Balance Sheet Data

           

Consumer loans, including held for sale

   $ 15,185         14,871       $ 15,155         14,843   

Commercial loans, including held for sale

     4,542         4,598         4,529         4,605   

Demand deposits

     12,825         9,798         12,287         9,457   

Interest checking

     8,749         9,499         8,953         9,293   

Savings and money market

     22,942         22,928         22,899         22,791   

Other time and certificates-$100,000 and over

     4,857         5,454         4,915         5,561   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income was $62 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013, compared to net income of $50 million for the three months ended June 30, 2012. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, net income was $109 million compared to $79 million for the same period of the prior year. Both increases were driven by an increase in net interest income and noninterest income and a decline in the provision for loan and lease losses, partially offset by an increase in noninterest expense.

 

29


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

Net interest income increased $16 million and $28 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year. The primary drivers of the increases were decreases in the FTP charge rates on loans and leases, increases in the FTP credits for demand deposit accounts and savings products, and a decline in interest expense on core deposits due to favorable shifts from certificates of deposit to lower cost transaction and savings products. These increases were partially offset by lower yields on average commercial loans.

Provision for loan and lease losses for the three months ended June 30, 2013 decreased $18 million compared to the second quarter of 2012, and declined $46 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same period of the prior year as a result of improved credit trends. Net charge-offs as a percent of average loans and leases decreased to 104 bps for the three months ended June 30, 2013 compared to 143 bps for the three months ended June 30, 2012 and decreased to 112 bps for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to 160 bps for the same period of the prior year.

Noninterest income increased $11 million and $26 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year. These increases were primarily driven by higher card and processing revenue and higher investment advisory revenue. Card and processing revenue increased $4 million and $12 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2012 primarily due to higher transaction volumes, higher levels of consumer spending and the benefit of new products. Investment advisory revenue increased $5 million and $10 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2012 primarily due to continued market and customer growth trends.

Noninterest expense increased $25 million and $54 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year, primarily driven by increases in other noninterest expense, which increased $22 million and $43 million, respectively. The increases in other noninterest expense for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 were primarily due to increases in corporate overhead allocations.

Average consumer loans increased $314 million for the second quarter of 2013 and $312 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in the prior year. These increases were primarily due to increases in average residential mortgage portfolio loans of $953 million and $960 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods in the prior year due to an increase in originations due to a low interest rate environment. The increases in average residential mortgage portfolio loans were partially offset by decreases in average home equity portfolio loans of $749 million and $717 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year as payoffs exceeded new loan production.

Average core deposits increased by $1.8 billion and $2.0 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods in the prior year as the growth in demand deposits due to excess customer liquidity and historically low interest rates outpaced the run-off of higher priced other time deposits.

Consumer Lending

Consumer Lending includes the Bancorp’s mortgage, home equity, automobile and other indirect lending activities. Mortgage and home equity lending activities include the origination, retention and servicing of mortgage and home equity loans or lines of credit, sales and securitizations of those loans, pools of loans or lines of credit, and all associated hedging activities. Indirect lending activities include extending loans to consumers through mortgage brokers and automobile dealers.

 

30


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

The following table contains selected financial data for the Consumer Lending segment:

TABLE 24: Consumer Lending

 

     For the three months      For the six months  
     ended June 30,      ended June 30,  

($ in millions)

   2013      2012      2013      2012  

Income Statement Data

           

Net interest income

   $ 85         77       $ 170         157   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     22         49         51         103   

Noninterest income:

           

Mortgage banking net revenue

     230         179         445         380   

Other noninterest income

     20         10         34         20   

Noninterest expense:

           

Salaries, incentives and benefits

     68         56         131         112   

Other noninterest expense

     140         110         254         217   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     105         51         213         125   

Applicable income tax expense

     38         18         75         44   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 67         33       $ 138         81   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average Balance Sheet Data

           

Residential mortgage loans, including held for sale

   $ 10,859         9,898       $ 10,956         9,953   

Home equity

     571         651         583         662   

Automobile loans, including held for sale

     11,266         11,097         11,366         11,154   

Consumer leases

     5         41         7         51   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income was $67 million and $138 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to net income of $33 million and $81 million, respectively, for the same periods in the prior year. For both comparative periods, the increase in net income was driven by an increase in noninterest income and net interest income, and a decline in provision for loan and lease losses, partially offset by an increase in noninterest expense.

Net interest income increased $8 million and $13 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods in the prior year. These increases were primarily driven by increases in average residential mortgage loans and average automobile loans, partially offset by lower yields on average automobile loans due to continued competition on new originations and lower yields on residential mortgage loans.

Provision for loan and lease losses decreased $27 million and $52 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year, as delinquency metrics and underlying loss trends improved across all consumer loan types. Net charge-offs as a percent of average loans and leases decreased to 45 bps for the three months ended June 30, 2013 compared to 99 bps for the same period of the prior year and decreased to 51 bps for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to 103 bps for the same period of the prior year.

Noninterest income increased $61 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and increased $79 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods of the prior year. The increases from both periods in the prior year were primarily due to increases in mortgage banking net revenue of $51 million and $65 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively. The increases in mortgage banking net revenue were primarily due to increases in net residential mortgage servicing revenue of $84 million and $103 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, primarily driven by increases of $94 million and $121 million in net valuation adjustments on MSRs and free-standing derivatives entered into to economically hedge the MSRs, partially offset by increases in servicing rights amortization of $10 million and $18 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of 2012. These increases were partially offset by decreases in gains on loan sales of $33 million and $38 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same period of the prior year due to lower gain on sale margins on sold residential mortgage loans.

Noninterest expense increased $42 million and $56 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year. For both periods, the increases were driven by other noninterest expense and salaries, incentives, and benefits. The increases in other noninterest expense were primarily due to higher litigation expenses and an increase in corporate overhead allocations and the increases in salaries, incentives and benefits were primarily as a result of higher mortgage loan originations.

Average consumer loans and leases increased $1.0 billion and $1.1 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year. Average residential mortgage loans, including held for sale, increased $961 million and $1.0 billion for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year, due to the low interest rate environment which resulted in increased origination volumes. Average automobile loans, including held for sale, increased $169 million and $212 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 due to an increase in originations. The increases were partially offset by decreases in home equity and consumer leases. Average home equity portfolio loans decreased $80 million and $79 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods in the prior year as payoffs exceeded new loan production. Average consumer portfolio leases decreased $36 million and $44 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods in the prior year due to run-off as the Bancorp discontinued auto leases in 2008.

 

31


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

Investment Advisors

Investment Advisors provides a full range of investment alternatives for individuals, companies and not-for-profit organizations. Investment Advisors is made up of four main businesses: FTS, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bancorp; FTAM, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bancorp; Fifth Third Private Bank; and Fifth Third Institutional Services. FTS offers full service retail brokerage services to individual clients and broker dealer services to the institutional marketplace. FTAM provides asset management services and previously advised the Bancorp’s proprietary family of mutual funds. Fifth Third Private Bank offers holistic strategies to affluent clients in wealth planning, investing, insurance and wealth protection. Fifth Third Institutional Services provides advisory services for institutional clients including states and municipalities.

The following table contains selected financial data for the Investment Advisors segment:

TABLE 25: Investment Advisors

 

     For the three months      For the six months  
     ended June 30,      ended June 30,  

($ in millions)

   2013      2012      2013      2012  

Income Statement Data

           

Net interest income

   $ 35         29       $ 70         57   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     1         2         2         6   

Noninterest income:

           

Investment advisory revenue

     96         91         194         185   

Other noninterest income

     3         7         12         11   

Noninterest expense:

           

Salaries, incentives and benefits

     40         41         82         84   

Other noninterest expense

     83         71         156         138   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     10         13         36         25   

Applicable income tax expense

     3         5         13         9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 7         8       $ 23         16   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average Balance Sheet Data

           

Loans and leases

   $ 1,983         1,898       $ 1,954         1,905   

Core deposits

     8,326         7,495         8,535         7,432   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income was $7 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013 compared to net income of $8 million for the three months ended June 30, 2012. The decrease was driven by an increase in noninterest expense, partially offset by an increase in net interest income. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, net income was $23 million compared to $16 million for the same period of the prior year. The increase was driven by an increase in net interest income, an increase in noninterest income and a decrease in the provision for loan and lease losses, partially offset by an increase in noninterest expense.

Provision for loan and leases losses decreased $1 million and $4 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year as a result of improved credit trends. Net charge-offs as a percent of average loans and leases decreased to 18 bps for the three months ended June 30, 2013 compared to 54 bps for the same period of the prior year and decreased to 16 bps for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to 64 bps for the same period of the prior year.

Noninterest income increased $1 million and $10 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year, primarily due to increased private client service fees and increased securities and brokerage fees due to an increase in equity and bond market values. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in mutual fund fees due to the sale of certain FTAM funds in the third quarter of 2012. The increase for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012 was also driven by a $7 million gain on the sale of certain FTAM advisory contracts in the first quarter of 2013.

Noninterest expense increased $11 million and $16 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year, primarily driven by a $10 million fraud loss and an increase in corporate overhead allocations for both the three and six months ended June 30, 2013.

Average loans and leases increased $85 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012 primarily due to increases in commercial and industrial, home equity and other consumer loans, partially offset by a decrease in commercial mortgage loans. Average loans and leases increased $49 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012 primarily due to increases in home equity and other consumer loans, partially offset by a decrease in commercial mortgage loans. Average core deposits increased $831 million, or 11%, and $1.1 billion, or 15%, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods of the prior year primarily due to growth in interest checking as customers have opted to maintain excess funds in liquid transaction accounts as a result of interest rates remaining near historic lows. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, the growth in interest checking was partially offset by account migration from foreign office deposits.

General Corporate and Other

General Corporate and Other includes the unallocated portion of the investment securities portfolio, securities gains and losses, certain non-core deposit funding, unassigned equity, provision expense in excess of net charge-offs or a benefit from the reduction of the ALLL, representation and warranty expense in excess of actual losses or a benefit from the reduction of representation and warranty reserves, the payment of preferred stock dividends and certain support activities and other items not attributed to the business segments.

 

32


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

Results for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2013 were impacted by a benefit of $47 million and $116 million, respectively, due to reductions in the ALLL. The decrease in provision expense was due to a decrease in nonperforming loans and improvements in delinquency metrics and underlying loss trends. Net interest income for the three months ended June 30, 2013 was $41 million compared to $99 million in the same period of the prior year. Net interest income for the six months ended June 30, 2013 was $101 million compared to $206 million in the same period of the prior year. Both decreases in net interest income were primarily due to a decrease in interest income on taxable securities and an increase in the FTP charge on loans, partially offset by a decrease in interest expense on long-term debt. The increase in noninterest income for both periods was primarily due to a $242 million gain on the sale of Vantiv, Inc. shares recorded in the second quarter of 2013. In addition, the positive valuation adjustments on stock warrants associated with the Vantiv Holding, LLC increased $20 million and $8 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 from the comparable prior year periods. BOLI income increased $11 million and $13 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods in the prior year primarily due to a $10 million settlement in the second quarter of 2013 related to a previously surrendered BOLI policy. Noninterest income also increased for both periods due to $17 million in lower of cost or market adjustments associated with bank premises held-for-sale recorded in the second quarter of 2012 and benefited from a $6 million and $17 million decrease in the loss related to the Visa total return swap for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively.

 

33


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

RISK MANAGEMENT – OVERVIEW

Managing risk is an essential component of successfully operating a financial services company. The Bancorp’s risk management approach includes processes for identifying, assessing, managing, monitoring and reporting risks. The ERM division, led by the Bancorp’s Chief Risk Officer, and the Bancorp Credit division, led by the Bancorp’s Chief Credit Officer, ensure the consistency and adequacy of the Bancorp’s risk management approach within the structure of the Bancorp’s affiliate operating model. In addition, the Internal Audit division provides an independent assessment of the Bancorp’s internal control structure and related systems and processes.

The assumption of risk requires robust and active risk management practices that comprise an integrated and comprehensive set of activities, measures and strategies that apply to the entire organization. The Bancorp has established a Risk Appetite Framework that provides the foundations of corporate risk capacity, risk appetite and risk tolerances. The Bancorp’s risk capacity is represented by its available financial resources. Risk capacity sets an absolute limit on risk-assumption in the Bancorp’s annual and strategic plans. The Bancorp understands that not all financial resources may persist as viable loss buffers over time. Further, consideration must be given to planned or foreseeable events that would reduce risk capacity. Those factors take the form of capacity adjustments to arrive at an Operating Risk Capacity which represents the operating risk level the Bancorp can assume while maintaining its solvency standard. The Bancorp’s policy currently discounts its Operating Risk Capacity by a minimum of five percent to provide a buffer; as a result, the Bancorp’s risk appetite is limited by policy to, at most, 95% of its Operating Risk Capacity.

Economic capital is the amount of unencumbered financial resources required to support the Bancorp’s risks. The Bancorp measures economic capital under the assumption that it expects to maintain debt ratings at strong investment grade levels over time. The Bancorp’s capital policies require that the Operating Risk Capacity less the aforementioned buffer exceed the calculated economic capital required in its business.

Risk appetite is the aggregate amount of risk the Bancorp is willing to accept in pursuit of its strategic and financial objectives. By establishing boundaries around risk taking and business decisions, and by incorporating the needs and goals of its shareholders, regulators, rating agencies and customers, the Bancorp’s risk appetite is aligned with its priorities and goals. Risk tolerance is the maximum amount of risk applicable to each of the eight specific risk categories included in its Enterprise Risk Management Framework. This is expressed primarily in qualitative terms. The Bancorp’s risk appetite and risk tolerances are supported by risk targets and risk limits. Those limits are used to monitor the amount of risk assumed at a granular level.

The risks faced by the Bancorp include, but are not limited to, credit, market, liquidity, operational, regulatory compliance, legal, reputational and strategic. Each of these risks is managed through the Bancorp’s risk program which includes the following key functions:

 

   

Enterprise Risk Management Programs is responsible for developing and overseeing the implementation of risk programs and reporting that facilitate a broad integrated view of risk. The department also leads the continual fostering of a strong risk management culture and the framework, policies and committees that support effective risk governance, including the oversight of Sarbanes-Oxley compliance;

 

   

Commercial Credit Risk Management provides safety and soundness within an independent portfolio management framework that supports the Bancorp’s commercial loan growth strategies and underwriting practices, ensuring portfolio optimization and appropriate risk controls;

 

   

Risk Strategies and Reporting is responsible for quantitative analysis needed to support the commercial dual rating methodology, ALLL methodology and analytics needed to assess credit risk and develop mitigation strategies related to that risk. The department also provides oversight, reporting and monitoring of commercial underwriting and credit administration processes. The Risk Strategies and Reporting department is also responsible for the economic capital program;

 

   

Consumer Credit Risk Management provides safety and soundness within an independent management framework that supports the Bancorp’s consumer loan growth strategies, ensuring portfolio optimization, appropriate risk controls and oversight, reporting, and monitoring of underwriting and credit administration processes;

 

   

Operational Risk Management works with affiliates and lines of business to maintain processes to monitor and manage all aspects of operational risk, including ensuring consistency in application of operational risk programs;

 

   

Bank Protection oversees and manages fraud prevention and detection and provides investigative and recovery services for the Bancorp;

 

   

Capital Markets Risk Management is responsible for instituting, monitoring, and reporting appropriate trading limits, monitoring liquidity, interest rate risk and risk tolerances within Treasury, Mortgage, and Capital Markets groups and utilizing a value at risk model for Bancorp market risk exposure;

 

   

Regulatory Compliance Risk Management ensures that processes are in place to monitor and comply with federal and state banking regulations, including processes related to fiduciary, community reinvestment act and fair lending compliance. The function also has the responsibility for maintenance of an enterprise-wide compliance framework; and

 

   

The ERM division creates and maintains other functions, committees or processes as are necessary to effectively manage risk throughout the Bancorp.

Risk management oversight and governance is provided by the Risk and Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors and through multiple management committees whose membership includes a broad cross-section of line of business, affiliate and support representatives. The Risk and Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors consists of five outside directors and has the responsibility for the oversight of risk management for the Bancorp, as well as for the Bancorp’s overall aggregate risk profile. The Risk and Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors has approved the formation of key management governance committees that are responsible for evaluating risks and controls. The primary committee responsible for the oversight of risk management is the ERMC. Committees

 

34


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

accountable to the ERMC, which support the core risk programs, are the Corporate Credit Committee, the Operational Risk Committee, the Management Compliance Committee, the Asset/Liability Committee and the Enterprise Marketing Committee. Other committees accountable to the ERMC oversee the ALLL, capital, liquidity and community reinvestment act/fair lending functions. There are also new products and initiatives processes applicable to every line of business to ensure an appropriate standard readiness assessment is performed before launching a new product or initiative. Significant risk policies approved by the management governance committees are also reviewed and approved by the Risk and Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors.

Credit Risk Review is an independent function responsible for evaluating the sufficiency of underwriting, documentation and approval processes for consumer and commercial credits; the accuracy of risk grades assigned to commercial credit exposure; nonaccrual status; specific reserves and monitoring of charge-offs. Credit Risk Review reports directly to the Risk and Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors and administratively to the Chief Auditor.

CREDIT RISK MANAGEMENT

The objective of the Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy is to quantify and manage credit risk on an aggregate portfolio basis, as well as to limit the risk of loss resulting from an individual customer default. The Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy is based on three core principles: conservatism, diversification and monitoring. The Bancorp believes that effective credit risk management begins with conservative lending practices. These practices include conservative exposure and counterparty limits and conservative underwriting, documentation and collection standards. The Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy also emphasizes diversification on a geographic, industry and customer level as well as ongoing portfolio monitoring and timely management reviews of large credit exposures and credits experiencing deterioration of credit quality. Credit officers with the authority to extend credit are delegated specific authority amounts, the utilization of which is closely monitored. Underwriting activities are centrally managed, and ERM manages the policy and the authority delegation process directly. The Credit Risk Review function provides objective assessments of the quality of underwriting and documentation, the accuracy of risk grades and the charge-off, nonaccrual and reserve analysis process. The Bancorp’s credit review process and overall assessment of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses is based on quarterly assessments of the probable estimated losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. The Bancorp uses these assessments to promptly identify potential problem loans or leases within the portfolio, maintain an adequate reserve and take any necessary charge-offs. The Bancorp defines potential problem loans as those rated substandard that do not meet the definition of a nonperforming asset or a restructured loan. See Note 6 of the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on the Bancorp’s credit grade categories, which are derived from standard regulatory rating definitions.

The following tables provide a summary of potential problem loans:

TABLE 26: Potential Problem Loans

 

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

   Carrying
Value
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Exposure  

Commercial and industrial

   $ 1,316         1,318         1,610   

Commercial mortgage

     647         649         664   

Commercial construction

     63         63         74   

Commercial leases

     33         33         33   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,059         2,063         2,381   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TABLE 27: Potential Problem Loans

 

As of December 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

   Carrying
Value
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Exposure  

Commercial and industrial

   $ 1,015         1,017         1,212   

Commercial mortgage

     848         849         851   

Commercial construction

     87         87         100   

Commercial leases

     9         9         9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,959         1,962         2,172   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In addition to the individual review of larger commercial loans that exhibit probable or observed credit weaknesses, the commercial credit review process includes the use of two risk grading systems. The risk grading system currently utilized for reserve analysis purposes encompasses ten categories. The Bancorp also maintains a dual risk rating system for credit approval and pricing, portfolio monitoring and capital allocation that includes a “through-the-cycle” rating philosophy for modeling expected losses. The dual risk rating system includes thirteen probabilities of default grade categories and an additional six grade categories for estimating losses given an event of default. The probability of default and loss given default evaluations are not separated in the ten-category risk rating system. The Bancorp has completed significant validation and testing of the dual risk rating system as a commercial credit risk management tool. The Bancorp is assessing the necessary modifications to the dual risk rating system outputs to develop a U.S. GAAP compliant ALLL model and will make a decision on the use of modified dual risk ratings for purposes of determining the Bancorp’s ALLL once the FASB has issued a final standard regarding proposed methodology changes to the determination of credit impairment as outlined in the FASB’s Accounting Standard Update- Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Subtopic 825-15) issued on December 20, 2012. Scoring systems, various analytical tools and delinquency monitoring are used to assess the credit risk in the Bancorp’s homogenous consumer and small business loan portfolios.

 

35


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

Overview

The economy has shown signs of modest improvement in the first half of 2013. Moderate growth is anticipated in the second half of the year, however, risks remain that could impact the growth rate. Domestic concerns are focused on the sequester, business uncertainty about the implementation of the Affordable Care Act and extended high unemployment. Global issues include: European sovereign debt concerns, slower growth in China and persistent fears regarding the Middle East. The U.S. housing industry is maintaining an upward course and is adding to overall job gains. Geographically, the Bancorp continues to experience the most stress in Michigan and Florida due to previous declines in real estate values. Real estate value deterioration, as measured by the Home Price Index, was most prevalent in Florida due to past real estate price appreciation and related over-development, and in Michigan due in part to cutbacks in automobile manufacturing and the state’s economic downturn.

Among consumer portfolios, residential mortgage and brokered home equity portfolios exhibited the most stress. Management suspended homebuilder and developer lending in 2007 and new commercial non-owner occupied real estate lending in 2008, discontinued the origination of brokered home equity products at the end of 2007 and tightened underwriting standards across both the commercial and consumer loan product offerings. With the stabilization of certain real estate markets, the Bank began to selectively originate new homebuilder and developer lending and non-owner occupied commercial lending real estate in the third quarter of 2011. However, the level of new fundings are below the amortization and pay-off of the current portfolio. Since the fourth quarter of 2008, in an effort to reduce loan exposure to the real estate and construction industries, the Bancorp has sold certain consumer loans and sold or transferred to held for sale certain commercial loans. The Bancorp continues to aggressively engage in other loss mitigation strategies such as reducing credit commitments, restructuring certain commercial and consumer loans, as well as utilizing commercial and consumer loan workout teams. For commercial and consumer loans owned by the Bancorp, loan modification strategies are developed that are workable for both the borrower and the Bancorp when the borrower displays a willingness to cooperate. These strategies typically involve either a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan, an extension of the loan’s maturity date(s) with a stated rate lower than the current market rate for a new loan with similar risk, or in limited circumstances, a reduction of the principal balance of the loan or the loan’s accrued interest. For residential mortgage loans serviced for FHLMC and FNMA, the Bancorp participates in the HAMP and HARP 2.0 programs. For loans refinanced under the HARP 2.0 program, the Bancorp strictly adheres to the underwriting requirements of the program and promptly sells the refinanced loan back to the agencies. Loan restructuring under the HAMP program is performed on behalf of FHLMC or FNMA and the Bancorp does not take possession of these loans during the modification process. Therefore, participation in these programs does not significantly impact the Bancorp’s credit quality statistics. The Bancorp participates in trial modifications in conjunction with the HAMP program for loans it services for FHLMC and FNMA. As these trial modifications relate to loans serviced for others, they are not included in the Bancorp’s troubled debt restructurings as they are not assets of the Bancorp. In the event there is a representation and warranty violation on loans sold through the programs, the Bancorp may be required to repurchase the sold loan. As of June 30, 2013, repurchased loans restructured or refinanced under these programs were immaterial to the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Additionally, as of June 30, 2013, $277 million of loans refinanced under HARP 2.0 were included in loans held for sale in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, the Bancorp recognized $43 million and $78 million of fee income in mortgage banking net revenue in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income related to the sale of loans restructured or refinanced under the HAMP and HARP 2.0 programs.

In the financial services industry, there has been heightened focus on foreclosure activity and processes. The Bancorp actively works with borrowers experiencing difficulties and has regularly modified or provided forbearance to borrowers where a workable solution could be found. Foreclosure is a last resort, and the Bancorp undertakes foreclosures only when it believes they are necessary and appropriate and is careful to ensure that customer and loan data are accurate. Reviews of the Bancorp’s foreclosure process and procedures conducted in 2010 did not reveal any material deficiencies. These reviews were expanded and extended in 2011 to improve the Bancorp’s processes as additional aspects of the industry’s foreclosure practices have come under intensified scrutiny and criticism. These reviews are complete and the Bancorp has enhanced some of its processes and procedures to address some concerns that were raised and to comply with changes in state laws.

Commercial Portfolio

The Bancorp’s credit risk management strategy includes minimizing concentrations of risk through diversification. The Bancorp has commercial loan concentration limits based on industry, lines of business within the commercial segment, geography and credit product type.

The risk within the commercial loan and lease portfolio is managed and monitored through an underwriting process utilizing detailed origination policies, continuous loan level reviews, monitoring of industry concentration and product type limits and continuous portfolio risk management reporting. The origination policies for commercial real estate outline the risks and underwriting requirements for owner and non-owner occupied and construction lending. Included in the policies are maturity and amortization terms, maximum LTVs, minimum debt service coverage ratios, construction loan monitoring procedures, appraisal requirements, pre-leasing requirements (as applicable) and sensitivity and pro-forma analysis requirements. The Bancorp requires a valuation of real estate collateral, which may include third-party appraisals, be performed at the time of origination and renewal in accordance with regulatory requirements and on an as needed basis when market conditions justify. Although the Bancorp does not back test these collateral value assumptions, the Bancorp maintains an appraisal review department to order and review third-party appraisals in accordance with regulatory requirements. Collateral values on criticized assets with relationships exceeding $1 million are reviewed quarterly to assess the appropriateness of the value ascribed in the assessment of charge-offs and specific reserves. In addition, the Bancorp applies incremental valuation adjustments to older appraisals that relate to collateral dependent loans, which can currently be up to 20-30% of the appraised value based on the type of collateral. These incremental valuation adjustments generally reflect the age of the most recent appraisal as well as collateral type. Trends in collateral values, such as home price indices and recent asset dispositions, are monitored in order to determine whether changes to the appraisal adjustments are warranted. Other factors such as local market conditions or location may also be considered as necessary.

 

36


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

The Bancorp assesses all real estate and non-real estate collateral securing a loan and considers all cross collateralized loans in the calculation of the LTV ratio. The following table provides detail on the most recent LTV ratios for commercial mortgage loans greater than $1 million, excluding impaired commercial mortgage loans individually evaluated. The Bancorp does not typically aggregate the LTV ratios for commercial mortgage loans less than $1 million.

TABLE 28: Commercial Mortgage Loans Outstanding by LTV, Loans Greater Than $1 Million

 

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

   LTV > 100%      LTV 80-100%      LTV < 80%  

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

   $ 316         337         2,242   

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

     324         565         1,588   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 640         902         3,830   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TABLE 29: Commercial Mortgage Loans Outstanding by LTV, Loans Greater Than $1 Million

 

As of December 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

   LTV > 100%      LTV 80-100%      LTV < 80%  

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

   $ 390         302         2,325   

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

     450         605         1,955   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 840         907         4,280   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table provides detail on commercial loans and leases by industry classification (as defined by the North American Industry Classification System), by loan size and by state, illustrating the diversity and granularity of the Bancorp’s commercial loans and leases:

TABLE 30: Commercial Loan and Lease Portfolio (excluding loans held for sale)

 

     June 30, 2013      December 31, 2012  

($ in millions)

   Outstanding     Exposure      Nonaccrual      Outstanding     Exposure      Nonaccrual  

By industry:

               

Manufacturing

   $ 10,401        19,150         87       $ 9,982        18,414         58   

Financial services and insurance

     5,831        13,032         50         4,886        12,062         54   

Real estate

     5,001        6,689         141         5,588        6,840         198   

Business services

     4,678        6,963         71         4,600        6,917         56   

Wholesale trade

     4,194        7,752         18         4,042        7,401         26   

Healthcare

     3,995        5,920         32         4,079        6,094         14   

Retail trade

     3,010        6,526         22         2,624        5,699         38   

Transportation and warehousing

     3,003        4,259         2         3,105        4,222         3   

Construction

     1,989        3,266         67         1,995        3,254         105   

Mining

     1,660        3,043         17         1,683        2,767         —     

Communication and information

     1,647        2,760         14         1,547        2,631         19   

Accommodation and food

     1,483        2,328         11         1,478        2,160         17   

Entertainment and recreation

     1,092        1,687         10         914        1,393         11   

Other services

     1,007        1,397         32         1,156        1,517         42   

Utilities

     611        2,090         —           608        2,009         —     

Public administration

     458        728         —           441        693         —     

Agribusiness

     358        510         37         376        527         44   

Individuals

     198        236         12         281        335         12   

Other

     4        9         —           3        2         —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 50,620        88,345         623       $ 49,388        84,937         697   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

By loan size:

               

Less than $200,000

         1         8             1         9   

$200,000 to $1 million

     6        4         20         6        5         22   

$1 million to $5 million

     14        11         23         15        12         28   

$5 million to $10 million

     10        8         12         11        9         13   

$10 million to $25 million

     26        24         27         27        25         24   

Greater than $25 million

     42        52         10         39        48         4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     100      100         100         100      100         100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

By state:

               

Ohio

     20      23         12         20      24         13   

Michigan

     11        9         17         11        10         17   

Illinois

     7        8         10         8        8         8   

Florida

     7        6         20         7        6         19   

Indiana

     5        5         11         5        5         11   

Kentucky

     3        3         3         4        3         4   

North Carolina

     3        3         1         3        3         2   

Tennessee

     3        3         1         3        3         5   

Pennsylvania

     3        2         —           3        2         1   

All other states

     38        38         25         36        36         20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     100      100         100         100      100         100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

37


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

The Bancorp has identified certain categories of loans which it believes represent a higher level of risk compared to the rest of the Bancorp’s loan portfolio, due to economic or market conditions within the Bancorp’s key lending areas. The following tables provide analysis of each of the categories of loans (excluding loans held for sale) by state as of and for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012:

TABLE 31: Non-Owner Occupied Commercial Real Estate (a)

 

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

                   Net Charge-offs for
June 30,  2013
 

By State:

   Outstanding      Exposure      90 Days
Past Due
     Nonaccrual      Three Months
Ended
     Six Months
Ended
 

Ohio

   $ 1,051         1,298         —           26         2         15   

Michigan

     977         1,093         —           48         3         3   

Florida

     524         638         —           18         —           3   

Illinois

     414         559         —           16         1         2   

Indiana

     228         246         —           10         —           —     

North Carolina

     155         211         —           6         —           —     

All other states

     1,024         1,679         —           3         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,373         5,724         —           127         6         23   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Included in commercial mortgage and commercial construction loans on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

TABLE 32: Non-Owner Occupied Commercial Real Estate (a)

 

As of June 30, 2012 ($ in millions)

                   Net Charge-offs for
June 30, 2012
 

By State:

   Outstanding      Exposure      90 Days
Past Due
     Nonaccrual      Three Months
Ended
    Six Months
Ended
 

Ohio

   $ 1,415         1,482         —           93         6        10   

Michigan

     1,270         1,293         —           84         8        22   

Florida

     652         677         —           56         4        13   

Illinois

     409         443         —           42         2        6   

Indiana

     296         299         —           12         —          —     

North Carolina

     253         289         —           15         1        3   

All other states

     867         1,022         —           27         (5     (5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,162         5,505         —           329         16        49   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Included in commercial mortgage and commercial construction loans on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

TABLE 33: Homebuilder and Developer (a)

 

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

                   Net Charge-offs for
June 30,  2013
 

By State:

   Outstanding      Exposure      90 Days
Past Due
     Nonaccrual      Three Months
Ended
    Six Months
Ended
 

Ohio

   $ 111         176         —           9         —          1   

Michigan

     44         52         —           4         (1     (2

North Carolina

     26         30         —           —           —          —     

Illinois

     25         26         —           7         —          —     

Indiana

     16         17         —           6         —          —     

Florida

     4         21         —           —           —          —     

All other states

     27         30         —           2         —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 253         352         —           28         (1     (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Homebuilder and Developer loans, exclusive of commercial and industrial loans with an outstanding balance of $65 and a total exposure of $107 are also included in Table 31: Non-Owner Occupied Commercial Real Estate.

TABLE 34: Homebuilder and Developer (a)

 

As of June 30, 2012 ($ in millions)

                   Net Charge-offs for
June 30, 2012
 

By State:

   Outstanding      Exposure      90 Days
Past Due
     Nonaccrual      Three Months
Ended
     Six Months
Ended
 

Ohio

   $ 138         187         —           9         2         6   

Michigan

     74         95         —           3         —           5   

North Carolina

     37         41         —           7         —           1   

Illinois

     10         19         —           8         —           2   

Indiana

     26         30         —           9         —           —     

Florida

     43         128         —           15         2         11   

All other states

     48         59         —           10         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 376         559         —           61         4         25   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Homebuilder and Developer loans, exclusive of commercial and industrial loans with an outstanding balance of $88 and a total exposure of $235 are also included in Table 32: Non-Owner Occupied Commercial Real Estate.

 

38


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

Consumer Portfolio

The Bancorp’s consumer portfolio is materially comprised of three categories of loans: residential mortgage, home equity, and automobile. The Bancorp has identified certain categories within these loan types which it believes represent a higher level of risk compared to the rest of the consumer loan portfolio due to high loan amount to collateral value. The Bancorp does not update LTV ratios for the consumer portfolio subsequent to origination except as part of the charge-off process for real estate secured loans.

Residential Mortgage Portfolio

The Bancorp manages credit risk in the residential mortgage portfolio through conservative underwriting and documentation standards and geographic and product diversification. The Bancorp may also package and sell loans in the portfolio.

The Bancorp does not originate mortgage loans that permit customers to defer principal payments or make payments that are less than the accruing interest. The Bancorp originates both fixed and adjustable rate residential mortgage loans. Resets of rates on adjustable rate mortgages are not expected to have a material impact on credit costs in the current interest rate environment, as approximately $1.1 billion of adjustable rate residential mortgage loans will have rate resets during the next twelve months, with less than one percent of those resets expected to experience an increase in monthly payments in comparison to the monthly payment at the time of origination.

Certain residential mortgage products have contractual features that may increase credit exposure to the Bancorp in the event of a decline in housing values. These types of mortgage products offered by the Bancorp include loans with high LTV ratios, multiple loans on the same collateral that when combined result in an LTV greater than 80% and interest-only loans. The Bancorp monitors residential mortgage loans with greater than 80% LTV ratios and no mortgage insurance as it believes these loans represent a higher level of risk.

The following table provides an analysis of the residential mortgage portfolio loans outstanding by LTV at origination:

TABLE 35: Residential Mortgage Portfolio Loans by LTV at Origination

 

     June 30, 2013     December 31, 2012  

($ in millions)

   Outstanding      Weighted
Average
LTV
    Outstanding      Weighted
Average
LTV
 

LTV £ 80%

   $ 9,325         65.2    $ 8,993         65.8 

LTV > 80%, with mortgage insurance

     1,181         93.7        1,165         93.6   

LTV > 80%, no mortgage insurance

     1,894         95.9        1,859         95.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 12,400         72.6    $ 12,017         73.1 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following tables provide analysis of the residential mortgage portfolio loans outstanding with a greater than 80% LTV ratio and no mortgage insurance:

TABLE 36: Residential Mortgage Portfolio Loans, LTV Greater Than 80%, No Mortgage Insurance

 

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

                        Net Charge-offs for
June 30, 2013
 

By State:

   Outstanding      90 Days
Past Due
     Nonaccrual      Three Months
Ended
     Six Months
Ended
 

Ohio

   $ 590         2         21         2         5   

Michigan

     307         1         9         1         3   

Florida

     258         1         14         1         2   

Illinois

     215         1         5         1         1   

Indiana

     120         1         4         —           —     

North Carolina

     101         —           3         —           —     

Kentucky

     88         —           3         2         2   

All other states

     215         1         2         —           1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,894         7         61         7         14   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

39


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

TABLE 37: Residential Mortgage Portfolio Loans, LTV Greater Than 80%, No Mortgage Insurance

 

As of June 30, 2012 ($ in millions)

                        Net Charge-offs for
June 30, 2012
 

By State:

   Outstanding      90 Days
Past Due
     Nonaccrual      Three Months
Ended
     Six Months
Ended
 

Ohio

   $ 607         3         24         4         8   

Michigan

     310         1         12         3         6   

Florida

     257         1         19         4         9   

Illinois

     162         1         4         1         1   

Indiana

     116         1         4         1         1   

North Carolina

     115         —           6         2         2   

Kentucky

     89         —           3         —           1   

All other states

     165         3         2         1         2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,821         10         74         16         30   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Home Equity Portfolio

The Bancorp’s home equity portfolio is primarily comprised of home equity lines of credit. Beginning in the first quarter of 2013, the Bancorp’s newly originated home equity lines of credit have a 10-year interest only draw period followed by a 20-year amortization period. The home equity line of credit previously offered by the Bancorp was a revolving facility with a 20-year term, minimum payments of interest only and a balloon payment of principal at maturity.

The ALLL provides coverage for probable and estimable losses in the home equity portfolio. The allowance attributable to the portion of the home equity portfolio that has not been restructured in a TDR is calculated on a pooled basis with senior lien and junior-lien categories segmented in the determination of the probable credit losses in the home equity portfolio. The modeled loss factor for the home equity portfolio is based on the trailing twelve month historical loss rate for each category, as adjusted for certain prescriptive loss rate factors and certain qualitative adjustment factors to reflect risks associated with current conditions and trends. The prescriptive loss rate factors include adjustments for delinquency trends, LTV trends, refreshed FICO score trends and product mix. The qualitative factors include adjustments for credit administration and portfolio management, credit policy and underwriting and the national and local economy. The Bancorp considers home price index trends when determining the national and local economy qualitative factor.

The home equity portfolio is managed in two primary groups: loans outstanding with a LTV greater than 80% and those loans with a LTV 80% or less based upon appraisals at origination. The carrying value of the greater than 80% LTV home equity loans and 80% or less LTV home equity loans were $3.4 billion and $6.1 billion, respectively, as of June 30, 2013. Of the total $9.5 billion of outstanding home equity loans:

 

   

82% reside within the Bancorp’s Midwest footprint of Ohio, Michigan, Kentucky, Indiana and Illinois;

 

   

33% are in senior lien positions and 67% are in junior lien positions at June 30, 2013;

 

   

Over 80% of non-delinquent borrowers made at least one payment greater than the minimum payment during the three months ended June 30, 2013; and

 

   

The portfolio had an average refreshed FICO score of 735 at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

The Bancorp actively manages lines of credit and makes reductions in lending limits when it believes it is necessary based on FICO score deterioration and property devaluation. The Bancorp does not routinely obtain appraisals on performing loans to update LTV ratios after origination. However, the Bancorp monitors the local housing markets by reviewing various home price indices and incorporates the impact of the changing market conditions in its on-going credit monitoring processes. For junior lien home equity loans, the Bancorp is unable to track the performance of the senior lien loans if it does not service the senior lien loan, but instead monitors the refreshed FICO scores as part of its assessment of the home equity portfolio.

The following table provides an analysis of home equity loans outstanding disaggregated based upon refreshed FICO score:

TABLE 38: Home Equity Loans Outstanding by Refreshed FICO Score

 

     June 30, 2013     December 31, 2012  

($ in millions)

   Outstanding      % of
Total
    Outstanding      % of
Total
 

Senior Liens:

          

FICO < 620

   $ 216           $ 224        

FICO 621-719

     640         7        653         6   

FICO > 720

     2,291         24        2,374         24   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Senior Liens

     3,147         33        3,251         32   

Junior Liens:

          

FICO < 620

     603         6        661         7   

FICO 621-719

     1,754         19        1,817         18   

FICO > 720

     4,027         42        4,289         43   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Junior Liens

     6,384         67        6,767         68   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 9,531         100    $ 10,018         100 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

40


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

The Bancorp believes that home equity loans with a greater than 80% combined LTV ratio present a higher level of risk. The following table provides an analysis of the home equity loans outstanding in a first and second lien position by LTV at origination:

TABLE 39: Home Equity Loans Outstanding by LTV at Origination

 

     June 30, 2013     December 31, 2012  

($ in millions)

   Outstanding      Weighted
Average LTV
    Outstanding      Weighted
Average LTV
 

Senior Liens:

          

LTV £ 80%

   $ 2,683         54.9    $ 2,763         54.9 

LTV > 80%

     464         88.9        488         88.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Senior Liens

     3,147         60.1        3,251         60.2   

Junior Liens:

          

LTV £ 80%

     3,427         67.3        3,602         67.3   

LTV > 80%

     2,957         91.5        3,165         91.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Junior Liens

     6,384         80.4        6,767         80.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 9,531         73.2    $ 10,018         73.4 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following tables provide analysis of home equity loans by state with LTV greater than 80%:

TABLE 40: Home Equity Loans Outstanding with LTV Greater than 80%

 

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

                          Net Charge-offs for
June 30, 2013
 

By State:

   Outstanding      Exposure      90 Days
Past Due
     Nonaccrual      Three Months
Ended
     Six Months
Ended
 

Ohio

   $ 1,187         1,876         6         5         4         9   

Michigan

     744         1,045         4         3         3         8   

Illinois

     405         582         4         2         2         5   

Indiana

     320         486         2         2         1         2   

Kentucky

     300         466         2         1         1         2   

Florida

     122         165         2         2         2         2   

All other states

     343         459         3         3         1         4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,421         5,079         23         18         14         32   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TABLE 41: Home Equity Loans Outstanding with LTV Greater than 80%

 

As of June 30, 2012 ($ in millions)

                          Net Charge-offs for
June 30, 2012
 

By State:

   Outstanding      Exposure      90 Days
Past Due
     Nonaccrual      Three Months
Ended
     Six Months
Ended
 

Ohio

   $ 1,327         2,017         9         6         6         14   

Michigan

     838         1,156         8         4         7         14   

Illinois

     444         630         6         2         4         9   

Indiana

     371         552         3         2         1         2   

Kentucky

     348         528         2         1         1         3   

Florida

     136         180         3         2         2         5   

All other states

     391         511         4         3         5         10   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,855         5,574         35         20         26         57   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table provides an analysis of home equity loans by lien position:

TABLE 42: Home Equity Loans by Lien Position

 

            90 Days         

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

   Outstanding      Past Due      Nonaccrual  

Senior Lien Home Equity

   $ 3,147         14         19   

Junior Lien Home Equity behind Fifth Third Serviced or Owned Senior Lien

     2,307         8         7   

Junior Lien Home Equity behind Third Party Serviced Senior Lien

     4,077         26         20   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 9,531         48         46   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Typically, home equity loans are reported on nonaccrual status if principal or interest has been in default for 180 days or more or if the loan has been modified in a TDR and subsequently becomes past due 90 days or more unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. The Bancorp’s policy does not place on nonaccrual status, junior lien home equity loans that are behind delinquent senior lien loans. At June 30, 2013, the Bancorp had $7 million of nonaccrual junior lien home equity loans behind Fifth Third serviced or owned senior lien loans and $19 million of performing junior lien home equity loans behind senior lien loans serviced or owned by Fifth Third which were 90 days or more past due. For junior lien home equity loans, the Bancorp is unable to track the performance of the senior lien loan if it does not service or own the senior lien loan.

 

41


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

Automobile Portfolio

The automobile portfolio is characterized by direct and indirect lending products to consumers. As of June 30, 2013, 50% of the automobile loan portfolio is comprised of new automobiles. It is a common practice to advance on automobile loans an amount in excess of the automobile value due to the inclusion of taxes, title, and other fees paid at closing. The Bancorp monitors its exposure to these higher risk loans.

The following table provides an analysis of automobile loans outstanding by LTV at origination:

TABLE 43: Automobile Loans Outstanding with LTV at Origination

 

     June 30, 2013     December 31, 2012  

($ in millions)

   Outstanding      Weighted
Average LTV
    Outstanding      Weighted
Average LTV
 

LTV £ 100%

   $ 8,246         81.5    $ 8,123         81.5 

LTV > 100%

     3,769         110.7        3,849         110.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 12,015         91.0    $ 11,972         91.2 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following tables provide analysis of the Bancorp’s automobile loans with a LTV at origination greater than 100%:

TABLE 44: Automobile Loans Outstanding with LTV Greater than 100%

 

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

                   Net Charge-offs for
June 30, 2013
 

By State:

   Outstanding      90 Days
Past Due
     Nonaccrual      Three Months
Ended
     Six Months
Ended
 

Ohio

   $ 390         1         —           —           —     

Illinois

     215         —           —           —           1   

Michigan

     204         —           —           —           —     

Florida

     190         —           —           —           —     

Indiana

     155         —           —           —           —     

Kentucky

     131         —           —           —           —     

All other states

     2,484         3         1         3         5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,769         4         1         3         6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TABLE 45: Automobile Loans Outstanding with LTV Greater than 100%

 

As of June 30, 2012 ($ in millions)

                   Net Charge-offs for
June 30, 2012
 

By State:

   Outstanding      90 Days
Past Due
     Nonaccrual      Three Months
Ended
     Six Months
Ended
 

Ohio

   $ 406         1         —           1         1   

Illinois

     248         —           —           1         1   

Michigan

     224         —           —           1         1   

Florida

     192         —           —           —           —     

Indiana

     164         —           —           —           1   

Kentucky

     143         —           —           —           1   

All other states

     2,486         3         2         5         9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,863         4         2         8         14   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

European Exposure

The Bancorp has no direct sovereign exposure to any European nation as of June 30, 2013. In providing services to our customers, the Bancorp routinely enters into financial transactions with foreign domiciled and U.S. subsidiaries of foreign businesses as well as foreign financial institutions. These financial transactions are in the form of loans, loan commitments, letters of credit, derivatives and securities. The Bancorp’s risk appetite for foreign country exposure is managed by having established country exposure limits. The Bancorp’s total exposure to European domiciled or owned businesses and European financial institutions was $2.9 billion and funded exposure was $1.8 billion as of June 30, 2013. Additionally, the Bancorp was within its established country exposure limits for all European countries.

Certain European countries have been experiencing increased levels of stress throughout 2012 and during the six months ended June 30, 2013 including Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain. The Bancorp’s total exposure to businesses domiciled or owned by companies and financial institutions in these countries was approximately $200 million and funded exposure was $123 million as of June 30, 2013.

 

42


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

The following table provides detail about the Bancorp’s exposure to all European domiciled and owned businesses and financial institutions as of June 30, 2013:

TABLE 46: European Exposure

 

     Sovereigns      Financial Institutions      Non-Financial
Institutions
     Total  

($ in millions)

   Total
Exposure
     Funded
Exposure
     Total
Exposure
     Funded
Exposure
     Total
Exposure
     Funded
Exposure
     Total
Exposure (a)
     Funded
Exposure
 

Peripheral Europe (b)

   $ —           —           10         —           190         123         200         123   

Other Eurozone (c)

     —           —           43         27         1,737         1,140         1,780         1,167   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Eurozone

     —           —           53         27         1,927         1,263         1,980         1,290   

Other Europe (d)

     —           —           142         64         787         478         929         542   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Europe

   $ —           —           195         91         2,714         1,741         2,909         1,832   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Total exposure includes funded exposure and unfunded commitments, reported net of collateral.
(b) Peripheral Europe includes Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain.
(c) Eurozone includes countries participating in the European common currency (Euro).
(d) Other Europe includes European countries not part of the Euro (primarily the United Kingdom and Switzerland).

Analysis of Nonperforming Assets

Nonperforming assets include nonaccrual loans and leases for which ultimate collectability of the full amount of the principal and/or interest is uncertain; restructured commercial and credit card loans which have not yet met the requirements to be classified as a performing asset; restructured consumer loans which are 90 days past due based on the restructured terms unless the loan is both well-secured and in the process of collection; and certain other assets, including OREO and other repossessed property. A summary of nonperforming assets is included in Table 47.

Residential mortgage loans are typically placed on nonaccrual status when principal and interest payments have become past due 150 days unless such loans are both well secured and in the process of collection. Residential mortgage loans may stay on nonaccrual status for an extended time as the foreclosure process typically lasts longer than 180 days. Typically home equity loans are reported on nonaccrual status if principal or interest has been in default for 180 days or more unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. Residential mortgage, home equity, automobile and other consumer loans and leases that have been modified in a TDR and subsequently become past due 90 days are placed on nonaccrual status unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. Commercial and credit card loans that have been modified in a TDR are classified as nonaccrual unless such loans have a sustained repayment performance of six months or greater and the Bancorp is reasonably assured of repayment in accordance with the restructured terms. Well-secured loans are collateralized by perfected security interests in real and/or personal property for which the Bancorp estimates proceeds from sale would be sufficient to recover the outstanding principal and accrued interest balance of the loan and pay all costs to sell the collateral. The Bancorp considers a loan in the process of collection if collection efforts or legal action is proceeding and the Bancorp expects to collect funds sufficient to bring the loan current or recover the entire outstanding principal and accrued interest balance. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, the accrual of interest, amortization of loan premiums, accretion of loan discounts and amortization or accretion of deferred net loan fees or costs are discontinued and previously accrued, but unpaid interest is reversed. Commercial loans on nonaccrual status are reviewed for impairment at least quarterly. If the principal or a portion of the principal is deemed a loss, the loss amount is charged off to the ALLL.

Total nonperforming assets, including loans held for sale, were $1.2 billion at June 30, 2013 compared to $1.3 billion at December 31, 2012. At June 30, 2013, $15 million of nonaccrual loans, consisting primarily of real estate secured loans, were held for sale, compared to $29 million at December 31, 2012.

Total nonperforming assets, including loans held for sale, as a percentage of total loans, leases and other assets, including OREO as of June 30, 2013 were 1.30%, compared to 1.48% as of December 31, 2012. Excluding nonaccrual loans held for sale, nonperforming assets as a percentage of portfolio loans, leases and other assets, including OREO were 1.32% as of June 30, 2013, compared to 1.49% as of December 31, 2012. The composition of nonaccrual loans and leases continues to be concentrated in real estate as 66% of nonaccrual loans and leases were secured by real estate as of June 30, 2013 compared with 67% as of December 31, 2012.

Commercial nonperforming loans and leases were $638 million at June 30, 2013, a decrease of $88 million from December 31, 2012 due primarily to the impact of loss mitigation actions and modest improvement in general economic conditions. Excluding commercial nonperforming loans and leases held for sale, commercial nonperforming loans and leases at June 30, 2013 decreased $74 million compared to December 31, 2012.

Consumer nonperforming loans and leases were $286 million at June 30, 2013, a decrease of $46 million from December 31, 2012. The decrease is due to a decline in new nonaccrual levels due to modest improvement in general economic conditions in the first six months of 2013. Home equity nonaccrual levels remain modest as the Bancorp continues to fully charge-off a high proportion of the severely delinquent loans at 180 days past due. Geographical market conditions continues to be a large driver of nonaccrual activity as Florida properties represent approximately 13% and 8% of residential mortgage and home equity balances, respectively, but represent 45% and 20% of nonaccrual loans for each category. Refer to Table 48 for a rollforward of the nonperforming loans and leases.

OREO and other repossessed property was $241 million at June 30, 2013, compared to $257 million at December 31, 2012. The decrease from December 31, 2012 was primarily due to the sale of OREO properties coupled with a decrease in new OREO properties reflecting the

 

43


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

changes made to the Bancorp’s underwriting of real estate loans in prior periods as well as improvements in general economic conditions during 2013. The Bancorp recognized $7 million and $22 million in losses on the sale or write-down of OREO properties for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively and $29 million and $45 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These losses are primarily reflective of the continued stress in the Michigan and Florida markets for commercial real estate and residential mortgage loans as Michigan and Florida represented 10% and 22%, respectively, of total OREO losses for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared with 6% and 18%, respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 2012. Properties in Michigan and Florida accounted for 33% of OREO at June 30, 2013, compared to 38% at December 31, 2012.

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 approximately $18 million and $38 million, respectively, of interest income would have been recognized if the nonaccrual and renegotiated loans and leases on nonaccrual status had been current in accordance with their original terms. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 approximately $27 million and $54 million, respectively, of interest income would have been recognized. Although these values help demonstrate the costs of carrying nonaccrual credits, the Bancorp does not expect to recover the full amount of interest as nonaccrual loans and leases are generally carried below their principal balance.

TABLE 47: Summary of Nonperforming Assets and Delinquent Loans

 

($ in millions)

   June 30, 2013     December 31, 2012  

Nonaccrual loans and leases:

    

Commercial and industrial loans (g)

   $ 218        234   

Commercial mortgage loans

     169        215   

Commercial construction loans

     39        70   

Commercial leases

     1        1   

Residential mortgage loans

     96        114   

Home equity

     28        30   

Other consumer loans and leases

     —         1   

Restructured loans and leases:

    

Commercial and industrial loans (g)

     126        96   

Commercial mortgage loans (f)

     59        67   

Commercial construction loans

     4        6   

Commercial leases

     7        8   

Residential mortgage loans

     105        123   

Home equity

     18        23   

Automobile loans

     2        2   

Credit card

     37        39   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming loans and leases (d)

     909        1,029   

OREO and other repossessed property (c)

     241        257   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets

     1,150        1,286   

Nonaccrual loans held for sale

     15        29   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets including loans held for sale

   $ 1,165        1,315   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans and leases 90 days past due and accruing

    

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ —          1   

Commercial mortgage loans

     —          22   

Commercial construction loans

     —          1   

Residential mortgage loans (b)

     71        75   

Home equity

     48        58   

Automobile loans

     6        8   

Credit card

     27        30   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans and leases 90 days past due and accruing (e)

   $ 152        195   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonperforming assets as a percent of portfolio loans, leases and other assets, including OREO (a)

     1.32      1.49   

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percent of nonperforming assets (a)

     151        144   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Excludes nonaccrual loans held for sale.
(b) Information for all periods presented excludes advances made pursuant to servicing agreements to GNMA mortgage loan pools whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs. These advances were $403 as of June 30, 2013 and $414 as of December 31, 2012. The Bancorp recognized $1 of losses for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and $2 of losses for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 due to claim denials and curtailments associated with these advances.
(c) Excludes $66 and $72 of OREO related to government insured loans at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
(d) Includes $12 and $10 of nonaccrual government insured commercial loans whose repayments are insured by the SBA at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, and $1 of restructured nonaccrual government insured loans at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012.
(e) Includes an immaterial amount of government insured commercial loans 90 days past due and accruing whose repayments are insured by the SBA at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012.
(f) Excludes $22 of restructured nonaccrual loans at June 30, 2013 associated with a consolidated variable interest entity in which the Bancorp has no continuing credit risk due to the risk being assumed by a third party.
(g) Commercial and industrial nonaccrual loans reflects a reclassification of $56 from nonaccrual loans and leases to nonaccrual restructured loans and leases which occurred after the Bancorp’s Form 8-K was filed on July 18, 2013. This reclassification was the result of a Federal Shared National Credit examination.

 

44


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

The following table provides a rollforward of portfolio nonperforming loans and leases, by portfolio segment:

TABLE 48: Rollforward of Portfolio Nonperforming Loans and Leases

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

   Commercial     Residential
Mortgage
    Consumer     Total  

Beginning Balance

   $ 697        237        95        1,029   

Transfers to nonperforming

     231        109        133        473   

Transfers to performing

     (7     (26     (31     (64

Transfers to performing (restructured)

     (11     (23     (34     (68

Transfers to held for sale

     (3     —          —          (3

Loans sold from portfolio

     (5     —          —          (5

Loan paydowns/payoffs

     (133     (53     (7     (193

Transfers to other real estate owned

     (55     (38     —          (93

Charge-offs

     (99     (5     (71     (175

Draws/other extensions of credit

     8        —          —          8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance

   $ 623        201        85        909   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2012 ($ in millions)

        

Beginning Balance

   $ 1,058        275        105        1,438   

Transfers to nonperforming

     371        175        191        737   

Transfers to performing

     (1     (23     (39     (63

Transfers to performing (restructured)

     (6     (27     (49     (82

Transfers to held for sale

     (6     —          —          (6

Loans sold from portfolio

     (12     (4     —          (16

Loan paydowns/payoffs

     (217     (53     (7     (277

Transfers to other real estate owned

     (51     (37     —          (88

Charge-offs

     (180     (46     (106     (332

Draws/other extensions of credit

     27        —          4        31   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance

   $ 983        260        99        1,342   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

If a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, the Bancorp may consider, in certain circumstances, modifying the terms of their loan to maximize collection of amounts due. Typically, these modifications reduce the loan interest rate, extend the loan term, reduce the accrued interest or in limited circumstances, reduce the principal balance of the loan. These modifications are classified as TDRs.

At the time of modification, the Bancorp maintains certain consumer loan TDRs (including residential mortgage loans, home equity loans, and other consumer loans) on accrual status, provided there is reasonable assurance of repayment and performance according to the modified terms based upon a current, well-documented credit evaluation. Commercial loans modified as part of a TDR are maintained on accrual status provided there is a sustained payment history of six months or greater prior to the modification in accordance with the modified terms and all remaining contractual payments under the modified terms are reasonably assured of collection. TDRs of commercial loans and credit card loans that do not have a sustained payment history of six months or greater in accordance with the modified terms remain on nonaccrual status until a six-month payment history is sustained.

Consumer restructured loans on accrual status totaled $1.7 billion at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012. As of June 30, 2013, the percentage of restructured residential mortgage loans, home equity loans, and credit card loans that are past due 30 days or more were 24%, 11% and 13%, respectively.

The following table summarizes TDRs by loan type and delinquency status:

TABLE 49: Performing and Nonperforming TDRs

 

       Performing                

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

   Current      30-89 Days
Past Due
     90 Days or
More Past Due
     Nonaccrual      Total  

Commercial (b)(c)

   $ 475         —           —           196         671   

Residential mortgages (a)

     1,026         62         113         105         1,306   

Home equity

     383         30         —           18         431   

Automobile and other consumer loans and leases

     27         2         —           2         31   

Credit card

     28         —           —           37         65   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,939         94         113         358         2,504   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Information includes advances made pursuant to servicing agreements for GNMA mortgage pools whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs. As of June 30, 2013, these advances represented $131 of current loans, $23 of 30-89 days past due loans and $91 of 90 days or more past due loans.
(b) Excludes $8 of restructured accruing loans and $22 of restructured nonaccrual loans associated with a consolidated variable interest entity in which the Bancorp has no continuing credit risk due to the risk being assumed by a third party.
(c) Excludes restructured nonaccrual loans held for sale.

During the third quarter of 2012, the OCC, a national bank regulatory agency, issued interpretive guidance that requires non-reaffirmed loans included in Chapter 7 bankruptcy filings to be accounted for as nonperforming TDRs and collateral dependent loans regardless of their

 

45


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

payment history and capacity to pay in the future. The Bancorp’s banking subsidiary is a state chartered bank which therefore is not subject to guidance of the OCC; however, the Bancorp is closely following these developments and is in communication with its regulators to evaluate their position on this new guidance. At June 30, 2013, the Bancorp had loans with unpaid principal balances totaling approximately $170 million that could potentially be impacted by this guidance, of which approximately 88% are current with their original contractual payments and approximately $65 million are already classified as TDRs. This guidance, if fully adopted by the Bancorp’s regulators, would result in additional charge-offs of approximately $70 million as well as additional TDRs and possible increases to nonperforming assets.

Analysis of Net Loan Charge-offs

Net charge-offs were 51 bps and 88 bps of average portfolio loans and leases for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and were 57 bps and 98 bps for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Table 50 provides a summary of credit loss experience and net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases outstanding by loan category.

The ratio of commercial loan and lease net charge-offs to average portfolio commercial loans and leases decreased to 36 bps and 40 bps during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to 67 bps and 77 bps during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively. The decreases are a result of decreases in net charge-offs of $33 million and $79 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, from the same periods in the prior year coupled with an increase in the average commercial loan and lease balances of $3.6 billion and $3.7 billion, respectively. Decreases in net charge-offs were realized across all commercial loan types and were primarily due to improvements in general economic conditions and previous actions taken by the Bancorp to address problem loans. Actions taken by the Bancorp included suspending homebuilder and developer lending in 2007 and non-owner occupied commercial real estate lending in 2008 and tightened underwriting standards across all commercial loan product offerings. The Bancorp resumed homebuilder and developer lending and non-owner occupied commercial real estate lending in the third quarter of 2011. Net charge-offs for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 related to non-owner occupied commercial real estate were $6 million and $23 million compared to $16 million and $49 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively. Net charge-offs related to non-owner occupied commercial real estate are recorded in the commercial mortgage loans and commercial construction loans captions in Table 50. Net charge-offs on these loans represented 23% and 22% of total commercial loan and lease net charge-offs for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The ratio of consumer loan and lease net charge-offs to average portfolio consumer loans and leases decreased to 73 bps and 81 bps during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to 116 bps and 126 bps during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. Net charge-offs on residential mortgage loans, which typically involve partial charge-offs based upon appraised values of underlying collateral, decreased $21 million and $38 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to the same periods in the prior year as a result of improvements in delinquencies and a decrease in the average loss recorded per charge-off. The Bancorp’s Florida and Michigan markets, in aggregate, accounted for 46% and 47% of net charge-offs on residential mortgage loans in the portfolio during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively. Fifth Third expects the composition of the residential mortgage portfolio to improve as it continues to retain high quality, shorter duration residential mortgage loans that are originated through its branch network as a low-cost, refinance product of conforming residential mortgage loans.

Home equity net charge-offs decreased $16 million and $32 million compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, primarily due to decreases in the broker channel and the Florida market. In addition, management actively manages lines of credit and makes reductions in lending limits when it believes it is necessary based on FICO score deterioration and property devaluation.

Automobile loan net charge-offs decreased $2 million and $7 million compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, due to the origination of high credit quality loans as a result of tighter underwriting standards and higher resale on automobiles sold at auction.

Credit card and other consumer loan net charge-offs remained relatively flat for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in the prior year. The Bancorp utilizes a risk-adjusted pricing methodology to ensure adequate compensation is received for those products that have higher credit costs.

 

46


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

TABLE 50: Summary of Credit Loss Experience

 

     For the three months
ended June 30,
    For the six months
ended June 30,
 

($ in millions)

   2013     2012     2013     2012  

Losses charged off:

        

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ (42     (53     (77     (112

Commercial mortgage loans

     (15     (28     (45     (65

Commercial construction loans

     —         (6     (4     (26

Commercial leases

     (2     (8     (2     (8

Residential mortgage loans

     (18     (38     (40     (76

Home equity

     (27     (43     (61     (93

Automobile loans

     (11     (13     (23     (29

Credit card

     (23     (24     (46     (47

Other consumer loans and leases

     (7     (6     (15     (16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total losses

     (145     (219     (313     (472

Recoveries of losses previously charged off:

        

Commercial and industrial loans

     9        7        20        13   

Commercial mortgage loans

     5        3        8        10   

Commercial construction loans

     —         6        1        9   

Commercial leases

     —         1        —          1   

Residential mortgage loans

     3        2        5        3   

Home equity

     4        4        8        8   

Automobile loans

     6        6        14        13   

Credit card

     4        6        8        9   

Other consumer loans and leases

     2        3        4        5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     33        38        68        71   

Net losses charged off:

        

Commercial and industrial loans

     (33     (46     (57     (99

Commercial mortgage loans

     (10     (25     (37     (55

Commercial construction loans

     —         —         (3     (17

Commercial leases

     (2     (7     (2     (7

Residential mortgage loans

     (15     (36     (35     (73

Home equity

     (23     (39     (53     (85

Automobile loans

     (5     (7     (9     (16

Credit card

     (19     (18     (38     (38

Other consumer loans and leases

     (5     (3     (11     (11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net losses charged off

   $ (112     (181     (245     (401
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs as a percent of average loans and leases (excluding held for sale):

        

Commercial and industrial loans

     0.35      0.57        0.31        0.62   

Commercial mortgage loans

     0.50        1.04        0.85        1.11   

Commercial construction loans

     (0.04     (0.12     0.69        3.83   

Commercial leases

     0.18        0.87        0.11        0.44   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial loans

     0.36        0.67        0.40        0.77   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Residential mortgage loans

     0.48        1.28        0.58        1.33   

Home equity

     0.96        1.50        1.09        1.63   

Automobile loans

     0.16        0.21        0.16        0.27   

Credit card

     3.68        3.78        3.75        3.98   

Other consumer loans and leases

     5.02        3.95        5.74        4.75   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer loans and leases

     0.73        1.16        0.81        1.26   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net losses charged off

     0.51      0.88        0.57        0.98   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses is comprised of the ALLL and the reserve for unfunded commitments. The ALLL provides coverage for probable and estimable losses in the loan and lease portfolio. The Bancorp evaluates the ALLL each quarter to determine its adequacy to cover inherent losses. Several factors are taken into consideration in the determination of the overall ALLL, including an unallocated component. These factors include, but are not limited to, the overall risk profile of the loan and lease portfolios, net charge-off experience, the extent of impaired loans and leases, the level of nonaccrual loans and leases, the level of 90 days past due loans and leases and the overall percentage level of the ALLL. The Bancorp also considers overall asset quality trends, credit administration and portfolio management practices, risk identification practices, credit policy and underwriting practices, overall portfolio growth, portfolio concentrations and current national and local economic conditions that might impact the portfolio. More information on the ALLL can be found in Management’s Discussion and Analysis — Critical Accounting Policies in the Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.

During the six months ended June 30, 2013, the Bancorp did not substantively change any material aspect of its overall approach in the determination of the ALLL and there have been no material changes in assumptions or estimation techniques as compared to prior periods that impacted the determination of the current period allowance. In addition to the ALLL, the Bancorp maintains a reserve for unfunded commitments recorded in other liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The methodology used to determine the adequacy

 

47


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

of this reserve is similar to the Bancorp’s methodology for determining the ALLL. The provision for unfunded commitments is included in other noninterest expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

The ALLL attributable to the portion of the residential mortgage and consumer loan and lease portfolio that has not been restructured is determined on a pooled basis with the segmentation being based on the similarity of credit risk characteristics. Loss factors for real estate backed consumer loans are developed for each pool based on the trailing twelve month historical loss rate, as adjusted for certain prescriptive loss rate factors and certain qualitative adjustment factors. The prescriptive loss rate factors and qualitative adjustments are designed to reflect risks associated with current conditions and trends which are not believed to be fully reflected in the trailing twelve month historical loss rate. For real estate backed consumer loans, the prescriptive loss rate factors include adjustments for delinquency trends, LTV trends, refreshed FICO score trends and product mix, and the qualitative factors include adjustments for credit administration and portfolio management practices, credit policy and underwriting practices and the national and local economy. The Bancorp considers home price index trends in its footprint when determining the national and local economy qualitative factor. The Bancorp also considers the volatility of collateral valuation trends when determining the unallocated component of the ALLL.

The Bancorp’s determination of the ALLL for commercial loans is sensitive to the risk grades it assigns to these loans. In the event that 10% of commercial loans in each risk category would experience a downgrade of one risk category, the allowance for commercial loans would increase by approximately $166 million at June 30, 2013. In addition, the Bancorp’s determination of the allowance for residential and consumer loans is sensitive to changes in estimated loss rates. In the event that estimated loss rates would increase by 10%, the allowance for residential and consumer loans would increase by approximately $45 million at June 30, 2013. As several qualitative and quantitative factors are considered in determining the ALLL, these sensitivity analyses do not necessarily reflect the nature and extent of future changes in the ALLL. They are intended to provide insights into the impact of adverse changes to risk grades and estimated loss rates and do not imply any expectation of future deterioration in the risk ratings or loss rates. Given current processes employed by the Bancorp, management believes the risk grades and estimated loss rates currently assigned are appropriate.

TABLE 51: Changes in Allowance for Credit Losses

 

                                           
     For the three months
ended June 30,
    For the six months
ended June 30,
 

($ in millions)

   2013     2012     2013     2012  

ALLL:

        

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 1,783        2,126        1,854        2,255   

Losses charged off

     (145     (219     (313     (472

Recoveries of losses previously charged off

     33        38        68        71   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     64        71        126        162   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 1,735        2,016        1,735        2,016   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reserve for unfunded commitments:

        

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 168        179        179        181   

Provision (benefit) for unfunded commitments

     (2     (1     (13     (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 166        178        166        178   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Certain inherent but unconfirmed losses are probable within the loan and lease portfolio. The Bancorp’s current methodology for determining the level of losses is based on historical loss rates, current credit grades, specific allocation on impaired commercial credits above specified thresholds and restructured residential mortgage and consumer loans and other qualitative adjustments. Due to the heavy reliance on realized historical losses and the credit grade rating process, the model-derived estimate of ALLL tends to slightly lag behind the deterioration in the portfolio in a stable or deteriorating credit environment, and tend not to be as responsive when improved conditions have presented themselves. Given these model limitations, the qualitative adjustment factors may be incremental or decremental to the quantitative model results.

An unallocated component to the ALLL is maintained to recognize the imprecision in estimating and measuring loss. The unallocated allowance as a percent of total portfolio loans and leases was 0.12% and 0.13% at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The unallocated allowance was six percent of the total allowance as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

As shown in Table 52, the ALLL as a percent of portfolio loan and leases was 1.99% at June 30, 2013 compared to 2.16% at December 31, 2012. The ALLL was $1.7 billion as of June 30, 2013 compared to $1.9 billion as of December 31, 2012. The decrease from December 31, 2012 is reflective of a number of factors including decreases in nonperforming loans and leases, improved delinquency metrics in commercial and consumer loans and leases and improvement in underlying loss trends.

 

48


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

TABLE 52: Attribution of Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses to Portfolio Loans and Leases

 

($ in millions)

   June 30, 2013     December 31, 2012  

Allowance attributed to:

    

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 817        802   

Commercial mortgage loans

     278        333   

Commercial construction loans

     27        33   

Commercial leases

     61        68   

Residential mortgage loans

     201        229   

Home equity

     120        143   

Automobile loans

     26        28   

Credit card

     83        87   

Other consumer loans and leases

     18        20   

Unallocated

     104        111   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total ALLL

   $ 1,735        1,854   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Portfolio loans and leases:

    

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 37,856        36,038   

Commercial mortgage loans

     8,443        9,103   

Commercial construction loans

     754        698   

Commercial leases

     3,567        3,549   

Residential mortgage loans

     12,400        12,017   

Home equity

     9,531        10,018   

Automobile loans

     12,015        11,972   

Credit card

     2,114        2,097   

Other consumer loans and leases

     352        290   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total portfolio loans and leases

   $ 87,032        85,782   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributed allowance as a percent of respective portfolio loans and leases:

    

Commercial and industrial loans

     2.16      2.23   

Commercial mortgage loans

     3.29        3.66   

Commercial construction loans

     3.58        4.73   

Commercial leases

     1.71        1.92   

Residential mortgage loans

     1.62        1.91   

Home equity

     1.26        1.43   

Automobile loans

     0.22        0.23   

Credit card

     3.93        4.15   

Other consumer loans and leases

     5.11        6.90   

Unallocated (as a percent of total portfolio loans and leases)

     0.12        0.13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributed allowance as a percent of total portfolio loans and leases

     1.99      2.16   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT

Market risk arises from the potential for market fluctuations in interest rates, foreign exchange rates and equity prices that may result in potential reductions in net income. Interest rate risk, a component of market risk, is the exposure to adverse changes in net interest income or financial position due to changes in interest rates. Management considers interest rate risk a prominent market risk in terms of its potential impact on earnings. Interest rate risk can occur for any one or more of the following reasons:

 

   

Assets and liabilities may mature or reprice at different times;

 

   

Short-term and long-term market interest rates may change by different amounts; or

 

   

The expected maturity of various assets or liabilities may shorten or lengthen as interest rates change.

In addition to the direct impact of interest rate changes on net interest income, interest rates can indirectly impact earnings through their effect on loan demand, credit losses, mortgage originations, the value of servicing rights and other sources of the Bancorp’s earnings. Stability of the Bancorp’s net income is largely dependent upon the effective management of interest rate risk. Management continually reviews the Bancorp’s balance sheet composition and earnings flows and models the interest rate risk, and possible actions to reduce this risk, given numerous possible future interest rate scenarios.

Net Interest Income Simulation Model

The Bancorp utilizes a variety of measurement techniques to identify and manage its interest rate risk, including the use of an NII simulation model to analyze the sensitivity of net interest income to changing interest rates. The model is based on contractual and assumed cash flows and repricing characteristics for all of the Bancorp’s financial instruments and incorporates market-based assumptions regarding the effect of changing interest rates on the prepayment rates of certain assets and liabilities. The model also includes senior management’s projections of the future volume and pricing of each of the product lines offered by the Bancorp as well as other pertinent assumptions. Actual results may differ from these simulated results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and management strategies.

The Bancorp’s Executive ALCO, which includes senior management representatives and is accountable to the ERM Committee, monitors and manages interest rate risk within Board approved policy limits. In addition to the risk management activities of ALCO, the Bancorp has a Market Risk Management function as part of ERM that provides independent oversight of market risk activities. In 2012, the NII and EVE

 

49


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

ALCO policy limits were lowered to reflect the Bancorp’s current risk appetite and due to significant uncertainty with respect to the economic environment, market interest rates and balance sheet and deposit pricing behaviors. The policy limits were updated in conjunction with the Market Risk Management group and were approved by ALCO.

The Bancorp’s interest rate risk exposure is currently evaluated by measuring the anticipated change in net interest income over 12 month and 24 month horizons assuming a 100 bps and 200 bps parallel ramped increase in interest rates. The Fed Funds interest rate, targeted by the Federal Reserve at a range of 0% to 0.25%, is currently set at a level that would be negative in parallel ramped decrease scenarios; therefore, those scenarios were omitted from the interest rate risk analyses at June 30, 2013 and 2012. In accordance with the current policy, the rate movements are assumed to occur over one year and are sustained thereafter.

The following table shows the Bancorp’s estimated net interest income sensitivity profile and ALCO policy limits as of June 30:

TABLE 53: Estimated NII Sensitivity Profile

 

     2013     2012  
     % Change in NII (FTE)      ALCO Policy Limits     % Change in NII (FTE)      ALCO Policy Limits  

Change in Interest Rates (bps)

   12 Months     13 to 24
Months
     12 Months     13 to 24
Months
    12 Months     13 to 24
Months
     12 Months     13 to 24
Months
 

+ 200

     1.39      6.55         (4.00     (6.00     2.42      8.91         (5.00     (7.00

+ 100

     0.67        3.39         —          —          1.06        4.18         —          —     

At June 30, 2013, the Bancorp’s interest rate risk profile reflects a change to a less asset sensitive position in year one and year two compared to June 30, 2012. The lower asset sensitivity at June 30, 2013 compared to June 30, 2012 is the result of an increase in the levels of market interest rates and mortgage rates, an increase in fixed-rate loan balances and less outstanding fixed-rate debt. These impacts are partially offset by an increase in core deposit balances.

Economic Value of Equity

The Bancorp also utilizes EVE as a measurement tool in managing interest rate risk. Whereas the NII simulation model highlights exposures over a relatively short time horizon, the EVE analysis incorporates all cash flows over the estimated remaining life of all balance sheet and derivative positions. The EVE of the balance sheet, at a point in time, is defined as the discounted present value of asset and net derivative cash flows less the discounted value of liability cash flows. The sensitivity of EVE to changes in the level of interest rates is a measure of longer-term interest rate risk. EVE values only the current balance sheet and does not incorporate the growth assumptions used in the NII simulation model. As with the NII simulation model, assumptions about the timing and variability of existing balance sheet cash flows are critical in the EVE analysis. Particularly important are assumptions driving loan and security prepayments and the expected balance attrition and pricing of transaction deposit portfolios.

The following table shows the Bancorp’s EVE sensitivity profile as of June 30:

TABLE 54: Estimated EVE Sensitivity Profile

 

     2013     2012  

Change in Interest Rates (bps)

   Change in EVE     ALCO Policy Limit     Change in EVE     ALCO Policy Limit  

+ 200

     (3.73 ) %      (12.00     1.18      (15.00

+ 100

     (1.66       1.00     

+ 25

     (0.32       0.32     

- 25

     0.14          (0.30  

The June 30, 2013 EVE at risk profile suggests a modest negative impact from market rate increases of +25 bps through the +200 bps scenarios. This EVE at risk profile reflects a shift to liability sensitivity from asset sensitivity as reported at June 30, 2012. The primary factors contributing to the change are an increase in the levels of market interest rates and mortgage rates, growth in fixed-rate loan balances, less outstanding fixed-rate debt and a less asset sensitive MSR risk profile. These impacts are partially offset by an increase in core deposit balances.

While an instantaneous shift in interest rates is used in this analysis to provide an estimate of exposure, the Bancorp believes that a gradual shift in interest rates would have a much more modest impact. Since EVE measures the discounted present value of cash flows over the estimated lives of instruments, the change in EVE does not directly correlate to the degree that earnings would be impacted over a shorter time horizon (e.g., the current fiscal year). Further, EVE does not take into account factors such as future balance sheet growth, changes in product mix, changes in yield curve relationships and changing product spreads that could mitigate or exacerbate the impact of changes in interest rates. The NII simulations and EVE analyses do not necessarily include certain actions that management may undertake to manage risk in response to anticipated changes in interest rates.

The Bancorp regularly evaluates its exposures to LIBOR and Prime basis risks, nonparallel shifts in the yield curve and embedded options risk. In addition, the impact on NII and EVE of extreme changes in interest rates is modeled, wherein the Bancorp employs the use of yield curve shocks and environment-specific scenarios.

 

50


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

Use of Derivatives to Manage Interest Rate Risk

An integral component of the Bancorp’s interest rate risk management strategy is its use of derivative instruments to minimize significant fluctuations in earnings caused by changes in market interest rates. Examples of derivative instruments that the Bancorp may use as part of its interest rate risk management strategy include interest rate swaps, interest rate floors, interest rate caps, forward contracts, options, swaptions and TBA securities.

As part of its overall risk management strategy relative to its mortgage banking activity, the Bancorp enters into forward contracts accounted for as free-standing derivatives to economically hedge interest rate lock commitments that are also considered free-standing derivatives. Additionally, the Bancorp economically hedges its exposure to mortgage loans held for sale through the use of forward contracts and mortgage options.

The Bancorp also establishes derivative contracts with major financial institutions to economically hedge significant exposures assumed in commercial customer accommodation derivative contracts. Generally, these contracts have similar terms in order to protect the Bancorp from market volatility. Credit risk arises from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts, which the Bancorp minimizes through collateral arrangements, approvals, limits and monitoring procedures. For further information including the notional amount and fair values of these derivatives, see Note 10 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Portfolio Loans and Leases and Interest Rate Risk

Although the Bancorp’s portfolio loans and leases contain both fixed and floating/adjustable rate products, the rates of interest earned by the Bancorp on the outstanding balances are generally established for a period of time. The interest rate sensitivity of loans and leases is directly related to the length of time the rate earned is established. The following table summarizes the expected principal cash flows of the Bancorp’s portfolio loans and leases as of June 30, 2013.

TABLE 55: Portfolio Loan and Lease Expected Maturities

 

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

   Less than 1 year      1-5 years      Over 5 years      Total  

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 9,233         25,931         2,692         37,856   

Commercial mortgage loans

     3,605         4,120         718         8,443   

Commercial construction loans

     286         438         30         754   

Commercial leases

     653         1,608         1,306         3,567   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal - commercial loans and leases

     13,777         32,097         4,746         50,620   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Residential mortgage loans

     1,985         4,093         6,322         12,400   

Home equity

     1,408         5,295         2,828         9,531   

Automobile loans

     4,808         6,969         238         12,015   

Credit card

     605         1,509         —           2,114   

Other consumer loans and leases

     295         57         —           352   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal - consumer loans and leases

     9,101         17,923         9,388         36,412   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 22,878         50,020         14,134         87,032   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Additionally, the following table displays a summary of expected principal cash flows occurring after one year for both fixed and floating/adjustable rate loans as of June 30, 2013:

TABLE 56: Portfolio Loan and Lease Principal Cash Flows Occurring After One Year

 

     Interest Rate  

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

   Fixed      Floating or Adjustable  

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 3,908         24,715   

Commercial mortgage loans

     1,255         3,583   

Commercial construction loans

     22         446   

Commercial leases

     2,914         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal - commercial loans and leases

     8,099         28,744   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Residential mortgage loans

     7,605         2,810   

Home equity

     942         7,181   

Automobile loans

     7,160         47   

Credit card

     619         890   

Other consumer loans and leases

     29         28   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal - consumer loans and leases

     16,355         10,956   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 24,454         39,700   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights and Interest Rate Risk

The net carrying amount of the residential MSR portfolio was $894 million and $697 million as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The value of servicing rights can fluctuate sharply depending on changes in interest rates and other factors. Generally, as interest rates decline and loans are prepaid to take advantage of refinancing, the total value of existing servicing rights declines because no further servicing fees are collected on repaid loans. The Bancorp maintains a non-qualifying hedging strategy relative to its mortgage banking activity in order to manage a portion of the risk associated with changes in the value of its MSR portfolio as a result of changing interest rates.

Mortgage rates increased during the six months ended June 30, 2013 and decreased during the same period prior year. The increase in interest rates in the current year caused modeled prepayments speeds to slow, which led to a recovery of temporary impairment of $102 million and

 

51


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

$151 million on servicing rights during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to $60 million and $49 million in temporary impairment on servicing rights during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively. Servicing rights are deemed temporarily impaired when a borrower’s loan rate is distinctly higher than prevailing rates. Temporary impairment on servicing rights is reversed when the prevailing rates return to a level commensurate with the borrower’s loan rate. In addition to the mortgage servicing rights valuation, the Bancorp recognized net losses of $30 million and $37 million on its non-qualifying hedging strategy for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, compared to net gains of $38 million and $42 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively. Net unrealized gains on securities related to the Bancorp’s non-qualifying hedging strategy were $6 million and $8 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, and were immaterial during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Bancorp assessed the composition of its MSR portfolio, the cost of hedging and the anticipated effectiveness of the hedges given the economic environment. Based on this review, the Bancorp adjusted its MSR hedging strategy to exclude the hedging of MSRs related to certain mortgage loans originated in 2008 and prior, representing approximately 10% of the carrying value of the MSR portfolio as of June 30, 2013. The prepayment behavior of these loans is expected to be less sensitive to changes in interest rates as tighter industry underwriting standards, borrower credit characteristics and home price values have had a greater impact on prepayment speeds. Thus, the predictive power of traditional prepayment models that are based solely on the historical dependency of prepayment speeds on market interest rates may not be reliable for these loans. As a result, the Bancorp has considered these additional factors as it models prepayment speeds when valuing the MSRs. The Bancorp utilizes valuation opinions from servicing brokers, peer surveys and its historical prepayment experience in validating the modeled prepayment speeds utilized in the fair value measurement of the MSRs. As these additional factors have had an impact on prepayment speeds, the effectiveness of traditional hedging strategies utilizing benchmark interest rate based derivatives has been reduced. In addition to the market factors that impact prepayment speeds, the Bancorp is exposed to prepayment risk on these loans in the event borrowers refinance at higher than expected levels due to government intervention or other factors. The Bancorp continues to monitor the performance of these MSRs and may decide to hedge this portion of the MSR portfolio in future periods. See Note 9 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion on servicing rights and the instruments used to hedge interest rate risk on MSRs.

Foreign Currency Risk

The Bancorp may enter into foreign exchange derivative contracts to economically hedge certain foreign denominated loans. The derivatives are classified as free-standing instruments with the revaluation gain or loss being recorded in other noninterest income in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income. The balance of the Bancorp’s foreign denominated loans at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was $535 million and $549 million, respectively. The Bancorp also enters into foreign exchange contracts for the benefit of commercial customers involved in international trade to hedge their exposure to foreign currency fluctuations. The Bancorp has internal controls in place to help ensure excessive risk is not being taken in providing this service to customers. These controls include an independent determination of currency volatility and credit equivalent exposure on these contracts, counterparty credit approvals and country limits.

LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT

The goal of liquidity management is to provide adequate funds to meet changes in loan and lease demand, unexpected levels of deposit withdrawals and other contractual obligations. Mitigating liquidity risk is accomplished by maintaining liquid assets in the form of investment securities, maintaining sufficient unused borrowing capacity in the debt markets and delivering consistent growth in core deposits. A summary of certain obligations and commitments to make future payments under contracts is included in Note 14 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bancorp maintains a contingency funding plan that assesses the liquidity needs under various scenarios of market conditions, asset growth and credit rating downgrades. The plan includes liquidity stress testing which measures various sources and uses of funds under the different scenarios. The contingency plan provides for ongoing monitoring of unused borrowing capacity and available sources of contingent liquidity to prepare for unexpected liquidity needs and to cover unanticipated events that could affect liquidity.

Sources of Funds

The Bancorp’s primary sources of funds relate to cash flows from loan and lease repayments, payments from securities related to sales and maturities, the sale or securitization of loans and leases and funds generated by core deposits, in addition to the use of public and private debt offerings.

Projected contractual maturities from loan and lease repayments are included in Table 55 of the Market Risk Management section of MD&A. Of the $16.2 billion of securities in the Bancorp’s available-for-sale portfolio at June 30, 2013, $3.8 billion in principal and interest is expected to be received in the next 12 months and an additional $1.7 billion is expected to be received in the next 13 to 24 months. For further information on the Bancorp’s securities portfolio, see the Investment Securities subsection of the Balance Sheet Analysis section of MD&A.

Asset-driven liquidity is provided by the Bancorp’s ability to sell or securitize loans and leases. In order to reduce the exposure to interest rate fluctuations and to manage liquidity, the Bancorp has developed securitization and sale procedures for several types of interest-sensitive assets. A majority of the long-term, fixed-rate single-family residential mortgage loans underwritten according to FHLMC or FNMA guidelines are sold for cash upon origination. Additional assets such as certain other residential mortgages, certain commercial loans, home equity loans, automobile loans and other consumer loans are also capable of being securitized or sold. The Bancorp sold loans totaling $7.2 billion and $14.6 billion, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to $4.7 billion and $11.6 billion, respectively, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012. For further information on the transfer of financial assets, see Note 9 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

52


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

Core deposits have historically provided the Bancorp with a sizeable source of relatively stable and low cost funds. The Bancorp’s average core deposits and shareholders’ equity funded 82% of its average total assets for the second quarter of 2013 and 81% for the second quarter of 2012. In addition to core deposit funding, the Bancorp also accesses a variety of other short-term and long-term funding sources, which include the use of the FHLB system. Certificates of deposit carrying a balance of $100,000 or more and deposits in the Bancorp’s foreign branch located in the Cayman Islands are wholesale funding tools utilized to fund asset growth. Management does not rely on any one source of liquidity and manages availability in response to changing balance sheet needs.

The Bancorp has a shelf registration in place with the SEC permitting ready access to the public debt markets and qualifies as a “well-known seasoned issuer” under the SEC rules. As of June 30, 2013, $5.6 billion of debt or other securities were available for issuance from this shelf registration under the current Bancorp’s Board of Directors’ authorizations; however, access to these markets may depend on market conditions. Additionally, the Bancorp has approximately $39.7 billion of borrowing capacity available through secured borrowing sources including the FHLB and FRB.

In February of 2013, the Bancorp’s banking subsidiary updated and amended its existing global bank note program to increase the capacity from $20 billion to $25 billion. On February 28, 2013, the Bank issued and sold, under its amended bank notes program, $1.3 billion in aggregate principal amount of bank notes. The bank notes consisted of: $600 million of 1.45% senior fixed rate notes with a maturity of five years due February 28, 2018; $400 million of 0.90% senior fixed rate notes with a maturity of three years due February 26, 2016; and $300 million of senior floating rate notes. Interest on the floating rate notes is 3-month LIBOR plus 41 basis points, with a maturity of three years due February 26, 2016. These bank notes will be redeemable by the Bank, in whole or in part, on or after the date that is 30 days prior to the maturity date at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest through the redemption date. In the second quarter of 2013, $500 million of senior bank notes matured. The Bancorp has $23.2 billion of funding available for issuance under the global bank note program as of June 30, 2013.

In March of 2013, the Bancorp recognized an immaterial loss on the securitization and sale of certain automobile loans with a carrying amount of approximately $509 million. The Bancorp utilized a securitization trust to facilitate the securitization process. The trust issued asset-backed securities in the form of notes and equity certificates, with varying levels of credit subordination and payment priority. The Bancorp does not hold any of the notes or equity certificates issued by the trust, and the investors in these securities have no credit recourse to the Bancorp’s assets for failure of debtors to pay when due.

Liquidity Coverage Ratio and Net Stable Funding Ratio

Section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Act requires the FRB to establish enhanced liquidity standards for BHCs with total assets of $50 billion or greater. The FRB has indicated it plans to introduce a liquidity framework consistent with the Basel Committee framework. The Basel Committee’s key reform within the Basel III framework to strengthen liquidity standards was the introduction of the LCR and NSFR. On January 7, 2013, the Basel Committee issued a final standard for the LCR, which would phase in the LCR beginning in 2015 upon with full implementation in 2019. The Basel Committee plans on introducing the NSFR final standard in the next two years.

The Basel Committee’s LCR would promote the short-term resilience of a bank’s liquidity profile by ensuring an adequate level of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets that can be converted into cash easily and immediately in private markets to meet its liquidity needs within 30 calendar days. Financial institutions subject to the LCR generally would be expected to hold unencumbered high-quality assets of at least 100% of net cash flows over the next 30 calendar days upon full implementation in 2019. The Bancorp is currently in the process of evaluating the impact to the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of complying with the Basel Committee’s final rule, should it become subject to the LCR through FRB regulation.

The Basel Committee’s NSFR is intended to promote medium and long-term funding of the assets and activities of financial institutions. This ratio would establish a minimum acceptable amount of stable funding based on the liquidity characteristics of a financial institution’s assets and activities over a one year horizon. Management is currently monitoring the progress of the Basel Committee’s work on the NSFR.

While the FRB has stated its intent to implement Basel III liquidity standards in the U.S., the scope, timing and nature of the implementation is unclear at this time.

Credit Ratings

The cost and availability of financing to the Bancorp are impacted by its credit ratings. A downgrade to the Bancorp’s credit ratings could affect its ability to access the credit markets and increase its borrowing costs, thereby adversely impacting the Bancorp’s financial condition and liquidity. Key factors in maintaining high credit ratings include a stable and diverse earnings stream, strong credit quality, strong capital ratios and diverse funding sources, in addition to disciplined liquidity monitoring procedures.

The Bancorp’s credit ratings are summarized in Table 57. The ratings reflect the ratings agencies view on the Bancorp’s capacity to meet financial commitments. *

* As an investor, you should be aware that a security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities, that it may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating organization and that each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating. Additional information on the credit rating ranking within the overall classification system is located on the website of each credit rating agency.

 

53


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

TABLE 57: Agency Ratings

 

As of August 7, 2013

   Moody’s    Standard and Poor’s    Fitch    DBRS

Fifth Third Bancorp:

           

Short-term

   No rating    A-2    F1    R-1 (low)

Senior debt

   Baa1    BBB    A-    A (low)

Subordinated debt

   Baa2    BBB-    BBB+    BBBH

Fifth Third Bank:

           

Short-term

   P-2    A-2    F1    R-1 (low)

Long-term deposit

   A3    No rating    A    A

Senior debt

   A3    BBB+    A-    A

Subordinated debt

   Baa1    BBB    BBB+    A (low)
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

Management regularly reviews the Bancorp’s capital levels to help ensure it is appropriately positioned under various operating environments. The Bancorp has established a Capital and Liquidity Committee, which is responsible for all capital related decisions. The Capital and Liquidity Committee makes recommendations to management involving capital actions. These recommendations are reviewed and approved by the ERMC.

Capital Ratios

The U.S banking agencies established quantitative measures that assign risk weightings to assets and off-balance sheet items and also define and set minimum regulatory capital requirements. The U.S. banking agencies define “well capitalized” ratios for Tier I and total risk-based capital as 6% and 10%, respectively. The Bancorp exceeded these “well-capitalized” ratios for all periods presented.

The Basel II advanced approach framework was finalized by U.S. banking agencies in 2007. Core banks, defined as those with consolidated total assets in excess of $250 billion or on balance sheet foreign exposures of $10 billion were required to adopt the advanced approach effective April 1, 2008. The Bancorp does not meet these thresholds and, therefore, is not subject to the requirements of Basel II.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires more stringent prudential standards, including capital and liquidity requirements, for larger institutions. It addresses the quality of capital components by limiting the degree to which certain hybrid instruments can be included. The Dodd-Frank Act will phase out the inclusion of certain TruPS as a component of Tier I risk-based capital when the banking agencies implement the proposed enhancement to the regulatory capital framework. At June 30, 2013, the Bancorp’s Tier I risk-based capital included $810 million of TruPS representing approximately 72 bps of risk-weighted assets.

In December of 2010 and revised in June of 2011, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision issued Basel III, a global regulatory framework, to enhance international capital standards. In June of 2012, U.S. banking regulators proposed enhancements to the regulatory capital requirements for U.S. banks, which implement aspects of Basel III, such as re-defining the regulatory capital elements and minimum capital ratios, introducing regulatory capital buffers above those minimums, revising the agencies’ rules for calculating risk-weighted assets and introducing a new Tier I common equity ratio. In July of 2013, U.S. banking regulators approved final enhanced regulatory capital requirements, which included modifications to the proposed rules. These modifications provide for certain banks, including the Bancorp, to opt out of including AOCI in Tier 1 capital and retain the treatment of residential mortgage exposures consistent with the current Basel I capital rules. The new capital rules are effective for the Bancorp on January 1, 2015, subject to phase-in periods for certain of their components and other provisions. The Bancorp is in the process of evaluating the final rules and their potential impact. The Bancorp’s current estimate of the pro-forma fully phased in Tier I common equity ratio at June 30, 2013 under the final capital rules is approximately 9.09% compared with 9.43% as calculated under the existing Basel I capital framework. The primary drivers of the change from the existing Basel I capital framework to the Basel III final rules are an increase in Tier I common equity of approximately 9 bps (primarily from the elimination of the current 10% deduction of mortgage servicing rights from capital), which would be more than offset by the impact of increases in risk-weighted assets (primarily from the treatment of securitizations and commitments with an original maturity of one year or less). If the Bancorp elects to include AOCI components in capital, the June 30, 2013 pro forma Basel III Tier 1 common ratio would be increased by approximately 13 bps. The pro-forma Tier I common equity ratio exceeds the proposed minimum Tier I common equity ratio of 7% comprised of a minimum of 4.5% plus a capital conservation buffer of 2.5%. The pro-forma Tier I common equity ratio does not include the effect of any mitigating actions the Bancorp may undertake to offset the impact of the proposed capital enhancements. Additionally, pursuant to the final rules, the minimum capital ratios as of January 1, 2015 will be 6% for the Tier I capital ratio, 8% for the total risk-based capital ratio and 4% for the Tier I capital to average consolidated assets (leverage ratio). For further discussion on the Basel I and Basel III Tier I common equity ratios, see the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of MD&A.

Market Risk Rule

On June 7, 2012, banking agencies approved a final rule effective January 1, 2013, known as “Risk-Based Capital Guidelines: Market Risk,” to implement enhancements to the market risk framework adopted by the Basel Committee. The final rule, which the Bancorp is subject to, requires banking organizations with significant trading activities to adjust their capital requirements to better account for the market risks of those activities. The rule introduces new measures of market risk, establishes a charge related to stressed VaR for covered trading positions and replaces references to credit ratings in the market risk rules with alternative methodologies for assessing risk. The intention of the rule is to better capture positions for which the market risk capital rule is appropriate, reduce procyclicality in market risk capital requirements, enhance sensitivity to risks that are not adequately captured by the current regulatory methodologies and increase transparency through enhanced disclosures. Upon the adoption of the market risk final rule in the first quarter of 2013, the Bancorp’s Tier I and Total risk-based capital ratios decreased 1 bp and adoption had an immaterial impact to the Tier I common equity ratio.

 

54


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

TABLE 58: Capital Ratios

 

($ in millions)

   June 30, 2013     December 31, 2012  

Average equity as a percent of average assets

     11.64      11.65   

Tangible equity as a percent of tangible assets (a)

     9.65        9.17   

Tangible common equity as a percent of tangible assets (a)

     8.83        8.83   

Tier I capital

   $ 12,426        11,685   

Total risk-based capital

     16,102        15,816   

Risk-weighted assets (b)

     112,285        109,699   

Regulatory capital ratios:

    

Tier I risk-based capital

     11.07      10.65   

Total risk-based capital

     14.34        14.42   

Tier I leverage

     10.40        10.05   

Tier I common equity (a)

     9.43        9.51   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) For further information on these ratios, see the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of MD&A.
(b) Under the banking agencies’ risk-based capital guidelines, assets and credit equivalent amounts of derivatives and off-balance sheet exposures are assigned to broad risk categories. The aggregate dollar amount in each risk category is multiplied by the associated risk weight of the category. The resulting weighted values are added together resulting in the Bancorp’s total risk-weighted assets.

2013 Stress Tests and CCAR

The FRB launched the 2013 stress testing program and CCAR on November 9, 2012. The CCAR requires bank holding companies to submit a capital plan in addition to their stress testing results. The mandatory elements of the capital plan are an assessment of the expected use and sources of capital over the planning horizon, a description of all planned capital actions over the planning horizon, a discussion of any expected changes to the Bancorp’s business plan that are likely to have a material impact on its capital adequacy or liquidity, a detailed description of the Bancorp’s process for assessing capital adequacy and the Bancorp’s capital policy. The stress testing results and capital plan were submitted by the Bancorp to the FRB on January 7, 2013 covering the period from April 1, 2013 to March 31, 2014.

The FRB assessed the comprehensiveness of the capital plan, the reasonableness of the assumptions and the analysis underlying the capital plan and reviewed the robustness of the capital adequacy process, the capital policy and the Bancorp’s ability to maintain capital above the minimum regulatory capital ratio and above a Tier I common ratio of 5 percent on a pro forma basis under expected and stressful conditions throughout the planning horizon.

On March 14, 2013 the Bancorp announced the FRB’s response to the capital plan it submitted as part of the 2013 CCAR. The FRB indicated that it did not object to the following capital actions for the period beginning April 1, 2013 and ending March 31, 2014:

 

   

Increase in the quarterly common stock dividend to $0.12 per share;

   

Repurchase of up to $750 million in TruPS subject to the determination of a regulatory capital event and replacement with the issuance of a similar amount of Tier II-qualifying subordinated debt;

   

Conversion of the $398 million in outstanding Series G 8.5% convertible preferred stock into approximately 35.5 million common shares issued to the holders. If this conversion were to occur, the Bancorp would intend to repurchase the common shares issued in the conversion up to $550 million in market value, and issue $550 million in preferred stock;

   

Repurchase of common shares in an amount up to $984 million, including any shares issued in a Series G preferred stock conversion; and

   

Issuance of an additional $500 million in preferred stock.

The capital plan also included the assumption that the Bancorp would issue approximately 3.5 million shares in restricted stock under employee compensation plans in 2013. In addition, the Bancorp intends to make incremental repurchases of common shares in the amount of any after-tax gains from the sale of Vantiv, Inc. common stock. The above potential capital actions are subject to Board approval and other factors including regulatory developments and market conditions.

Additionally, as a CCAR institution, the Bancorp is required to disclose its own estimates of results under the supervisory severely adverse scenario, and to provide information related to risks included in its stress testing; a summary description of the methodologies used; estimates of aggregate pre-provision net revenue, losses, provisions and pro forma capital ratios at the end of the forward-looking planning horizon of at least nine quarters; and an explanation of the most significant causes of changes in regulatory capital ratios. On March 14, 2013 the Bancorp publicly disclosed the results of its company-run stress test in a Form 8-K as required by the Dodd-Frank Act stress testing rules.

Beginning in 2013, the Bancorp and other large bank holding companies were required to conduct a separate mid-year stress test using financial data as of March 31 st under three company-derived macro-economic scenarios (base, adverse and severely adverse). The Bancorp submitted the results of its mid-year stress test to the FRB in July of 2013 and the FRB will publish a summary of the results under the severely adverse scenario in September of 2013.

Preferred Stock Offering and Conversion

As contemplated by the 2013 CCAR, on May 13, 2013 the Bancorp issued in a registered public offering 600,000 depositary shares, representing 24,000 shares of 5.10% fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative Series H perpetual preferred stock, for net proceeds of $593 million. Each preferred share has a $25,000 liquidation preference. The preferred stock accrues dividends, on a non-cumulative semi-annual

 

55


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

basis, at an annual rate of 5.10% through but excluding June 30, 2023, at which time it converts to a quarterly floating rate dividend of three-month LIBOR plus 3.033%. Subject to any required regulatory approval, the Bancorp may redeem the Series H preferred shares at its option in whole or in part, at any time on or after June 30, 2023 and following a regulatory capital event at any time prior to June 30, 2023. The Series H preferred shares are not convertible into Bancorp common shares or any other securities. Under the 2013 CCAR, the Bancorp has $450 million of remaining preferred stock available for issuance as of June 30, 2013.

On June 11, 2013, the Bancorp’s Board of Directors authorized the conversion into common stock, no par value, of all outstanding shares of the Bancorp’s 8.50% non-cumulative convertible perpetual preferred stock, Series G, which shares are represented by depositary shares each representing 1/250th of a share of Series G preferred stock, pursuant to the Amended Articles of Incorporation. The Articles grant the Bancorp the right, at its option, to convert all outstanding shares of Series G preferred stock if the closing price of common stock exceeded 130% of the applicable conversion price for 20 trading days within any period of 30 consecutive trading days. The closing price of shares of common stock satisfied such threshold for the 30 trading days ended June 10, 2013, and the Bancorp gave the required notice of its exercise of its conversion right. On July 1, 2013, the Bancorp converted the remaining 16,442 outstanding shares of Series G preferred stock, which represented 4,110,500 depositary shares, into shares of Fifth Third’s common stock. Each share of Series G preferred stock was converted into 2,159.8272 shares of common stock, representing a total of 35,511,740 issued shares. The common shares issued in the conversion are exempt securities pursuant to Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as securities exchanged exclusively with Bancorp’s existing security holders where no commission or other remuneration was paid. Upon conversion, the depositary shares were delisted from the NASDAQ Global Select Market and withdrawn from the Exchange.

Dividend Policy and Stock Repurchase Program

The Bancorp’s common stock dividend policy and stock repurchase program reflect its earnings outlook, desired payout ratios, the need to maintain adequate capital levels, the ability of its subsidiaries to pay dividends, the need to comply with safe and sound banking practices as well as meet regulatory requirements and expectations. The Bancorp declared dividends per common share of $0.12 and $0.08 for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and $0.23 and $0.16 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

On November 6, 2012, the Bancorp entered into an accelerated share repurchase transaction with a counterparty pursuant to which the Bancorp purchased 7,710,761 shares, or approximately $125 million, of its outstanding common stock on November 9, 2012. The Bancorp repurchased the shares as part of its 100 million share repurchase program announced in August of 2012. As part of this transaction and all subsequent accelerated share repurchases, the Bancorp entered into a forward contract in which the final number of shares to be delivered at settlement of the accelerated share repurchase transaction will be based generally on a discount to the average daily volume-weighted average price of the Bancorp’s common stock during the term of the Repurchase Agreement. The accelerated share repurchase was treated as two separate transactions (i) the acquisition of treasury shares on the acquisition date and (ii) a forward contract indexed to the Bancorp’s stock. At settlement of the forward contract on February 12, 2013, the Bancorp received an additional 657,914 shares which were recorded as an adjustment to the basis in the treasury shares purchased on the acquisition date.

Following the sale of a portion of the Bancorp’s shares of Class A Vantiv, Inc. common stock, the Bancorp entered into an accelerated share repurchase transaction on December 14, 2012 with a counterparty pursuant to which the Bancorp purchased 6,267,410 shares, or approximately $100 million, of its outstanding common stock on December 19, 2012. The Bancorp repurchased the shares of its common stock as part of its previously announced 100 million share repurchase program in August of 2012. At settlement of the forward contract on February 27, 2013, the Bancorp received an additional 127,760 shares which were recorded as an adjustment to the basis in the treasury shares purchased on the acquisition date.

On January 28, 2013, the Bancorp entered into an accelerated share repurchase transaction with a counterparty pursuant to which the Bancorp purchased 6,953,028 shares, or approximately $125 million of its outstanding common stock on January 31, 2013. The Bancorp repurchased the shares of its common stock as part of its previously announced 100 million share repurchase program. This repurchase transaction concluded the $600 million of common share repurchases not objected to by the FRB in the 2012 CCAR process. At settlement of the forward contract on April 5, 2013, the Bancorp received an additional 849,037 shares which were recorded as an adjustment to the basis in the treasury shares purchased on the acquisition date.

As a result of the FRB’s non-objection to the Bancorp’s capital plan under the 2013 CCAR process, on March 19, 2013, Fifth Third’s Board of Directors authorized the Bancorp to repurchase up to 100 million shares of its outstanding common stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, and to utilize any derivative or similar instrument to affect share repurchase transactions. This share repurchase authorization replaces the Board’s previous authorization.

On May 21, 2013, the Bancorp entered into an accelerated share repurchase transaction with a counterparty pursuant to which the Bancorp purchased 25,035,519 shares, or approximately $539 million of its outstanding common stock on May 24, 2013. The Bancorp repurchased the shares of its common stock as part of its 100 million share repurchase program previously announced on March 19, 2013. The Bancorp expects the settlement of the transaction to occur on or before October 21, 2013.

 

56


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

TABLE 59: Share Repurchases

 

Period

   Total Number of
Shares
Purchased (a)
    Average
Price Paid
Per Share
    Total Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced Plans
or Programs
     Maximum Number of Shares
that May Yet be Purchased
Under the Plans or Programs
 

April 1, 2013 - April 30, 2013

     849,037 (c)     $ 16.02 (b)       849,037         100,000,000 (c)  

May 1, 2013 - May 31, 2013

     25,035,519        18.33        25,035,519         74,964,481   

June 1, 2013 - June 30, 2013

     —          —          —           74,964,481   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     25,884,556      $ 18.25        25,884,556         74,964,481   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) The Bancorp repurchased 1,156,922 shares during the second quarter of 2013 in connection with various employee compensation plans. These purchases are not included in the calculation for average price paid per share and do not count against the maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under the Board of Directors’ authorization.
(b) Shares received from the counterparty as final settlement of the Repurchase Agreement.
(c) In March 2013, the Bancorp announced that its Board of Directors had authorized management to purchase 100 million shares of the Bancorp’s common stock through the open market or in any private transaction. The authorization does not include specific price targets or an expiration date. The 849,037 shares settled on April 5, 2013 were included under the previous 100 million share repurchase program.

 

57


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued)

 

 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

In the ordinary course of business, the Bancorp enters into financial transactions to extend credit and various forms of commitments and guarantees that may be considered off-balance sheet arrangements. These transactions involve varying elements of market, credit and liquidity risk. Refer to Note 14 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. A discussion of these transactions is as follows:

Residential Mortgage Loan Sales

Conforming residential mortgage loans sold to unrelated third parties are generally sold with representation and warranty recourse provisions. Such provisions include the loan’s compliance with applicable loan criteria, including certain documentation standards per agreements with unrelated third parties. Additional reasons for the Bancorp having to repurchase the loans include compliance with collateral appraisal standards, fraud related to the loan application and the rescission of mortgage insurance. Under these provisions, the Bancorp is required to repurchase any previously sold loan for which the representation or warranty of the Bancorp proves to be inaccurate, incomplete or misleading. As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Bancorp maintained reserves related to these loans sold with the representation and warranty recourse provisions totaling $117 million and $110 million, respectively, which were included in other liabilities in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

For the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, the Bancorp paid $10 million and $9 million, respectively, in the form of make whole payments and repurchased $21 million and $39 million, respectively, in outstanding principal of loans to satisfy investor demands. For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, the Bancorp paid $23 million and $17 million, respectively, in the form of make whole payments and repurchased $51 million and $65 million, respectively, of loans to satisfy investor demands. Total repurchase demand requests during the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 were $64 million and $84 million, respectively. Total repurchase demand requests during the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 were $131 million and $210 million, respectively. Total outstanding repurchase demand inventory was $53 million at June 30, 2013 compared to $67 million at December 31, 2012.

The Bancorp sold certain residential mortgage loans in the secondary market with credit recourse. In the event of any customer default, pursuant to the credit recourse provided, the Bancorp is required to reimburse the third party. The maximum amount of credit risk in the event of nonperformance by the underlying borrowers is equivalent to the total outstanding balance. In the event of nonperformance, the Bancorp has rights to the underlying collateral value securing the loan. The outstanding balances on these loans sold with credit recourse were $586 million and $662 million at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The Bancorp maintained an estimated credit loss reserve on these loans sold with credit recourse of $21 million at June 30, 2013, and $20 million at December 31, 2012, recorded in other liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. To determine the credit loss reserve, the Bancorp used an approach that is consistent with its overall approach in estimating credit losses for various categories of residential mortgage loans held in its loan portfolio.

Private Mortgage Insurance

For certain mortgage loans originated by the Bancorp, borrowers may be required to obtain PMI provided by third-party insurers. In some instances, these insurers cede a portion of the PMI premiums to the Bancorp, and the Bancorp provides reinsurance coverage within a specified range of the total PMI coverage. The Bancorp’s reinsurance coverage typically ranges from 5% to 10% of the total PMI coverage.

The Bancorp’s maximum exposure in the event of nonperformance by the underlying borrowers is equivalent to the Bancorp’s total outstanding reinsurance coverage, which was $42 million at June 30, 2013 and $58 million at December 31, 2012. As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Bancorp maintained a reserve of $15 million and $18 million, respectively, related to exposures within the reinsurance portfolio which was included in other liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. In 2009, the Bancorp suspended the practice of providing reinsurance of private mortgage insurance for newly originated mortgage loans.

Automobile Loan Securitization

In March of 2013, the Bancorp recognized an immaterial loss on the securitization and sale of certain automobile loans with a carrying amount of approximately $509 million. The Bancorp utilized a securitization trust to facilitate the securitization process. The trust issued asset-backed securities in the form of notes and equity certificates, with varying levels of credit subordination and payment priority. The Bancorp does not hold any of the notes or equity certificates issued by the trust, and the investors in these securities have no credit recourse to the Bancorp’s assets for failure of debtors to pay when due. As part of the sale, the Bancorp obtained servicing responsibilities and recognized a servicing asset with an initial fair value of $6 million. For further information on this automobile securitization, see Note 9 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

58


Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk (Item 3)

 

Information presented in the Market Risk Management section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations is incorporated herein by reference.

Controls and Procedures (Item 4)

 

The Bancorp conducted an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Bancorp’s management, including the Bancorp’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Bancorp’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act). Based on the foregoing, as of the end of the period covered by this report, the Bancorp’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Bancorp’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective, in all material respects, to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports the Bancorp files and submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported as and when required and information is accumulated and communicated to the Bancorp’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. The Bancorp’s management also conducted an evaluation of internal control over financial reporting to determine whether any changes occurred during the period covered by this report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Bancorp’s internal control over financial reporting. Based on this evaluation, there has been no such change during the period covered by this report.

 

59


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes (Item 1)

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (unaudited)

 

     As of  

($ in millions, except share data)

   June 30,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 

Assets

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 2,390        2,441   

Available-for-sale and other securities (b)

     16,187        15,207   

Held-to-maturity securities (c)

     274        284   

Trading securities

     219        207   

Other short-term investments

     1,109        2,421   

Loans held for sale (d)

     2,148        2,939   

Portfolio loans and leases:

    

Commercial and industrial loans

     37,856        36,038   

Commercial mortgage loans (a)

     8,443        9,103   

Commercial construction loans

     754        698   

Commercial leases

     3,567        3,549   

Residential mortgage loans (e)

     12,400        12,017   

Home equity

     9,531        10,018   

Automobile loans

     12,015        11,972   

Credit card

     2,114        2,097   

Other consumer loans and leases

     352        290   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Portfolio loans and leases

     87,032        85,782   

Allowance for loan and lease losses (a)

     (1,735     (1,854
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Portfolio loans and leases, net

     85,297        83,928   

Bank premises and equipment

     2,540        2,542   

Operating lease equipment

     645        581   

Goodwill

     2,416        2,416   

Intangible assets

     23        27   

Servicing rights

     899        697   

Other assets (a)

     9,213        8,204   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 123,360        121,894   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

    

Deposits:

    

Demand

   $ 30,097        30,023   

Interest checking

     22,878        24,477   

Savings

     18,448        19,879   

Money market

     9,247        6,875   

Other time

     3,793        4,015   

Certificates - $100,000 and over

     7,374        3,284   

Foreign office and other

     1,617        964   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     93,454        89,517   

Federal funds purchased

     636        901   

Other short-term borrowings

     2,112        6,280   

Accrued taxes, interest and expenses

     1,619        1,708   

Other liabilities

     4,322        2,639   

Long-term debt

     6,940        7,085   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     109,083        108,130   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity

    

Common stock (f)

     2,051        2,051   

Preferred stock (g)

     991        398   

Capital surplus

     2,689        2,758   

Retained earnings

     9,561        8,768   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     149        375   

Treasury stock (f)

     (1,202     (634
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Bancorp shareholders’ equity

     14,239        13,716   

Noncontrolling interests

     38        48   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Equity

     14,277        13,764   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Equity

   $ 123,360        121,894   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Includes $50 and $50 of commercial mortgage loans, $(13) and $(5) of ALLL, and $1 and $3 of other assets from consolidated VIEs that are included in their respective captions above at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. See Note 8.
(b) Amortized cost of $15,793 and $14,571 at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
(c) Fair value of $274 and $284 at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
(d) Includes $2,113 and $2,856 of residential mortgage loans held for sale measured at fair value at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
(e) Includes $83 and $76 of residential mortgage loans measured at fair value at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
(f) Common shares: Stated value $2.22 per share; authorized 2,000,000,000; outstanding at June 30, 2013 – 851,473,955 (excludes 72,418,626 treasury shares) , December 31, 2012 – 882,152,057 (excludes 41,740,524 treasury shares).
(g) 430,000 shares of undesignated no par value preferred stock are authorized and unissued; 8.5% non-cumulative Series G convertible (into 2,159.8272 common shares) perpetual preferred stock with a $25,000 liquidation preference: 46,000 authorized, 16,442 and 16,450 issued and outstanding at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, and fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative Series H perpetual preferred stock with a $25,000 liquidation preference: 24,000 authorized, issued and outstanding at June 30, 2013 . See Note 22.

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

60


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes (continued)

 

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (unaudited)

 

 

       For the three months ended
June 30,
     For the six months ended
June 30,
 

($ in millions, except per share data)

   2013      2012      2013     2012  

Interest Income

          

Interest and fees on loans and leases

   $ 864         891         1,746        1,789   

Interest on securities

     119         135         231        276   

Interest on other short-term investments

     1         1         2        2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     984         1,027         1,979        2,067   

Interest Expense

          

Interest on deposits

     53         55         103        114   

Interest on other short-term borrowings

     1         2         4        3   

Interest on long-term debt

     50         75         104        157   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     104         132         211        274   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

     880         895         1,768        1,793   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     64         71         126        162   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income After Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

     816         824         1,642        1,631   

Noninterest Income

          

Mortgage banking net revenue

     233         183         453        387   

Service charges on deposits

     136         130         267        260   

Corporate banking revenue

     106         102         205        199   

Investment advisory revenue

     98         93         198        190   

Card and processing revenue

     67         64         132        122   

Other noninterest income

     414         103         523        279   

Securities gains, net

     —           3         17        11   

Securities gains, net - non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights

     6         —           8        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

     1,060         678         1,803        1,448   

Noninterest Expense

          

Salaries, wages and incentives

     404         393         803        792   

Employee benefits

     83         84         197        195   

Net occupancy expense

     76         74         155        151   

Technology and communications

     50         48         99        95   

Card and processing expense

     33         30         65        60   

Equipment expense

     28         27         56        55   

Other noninterest expense

     361         281         638        563   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

     1,035         937         2,013        1,911   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income Before Income Taxes

     841         565         1,432        1,168   

Applicable income tax expense

     250         180         429        352   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

     591         385         1,003        816   

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —           —           (10     1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income Attributable to Bancorp

     591         385         1,013        815   

Dividends on preferred stock

     9         9         18        18   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income Available to Common Shareholders

   $ 582         376         995        797   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings Per Share

   $ 0.67         0.41         1.14        0.87   

Earnings Per Diluted Share

   $ 0.65         0.40         1.11        0.85   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average common shares - basic

     858,582,710         913,540,510         864,718,802        914,383,163   

Average common shares - diluted

     900,625,454         954,622,463         906,859,723        956,015,935   

Cash dividends declared per share

   $ 0.12         0.08         0.23        0.16   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

61


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes (continued)

 

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (unaudited)

 

 

       For the three months
ended June 30,
    For the six months
ended June 30,
 

($ in millions)

   2013     2012     2013     2012  

Net income

   $ 591        385        1,003        816   

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:

        

Unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities:

        

Unrealized holding losses on available-for-sale securities arising during period

     (211     (10     (247     (3

Reclassification adjustment for net losses (gains) included in net income

     33        (2     38        (6

Unrealized (losses) gains on cash flow hedge derivatives:

        

Unrealized holding (losses) gains on cash flow hedge derivatives arising during period

     (2     10        (1     16   

Reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income

     (6     (14     (20     (27

Defined benefit pension plans:

        

Net actuarial loss arising during period

     2        2        4        4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss

     (184     (14     (226     (16

Comprehensive income

     407        371        777        800   

Less: Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —         —         (10     1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to Bancorp

   $ 407        371        787        799   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

62


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes (continued)

 

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (unaudited)

 

 

      Bancorp Shareholders’ Equity              

($ in millions, except per share data)

  Common
Stock
    Preferred
Stock
    Capital
Surplus
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
    Treasury
Stock
    Total
Bancorp
Shareholders’
Equity
    Non-
Controlling
Interests
    Total
Equity
 

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $ 2,051        398        2,792        7,554        470        (64     13,201        50        13,251   

Net income

          815            815        1        816   

Other comprehensive loss

            (16       (16       (16

Cash dividends declared:

                 

Common stock at $0.16 per share

          (148         (148       (148

Preferred stock

          (18         (18       (18

Shares acquired for treasury

              (75     (75       (75

Impact of stock transactions under stock compensation plans, net

        (40         53        13          13   

Other

          (2       3        1          1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2012

    2,051        398        2,752        8,201        454        (83     13,773        51        13,824   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

    2,051        398        2,758        8,768        375        (634     13,716        48        13,764   

Net income

          1,013            1,013        (10     1,003   

Other comprehensive loss

            (226       (226       (226

Cash dividends declared:

                 

Common stock at $0.23 per share

          (198         (198       (198

Preferred stock

          (18         (18       (18

Shares acquired for treasury

        (58         (606     (664       (664

Issuance of preferred stock

      593                593          593   

Impact of stock transactions under stock compensation plans, net

        (11         36        25          25   

Other

          (4       2        (2       (2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2013

  $ 2,051        991        2,689        9,561        149        (1,202     14,239        38        14,277   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

63


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes (continued)

 

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (unaudited)

 

 

     For the six months
ended June 30,
 

($ in millions)

   2013     2012  

Operating Activities

    

Net income

   $ 1,003        816   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Provision for loan and lease losses

     126        162   

Depreciation, amortization and accretion

     276        254   

Stock-based compensation expense

     41        37   

Provision for deferred income taxes

     139        84   

Securities gains

     (42     (29

Securities gains – non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights

     (8     —     

Securities losses

     25        18   

(Recovery of) provision for MSR impairment

     (151     49   

Net gains on sales of loans and fair value adjustments on loans held for sale

     (198     (67

Bank premises and equipment impairment

     1        17   

Capitalized servicing rights

     (156     (190

Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale

     14,397        11,801   

Loans originated for sale, net of repayments

     (12,763     (10,572

Dividends representing return on equity method investments

     24        13   

Gain on sale of Vantiv, Inc. shares and Vantiv, Inc. IPO

     (242     (115

Net change in:

    

Trading securities

     (11     (22

Other assets

     (453     (64

Accrued taxes, interest and expenses

     (100     (81

Other liabilities

     683        (38
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

     2,591        2,073   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing Activities

    

Sales:

    

Available-for-sale securities

     4,876        1,616   

Loans

     597        157   

Disposal of bank premises and equipment

     18        2   

Repayments / maturities:

    

Available-for-sale securities

     1,878        2,003   

Held-to-maturity securities

     9        16   

Purchases:

    

Available-for-sale securities

     (8,099     (3,856

Bank premises and equipment

     (138     (193

Proceeds from sale and dividends representing return of equity method investments

     487        75   

Net change in:

    

Other short-term investments

     1,312        (182

Loans and leases

     (2,757     (1,946

Operating lease equipment

     (90     (34
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

     (1,907     (2,342
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing Activities

    

Net change in:

    

Core deposits

     (121     (1,416

Certificates - $100,000 and over, including foreign office and other

     4,058        (20

Federal funds purchased

     (265     295   

Other short-term borrowings

     (4,168     1,374   

Dividends paid on common shares

     (184     (148

Dividends paid on preferred shares

     (9     (9

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

     1,300        512   

Repayment of long-term debt

     (1,258     (498

Repurchase of treasury shares and related forward contract

     (664     (75

Issuance of preferred shares

     593        —     

Other

     (17     (16
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

     (735     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Decrease in Cash and Due from Banks

     (51     (270

Cash and Due from Banks at Beginning of Period

     2,441        2,663   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and Due from Banks at End of Period

   $ 2,390        2,393   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Note 2 contains cash payments related to interest and income taxes in addition to noncash investing and financing activities.

 

64


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

1. Basis of Presentation

The Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Bancorp and its majority-owned subsidiaries and VIEs in which the Bancorp has been determined to be the primary beneficiary. Other entities, including certain joint ventures, in which the Bancorp has the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies of the investee, but upon which the Bancorp does not possess control, are accounted for by the equity method and not consolidated. Those entities in which the Bancorp does not have the ability to exercise significant influence are generally carried at the lower of cost or fair value. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

In the opinion of management, the unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements include all adjustments, which consist of normal recurring accruals, necessary to present fairly the results for the periods presented. In accordance with U.S. GAAP and the rules and regulations of the SEC for interim financial information, these statements do not include certain information and footnote disclosures required for complete annual financial statements and it is suggested that these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements be read in conjunction with the latest annual financial statements. The results of operations and comprehensive income for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 and the cash flows and changes in equity for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year. Financial information as of December 31, 2012 has been derived from the annual audited Consolidated Financial Statements of the Bancorp.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

2. Supplemental Cash Flow Information

Cash payments related to interest and income taxes in addition to noncash investing and financing activities are presented in the following table for the six months ended June 30:

 

($ in millions)

   2013      2012  

Cash payments:

     

Interest

   $ 213         266   

Income taxes

     249         178   

Transfers:

     

Portfolio loans to loans held for sale

     601         20   

Loans held for sale to portfolio loans

     25         68   

Portfolio loans to OREO

     115         141   

Loans held for sale to OREO

     3         7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

3. Accounting and Reporting Developments

Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities

In December 2011, and clarified in January 2013, the FASB issued amended guidance related to disclosures about offsetting assets and liabilities. The amended guidance requires the Bancorp to disclose both gross information and net information about financial instruments, including derivatives, and transactions eligible for offset in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as well as financial instruments and transactions subject to agreements similar to a master netting arrangement. The amended guidance is required to be applied retrospectively and is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning on or after January 1, 2013. The amended guidance was adopted by the Bancorp on January 1, 2013 and the required disclosures are included in Note 11.

Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

In February 2013, the FASB issued amended guidance related to amounts reclassified out of AOCI. The amended guidance requires the Bancorp to present, either on the face of the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income or in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, significant amounts reclassified out of AOCI by the respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required to be reclassified in their entirety, the Bancorp is required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts. The amended guidance is effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012 and was adopted by the Bancorp on January 1, 2013. The required disclosures are included in Note 18.

Obligations Resulting from Joint and Several Liability Arrangements for Which the Total Amount of the Obligation is Fixed at the Reporting Date

In February 2013, the FASB issued amended guidance relating to the measurement of obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount under the arrangement is fixed at the reporting date. For the total amount of an obligation under an arrangement to be considered fixed at the reporting date, there can be no measurement uncertainty relating to the total amount of the obligation. The obligation resulting from joint and several liability arrangements would be measured initially as the sum of 1) the amount the Bancorp has agreed to pay on the basis of its arrangement among its co-obligors and 2) any additional amount the Bancorp expects to pay on behalf of its co-obligors. The amended guidance also would require the Bancorp to disclose the nature and amount of the obligation as well as information about the risks that such obligations pose to future cash flows. The amended guidance is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013 and will be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented for those obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements that exist at the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. The Bancorp is currently in the process of evaluating

 

65


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

the impact of adopting the amended guidance, but does not expect the impact to be material to the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Inclusion of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (or Overnight Index Swap Rate) as a Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting Purposes

In July 2013, the FASB issued amended guidance which permits the OIS to be used as a U.S. benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes, in addition to UST and LIBOR. The amended guidance also removed a previous scope reference that required the same benchmark interest rate be used for similar hedges and that using different rates be rare and justified. The amended guidance is effective prospectively for qualifying new or redesignated hedging relationships entered into on or after July 17, 2013 (i.e., the issuance date). The Bancorp will adopt the amended guidance in the third quarter of 2013.

Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists

In July 2013, the FASB issued amended guidance on exceptions to when an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion thereof, should be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward. To the extent a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction to settle any income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position or the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets. The assessment of whether a deferred tax asset is available is based on the unrecognized tax benefit and deferred tax asset that exist at the reporting date and should be made presuming disallowance of the tax position at the reporting date. The amended guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013, with early adoption permitted. The Bancorp will adopt the amended guidance on January 1, 2014.

4. Securities

The following table provides the amortized cost, fair value and unrealized gains and losses for the major categories of the available-for-sale and other and held-to-maturity securities portfolios as of:

 

June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

   Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 

Available-for-sale and other:

          

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

   $ 26         —           —          26   

U.S. Government sponsored agencies

     1,624         134         —          1,758   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     201         4         —          205   

Agency mortgage-backed securities (a)

     9,481         270         (88     9,663   

Other bonds, notes and debentures

     3,483         78         (13     3,548   

Other securities (b)

     978         10         (1     987   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 15,793         496         (102     16,187   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity:

          

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

   $ 273         —           —          273   

Other debt securities

     1         —           —          1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 274         —           —          274   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

   Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 

Available-for-sale and other:

          

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

   $ 41         —           —          41   

U.S. Government sponsored agencies

     1,730         181         —          1,911   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     203         9         —          212   

Agency mortgage-backed securities (a)

     8,403         345         (18     8,730   

Other bonds, notes and debentures

     3,161         119         (3     3,277   

Other securities (b)

     1,033         3         —          1,036   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 14,571         657         (21     15,207   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity:

          

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

   $ 282         —           —          282   

Other debt securities

     2         —           —          2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 284         —           —          284   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Includes interest-only mortgage backed securities of $483 and $408 as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, recorded at fair value with fair value changes recorded in securities gains, net and securities gains, net-non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.
(b) Other securities consist of FHLB and FRB restricted stock holdings of $497 and $348 , respectively, at June 30, 2013 and $497 and $347, respectively, at December 31, 2012, that are carried at cost, and certain mutual fund and equity security holdings.

 

66


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

The following table presents realized gains and losses that were recognized in income from available-for-sale securities:

 

     For the three months
ended June 30,
    For the six months
ended June 30,
 

($ in millions)

   2013     2012     2013     2012  

Realized gains

   $ 22        21        40        28   

Realized losses

     (60     (1     (86     (1

OTTI

     (12     (17     (12     (17
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net realized (losses) gains

   $ (50     3        (58     10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains on interest-only mortgage backed securities were $56 million and $81 million for the three and six months ending June 30, 2013, respectively.

Trading securities totaled $219 million as of June 30, 2013, compared to $207 million at December 31, 2012. Gross realized gains and gross realized losses on trading securities were immaterial for the three and six months ending June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Net unrealized gains on trading securities were immaterial for the three months ending June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and $2 million and $1 million for the six months ending June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

At June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, securities with a fair value of $9.7 billion and $12.6 billion, respectively, were pledged to secure borrowings, public deposits, trust funds, derivative contracts and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.

The expected maturity distribution of the Bancorp’s agency mortgage-backed securities and the contractual maturity distribution of the Bancorp’s available-for-sale and other and held-to-maturity securities as of June 30, 2013 are shown in the following table:

 

     Available-for-Sale & Other      Held-to-Maturity  

($ in millions)

   Amortized Cost      Fair Value      Amortized Cost      Fair Value  

Debt securities: (a)

           

Under 1 year

   $ 771         764         80         80   

1-5 years

     4,521         4,755         173         173   

5-10 years

     6,656         6,755         20         20   

Over 10 years

     2,867         2,926         1         1   

Other securities

     978         987         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 15,793         16,187         274         274   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities when there exists a right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

The following table provides the fair value and gross unrealized losses on available-for-sale and other securities in an unrealized loss position, aggregated by investment category and length of time the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position as of:

 

     Less than 12 months     12 months or more     Total  

($ in millions)

   Fair Value      Unrealized Losses     Fair Value      Unrealized Losses     Fair Value      Unrealized Losses  

June 30, 2013

               

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

   $ 26         —          —           —          26         —     

Agency mortgage-backed securities

     3,850         (88     3         —          3,853         (88

Other bonds, notes and debentures

     702         (11     58         (2     760         (13

Other securities

     30         (1     —           —          30         (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,608         (100     61         (2     4,669         (102
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

               

Agency mortgage-backed securities

   $ 1,784         (18     —           —          1,784         (18

Other bonds, notes and debentures

     454         (3     —           —          454         (3

Other securities

     1         —          —           —          1         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,239         (21     —           —          2,239         (21
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other-Than-Temporary Impairments

The Bancorp recognized $12 million in OTTI, included in securities gains, net, in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income, on its available-for-sale debt securities for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, the Bancorp recognized $17 million of OTTI on its available-for-sale debt securities. The Bancorp did not recognize OTTI on any of its available-for-sale equity securities or held-to-maturity debt securities during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012. Less than one percent of unrealized losses in the available-for-sale securities portfolio were represented by non-rated securities at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

 

67


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

5. Loans and Leases

The Bancorp diversifies its loan and lease portfolio by offering a variety of loan and lease products with various payment terms and rate structures. Lending activities are concentrated within those states in which the Bancorp has banking centers and are primarily located in the Midwestern and Southeastern regions of the United States. The Bancorp’s commercial loan portfolio consists of lending to various industry types. Management periodically reviews the performance of its loan and lease products to evaluate whether they are performing within acceptable interest rate and credit risk levels and changes are made to underwriting policies and procedures as needed. The Bancorp maintains an allowance to absorb loan and lease losses inherent in the portfolio. For further information on credit quality and the ALLL, see Note 6.

The following table provides a summary of the total loans and leases classified by primary purpose as of:

 

     June 30,      December 31,  

($ in millions)

   2013      2012  

Loans and leases held for sale:

     

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 12         39   

Commercial mortgage loans

     7         13   

Commercial construction loans

     4         9   

Commercial leases

     3         —     

Residential mortgage loans

     2,113         2,856   

Other consumer loans and leases

     9         22   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans and leases held for sale

   $ 2,148         2,939   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Portfolio loans and leases:

     

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 37,856         36,038   

Commercial mortgage loans

     8,443         9,103   

Commercial construction loans

     754         698   

Commercial leases

     3,567         3,549   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial loans and leases

     50,620         49,388   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Residential mortgage loans

     12,400         12,017   

Home equity

     9,531         10,018   

Automobile loans

     12,015         11,972   

Credit card

     2,114         2,097   

Other consumer loans and leases

     352         290   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer loans and leases

     36,412         36,394   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total portfolio loans and leases

   $ 87,032         85,782   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total portfolio loans and leases are recorded net of unearned income, which totaled $721 million as of June 30, 2013 and $758 million as of December 31, 2012. Additionally, portfolio loans and leases are recorded net of unamortized premiums and discounts, deferred loan fees and costs, and fair value adjustments (associated with acquired loans or loans designated at fair value upon origination) which totaled a net premium of $100 million and $73 million as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

The Bancorp’s FHLB and FRB advances are generally secured by loans. The Bancorp had loans of $12.5 billion and $12.7 billion at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, pledged at the FHLB, and loans of $33.4 billion and $30.9 billion at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, pledged at the FRB.

 

68


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

The following table presents a summary of the total loans and leases owned by the Bancorp as of:

 

                   90 Days Past Due  
     Balance      and Still Accruing  
     June 30,      December 31,      June 30,      December 31,  

($ in millions)

   2013      2012      2013      2012  

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 37,868         36,077       $ —           1   

Commercial mortgage loans

     8,450         9,116         —           22   

Commercial construction loans

     758         707         —           1   

Commercial leases

     3,570         3,549         —           —     

Residential mortgage loans

     14,513         14,873         71         75   

Home equity

     9,531         10,018         48         58   

Automobile loans

     12,015         11,972         6         8   

Credit card

     2,114         2,097         27         30   

Other consumer loans and leases

     361         312         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans and leases

   $ 89,180         88,721       $ 152         195   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: Loans held for sale

   $ 2,148         2,939         
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

Total portfolio loans and leases

   $ 87,032         85,782         
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

The following table presents a summary of net charge-offs:

 

     For the six months
ended June 30,
 

($ in millions)

   2013      2012  

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 57         100   

Commercial mortgage loans

     37         55   

Commercial construction loans

     3         18   

Commercial leases

     2         7   

Residential mortgage loans

     35         73   

Home equity

     53         85   

Automobile loans

     9         16   

Credit card

     38         38   

Other consumer loans and leases

     11         9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans and leases

   $ 245         401   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

69


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

6. Credit Quality and the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The Bancorp disaggregates ALLL balances and transactions in the ALLL by portfolio segment. Credit quality related disclosures for loans and leases are further disaggregated by class.

The following tables summarize transactions in the ALLL by portfolio segment:

 

For the three months ended June 30, 2013

($ in millions)

   Commercial     Residential
Mortgage
    Consumer     Unallocated     Total  

Transactions in the ALLL:

          

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 1,191        212        272        108        1,783   

Losses charged off

     (59     (18     (68     —          (145

Recoveries of losses previously charged off

     14        3        16        —          33   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     37        4        27        (4     64   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 1,183        201        247        104        1,735   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the three months ended June 30, 2012

($ in millions)

   Commercial     Residential
Mortgage
    Consumer     Unallocated     Total  

Transactions in the ALLL:

          

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 1,424        233        341        128        2,126   

Losses charged off

     (95     (38     (86     —          (219

Recoveries of losses previously charged off

     17        2        19        —          38   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     1        35        42        (7     71   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 1,347        232        316        121        2,016   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2013

($ in millions)

   Commercial     Residential
Mortgage
    Consumer     Unallocated     Total  

Transactions in the ALLL:

          

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 1,236        229        278        111        1,854   

Losses charged off

     (128     (40     (145     —          (313

Recoveries of losses previously charged off

     29        5        34        —          68   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     46        7        80        (7     126   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 1,183        201        247        104        1,735   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2012

($ in millions)

   Commercial     Residential
Mortgage
    Consumer     Unallocated     Total  

Transactions in the ALLL:

          

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 1,527        227        365        136        2,255   

Losses charged off

     (211     (76     (185     —          (472

Recoveries of losses previously charged off

     33        3        35        —          71   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     (2     78        101        (15     162   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 1,347        232        316        121        2,016   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following tables provide a summary of the ALLL and related loans and leases classified by portfolio segment:

 

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

   Commercial     Residential
Mortgage
     Consumer      Unallocated      Total  

ALLL: (a)

             

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 89 (c)       134         59         —           282   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     1,094        66         188         —           1,348   

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     —          1         —           —           1   

Unallocated

     —          —           —           104         104   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total ALLL

   $ 1,183        201         247         104         1,735   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans and leases: (b)

             

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 924 (c)       1,306         527         —           2,757   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     49,696        11,006         23,485         —           84,187   

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     —          5         —           —           5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total portfolio loans and leases

   $ 50,620        12,317         24,012         —           86,949   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Includes $10 related to leveraged leases.
(b) Excludes $83 of residential mortgage loans measured at fair value, and includes $872 of leveraged leases, net of unearned income.
(c) Includes five restructured nonaccrual loans at June 30, 2013 associated with a consolidated variable interest entity, in which the Bancorp has no continuing credit risk due to the risk being assumed by a third party, with a recorded investment of $29 and an allowance of $11 .

 

70


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

As of December 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

   Commercial      Residential
Mortgage
     Consumer      Unallocated      Total  

ALLL: (a)

              

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 95         137         62         —           294   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     1,140         91         216         —           1,447   

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     1         1         —           —           2   

Unallocated

     —           —           —           111         111   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total ALLL

   $ 1,236         229         278         111         1,854   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans and leases: (b)

              

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 980         1,298         544         —           2,822   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     48,407         10,637         23,833         —           82,877   

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     1         6         —           —           7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total portfolio loans and leases

   $ 49,388         11,941         24,377         —           85,706   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Includes $11 related to leveraged leases.
(b) Excludes $76 of residential mortgage loans measured at fair value, and includes $862 of leveraged leases, net of unearned income.

CREDIT RISK PROFILE

Commercial Portfolio Segment

For purposes of monitoring the credit quality and risk characteristics of its commercial portfolio segment, the Bancorp disaggregates the segment into the following classes: commercial and industrial, commercial mortgage owner-occupied, commercial mortgage non-owner occupied, commercial construction and commercial leasing.

To facilitate the monitoring of credit quality within the commercial portfolio segment, and for purposes of analyzing historical loss rates used in the determination of the ALLL for the commercial portfolio segment, the Bancorp utilizes the following categories of credit grades: pass, special mention, substandard, doubtful or loss. The five categories, which are derived from standard regulatory rating definitions, are assigned upon initial approval of credit to borrowers and updated periodically thereafter. Pass ratings, which are assigned to those borrowers that do not have identified potential or well defined weaknesses and for which there is a high likelihood of orderly repayment, are updated periodically based on the size and credit characteristics of the borrower. All other categories are updated on a quarterly basis during the month preceding the end of the calendar quarter.

The Bancorp assigns a special mention rating to loans and leases that have potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may, at some future date, result in the deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or lease or the Bancorp’s credit position.

The Bancorp assigns a substandard rating to loans and leases that are inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the borrower or of the collateral pledged. Substandard loans and leases have well defined weaknesses or weaknesses that could jeopardize the orderly repayment of the debt. Loans and leases in this grade also are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bancorp will sustain some loss if the deficiencies noted are not addressed and corrected.

The Bancorp assigns a doubtful rating to loans and leases that have all the attributes of a substandard rating with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. The possibility of loss is extremely high, but because of certain important and reasonable specific pending factors that may work to the advantage of and strengthen the credit quality of the loan or lease, its classification as an estimated loss is deferred until its more exact status may be determined. Pending factors may include a proposed merger or acquisition, liquidation proceeding, capital injection, perfecting liens on additional collateral or refinancing plans.

Loans and leases classified as loss are considered uncollectible and are charged off in the period in which they are determined to be uncollectible. Because loans and leases in this category are fully charged down, they are not included in the following tables.

The following table summarizes the credit risk profile of the Bancorp’s commercial portfolio segment, by class:

 

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

   Pass      Special
Mention
     Substandard      Doubtful      Total  

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 35,263         857         1,724         12         37,856   

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

     4,005         240         473         —           4,718   

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

     2,758         315         652         —           3,725   

Commercial construction loans

     533         58         163         —           754   

Commercial leases

     3,486         39         42         —           3,567   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 46,045         1,509         3,054         12         50,620   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

71


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

As of December 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

   Pass      Special
Mention
     Substandard      Doubtful      Total  

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 33,521         1,113         1,379         25         36,038   

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

     3,934         338         603         1         4,876   

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

     2,958         449         815         5         4,227   

Commercial construction loans

     444         59         195         —           698   

Commercial leases

     3,483         48         18         —           3,549   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 44,340         2,007         3,010         31         49,388   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer Portfolio Segment

For purposes of monitoring the credit quality and risk characteristics of its consumer portfolio segment, the Bancorp disaggregates the segment into the following classes: home equity, automobile loans, credit card, and other consumer loans and leases. The Bancorp’s residential mortgage portfolio segment is also a separate class.

The Bancorp considers repayment performance as the best indicator of credit quality for residential mortgage and consumer loans, which includes both the delinquency status and performing versus nonperforming status of the loans. The delinquency status of all residential mortgage and consumer loans is presented by class in the age analysis section below while the performing versus nonperforming status is presented in the table below. Residential mortgage loans that have principal and interest payments that have become past due 150 days and home equity loans with principal and interest payments that have become past due 180 days are classified as nonperforming unless such loans are both well secured and in the process of collection. Residential mortgage, home equity, automobile, and other consumer loans and leases that have been modified in a TDR and subsequently become past due 90 days are classified as nonperforming unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. Credit card loans that have been modified in a TDR are classified as nonperforming unless such loans have a sustained repayment performance of six months or greater and are reasonably assured of repayment in accordance with the restructured terms. Well secured loans are collateralized by perfected security interests in real and/or personal property for which the Bancorp estimates proceeds from sale would be sufficient to recover the outstanding principal and accrued interest balance of the loan and pay all costs to sell the collateral. The Bancorp considers a loan in the process of collection if collection efforts or legal action is proceeding and the Bancorp expects to collect funds sufficient to bring the loan current or recover the entire outstanding principal and accrued interest balance.

The following table presents a summary of the Bancorp’s residential mortgage and consumer portfolio segments disaggregated into performing versus nonperforming status as of:

 

     June 30, 2013      December 31, 2012  

($ in millions)

   Performing      Nonperforming      Performing      Nonperforming  

Residential mortgage loans (a)

   $ 12,115         202         11,704         237   

Home equity

     9,486         45         9,965         53   

Automobile loans

     12,013         2         11,970         2   

Credit card

     2,077         37         2,058         39   

Other consumer loans and leases

     352         —           289         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 36,043         286         35,986         332   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Excludes $83 and $76 of loans measured at fair value at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

 

72


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

Age Analysis of Past Due Loans and Leases

The following tables summarize the Bancorp’s recorded investment in portfolio loans and leases by age and class:

 

            Past Due                

As of June 30, 2013

($ in millions)

   Current
Loans and
Leases (c)
     30-89
Days (c)
     90 Days
and
Greater (c)
     Total
Past Due
     Total Loans
and Leases
     90 Days Past
Due and Still
Accruing
 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 37,691         15         150         165         37,856         —    

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

     4,628         6         84         90         4,718         —    

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

     3,646         11         68         79         3,725         —    

Commercial construction loans

     712         —          42         42         754         —    

Commercial leases

     3,560         —          7         7         3,567         —    

Residential mortgage loans (a) (b)

     11,985         65         267         332         12,317         71   

Consumer:

                 

Home equity

     9,330         107         94         201         9,531         48   

Automobile loans

     11,958         48         9         57         12,015         6   

Credit card

     2,052         32         30         62         2,114         27   

Other consumer loans and leases

     350         2         —          2         352         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total portfolio loans and leases (a) (d)

   $ 85,912         286         751         1,037         86,949         152   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Excludes $83 of loans measured at fair value.
(b) Information for current residential mortgage loans includes advances made pursuant to servicing agreements for GNMA mortgage pools whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs. As of June 30, 2013 , $68 of these loans were 30-89 days past due and $403 were 90 days or more past due. The Bancorp recognized $1 of losses during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 due to claim denials and curtailments associated with these advances.
(c) Includes accrual and nonaccrual loans and leases.
(d) Includes an immaterial amount of government insured commercial loans 30-89 days and 90 days past due and accruing whose repayments are insured by the SBA at June 30, 2013.

 

            Past Due                

As of December 31, 2012

($ in millions)

   Current
Loans and
Leases (c)
     30-89
Days (c)
     90 Days
and
Greater (c)
     Total
Past Due
     Total Loans
and Leases
     90 Days Past
Due and Still
Accruing
 

Commercial:

                 

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 35,826         46         166         212         36,038         1   

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

     4,752         29         95         124         4,876         22   

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

     4,094         21         112         133         4,227         —    

Commercial construction loans

     622         —          76         76         698         1   

Commercial leases

     3,546         2         1         3         3,549         —    

Residential mortgage loans (a) (b)

     11,547         87         307         394         11,941         75   

Consumer:

                 

Home equity

     9,782         126         110         236         10,018         58   

Automobile loans

     11,900         62         10         72         11,972         8   

Credit card

     2,025         38         34         72         2,097         30   

Other consumer loans and leases

     287         2         1         3         290         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total portfolio loans and leases (a) (d)

   $ 84,381         413         912         1,325         85,706         195   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Excludes $76 of loans measured at fair value.
(b) Information for current residential mortgage loans includes advances made pursuant to servicing agreements for GNMA mortgage pools whose repayments are insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs. As of December 31, 2012, $80 of these loans were 30-89 days past due and $414 were 90 days or more past due. The Bancorp recognized $2 of losses for the year ended December 31, 2012 due to claim denials and curtailments associated with these advances.
(c) Includes accrual and nonaccrual loans and leases.
(d) Includes an immaterial amount of government insured commercial loans 30-89 and 90 days past due and accruing whose repayments are insured by the SBA at December 31, 2012.

 

73


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

Impaired Loans and Leases

Larger commercial loans and leases included within aggregate borrower relationship balances exceeding $1 million that exhibit probable or observed credit weaknesses are subject to individual review for impairment. The Bancorp also performs an individual review on loans and leases that are restructured in a troubled debt restructuring. The Bancorp considers the current value of collateral, credit quality of any guarantees, the loan structure, and other factors when evaluating whether an individual loan or lease is impaired. Other factors may include the geography and industry of the borrower, size and financial condition of the borrower, cash flow and leverage of the borrower, and the Bancorp’s evaluation of the borrower’s management. Smaller-balance homogenous loans or leases that are collectively evaluated for impairment are not included in the following tables.

The following tables summarize the Bancorp’s impaired loans and leases (by class) that were subject to individual review, which includes all loans and leases restructured in a troubled debt restructuring:

 

As of June 30, 2013

($ in millions)

   Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Recorded
Investment
    Allowance  

With a related allowance recorded:

       

Commercial:

       

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 278         205        60   

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans (b)

     43         33        5   

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

     114         86        9   

Commercial construction loans

     68         55        4   

Commercial leases

     1         1        —     

Restructured residential mortgage loans

     1,054         1,019        134   

Restructured consumer:

       

Home equity

     397         393        42   

Automobile loans

     26         26        6   

Credit card

     65         65        11   

Other consumer loans and leases

     2         2        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total impaired loans and leases with a related allowance

   $ 2,048         1,885        271   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

With no related allowance recorded:

       

Commercial:

       

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 156         117        —     

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

     108         101        —     

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

     248         229        —     

Commercial construction loans

     86         58        —     

Commercial leases

     10         10        —     

Restructured residential mortgage loans

     335         287        —     

Restructured consumer:

       

Home equity

     41         38        —     

Automobile loans

     3         3        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total impaired loans and leases with no related allowance

     987         843        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total impaired loans and leases

   $ 3,035         2,728 (a)       271   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Includes $475 , $1,201 and $470 , respectively, of commercial, residential mortgage and consumer TDRs on accrual status; $196 , $105 and $57 , respectively, of commercial, residential mortgage and consumer TDRs on nonaccrual status.
(b) Excludes five restructured nonaccrual loans at June 30, 2013 associated with a consolidated variable interest entity, in which the Bancorp has no continuing credit risk due to the risk being assumed by a third party, with an unpaid principal balance of $29 , a recorded investment of $29 , and an allowance of $11 .

 

74


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

As of December 31, 2012

($ in millions)

   Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Recorded
Investment
    Allowance  

With a related allowance recorded:

       

Commercial:

       

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 263         194        65   

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

     54         43        5   

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

     215         160        16   

Commercial construction loans

     48         37        5   

Commercial leases

     8         8        5   

Restructured residential mortgage loans

     1,067         1,023        137   

Restructured consumer:

       

Home equity

     400         396        46   

Automobile loans

     31         30        4   

Credit card

     74         74        12   

Other consumer loans and leases

     2         2        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total impaired loans and leases with a related allowance

   $ 2,162         1,967        295   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

With no related allowance recorded:

       

Commercial:

       

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 207         169        —     

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

     107         99        —     

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

     209         199        —     

Commercial construction loans

     109         67        —     

Commercial leases

     5         5        —     

Restructured residential mortgage loans

     326         275        —     

Restructured consumer:

       

Home equity

     40         39        —     

Automobile loans

     3         3        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total impaired loans and leases with no related allowance

     1,006         856        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total impaired loans and leases

   $ 3,168         2,823 (a)       295   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Includes $431, $1,175 and $480, respectively, of commercial, residential mortgage and consumer TDRs on accrual status;$177, $123 and $64, respectively, of commercial, residential mortgage and consumer TDRs on nonaccrual status.

The following table summarizes the Bancorp’s average impaired loans and leases and interest income by class:

 

     For the three months ended
June 30, 2013
     For the six months ended
June 30, 2013
 

($ in millions)

   Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
 

Commercial:

           

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 318         2       $ 329         4   

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans (a)

     136         1         138         2   

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

     315         2         328         4   

Commercial construction loans

     114         1         112         2   

Commercial leases

     10         —           11         —     

Restructured residential mortgage loans

     1,308         13         1,307         26   

Restructured consumer:

           

Home equity

     434         5         437         11   

Automobile loans

     29         —           31         —     

Credit card

     68         1         71         2   

Other consumer loans and leases

     2         —           2         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired loans and leases

   $ 2,734         25       $ 2,766         51   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Excludes five restructured nonaccrual loans, associated with a consolidated variable interest entity in which the Bancorp has no continuing credit risk due to the risk being assumed by a third party, with an average recorded investment of $30 and an immaterial amount of interest income recognized for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 .

 

75


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

     For the three months ended
June 30, 2012
     For the six months ended
June 30, 2012
 

($ in millions)

   Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
 

Commercial:

           

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 467         1       $ 481         2   

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

     164         1         152         2   

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

     361         2         341         4   

Commercial construction loans

     177         1         190         2   

Commercial leases

     10         —          11         —    

Restructured residential mortgage loans

     1,270         13         1,266         25   

Restructured consumer:

           

Home equity

     438         12         441         18   

Automobile loans

     39         1         40         1   

Credit card

     86         1         83         2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired loans and leases

   $ 3,012         32       $ 3,005         56   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nonperforming Assets

Nonperforming assets include nonaccrual loans and leases for which ultimate collectability of the full amount of the principal and/or interest is uncertain; restructured commercial and credit card loans which have not yet met the requirements to be classified as a performing asset; restructured consumer loans which are 90 days past due based on the restructured terms unless the loan is both well-secured and in the process of collection; and certain other assets, including OREO and other repossessed property. The following table summarizes the Bancorp’s nonperforming loans and leases, by class, as of:

 

($ in millions)

   June 30,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 

Commercial:

     

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 344         330   

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans (a)

     124         125   

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

     104         157   

Commercial construction loans

     43         76   

Commercial leases

     8         9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial loans and leases

     623         697   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Residential mortgage loans

     201         237   

Consumer:

     

Home equity

     46         53   

Automobile loans

     2         2   

Credit card

     37         39   

Other consumer loans and leases

     —           1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer loans and leases

     85         95   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total nonperforming loans and leases (b) (c)

   $ 909         1,029   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

OREO and other repossessed property (d)

     241         257   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Excludes $22 of restructured nonaccrual loans at June 30, 2013 associated with a consolidated variable interest entity in which the Bancorp has no continuing credit risk due to the risk being assumed by a third party.
(b) Excludes $15 and $29 of nonaccrual loans held for sale at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
(c) Includes $12 and $10 of nonaccrual government insured commercial loans whose repayments are insured by the SBA at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, and $1 of restructured nonaccrual government insured commercial loans at both June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012.
(d) Excludes $66 and $72 of OREO related to government insured loans at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

Troubled Debt Restructurings

If a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, the Bancorp may consider, in certain circumstances, modifying the terms of their loan to maximize collection of amounts due. Within each of the Bancorp’s loan classes, TDRs typically involve either a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan, an extension of the loan’s maturity date(s) with a stated rate lower than the current market rate for a new loan with similar risk, or in limited circumstances, a reduction of the principal balance of the loan or the loan’s accrued interest. Modifying the terms of loans may result in an increase or decrease to the ALLL depending upon the terms modified, the method used to measure the ALLL for a loan prior to modification, and whether any charge-offs were recorded on the loan before or at the time of modification. Refer to the ALLL section of Note 1 in the Bancorp’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 for information on the Bancorp’s ALLL methodology. Upon modification of a loan, the Bancorp measures the related impairment as the difference between the estimated future cash flows, discounted at the original effective yield of the loan, expected to be collected on the modified loan and the carrying value of the loan. The resulting measurement may result in the need for minimal or no valuation allowance because it is probable that all cash flows will be collected under the modified terms of the loan. In addition, if the stated interest rate was increased in a TDR, the cash flows on the modified loan, using the pre-modification interest rate as the discount rate, often exceed the recorded investment of the loan. Conversely, the Bancorp often recognizes an impairment loss as an increase to the ALLL upon a modification that reduces the stated interest rate on a loan.

 

76


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

If a TDR involves a reduction of the principal balance of the loan or the loan’s accrued interest, that amount is charged off to the ALLL. As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Bancorp had $30 million and $28 million in line of credit commitments, respectively, and $25 million for both periods in letter of credit commitments to lend additional funds to borrowers whose terms have been modified in a TDR.

The following table provides a summary of loans modified in a TDR by the Bancorp during the three months ended:

 

June 30, 2013 ($ in millions) (a)

   Number of loans
modified in a TDR
during the period (b)
     Recorded investment
in loans modified

in a TDR
during the period
     Increase
(Decrease)
to ALLL upon
modification
    Charge-offs
recognized upon
modification
 

Commercial:

          

Commercial and industrial loans

     43       $ 112         (1     —     

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans (c)

     14         5         —          —     

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

     19         37         (3     —     

Commercial construction loans

     1         1         —          —     

Residential mortgage loans

     420         68         8        —     

Consumer:

          

Home equity

     178         11         (1     —     

Automobile loans

     133         3         1        —     

Credit card

     2,180         13         2        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total portfolio loans and leases

     2,988       $ 250         6        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

June 30, 2012 ($ in millions) (a)

   Number of loans
modified in a TDR
during the period (b)
     Recorded investment
in loans modified

in a TDR
during the period
     Increase
(Decrease)

to ALLL  upon
modification
    Charge-offs
recognized upon
modification
 

Commercial:

          

Commercial and industrial loans

     11       $ 10         (6     —     

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

     9         7         (1     —     

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

     10         16         (6     —     

Commercial construction loans

     —           —           (4     —     

Residential mortgage loans

     557         91         8        —     

Consumer:

          

Home equity

     359         23         1        —     

Automobile loans

     222         4         1        —     

Credit card

     2,991         20         3        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total portfolio loans and leases

     4,159       $ 171         (4     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Excludes all loans and leases held for sale and loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality.
(b) Represents number of loans post-modification.
(c) Excludes five loans modified in a TDR during the three months ended June 30, 2013 associated with a consolidated variable interest entity in which the Bancorp has no continuing credit risk due to the risk being assumed by a third party. The TDR has a recorded investment of $29 , ALLL increased $7 upon modification, and a charge-off of $2 was recognized upon modification.

 

77


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

The following table provides a summary of loans modified in a TDR by the Bancorp during the six months ended:

 

June 30, 2013 ($ in millions) (a)

   Number of loans
modified in a TDR

during the period (b)
     Recorded investment
in loans modified

in a TDR
during the period
     Increase
(Decrease)
to ALLL upon
modification
    Charge-offs
recognized upon
modification
 

Commercial:

          

Commercial and industrial loans

     63       $ 121         —          1   

Commercial mortgage owner-occupied loans (c)

     24         9         (1     —     

Commercial mortgage nonowner-occupied loans

     34         54         (5     —     

Commercial construction loans

     2         7         (1     —     

Residential mortgage loans

     814         129         16        —     

Consumer:

          

Home equity

     504         27         —          —     

Automobile loans

     248         9         1        —     

Credit card

     4,492         28         4        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total portfolio loans and leases

     6,181       $ 384         14        1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

June 30, 2012 ($ in millions) (a)

   Number of loans
modified in a TDR
during the period (b)
     Recorded investment
in loans modified
in a TDR

during the period
     Increase
(Decrease)
to ALLL upon
modification
    Charge-offs
recognized upon
modification
 

Commercial:

          

Commercial and industrial loans

     41       $ 25         (9     —     

Commercial mortgage owner-occupied loans

     36         15         (3     —     

Commercial mortgage nonowner-occupied loans

     40         67         (5     —     

Commercial construction loans

     11         36         (4     —     

Residential mortgage loans

     1,037         169         15        —     

Consumer:

          

Home equity

     670         42         2        —     

Automobile loans

     561         9         2        —     

Credit card

     5,732         38         5        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total portfolio loans and leases

     8,128       $ 401         3        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Excludes all loans and leases held for sale and loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality.
(b) Represents number of loans post-modification.
(c) Excludes five loans modified in a TDR during the six months ended June 30, 2013 associated with a consolidated variable interest entity in which the Bancorp has no continuing credit risk due to the risk being assumed by a third party. The TDR has a recorded investment of $29 , ALLL increased $7 upon modification, and a charge-off of $2 was recognized upon modification.

The Bancorp considers TDRs that become 90 days or more past due under the modified terms as subsequently defaulted. For commercial loans not subject to individual review for impairment, the historical loss rates that are applied to such commercial loans for purposes of determining the allowance include historical losses associated with subsequent defaults on loans previously modified in a TDR. For consumer loans, the Bancorp performs a qualitative assessment of the adequacy of the consumer ALLL by comparing the consumer ALLL to forecasted consumer losses over the projected loss emergence period (the forecasted losses include the impact of subsequent defaults of consumer TDRs). When a residential mortgage, home equity, auto or other consumer loan that has been modified in a TDR subsequently defaults, the present value of expected cash flows used in the measurement of the potential impairment loss is generally limited to the expected net proceeds from the sale of the loan’s underlying collateral and any resulting impairment loss is reflected as a charge-off or an increase in ALLL. When a credit card loan that has been modified in a TDR subsequently defaults, the calculation of the impairment loss is consistent with the Bancorp’s calculation for other credit card loans that have become 90 days or more past due.

 

78


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

The following table provides a summary of subsequent defaults of TDRs that occurred during the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 and within 12 months of the restructuring date:

 

June 30, 2013 ($ in millions) (a)

   Number of
Contracts
     Recorded
Investment
 

Commercial:

     

Commercial and industrial loans

     1       $ —     

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

     4         1   

Residential mortgage loans

     55         8   

Consumer:

     

Home equity

     20         1   

Credit card

     411         2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total portfolio loans and leases

     491       $ 12   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

June 30, 2012 ($ in millions) (a)

   Number of
Contracts
     Recorded
Investment
 

Commercial:

     

Commercial mortgage owner occupied loans

     2       $ 1   

Commercial mortgage non-owner occupied loans

     1         —     

Residential mortgage loans

     62         14   

Consumer:

     

Home equity

     17         1   

Automobile loans

     9         —     

Credit card

     432         3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total portfolio loans and leases

     523       $ 19   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Excludes all loans and leases held for sale and loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality.

The following table provides a summary of subsequent defaults that occurred during the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 and within 12 months of the restructuring date:

 

June 30, 2013 ($ in millions) (a)

   Number of
Contracts
     Recorded
Investment
 

Commercial:

     

Commercial and industrial loans

     2       $ —    

Commercial mortgage owner-occupied loans

     4         1   

Residential mortgage loans

     226         37   

Consumer:

     

Home equity

     34         2   

Automobile loans

     3         —     

Credit card

     926         6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total portfolio loans and leases

     1,195       $ 46   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

June 30, 2012 ($ in millions) (a)

   Number of
Contracts
     Recorded
Investment
 

Commercial:

     

Commercial mortgage owner-occupied loans

     2       $ 1   

Commercial mortgage nonowner-occupied loans

     2         1   

Commercial construction loans

     2         3   

Residential mortgage loans

     126         25   

Consumer:

     

Home equity

     48         3   

Automobile loans

     21         —    

Credit card

     1,009         7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total portfolio loans and leases

     1,210       $ 40   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Excludes all loans and leases held for sale and loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality.

 

79


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

7. Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of servicing rights, core deposit intangibles, customer lists, non-compete agreements and cardholder relationships. Intangible assets are amortized on either a straight-line or an accelerated basis over their estimated useful lives. Intangible assets, excluding servicing rights, have an estimated remaining weighted-average life at June 30, 2013 of 4.0 years. The Bancorp reviews intangible assets for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that carrying amounts may not be recoverable. For more information on servicing rights, see Note 9.

The details of the Bancorp’s intangible assets are shown in the following table:

 

($ in millions)

   Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Valuation
Allowance
    Net Carrying
Amount
 

As of June 30, 2013

         

Mortgage servicing rights

   $ 2,975         (1,571     (510     894   

Automobile servicing rights

     6         (1     —          5   

Core deposit intangibles

     154         (137     —          17   

Other

     45         (39     —          6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

   $ 3,180         (1,748     (510     922   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012

         

Mortgage servicing rights

   $ 2,825         (1,467     (661     697   

Core deposit intangibles

     180         (160     —          20   

Other

     44         (37     —          7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

   $ 3,049         (1,664     (661     724   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2013, all of the Bancorp’s intangible assets were being amortized. Amortization expense recognized on intangible assets, including mortgage servicing rights, for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 was $54 million and $44 million, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, amortization expense was $110 million and $94 million, respectively.

Estimated amortization expense for the remainder of 2013 through 2017 is as follows:

 

($ in millions)

   Servicing Rights      Other
Intangible Assets
     Total  

Remainder of 2013

   $ 136         4         140   

2014

     223         5         228   

2015

     179         2         181   

2016

     147         2         149   

2017

     122         2         124   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

80


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

8. Variable Interest Entities

The Bancorp, in the normal course of business, engages in a variety of activities that involve VIEs, which are legal entities that lack sufficient equity to finance their activities, or the equity investors of the entities as a group lack any of the characteristics of a controlling interest. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is generally the enterprise that has both the power to direct the activities most significant to the economic performance of the VIE and the obligation to absorb losses or receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE. For certain investment funds, the primary beneficiary is the enterprise that will absorb a majority of the fund’s expected losses or receive a majority of the fund’s expected residual returns. The Bancorp evaluates its interest in certain entities to determine if these entities meet the definition of a VIE and whether the Bancorp is the primary beneficiary and should consolidate the entity based on the variable interests it held both at inception and when there is a change in circumstances that requires a reconsideration. If the Bancorp is determined to be the primary beneficiary of a VIE, it must account for the VIE as a consolidated subsidiary. If the Bancorp is determined not to be the primary beneficiary of a VIE but holds a variable interest in the entity, such variable interests are accounted for under the equity method of accounting or other accounting standards as appropriate.

Consolidated VIEs

The following table provides a summary of the classifications of consolidated VIE assets, liabilities and noncontrolling interests included in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of:

 

June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

   CDC
Investments
 

Assets:

  

Commercial mortgage loans

   $ 50   

ALLL

     (13

Other assets

     1   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     38   
  

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interests

     38   
  

 

 

 

December 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

   CDC
Investments
 

Assets:

  

Commercial mortgage loans

   $ 50   

ALLL

     (5

Other assets

     3   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     48   
  

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interests

     48   
  

 

 

 

CDC Investments

CDC, a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of the Bancorp, was created to invest in projects to create affordable housing, revitalize business and residential areas, and preserve historic landmarks. CDC generally co-invests with other unrelated companies and/or individuals and typically makes investments in a separate legal entity that owns the property under development. The entities are usually formed as limited partnerships and LLCs, and CDC typically invests as a limited partner/investor member in the form of equity contributions. The economic performance of the VIEs is driven by the performance of their underlying investment projects as well as the VIEs’ ability to operate in compliance with the rules and regulations necessary for the qualification of tax credits generated by equity investments. Typically, the general partner or managing member will be the party that has the right to make decisions that will most significantly impact the economic performance of the entity. The Bancorp’s subsidiaries serve as the managing member of certain LLCs invested in business revitalization projects. The Bancorp has provided an indemnification guarantee to the investor member of these LLCs related to the qualification of tax credits generated by the investor member’s investment. Accordingly, the Bancorp concluded that it is the primary beneficiary and, therefore, has consolidated these VIEs. As a result, the investor members’ interests in these VIEs are presented as noncontrolling interests in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. This presentation includes reporting separately the equity attributable to the noncontrolling interests in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity and reporting separately the comprehensive income attributable to the noncontrolling interests in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income and the net income attributable to the noncontrolling interests in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income. The Bancorp’s maximum exposure related to these indemnifications at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was $19 million and $18 million, respectively, which is based on an amount required to meet the investor member’s defined target rate of return.

 

81


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

Non-consolidated VIEs

The following tables provide a summary of assets and liabilities carried on the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets related to non-consolidated VIEs for which the Bancorp holds an interest, but is not the primary beneficiary of the VIE, as well as the Bancorp’s maximum exposure to losses associated with its interests in the entities:

 

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

   Total
Assets
     Total
Liabilities
     Maximum
Exposure
 

CDC investments

   $ 1,412         425         1,412   

Private equity investments

     195         —           302   

Loans provided to VIEs

     1,904         —           3,600   

Automobile loan securitizations

     5         —           5   

Restructured loans

     1         —           1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

   Total
Assets
     Total
Liabilities
     Maximum
Exposure
 

CDC investments

   $ 1,442         394         1,442   

Private equity investments

     189         —           310   

Loans provided to VIEs

     1,622         —           2,465   

Restructured loans

     2         —           2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

CDC Investments

As noted previously, CDC typically invests in VIEs as a limited partner or investor member in the form of equity contributions. The Bancorp has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of these VIEs because it lacks the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the underlying project or the VIEs’ ability to operate in compliance with the rules and regulations necessary for the qualification of tax credits generated by equity investments. This power is held by the general partners/managing members who exercise full and exclusive control of the operations of the VIEs. Accordingly, the Bancorp accounts for these investments under the equity method of accounting.

The Bancorp’s funding requirements are limited to its invested capital and any additional unfunded commitments for future equity contributions. The Bancorp’s maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with the VIEs is limited to the carrying amounts of the investments, including the unfunded commitments. The carrying amounts of these investments, which are included in other assets in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, and the liabilities related to the unfunded commitments, which are included in other liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, are included in the previous tables for all periods presented. The Bancorp has no other liquidity arrangements or obligations to purchase assets of the VIEs that would expose the Bancorp to a loss. In certain arrangements, the general partner/managing member of the VIE has guaranteed a level of projected tax credits to be received by the limited partners/investor members, thereby minimizing a portion of the Bancorp’s risk.

Private Equity Investments

The Bancorp invests as a limited partner in private equity funds which provide the Bancorp an opportunity to obtain higher rates of return on invested capital, while also creating cross-selling opportunities for the Bancorp’s commercial products. Each of the limited partnerships has an unrelated third-party general partner responsible for appointing the fund manager. The Bancorp has not been appointed fund manager for any of these private equity funds. The funds finance primarily all of their activities from the partners’ capital contributions and investment returns. Under the VIE consolidation guidance still applicable to the funds, the Bancorp has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of the funds because it does not absorb a majority of the funds’ expected losses or receive a majority of the funds’ expected residual returns. Therefore, the Bancorp accounts for its investments in these limited partnerships under the equity method of accounting.

The Bancorp is exposed to losses arising from negative performance of the underlying investments in the private equity funds. As a limited partner, the Bancorp’s maximum exposure to loss is limited to the carrying amounts of the investments plus unfunded commitments. The carrying amounts of these investments, which are included in other assets in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, are included in the above tables. Also, as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the unfunded commitment amounts to the funds were $107 million and $121 million, respectively. The Bancorp made capital contributions of $11 million and $13 million, respectively, to private equity funds during the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012. The Bancorp made capital contributions of $14 million and $24 million, respectively, to private equity funds during the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012.

Loans Provided to VIEs

The Bancorp has provided funding to certain unconsolidated VIEs sponsored by third parties. These VIEs are generally established to finance certain consumer and small business loans originated by third parties. The entities are primarily funded through the issuance of a loan from the Bancorp or a syndication through which the Bancorp is involved. The sponsor/administrator of the entities is responsible for servicing the underlying assets in the VIEs. Because the sponsor/administrator, not the Bancorp, holds the servicing responsibilities, which include the establishment and employment of default mitigation policies and procedures, the Bancorp does not hold the power to direct the activities most significant to the economic performance of the entity and, therefore, is not the primary beneficiary.

The principal risk to which these entities are exposed is credit risk related to the underlying assets. The Bancorp’s maximum exposure to loss is equal to the carrying amounts of the loans and unfunded commitments to the VIEs. The Bancorp’s outstanding loans to these VIEs, included in commercial loans in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, are included in the previous tables for all periods presented.

 

82


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

Also, as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 the Bancorp’s unfunded commitments to these entities were $1.7 billion and $843 million, respectively. The loans and unfunded commitments to these VIEs are included in the Bancorp’s overall analysis of the ALLL and reserve for unfunded commitments, respectively. The Bancorp does not provide any implicit or explicit liquidity guarantees or principal value guarantees to these VIEs.

Automobile Loan Securitization

In March of 2013, the Bancorp recognized an immaterial loss on the securitization and sale of certain automobile loans with a carrying amount of approximately $509 million. The securitization and the resulting sale of all underlying securities qualified for sale accounting. The Bancorp has concluded that it is not the primary beneficiary of the trust because it has neither the obligation to absorb losses of the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE nor the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Bancorp is not required and does not currently intend to provide any additional financial support to the trust. Investors and creditors only have recourse to the assets held by the trust. The interest the Bancorp holds in the VIE relates to servicing rights which are included in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The maximum exposure to loss is equal to the carrying value of the servicing asset.

Restructured Loans

As part of loan restructuring efforts, the Bancorp received equity capital from certain borrowers to facilitate the restructuring of the borrower’s debt. These borrowers meet the definition of a VIE because the Bancorp was involved in their refinancing and because their equity capital is insufficient to fund ongoing operations. These restructurings were intended to provide the VIEs with serviceable debt levels while providing the Bancorp an opportunity to maximize the recovery of the loans. The VIEs finance their operations from earned income, capital contributions, and through restructured debt agreements. Assets of the VIEs are used to settle their specific obligations, including loan payments due to the Bancorp. The Bancorp continues to maintain its relationship with these VIEs as a lender and minority shareholder; however, it is not involved in management decisions and does not have sufficient voting rights to control the membership of the respective boards. Therefore, the Bancorp accounts for its equity investments in these VIEs under the equity method or cost method based on its percentage of ownership and ability to exercise significant influence.

The Bancorp’s maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with these VIEs is limited to the equity investments, the principal and accrued interest on the outstanding loans, and any unfunded commitments. Due to the VIEs’ short-term cash deficit projections at the restructuring dates, the Bancorp determined that the initial fair value of its equity investments in these VIEs was zero. As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Bancorp’s carrying value of these equity investments was immaterial to the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. Additionally, the Bancorp had outstanding loans to these VIEs, included in commercial loans in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, which are included in the above tables for all periods presented. The Bancorp had no unfunded loan commitments to these VIEs as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012. The loans and unfunded commitments to these VIEs are included in the Bancorp’s overall analysis of the ALLL and reserve for unfunded commitments, respectively. The Bancorp does not provide any implicit or explicit liquidity guarantees or principal value guarantees to these VIEs.

9. Sales of Receivables and Servicing Rights

Automobile Loan Securitization

In March of 2013, the Bancorp recognized an immaterial loss on the securitization and sale of certain automobile loans with a carrying amount of approximately $509 million. The Bancorp utilized a securitization trust to facilitate the securitization process. The trust issued asset-backed securities in the form of notes and equity certificates, with varying levels of credit subordination and payment priority. The Bancorp does not hold any of the notes or equity certificates issued by the trust, and the investors in these securities have no credit recourse to the Bancorp’s assets for failure of debtors to pay when due. As part of the sale, the Bancorp obtained servicing responsibilities and recognized a servicing asset with an initial fair value of $6 million.

Residential Mortgage Loan Sales

The Bancorp sold fixed and adjustable rate residential mortgage loans during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012. In those sales, the Bancorp obtained servicing responsibilities and the investors have no recourse to the Bancorp’s other assets for failure of debtors to pay when due. The Bancorp receives annual servicing fees based on a percentage of the outstanding balance. The Bancorp identifies classes of servicing assets based on financial asset type and interest rates.

 

83


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

Information related to residential mortgage loan sales and the Bancorp’s mortgage banking activity, which is included in mortgage banking net revenue in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income, is as follows:

 

       For the three months
ended June 30,
     For the six months
ended June 30,
 

($ in millions)

   2013      2012      2013      2012  

Residential mortgage loan sales

   $ 7,122         4,709       $ 14,010         11,648   

Origination fees and gains on loan sales

     150         183         319         357   

Servicing fees

     62         63         124         124   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Servicing Assets

The following table presents changes in the servicing assets related to residential mortgage and automobile loans for the six months ended June 30:

 

($ in millions)

   2013     2012  

Carrying amount before valuation allowance as of the beginning of the period

   $ 1,358        1,239   

Servicing rights that result from the transfer of residential mortgage loans

     150        190   

Servicing rights that result from the transfer of automobile loans

     6        —     

Amortization

     (105     (86
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying amount before valuation allowance

     1,409        1,343   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation allowance for servicing assets:

    

Beginning balance

     (661     (558

Recovery of (provision for) MSR impairment

     151        (49
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

     (510     (607
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying amount as of the end of the period

   $ 899        736   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Temporary impairment or impairment recovery, affected through a change in the MSR valuation allowance, was captured as a component of mortgage banking net revenue in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income. The Bancorp maintains a non-qualifying hedging strategy to manage a portion of the risk associated with changes in the value of the MSR portfolio. This strategy includes the purchase of free-standing derivatives and various available-for-sale securities. The interest income, mark-to-market adjustments and gain or loss from sale activities associated with these portfolios are expected to economically hedge a portion of the change in value of the MSR portfolio caused by fluctuating discount rates, earnings rates and prepayment speeds. The fair value of the servicing asset is based on the present value of expected future cash flows.

The following table displays the beginning and ending fair value of the servicing assets for the six months ended June 30:

 

($ in millions)

   2013      2012  

Fixed rate residential mortgage loans:

     

Beginning balance

   $ 664         649   

Ending balance

     855         702   

Adjustable rate residential mortgage loans:

     

Beginning balance

     33         32   

Ending balance

     39         34   

Fixed rate automobile loans:

     

Beginning balance

     —           —     

Ending balance

     5         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents activity related to valuations of the MSR portfolio and the impact of the non-qualifying hedging strategy, which is included in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income:

 

       For the three months
ended June 30,
    For the six months
ended June 30,
 

($ in millions)

   2013     2012     2013     2012  

Securities gains, net - non-qualifying hedges on MSRs

   $ 6        —          8        —     

Changes in fair value and settlement of free-standing derivatives purchased to economically hedge the MSR portfolio (Mortgage banking net revenue)

     (30     38        (37     42   

Recovery of (provision for) MSR impairment (Mortgage banking net revenue)

     102        (60     151        (49
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

84


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

As of June 30, 2013 and 2012, the key economic assumptions used in measuring the interests in residential mortgage loans that continued to be held by the Bancorp at the date of sale or securitization resulting from transactions completed during the three months ended:

 

        June 30, 2013     June 30, 2012  
    Rate   Weighted-
Average
Life (in
years)
    Prepayment
Speed
(annual)
    Discount
Rate
(annual)
    Weighted-
Average
Default
rate
    Weighted-
Average
Life (in
years)
    Prepayment
Speed
(annual)
    Discount
Rate
(annual)
    Weighted-
Average
Default
rate
 

Residential mortgage loans:

                 

Servicing assets

  Fixed     7.4        8.9      10.3      N/A        6.9        9.1      10.4      N/A   

Servicing assets

  Adjustable     3.7        22.5        11.5        N/A        3.7        22.2        11.4        N/A   
 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Based on historical credit experience, expected credit losses for residential mortgage loan servicing assets have been deemed immaterial, as the Bancorp sold the majority of the underlying loans without recourse. At June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Bancorp serviced $67.2 billion and $62.5 billion, respectively, of residential mortgage loans for other investors. The value of MSRs that continue to be held by the Bancorp is subject to credit, prepayment and interest rate risks on the sold financial assets.

At June 30, 2013, the sensitivity of the current fair value of residual cash flows to immediate 10%, 20% and 50% adverse changes in prepayment speed assumptions and immediate 10% and 20% adverse changes in other assumptions are as follows:

 

                          Prepayment
Speed Assumption
    Residual Servicing
Cash Flows
 
              Fair      Weighted-
Average
Life (in
           Impact of Adverse
Change on Fair Value
    Discount     Impact of
Adverse Change
on Fair Value
 

($ in millions) (a)

   Rate      Value      years)      Rate     10%     20%     50%     Rate     10%     20%  

Residential mortgage loans:

                       

Servicing assets

     Fixed       $ 855         6.3         11.8    $ (36     (70     (159     10.4    $ (33     (64

Servicing assets

     Adjustable         39         3.2         25.9        (2     (3     (7     11.6        (1     (2

 

(a) The impact of the weighted-average default rate on the current fair value of residual cash flows for all scenarios is immaterial.

These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. As the figures indicate, changes in fair value based on these variations in the assumptions typically cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. The Bancorp believes variations of these levels are reasonably possible; however, there is the potential that adverse changes in key assumptions could be even greater. Also, in the previous table, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the interests that continue to be held by the Bancorp is calculated without changing any other assumption; in reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (for example, increases in market interest rates may result in lower prepayments), which might magnify or counteract these sensitivities.

 

85


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

10. Derivative Financial Instruments

The Bancorp maintains an overall risk management strategy that incorporates the use of derivative instruments to reduce certain risks related to interest rate, prepayment and foreign currency volatility. Additionally, the Bancorp holds derivative instruments for the benefit of its commercial customers and for other business purposes. The Bancorp does not enter into unhedged speculative derivative positions.

The Bancorp’s interest rate risk management strategy involves modifying the repricing characteristics of certain financial instruments so that changes in interest rates do not adversely affect the Bancorp’s net interest margin and cash flows. Derivative instruments that the Bancorp may use as part of its interest rate risk management strategy include interest rate swaps, interest rate floors, interest rate caps, forward contracts, options and swaptions. Interest rate swap contracts are exchanges of interest payments, such as fixed-rate payments for floating-rate payments, based on a stated notional amount and maturity date. Interest rate floors protect against declining rates, while interest rate caps protect against rising interest rates. Forward contracts are contracts in which the buyer agrees to purchase, and the seller agrees to make delivery of, a specific financial instrument at a predetermined price or yield. Options provide the purchaser with the right, but not the obligation, to purchase or sell a contracted item during a specified period at an agreed upon price. Swaptions are financial instruments granting the owner the right, but not the obligation, to enter into or cancel a swap.

Prepayment volatility arises mostly from changes in fair value of the largely fixed-rate MSR portfolio, mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities. The Bancorp may enter into various free-standing derivatives (principal-only swaps, interest rate swaptions, interest rate floors, mortgage options, TBAs and interest rate swaps) to economically hedge prepayment volatility. Principal-only swaps are total return swaps based on changes in the value of the underlying mortgage principal-only trust. TBAs are a forward purchase agreement for a mortgage-backed securities trade whereby the terms of the security are undefined at the time the trade is made.

Foreign currency volatility occurs as the Bancorp enters into certain loans denominated in foreign currencies. Derivative instruments that the Bancorp may use to economically hedge these foreign denominated loans include foreign exchange swaps and forward contracts.

The Bancorp also enters into derivative contracts (including foreign exchange contracts, commodity contracts and interest rate contracts) for the benefit of commercial customers and other business purposes. The Bancorp may economically hedge significant exposures related to these free-standing derivatives by entering into offsetting third-party contracts with approved, reputable counterparties with substantially matching terms and currencies. Credit risk arises from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts. The Bancorp’s exposure is limited to the replacement value of the contracts rather than the notional, principal or contract amounts. Credit risk is minimized through credit approvals, limits, counterparty collateral and monitoring procedures.

The Bancorp’s derivative assets contain certain contracts in which the Bancorp requires the counterparties to provide collateral in the form of cash and securities to offset changes in the fair value of the derivatives, including changes in the fair value due to credit risk of the counterparty. As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the balance of collateral held by the Bancorp for derivative assets was $643 million and $927 million, respectively. The credit component negatively impacting the fair value of derivative assets associated with customer accommodation contracts as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was $15 million and $18 million, respectively.

In measuring the fair value of derivative liabilities, the Bancorp considers its own credit risk, taking into consideration collateral maintenance requirements of certain derivative counterparties and the duration of instruments with counterparties that do not require collateral maintenance. When necessary, the Bancorp posts collateral primarily in the form of cash and securities to offset changes in fair value of the derivatives, including changes in fair value due to the Bancorp’s credit risk. As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the balance of collateral posted by the Bancorp for derivative liabilities was $598 million and $785 million, respectively. Certain of the Bancorp’s derivative liabilities contain credit-risk related contingent features that could result in the requirement to post additional collateral upon the occurrence of specified events. As of June 30, 2013, the fair value of the additional collateral that could be required to be posted as a result of the credit-risk related contingent features being triggered was not material to the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. The posting of collateral has been determined to remove the need for consideration of credit risk. As a result, the Bancorp determined that the impact of the Bancorp’s credit risk to the valuation of its derivative liabilities was immaterial to the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bancorp holds certain derivative instruments that qualify for hedge accounting treatment and are designated as either fair value hedges or cash flow hedges. Derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment, or for which hedge accounting is not established, are held as free-standing derivatives. All customer accommodation derivatives are held as free-standing derivatives.

The fair value of derivative instruments is presented on a gross basis, even when the derivative instruments are subject to master netting arrangements. Derivative instruments with a positive fair value are reported in other assets in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets while derivative instruments with a negative fair value are reported in other liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. Cash collateral payables and receivables associated with the derivative instruments are not added to or netted against the fair value amounts. For further information on offsetting derivatives and other financial instruments, see Note 11 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

86


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

The following tables reflect the notional amounts and fair values for all derivative instruments included in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of:

 

            Fair Value  
     Notional      Derivative      Derivative  

June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

   Amount      Assets      Liabilities  

Qualifying hedging instruments

        

Fair value hedges:

        

Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt

   $ 3,205         381         17   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fair value hedges

        381         17   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flow hedges:

        

Interest rate swaps related to C&I loans

     1,000         45         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash flow hedges

        45         —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as qualifying hedging instruments

        426         17   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as qualifying hedging instruments

        

Free-standing derivatives - risk management and other business purposes

        

Interest rate contracts related to MSRs

     3,017         138         10   

Forward contracts related to held for sale mortgage loans

     7,298         185         26   

Stock warrants associated with Vantiv Holding, LLC

     562         287         —     

Swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares

     777         —           37   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total free-standing derivatives - risk management and other business purposes

        610         73   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Free-standing derivatives - customer accommodation:

        

Interest rate contracts for customers

     29,119         420         432   

Interest rate lock commitments

     3,326         7         35   

Commodity contracts

     3,583         98         99   

Foreign exchange contracts

     19,789         257         215   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total free-standing derivatives - customer accommodation

        782         781   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as qualifying hedging instruments

        1,392         854   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 1,818         871   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

            Fair Value  
     Notional      Derivative      Derivative  

December 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

   Amount      Assets      Liabilities  

Qualifying hedging instruments

        

Fair value hedges:

        

Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt

   $ 2,880         558         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fair value hedges

        558         —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flow hedges:

        

Interest rate floors related to C&I loans

     1,500         22         —     

Interest rate swaps related to C&I loans

     1,000         60         —     

Interest rate caps related to long-term debt

     500         —           —     

Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt

     250         —           1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash flow hedges

        82         1   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as qualifying hedging instruments

        640         1   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as qualifying hedging instruments

        

Free-standing derivatives - risk management and other business purposes

        

Interest rate contracts related to MSRs

     10,177         219         —     

Forward contracts related to held for sale mortgage loans

     5,322         2         14   

Stock warrants associated with Vantiv Holding, LLC

     416         177         —     

Swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares

     644         —           33   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total free-standing derivatives - risk management and other business purposes

        398         47   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Free-standing derivatives - customer accommodation:

        

Interest rate contracts for customers

     27,354         586         602   

Interest rate lock commitments

     4,894         60         —     

Commodity contracts

     3,084         87         82   

Foreign exchange contracts

     17,297         201         183   

Derivative instruments related to equity linked CDs

     5         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total free-standing derivatives - customer accommodation

        934         867   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as qualifying hedging instruments

        1,332         914   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 1,972         915   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

87


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

Fair Value Hedges

The Bancorp may enter into interest rate swaps to convert its fixed-rate funding to floating-rate. Decisions to convert fixed-rate funding to floating are made primarily through consideration of the asset/liability mix of the Bancorp, the desired asset/liability sensitivity and interest rate levels. As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, certain interest rate swaps met the criteria required to qualify for the shortcut method of accounting. Based on this shortcut method of accounting treatment, no ineffectiveness is assumed. For interest rate swaps that do not meet the shortcut requirements, an assessment of hedge effectiveness using regression analysis was performed and such swaps were accounted for using the “long-haul” method. The long-haul method requires a quarterly assessment of hedge effectiveness and measurement of ineffectiveness. For interest rate swaps accounted for as a fair value hedge using the long-haul method, ineffectiveness is the difference between the changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap and changes in fair value of the related hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged. The ineffectiveness on interest rate swaps hedging fixed-rate funding is reported within interest expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

The following table reflects the change in fair value of interest rate contracts, designated as fair value hedges, as well as the change in fair value of the related hedged items attributable to the risk being hedged, included in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income:

 

    

Condensed Consolidated

Statements of Income Caption

   For the three months     For the six months  
        ended June 30,     ended June 30,  

($ in millions)

      2013     2012     2013     2012  

Interest rate contracts:

           

Change in fair value of interest rate swaps hedging long-term debt

   Interest on long-term debt    $ (127     78        (194     (22

Change in fair value of hedged long-term debt attributable to the risk being hedged

   Interest on long-term debt      125        (78     191        14   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flow Hedges

The Bancorp may enter into interest rate swaps to convert floating-rate assets and liabilities to fixed rates or to hedge certain forecasted transactions. The assets or liabilities may be grouped in circumstances where they share the same risk exposure for which the Bancorp desires to hedge. The Bancorp may also enter into interest rate caps and floors to limit cash flow variability of floating rate assets and liabilities. As of June 30, 2013, all hedges designated as cash flow hedges are assessed for effectiveness using regression analysis. Ineffectiveness is generally measured as the amount by which the cumulative change in the fair value of the hedging instrument exceeds the present value of the cumulative change in the hedged item’s expected cash flows attributable to the risk being hedged. Ineffectiveness is reported within other noninterest income in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income. The effective portion of the cumulative gains or losses on cash flow hedges are reported within accumulated other comprehensive income and are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to current period earnings when the forecasted transaction affects earnings. As of June 30, 2013, the maximum length of time over which the Bancorp is hedging its exposure to the variability in future cash flows is 32 months.

Reclassified gains and losses on interest rate contracts related to commercial and industrial loans are recorded within interest income while reclassified gains and losses on interest rate contracts related to long-term debt are recorded within interest expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income. As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, $29 million and $50 million, respectively, of deferred gains, net of tax, on cash flow hedges were recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of June 30, 2013, approximately $12 million of net deferred gains, net of tax, recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income is expected to be reclassified into earnings during the next twelve months. This amount could differ from amounts actually recognized due to changes in interest rates, hedge de-designations, and the addition of other hedges subsequent to June 30, 2013.

During the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, there were no gains or losses reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income into earnings associated with the discontinuance of cash flow hedges because it was probable that the original forecasted transaction would not occur.

The following table presents the net gains (losses) recorded in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income and accumulated other comprehensive income in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income relating to derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges:

 

     For the three months      For the six months  
     ended June 30,      ended June 30,  

($ in millions)

   2013     2012      2013     2012  

Amount of net (loss) gain recognized in OCI

   $ (2     16         (1     25   

Amount of net gain reclassified from OCI into net income

     10        21         31        41   

Free-Standing Derivative Instruments – Risk Management and Other Business Purposes

As part of its overall risk management strategy relative to its mortgage banking activity, the Bancorp may enter into various free-standing derivatives (principal-only swaps, interest rate swaptions, interest rate floors, mortgage options, TBAs and interest rate swaps) to economically hedge changes in fair value of its largely fixed-rate MSR portfolio. Principal-only swaps hedge the mortgage-LIBOR spread because these swaps appreciate in value as a result of tightening spreads. Principal-only swaps also provide prepayment protection by increasing in value when prepayment speeds increase, as opposed to MSRs that lose value in a faster prepayment environment. Receive fixed/pay floating interest rate swaps and swaptions increase in value when interest rates do not increase as quickly as expected.

 

88


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

The Bancorp enters into forward contracts and mortgage options to economically hedge the change in fair value of certain residential mortgage loans held for sale due to changes in interest rates. Interest rate lock commitments issued on residential mortgage loan commitments that will be held for sale are also considered free-standing derivative instruments and the interest rate exposure on these commitments is economically hedged primarily with forward contracts. Revaluation gains and losses from free-standing derivatives related to mortgage banking activity are recorded as a component of mortgage banking net revenue in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

Additionally, as part of the Bancorp’s overall risk management strategy with respect to minimizing significant fluctuations in earnings and cash flows caused by interest rate and prepayment volatility , the Bancorp may enter into free-standing derivative instruments (options, swaptions and interest rate swaps). The gains and losses on these derivative contracts are recorded within other noninterest income in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

In conjunction with the sale of the Bancorp’s 51% interest in Vantiv Holding, LLC, the Bancorp received warrants and issued put options, which are accounted for as free-standing derivatives. The put options expired as a result of the Vantiv, Inc. initial public offering in March of 2012. Refer to Note 20 for further discussion of significant inputs and assumptions used in the valuation of the warrants.

In conjunction with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares in 2009, the Bancorp entered into a total return swap in which the Bancorp will make or receive payments based on subsequent changes in the conversion rate of the Class B shares into Class A shares. This total return swap is accounted for as a free-standing derivative. See Note 20 for further discussion of significant inputs and assumptions used in the valuation of this instrument.

The net gains (losses) recorded in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income relating to free-standing derivative instruments used for risk management and other business purposes are summarized in the following table:

 

    

Condensed Consolidated

Statements of

Income Caption

  

For the

three months

   

For the

six months

 
        ended
June 30,
    ended
June 30,
 

($ in millions)

      2013     2012     2013     2012  

Interest rate contracts:

           

Forward contracts related to mortgage loans held for sale

   Mortgage banking net revenue            $ 174        (39     171        17   

Interest rate contracts related to MSR portfolio

   Mortgage banking net revenue      (30     38        (37     42   

Interest rate swaps related to long-term debt

   Other noninterest income      —          1        —          2   

Foreign exchange contracts:

           

Foreign exchange contracts for trading purposes

   Other noninterest income      3        —          5        —     

Equity contracts:

           

Stock warrants associated with Vantiv Holding, LLC

   Other noninterest income      76        56        110        102   

Put options associated with sale of the processing business

   Other noninterest income      —          —          —          1   

Swap associated with sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares

   Other noninterest income      (5     (11     (12     (29
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free-Standing Derivative Instruments – Customer Accommodation

The majority of the free-standing derivative instruments the Bancorp enters into are for the benefit of its commercial customers. These derivative contracts are not designated against specific assets or liabilities on the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets or to forecasted transactions and, therefore, do not qualify for hedge accounting. These instruments include foreign exchange derivative contracts entered into for the benefit of commercial customers involved in international trade to hedge their exposure to foreign currency fluctuations and commodity contracts to hedge such items as natural gas and various other derivative contracts. The Bancorp may economically hedge significant exposures related to these derivative contracts entered into for the benefit of customers by entering into offsetting contracts with approved, reputable, independent counterparties with substantially matching terms. The Bancorp hedges its interest rate exposure on commercial customer transactions by executing offsetting swap agreements with primary dealers. Revaluation gains and losses on interest rate, foreign exchange, commodity and other commercial customer derivative contracts are recorded as a component of corporate banking revenue in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

The Bancorp enters into risk participation agreements, under which the Bancorp assumes credit exposure relating to certain underlying interest rate derivative contracts. The Bancorp only enters into these risk participation agreements in instances in which the Bancorp has participated in the loan that the underlying interest rate derivative contract was designed to hedge. The Bancorp will make payments under these agreements if a customer defaults on its obligation to perform under the terms of the underlying interest rate derivative contract. As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the total notional amount of the risk participation agreements was $1.1 billion and $1.0 billion, respectively, and the fair value was a liability of $2 million at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, which is included in interest rate contracts for customers. As of June 30, 2013, the risk participation agreements had an average life of 3.6 years.

The Bancorp’s maximum exposure in the risk participation agreements is contingent on the fair value of the underlying interest rate derivative contracts in an asset position at the time of default. The Bancorp monitors the credit risk associated with the underlying customers in the risk participation agreements through the same risk grading system currently utilized for establishing loss reserves in its loan and lease portfolio.

 

89


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

Risk ratings of the notional amount of risk participation agreements under this risk rating system are summarized in the following table:

 

As of ($ in millions)

   June 30,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 

Pass

   $ 1,063         993   

Special mention

     —           —     

Substandard

     16         13   

Doubtful

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,079         1,006   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The net gains (losses) recorded in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income relating to free-standing derivative instruments used for customer accommodation are summarized in the following table:

 

   

Condensed Consolidated

Statements of Income Caption

  For the three months
ended June 30,
    For the six months
ended June 30,
 

($ in millions)

    2013     2012     2013     2012  

Interest rate contracts:

         

Interest rate contracts for customers (contract revenue)

  Corporate banking revenue   $ 9        8        14        14   

Interest rate contracts for customers (credit losses)

  Other noninterest expense     (2     —          (3     —     

Interest rate contracts for customers (credit portion of fair value adjustment)

  Other noninterest expense     3        —          4        3   

Interest rate lock commitments

  Mortgage banking net revenue         (58     125        (2     175   

Commodity contracts:

         

Commodity contracts for customers (contract revenue)

  Corporate banking revenue     2        3        4        5   

Commodity contracts for customers (credit portion of fair value adjustment)

  Other noninterest expense     (1     1        (1     —     

Foreign exchange contracts:

         

Foreign exchange contracts - customers (contract revenue)

  Corporate banking revenue     20        19        38        34   

Foreign exchange contracts - customers (credit portion of fair value adjustment)

  Other noninterest expense     (1     (1     (1     1   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

11. Offsetting Derivative Financial Instruments

The Bancorp’s derivative transactions are generally governed by ISDA Master Agreements and similar arrangements, which include provisions governing the setoff of assets and liabilities between the parties. When the Bancorp has more than one outstanding derivative transaction with a single counterparty, the setoff provisions contained within these agreements generally allow the non-defaulting party the right to reduce its liability to the defaulting party by amounts eligible for setoff, including the collateral received as well as eligible offsetting transactions with that counterparty, irrespective of the currency, place of payment, or booking office. The Bancorp’s policy is to present its derivative assets and derivative liabilities on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets on a gross basis, even when provisions allowing for setoff are in place.

Collateral amounts included in the table below consist primarily of cash and highly-rated government-backed securities.

 

     Amount
Recognized in the
Condensed Consolidated
Balance Sheet (a)
     Gross Amounts Not Offset in the
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet
       

June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

      Derivatives     Collateral (b)     Net Amount  

Assets

         

Derivatives

   $ 1,524         (356     (553   $ 615   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     1,524         (356     (553     615   

Liabilities

         

Derivatives

     836         (356     (321     159   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 836         (356     (321   $ 159   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

90


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

     Amount
Recognized in  the
Condensed Consolidated
Balance  Sheet (a)
     Gross Amounts Not Offset in the
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet
       

December 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

      Derivatives     Collateral (b)     Net Amount  

Assets

         

Derivatives

   $ 1,735         (291     (794   $ 650   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     1,735         (291     (794     650   

Liabilities

         

Derivatives

     915         (291     (505     119   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 915         (291     (505   $ 119   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Amount does not include stock warrants associated with Vantiv Holding, LLC and interest rate lock commitments because these instruments are not subject to master netting or similar arrangement.
(b) Amount of collateral received as an offset to asset positions or pledged as an offset to liability positions. Collateral values in excess of related derivative amounts recognized in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets were excluded from this table.

12. Long-Term Debt

On February 25, 2013, the Bancorp’s banking subsidiary updated and amended its existing global bank note program. The amended global bank note program increased the Bank’s capacity to issue its senior and subordinated unsecured bank notes from $20 billion to $25 billion. Additionally, on February 28, 2013, the Bank issued and sold, under its amended bank notes program, $1.3 billion in aggregate principal amount of unsecured senior bank notes. The bank notes consisted of: $600 million of 1.45% senior fixed rate notes, with a maturity of five years, due on February 28, 2018; $400 million of 0.90% senior fixed rate notes with a maturity of three years, due on February 26, 2016; and $300 million of senior floating rate notes with a maturity of three years, due on February 26, 2016. Interest on the floating rate notes is 3-month LIBOR plus 41 basis points. These bank notes will be redeemable by the Bank, in whole or in part, on or after the date that is 30 days prior to the maturity date at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest through the redemption date.

13. Capital Actions

Accelerated Share Repurchase Transactions

On November 6, 2012, the Bancorp entered into an accelerated share repurchase transaction with a counterparty pursuant to which the Bancorp purchased 7,710,761 shares, or approximately $125 million, of its outstanding common stock on November 9, 2012. The Bancorp repurchased the shares of its common stock as part of its 100 million share repurchase program announced in August of 2012. As part of this transaction and all subsequent accelerated share repurchases, the Bancorp entered into a forward contract in which the final number of shares to be delivered at settlement of the accelerated share repurchase transaction will be based generally on a discount to the average daily volume-weighted average price of the Bancorp’s common stock during the term of the Repurchase Agreement. The accelerated share repurchase was treated as two separate transactions (i) the acquisition of treasury shares on the acquisition date and (ii) a forward contract indexed to the Bancorp’s stock. At settlement of the forward contract on February 12, 2013, the Bancorp received an additional 657,914 shares which were recorded as an adjustment to the basis in the treasury shares purchased on the acquisition date.

Following the sale of a portion of the Bancorp’s shares of Class A Vantiv, Inc. common stock, the Bancorp entered into an accelerated share repurchase transaction on December 14, 2012 with a counterparty pursuant to which the Bancorp purchased 6,267,410 shares or approximately $100 million of its outstanding common stock on December 19, 2012. The Bancorp repurchased the shares of its common stock as part of its previously announced 100 million share repurchase program. At settlement of the forward contract on February 27, 2013, the Bancorp received an additional 127,760 shares which were recorded as an adjustment to the basis in the treasury shares purchased on the acquisition date.

On January 28, 2013, the Bancorp entered into an accelerated share repurchase transaction with a counterparty pursuant to which the Bancorp purchased 6,953,028 shares or approximately $125 million of its outstanding common stock on January 31, 2013. The Bancorp repurchased the shares of its common stock as part of its previously announced 100 million share repurchase program. This repurchase transaction concluded the $600 million of common share repurchases not objected to by the FRB in the 2012 CCAR process. At settlement of the forward contract on April 5, 2013, the Bancorp received an additional 849,037 shares which were recorded as an adjustment to the basis in the treasury shares purchased on the acquisition date.

On March 19, 2013, the Bancorp’s Board of Directors authorized the Bancorp to repurchase up to 100 million shares of its outstanding common stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, and to utilize any derivative or similar instrument to effect share repurchase transactions (including without limitation, accelerated share repurchase contracts, equity forward transactions, equity option transactions, equity swap transactions, cap transactions, collar transactions, floor transactions or other similar transactions or any combination of the foregoing transactions). This share repurchase authorization replaces the Board’s previous authorization from August of 2012.

On May 21, 2013, the Bancorp entered into an accelerated share repurchase transaction with a counterparty pursuant to which the Bancorp purchased 25,035,519 shares, or approximately $539 million, of its outstanding common stock on May 24, 2013. The Bancorp repurchased the shares of its common stock as part of its 100 million share repurchase program previously announced on March 19, 2013. The Bancorp expects the settlement of the transaction to occur on or before October 21, 2013.

 

91


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

Preferred Stock Offering and Conversion

On May 13, 2013, the Bancorp issued in a registered public offering 600,000 depositary shares, representing 24,000 shares of 5.10% fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative Series H perpetual preferred stock, for net proceeds of $593 million. Each preferred share has a $25,000 liquidation preference. The preferred stock accrues dividends, on a non-cumulative, semi-annual basis, at an annual rate of 5.10% through but excluding June 30, 2023, at which time it converts to a quarterly floating rate dividend of three-month LIBOR plus 3.033%. Subject to any required regulatory approval, the Bancorp may redeem the Series H preferred shares at its option in whole or in part, at any time on or after June 30, 2023 and following a regulatory capital event at any time prior to June 30, 2023. The Series H preferred shares are not convertible into Bancorp common shares or any other securities. Under the 2013 CCAR, the Bancorp has $450 million of remaining preferred stock available for issuance as of June 30, 2013.

On June 11, 2013, the Bancorp’s Board of Directors authorized the conversion into common stock, no par value, of all outstanding shares of the Bancorp’s 8.50% non-cumulative convertible perpetual preferred stock, Series G, which shares are represented by depositary shares each representing 1/250th of a share of Series G preferred stock, pursuant to the Amended Articles of Incorporation. The Articles grant the Bancorp the right, at its option, to convert all outstanding shares of Series G preferred stock if the closing price of common stock exceeded 130% of the applicable conversion price for 20 trading days within any period of 30 consecutive trading days. The closing price of shares of common stock satisfied such threshold for the 30 trading days ended June 10, 2013, and the Bancorp gave the required notice of its exercise of its conversion right. On July 1, 2013, the Bancorp converted all remaining outstanding shares of Series G preferred stock. For further information on the conversion, see Note 22.

 

92


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

14. Commitments, Contingent Liabilities and Guarantees

The Bancorp, in the normal course of business, enters into financial instruments and various agreements to meet the financing needs of its customers. The Bancorp also enters into certain transactions and agreements to manage its interest rate and prepayment risks, provide funding, equipment and locations for its operations and invest in its communities. These instruments and agreements involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk, counterparty risk and market risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The creditworthiness of counterparties for all instruments and agreements is evaluated on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the Bancorp’s credit policies. The Bancorp’s significant commitments, contingent liabilities and guarantees in excess of the amounts recognized in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets are discussed in further detail below:

Commitments

The Bancorp has certain commitments to make future payments under contracts. The following table reflects a summary of significant commitments as of:

 

     June 30,      December 31,  

($ in millions)

   2013      2012  

Commitments to extend credit

   $ 56,151         53,403   

Forward contracts to sell mortgage loans

     7,298         5,322   

Letters of credit

     4,043         4,281   

Noncancelable lease obligations

     758         769   

Capital commitments for private equity investments

     107         121   

Purchase obligations

     77         87   

Capital expenditures

     33         29   

Capital lease obligations

     22         24   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend, typically having fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses that may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash flow requirements. The Bancorp is exposed to credit risk in the event of nonperformance by the counterparty for the amount of the contract. Fixed-rate commitments are also subject to market risk resulting from fluctuations in interest rates and the Bancorp’s exposure is limited to the replacement value of those commitments. As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Bancorp had a reserve for unfunded commitments, including letters of credit, totaling $166 million and $179 million, respectively, included in other liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Bancorp monitors the credit risk associated with commitments to extend credit using the same risk rating system utilized within its loan and lease portfolio.

Risk ratings under this risk rating system are summarized in the following table:

 

     June 30,      December 31,  

($ in millions)

   2013      2012  

Pass

   $ 55,539         52,812   

Special mention

     311         370   

Substandard

     301         221   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 56,151         53,403   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Forward contracts to sell mortgage loans

The Bancorp enters into forward contracts to economically hedge the change in fair value of certain residential mortgage loans held for sale due to changes in interest rates. The outstanding notional amounts of these forward contracts are included in the summary of significant commitments table above for all periods presented.

Letters of credit

Standby and commercial letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party and as summarized in the following table expire as of:

 

     June 30,  

($ in millions)

   2013  

Less than 1 year (a)

   $ 1,703   

1 - 5 years (a)

     2,291   

Over 5 years

     49   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,043   
  

 

 

 

 

(a) Includes $65 and $3 issued on behalf of commercial customers to facilitate trade payments in U.S. dollars and foreign currencies which expire less than one year and between one and five years, respectively.

Standby letters of credit accounted for 98% of total letters of credit at June 30, 2013 compared to 99% at December 31, 2012 and are considered guarantees in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Approximately 48% and 49% of the total standby letters of credit were fully secured as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. In the event of nonperformance by the customers, the Bancorp has rights to the underlying collateral, which can include commercial real estate, physical plant and property, inventory, receivables, cash and marketable

 

93


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

securities. The reserve related to these standby letters of credit, which was included in the total reserve for unfunded commitments, was $2 million at June 30, 2013 and $4 million at December 31, 2012. The Bancorp monitors the credit risk associated with letters of credit using the same risk rating system utilized within its loan and lease portfolio.

Risk ratings under this risk rating system are summarized in the following table:

 

     June 30,      December 31,  

($ in millions)

   2013      2012  

Pass

   $ 3,531         3,902   

Special mention

     209         129   

Substandard

     279         223   

Doubtful

     24         27   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,043         4,281   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Bancorp had outstanding letters of credit that were supporting certain securities issued as VRDNs. The Bancorp facilitates financing for its commercial customers, which consist of companies and municipalities, by marketing the VRDNs to investors. The VRDNs pay interest to holders at a rate of interest that fluctuates based upon market demand. The VRDNs generally have long-term maturity dates, but can be tendered by the holder for purchase at par value upon proper advance notice. When the VRDNs are tendered, a remarketing agent generally finds another investor to purchase the VRDNs to keep the securities outstanding in the market. As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, total VRDNs were $2.4 billion and $2.8 billion of which FTS acted as the remarketing agent to issuers on $2.1 billion and $2.5 billion, respectively. As remarketing agent, FTS is responsible for finding purchasers for VRDNs that are put by investors. The Bancorp issued letters of credit, as a credit enhancement, on $1.8 billion and $2.0 billion to the VRDNs remarketed by FTS, in addition to $302 million and $345 million in VRDNs remarketed by third parties at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. These letters of credit are included in the total letters of credit balance provided in the previous table.

Noncancelable lease obligations and other commitments

The Bancorp’s subsidiaries have entered into a number of noncancelable lease agreements. The minimum rental commitments under noncancelable lease agreements are shown in the summary of significant commitments table. The Bancorp has also entered into a limited number of agreements for work related to banking center construction and to purchase goods or services.

Contingent Liabilities

Private mortgage reinsurance

For certain mortgage loans originated by the Bancorp, borrowers may be required to obtain PMI provided by third-party insurers. In some instances, these insurers cede a portion of the PMI premiums to the Bancorp, and the Bancorp provides reinsurance coverage within a specified range of the total PMI coverage. The Bancorp’s reinsurance coverage typically ranges from 5% to 10% of the total PMI coverage. The Bancorp’s maximum exposure in the event of nonperformance by the underlying borrowers is equivalent to the Bancorp’s total outstanding reinsurance coverage, which was $42 million at June 30, 2013 and $58 million at December 31, 2012. As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Bancorp maintained a reserve of $15 million and $18 million, respectively, related to exposures within the reinsurance portfolio which was included in other liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. During 2009, the Bancorp suspended the practice of providing reinsurance of private mortgage insurance for newly originated mortgage loans.

Legal claims

There are legal claims pending against the Bancorp and its subsidiaries that have arisen in the normal course of business. See Note 15 for additional information regarding these proceedings.

Guarantees

The Bancorp has performance obligations upon the occurrence of certain events under financial guarantees provided in certain contractual arrangements as discussed in the following sections.

Residential mortgage loans sold with representation and warranty provisions

Conforming residential mortgage loans sold to unrelated third parties are generally sold with representation and warranty provisions. A contractual liability arises only in the event of a breach of these representations and warranties and, in general, only when a loss results from the breach. The Bancorp may be required to repurchase any previously sold loan or indemnify (make whole) the investor or insurer for which the representation or warranty of the Bancorp proves to be inaccurate, incomplete or misleading.

The Bancorp establishes a residential mortgage repurchase reserve related to various representations and warranties that reflects management’s estimate of losses based on a combination of factors. The Bancorp’s estimation process requires management to make subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain, such as, future demand expectations, economic factors and the specific characteristics of the loans subject to repurchase. Such factors incorporate historical investor audit and repurchase demand rates, appeals success rates, historical loss severity, and any additional information obtained from the GSEs regarding future mortgage repurchase and file request criteria. At the time of a loan sale, the Bancorp records a representation and warranty reserve at the estimated fair value of the Bancorp’s guarantee and continually updates the reserve during the life of the loan as losses in excess of the reserve become probable and reasonably estimable. The provision for the estimated fair value of the representation and warranty guarantee arising from the loan sales is recorded as an adjustment to the gain on sale, which is included in noninterest income at the time of sale. Updates to the reserve are recorded in other noninterest expense.

 

94


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

The Bancorp maintained reserves related to these loans sold with representation and warranty provisions, which were included in other liabilities on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, totaling $117 million and $110 million as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

The Bancorp uses the best information available to it in estimating its mortgage representation and warranty reserve; however, the estimation process is inherently uncertain and imprecise and, accordingly, losses in excess of the amounts accrued as of June 30, 2013, are reasonably possible. The Bancorp currently estimates that it is reasonably possible that it could incur losses related to mortgage representation and warranty provisions in an amount up to approximately $78 million in excess of amounts reserved. This estimate was derived by modifying the key assumptions discussed above to reflect management’s judgment regarding reasonably possible adverse changes to those assumptions. The actual repurchase losses could vary significantly from the recorded mortgage representation and warranty reserve or this estimate of reasonably possibly losses, depending on the outcome of various factors, including those noted above.

The following table summarizes activity in the reserve for representation and warranty provisions:

 

     For the three months
ended June 30,
    For the six months
ended June 30,
 

($ in millions)

   2013     2012     2013     2012  

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 112        55        110        55   

Net additions to the reserve

     18        15        37        29   

Losses charged against the reserve

     (13     (13     (30     (27
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 117        57        117        57   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table provides a rollforward of unresolved demands by claimant type for the six months ended June 30, 2013:

 

     GSE     Private Label  

($ in millions)

   Units     Dollars     Units     Dollars  

Balance, beginning of period

     294      $ 48        124      $ 19   

New demands

     954        129        153        2   

Loan paydowns/payoffs

     (7     (2     (7     (1

Resolved demands

     (907     (128     (233     (14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

     334      $ 47        37      $ 6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table provides a rollforward of unresolved demands by claimant type for the six months ended June 30, 2012:

 

     GSE     Private Label  

($ in millions)

   Units     Dollars     Units     Dollars  

Balance, beginning of period

     328      $ 47        109      $ 19   

New demands

     1,546        207        119        3   

Loan paydowns/payoffs

     (22     (3     —          —     

Resolved demands

     (1,385     (172     (111     (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

     467      $ 79        117      $ 18   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Residential mortgage loans sold with credit recourse

The Bancorp sold certain residential mortgage loans in the secondary market with credit recourse. In the event of any customer default, pursuant to the credit recourse provided, the Bancorp is required to reimburse the third party. The maximum amount of credit risk in the event of nonperformance by the underlying borrowers is equivalent to the total outstanding balance. In the event of nonperformance, the Bancorp has rights to the underlying collateral value securing the loan. The outstanding balances on these loans sold with credit recourse were $586 million and $662 million at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, and the delinquency rates were 4.7% and 5.9% at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The Bancorp maintained an estimated credit loss reserve on these loans sold with credit recourse of $21 million and $20 million at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, recorded in other liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. To determine the credit loss reserve, the Bancorp used an approach that is consistent with its overall approach in estimating credit losses for various categories of residential mortgage loans held in its loan portfolio.

Margin accounts

FTS, a subsidiary of the Bancorp, guarantees the collection of all margin account balances held by its brokerage clearing agent for the benefit of its customers. FTS is responsible for payment to its brokerage clearing agent for any loss, liability, damage, cost or expense incurred as a result of customers failing to comply with margin or margin maintenance calls on all margin accounts. The margin account balance held by the brokerage clearing agent was $11 million and $17 million at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. In the event of any customer default, FTS has rights to the underlying collateral provided. Given the existence of the underlying collateral provided and negligible historical credit losses, the Bancorp does not maintain a loss reserve related to the margin accounts.

 

95


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

Long-term borrowing obligations

The Bancorp had certain fully and unconditionally guaranteed long-term borrowing obligations issued by wholly-owned issuing trust entities of $812 million at June 30, 2013.

Visa litigation

The Bancorp, as a member bank of Visa prior to Visa’s reorganization and IPO (the “IPO”) of its Class A common shares in 2008, had certain indemnification obligations pursuant to Visa’s certificate of incorporation and by-laws and in accordance with their membership agreements. In accordance with Visa’s by-laws prior to the IPO, the Bancorp could have been required to indemnify Visa for the Bancorp’s proportional share of losses based on the pre-IPO membership interests. As part of its reorganization and IPO, the Bancorp’s indemnification obligation was modified to include only certain known litigation (the “Covered Litigation”) as of the date of the restructuring. This modification triggered a requirement to recognize a $3 million liability for the year ended December 31, 2007 equal to the fair value of the indemnification obligation. Additionally during 2007, the Bancorp recorded $169 million for its share of litigation formally settled by Visa and for probable future litigation settlements. In conjunction with the IPO, the Bancorp received 10.1 million of Visa’s Class B shares based on the Bancorp’s membership percentage in Visa prior to the IPO. The Class B shares are not transferable (other than to another member bank) until the later of the third anniversary of the IPO closing or the date which the Covered Litigation has been resolved; therefore, the Bancorp’s Class B shares were classified in other assets and accounted for at their carryover basis of $0. Visa deposited $3 billion of the proceeds from the IPO into a litigation escrow account, established for the purpose of funding judgments in, or settlements of, the Covered Litigation. If Visa’s litigation committee determines that the escrow account is insufficient, then Visa will issue additional Class A shares and deposit the proceeds from the sale of the shares into the litigation escrow account. When Visa funds the litigation escrow account, the Class B shares are subject to dilution through an adjustment in the conversion rate of Class B shares into Class A shares. During 2008, the Bancorp recorded additional reserves of $71 million for probable future settlements related to the Covered Litigation and recorded its proportional share of $169 million of the Visa escrow account net against the Bancorp’s litigation reserve.

During 2009, Visa announced it had deposited an additional $700 million into the litigation escrow account. As a result of this funding, the Bancorp recorded its proportional share of $29 million of these additional funds as a reduction to its net Visa litigation reserve liability and a reduction to noninterest expense. Later in 2009, the Bancorp completed the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares for proceeds of $300 million. As part of this transaction the Bancorp entered into a total return swap in which the Bancorp will make or receive payments based on subsequent changes in the conversion rate of the Class B shares into Class A shares. The swap terminates on the later of the third anniversary of Visa’s IPO or the date on which the Covered Litigation is settled. The Bancorp calculates the fair value of the swap based on its estimate of the probability and timing of certain Covered Litigation settlement scenarios and the resulting payments related to the swap. The counterparty to the swap as a result of its ownership of the Class B shares will be impacted by dilutive adjustments to the conversion rate of the Class B shares into Class A shares caused by any Covered Litigation losses in excess of the litigation escrow account. If actual judgments in, or settlements of, the Covered Litigation significantly exceed current expectations, then additional funding by Visa of the litigation escrow account and the resulting dilution of the Class B shares could result in a scenario where the Bancorp’s ultimate exposure associated with the Covered Litigation (the “Visa Litigation Exposure”) exceeds the value of the Class B shares owned by the swap counterparty (the “Class B Value”). In the event the Bancorp concludes that it is probable that the Visa Litigation Exposure exceeds the Class B Value, the Bancorp would record a litigation reserve liability and a corresponding amount of other noninterest expense for the amount of the excess. Any such litigation reserve liability would be separate and distinct from the fair value derivative liability associated with the total return swap.

As of the date of the Bancorp’s sale of Visa Class B shares and through June 30, 2013, the Bancorp has concluded that it is not probable that the Visa Litigation Exposure will exceed the Class B value. Based on this determination, upon the sale of Class B shares, the Bancorp reversed its net Visa litigation reserve liability and recognized a free-standing derivative liability associated with the total return swap with an initial fair value of $55 million. The sale of the Class B shares, recognition of the derivative liability and reversal of the net litigation reserve liability resulted in a pre-tax benefit of $288 million ($187 million after-tax) recognized by the Bancorp for the year ended December 31, 2009. In the second and fourth quarters of 2010, Visa funded an additional $500 million and $800 million, respectively, into the litigation escrow account which resulted in further dilution in the conversion of Class B shares into Class A shares and required the Bancorp to make cash payments of $20 million and $35 million, respectively, (each of which reduced the swap liability) to the swap counterparty. In the second quarter of 2011, Visa funded an additional $400 million in to the litigation escrow account. Upon Visa’s funding of the litigation escrow account in the second quarter of 2011, along with additional terms of the total return swap, the Bancorp made a $19 million cash payment (which reduced the swap liability) to the swap counterparty. During the fourth quarter of 2011, Visa announced it decided to fund an additional $1.565 billion into the litigation escrow account which increased the swap liability approximately $54 million. Upon Visa’s funding of the litigation escrow account in the first quarter of 2012, along with additional terms of the total return swap, the Bancorp made a $75 million cash payment (which reduced the swap liability) to the swap counterparty. On July 24, 2012, Visa funded an additional $150 million into the litigation escrow account which resulted in further dilution in the conversion of Class B shares into Class A shares and required the Bancorp to make a $6 million cash payment (which reduced the swap liability) to the swap counterparty during the quarter ended September 30, 2012. The fair value of the swap liability was $37 million and $33 million at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. Refer to Note 15 for further information.

 

96


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

15. Legal and Regulatory Proceedings

During April 2006, the Bancorp was added as a defendant in a consolidated antitrust class action lawsuit originally filed against Visa ® , MasterCard ® and several other major financial institutions in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York. The plaintiffs, merchants operating commercial businesses throughout the U.S. and trade associations, claim that the interchange fees charged by card-issuing banks are unreasonable and seek injunctive relief and unspecified damages. In addition to being a named defendant, the Bancorp is also subject to a possible indemnification obligation of Visa as discussed in Note 14 and has also entered into judgment and loss sharing agreements with Visa, MasterCard and certain other named defendants. On October 19, 2012, the parties to the litigation entered into a settlement agreement. The court entered a Class Settlement Preliminary Approval Order on November 27, 2012. Pursuant to the terms of the settlement agreement, the Bancorp paid $46 million into a class settlement escrow account. Previously, the Bancorp paid an additional $4 million in another settlement escrow in connection with the settlement of claims from plaintiffs not included in the class action. More than 7,900 class members requested exclusion from the class settlement. Pursuant to the terms of the settlement agreement, 25% of the funds paid into the class settlement escrow account will be returned to the control of defendants through Class Exclusion Takedown Payments. A number of the class members who requested exclusion have filed separate lawsuits against Visa, MasterCard and certain other defendants alleging similar claims of antitrust violations. These lawsuits have been tentatively transferred to the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of New York. Fifth Third is not a named defendant in these lawsuits, but may have obligations pursuant to indemnification and/or the judgment or loss sharing agreements noted above. Refer to Note 14 for further information.

In September 2007, Ronald A. Katz Technology Licensing, L.P. (Katz) filed a suit in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Ohio against the Bancorp and its Ohio banking subsidiary. In the suit, Katz alleges that the Bancorp and its Ohio bank are infringing on Katz’s patents for interactive call processing technology by offering certain automated telephone banking and other services. This lawsuit is one of many related patent infringement suits brought by Katz in various courts against numerous other defendants. Katz is seeking unspecified monetary damages and penalties as well as injunctive relief in the suit. Management believes there are substantial defenses to these claims and intends to defend them vigorously. The impact of the final disposition of this lawsuit cannot be assessed at this time.

For the year ended December 31, 2008, five putative securities class action complaints were filed against the Bancorp and its Chief Executive Officer, among other parties. The five cases have been consolidated under the caption Local 295/Local 851 IBT Employer Group Pension Trust and Welfare Fund v. Fifth Third Bancorp. et al., Case No. 1:08CV00421, and are currently pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Ohio. On December 18, 2012, the Bancorp entered into a settlement agreement to resolve these cases. The settlement is subject to court approval, which process is ongoing. Under the terms of the settlement, the Bancorp and its insurer will pay a total of $16 million to a fund to settle all the claims of the class members. In the settlement the Bancorp has denied any liability and has agreed to the settlement in order to avoid potential future litigation costs and uncertainty. The Bancorp does not consider the impact of the settlement to be material to its financial condition or results of operations. In addition to the foregoing, two cases were filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Ohio against the Bancorp and certain officers alleging violations of ERISA based on allegations similar to those set forth in the securities class action cases filed during the same period of time. The two cases alleging violations of ERISA were dismissed by the trial court, but the Sixth Circuit Court of Appeals recently reversed the trial court decision. The Bancorp petitioned the Supreme Court to review and reverse the Sixth Circuit decision and sought a stay of proceedings in the trial court pending appeal. On March 25, 2013, the Supreme Court issued an order directing the Solicitor General to file a brief stating the view of the United States on the issues raised in the Fifth Third’s petition. The motion to stay remains pending. The impact of the final disposition of the ERISA lawsuits cannot be assessed at this time.

The Bancorp and its subsidiaries are not parties to any other material litigation. However, there are other litigation matters that arise in the normal course of business. While it is impossible to ascertain the ultimate resolution or range of financial liability with respect to these contingent matters, management believes any resulting liability from these other actions would not have a material effect upon the Bancorp’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

The Bancorp and/or its affiliates are involved in information-gathering requests, reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by various governmental regulatory agencies and law enforcement authorities, as well as self-regulatory bodies regarding their respective businesses. Additional matters will arise from time to time. Any of these matters may result in material adverse consequences to the Bancorp, its affiliates and/or their respective officers and other personnel, including adverse judgments, findings, settlements, fines, penalties, orders, injunctions or other actions, amendments and/or restatements of the Bancorp’s SEC filings and/or financial statements, as applicable, and/or determinations of material weaknesses in our disclosure controls and procedures. Investigations by regulatory authorities may from time to time result in civil or criminal referrals to law enforcement authorities such as the Department of Justice or a United States Attorney. Among other matters, the SEC is investigating and has made several requests for information, including by subpoena and interviews of certain of our current and former officers, including our senior officers, and employees and others, relating to historical accounting and reporting with respect to certain commercial loans that were sold or reclassified as held-for-sale in the fourth quarter of 2008. This could lead to enforcement proceedings by the SEC which, in turn, may result in one or more such material adverse consequences.

The Bancorp is party to numerous claims and lawsuits concerning matters arising from the conduct of its business activities. The outcome of litigation and the timing of ultimate resolution are inherently difficult to predict. The following factors, among others, contribute to this lack of predictability: plaintiff claims often include significant legal uncertainties, damages alleged by plaintiffs are often unspecified or overstated, discovery may not have started or may not be complete and material facts may be disputed or unsubstantiated. As a result of these factors, the Bancorp is not always able to provide an estimate of the range of reasonably possible outcomes for each claim. A reserve for a potential litigation loss is established when information related to the loss contingency indicates both that a loss is probable and that the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Any such reserve is adjusted from time to time thereafter as appropriate to reflect changes in

 

97


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

circumstances. The Bancorp also determines, when possible (due to the uncertainties described above), estimates of reasonably possible losses or ranges of reasonably possible losses, in excess of amounts reserved. Under U.S. GAAP, an event is “reasonably possible” if “the chance of the future event or events occurring is more than remote but less than likely” and an event is “remote” if “the chance of the future event or events occurring is slight.” Thus, references to the upper end of the range of reasonably possible loss for cases in which the Bancorp is able to estimate a range of reasonably possible loss mean the upper end of the range of loss for cases for which the Bancorp believes the risk of loss is more than slight. For matters where the Bancorp is able to estimate such possible losses or ranges of possible losses, the Bancorp currently estimates that it is reasonably possible that it could incur losses related to legal proceedings including the matters discussed above in an aggregate amount up to approximately $88 million in excess of amounts reserved, with it also being reasonably possible that no losses will be incurred in these matters. The estimates included in this amount are based on the Bancorp’s analysis of currently available information, and as new information is obtained the Bancorp may change its estimates.

For these matters and others where an unfavorable outcome is reasonably possible but not probable, there may be a range of possible losses in excess of the established reserve that cannot be estimated. Based on information currently available, advice of counsel, available insurance coverage and established reserves, the Bancorp believes that the eventual outcome of the actions against the Bancorp and/or its subsidiaries, including the matters described above, will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Bancorp’s consolidated financial position. However, in the event of unexpected future developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of those matters, if unfavorable, may be material to the Bancorp’s results of operations for any particular period, depending, in part, upon the size of the loss or liability imposed and the operating results for the applicable period.

16. Related Party Transactions

The Bancorp’s ownership position in Vantiv Holding, LLC was reduced in the second quarter of 2013 when the Bancorp sold an approximate five percent interest and recognized a $242 million gain. The Bancorp’s remaining approximate 28% ownership in Vantiv Holding, LLC was accounted for as an equity method investment in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and had a carrying value of $448 million as of June 30, 2013.

As of June 30, 2013, the Bancorp continued to hold approximately 53.8 million Class B units of Vantiv Holding, LLC and a warrant to purchase approximately 20.4 million Class C non-voting units of Vantiv Holding, LLC, both of which may be exchanged for Class A Common Stock of Vantiv, Inc. on a one for one basis or at Vantiv, Inc.’s option for cash. In addition, the Bancorp holds approximately 53.8 million Class B common shares of Vantiv, Inc. The Class B common shares give the Bancorp voting rights, but no economic interest in Vantiv, Inc. The voting rights attributable to the Class B common shares are limited to 18.5% of the voting power in Vantiv, Inc. at any time other than in connection with a stockholder vote with respect to a change in control in Vantiv, Inc. These securities are subject to certain terms and restrictions.

Subsequent to June 30, 2013, the Bancorp sold additional shares of Vantiv, Inc. For additional information, see Note 22.

17. Income Taxes

The Bancorp’s provision for income taxes was $250 million and $180 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The provision for income taxes was $429 million and $352 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The effective tax rates for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 were 29.7% and 31.8%, respectively. The effective tax rates for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 were 30.0% and 30.2%, respectively. The decrease in the effective tax rate for the three months ended June 30, 2013 from the three months ended June 30, 2012 was primarily due to a non-cash charge recognized during the second quarter of 2012 related to previously recognized tax benefits associated with stock-based awards that were not realized. The Bancorp recognized a similar non-cash charge during the first quarter of 2013.

The Bancorp’s unrecognized tax benefits decreased from $17 million at March 31, 2013 to $6 million at June 30, 2013 as a result of settling certain outstanding tax disputes during the second quarter of 2013. While it is reasonably possible that the amount of the unrecognized tax benefits with respect to certain of the Bancorp’s uncertain tax positions could increase or decrease during the next 12 months, the Bancorp believes it is unlikely that its unrecognized tax benefits will change by a material amount during the next 12 months.

 

98


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

18. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

The activity of the components of other comprehensive income and accumulated other comprehensive income for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 was as follows:

 

       Total Other
Comprehensive Income
    Total Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income
 

($ in millions)

   Pretax
Activity
    Tax
Effect
    Net
Activity
    Beginning
Balance
    Net
Activity
    Ending
Balance
 

2013

            

Unrealized holding losses on available-for-sale securities arising during period

   $ (380     133        (247      

Reclassification adjustment for net losses included in net income

     58        (20     38         
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Net unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities

     (322     113        (209     412        (209     203   

Unrealized holding losses on cash flow hedge derivatives arising during period

     (1     —         (1      

Reclassification adjustment for net gains on cash flow hedge derivatives included in net income

     (31     11        (20      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives

     (32     11        (21     50        (21     29   

Defined benefit plans:

            

Net actuarial loss

     6        (2     4         
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Defined benefit plans, net

     6        (2     4        (87     4        (83
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (348     122        (226     375        (226     149   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Total Other     Total Accumulated Other  
     Comprehensive Income     Comprehensive Income  
     Pretax     Tax     Net     Beginning     Net     Ending  

($ in millions)

   Activity     Effect     Activity     Balance     Activity     Balance  

2012

            

Unrealized holding losses on available-for-sale securities arising during period

   $ (4     1        (3      

Reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income

     (10     4        (6      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Net unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities

     (14     5        (9     485        (9     476   

Unrealized holding gains on cash flow hedge derivatives arising during period

     25        (9     16         

Reclassification adjustment for net gains on cash flow hedge derivatives included in net income

     (41     14        (27      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives

     (16     5        (11     80        (11     69   

Defined benefit plans:

            

Net actuarial loss

     7        (3     4         
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Defined benefit plans, net

     7        (3     4        (95     4        (91
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (23     7        (16     470        (16     454   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

99


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

The table below presents reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income for the six months ended June 30, 2013:

 

Components of AOCI: ($ in millions)

   Amount Reclassified
from AOCI (b)
   

Affected Line Item in the Condensed
Consolidated Statements of Income

Net unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities

    

Net losses included in net income

   $ (58   Securities gains, net
  

 

 

   
     (58   Income before income taxes
     20      Applicable income tax expense
  

 

 

   
     (38   Net income
  

 

 

   

Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedge derivatives

    

Interest rate contracts related to C&I loans

     32      Interest and fees on loans and leases

Interest rate contracts related to long-term debt

     (1   Interest on long-term debt
  

 

 

   
     31      Income before income taxes
     (11   Applicable income tax expense
  

 

 

   
     20      Net income
  

 

 

   

Amortization of defined benefit pension items

    

Net actuarial loss

     (6   (a)
  

 

 

   
     (6   Income before income taxes
     2      Applicable income tax expense
  

 

 

   
     (4   Net income
  

 

 

   

Total reclassifications for the period

   $ (22   Net income
  

 

 

   

 

(a) This AOCI component is included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost. Refer to Note 20 in the Bancorp’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 for information on the computation of net periodic benefit cost.
(b) Amounts in parentheses indicate reductions to net income.

 

100


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

19. Earnings Per Share

The calculation of earnings per share and the reconciliation of earnings per share and earnings per diluted share were as follows:

 

     2013     2012  

For the three months ended June 30,

(in millions, except per share data)

   Income      Average
Shares
     Per Share
Amount
    Income      Average
Shares
     Per Share
Amount
 

Earnings per share:

                

Net income attributable to Bancorp

   $ 591              385         

Dividends on preferred stock

     9              9         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

     582              376         

Less: Income allocated to participating securities

     4              3         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income allocated to common shareholders

   $ 578         859         0.67        373         914         0.41   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted share:

                

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 582              376         

Effect of dilutive securities:

                

Stock-based awards

     —           6         —          —           5         —     

Series G convertible preferred stock

     9         36         (0.02     9         36         (0.01
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders plus assumed conversions

     591              385         

Less: Income allocated to participating securities

     4              3         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income allocated to common shareholders plus assumed conversions

   $ 587         901         0.65        382         955         0.40   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2013     2012  

For the six months ended June 30,

(in millions, except per share data)

   Income      Average
Shares
     Per Share
Amount
    Income      Average
Shares
     Per Share
Amount
 

Earnings per share:

                

Net income attributable to Bancorp

   $ 1,013              815         

Dividends on preferred stock

     18              18         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

     995              797         

Less: Income allocated to participating securities

     7              5         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income allocated to common shareholders

   $ 988         865         1.14        792         914         0.87   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted share:

                

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 995              797         

Effect of dilutive securities:

                

Stock-based awards

     —           6         —          —           6         —     

Series G convertible preferred stock

     18         36         (0.03     18         36         (0.02
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders plus assumed conversions

     1,013              815         

Less: Income allocated to participating securities

     7              5         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income allocated to common shareholders plus assumed conversions

   $ 1,006         907         1.11        810         956         0.85   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shares are excluded from the computation of net income per diluted share when their inclusion has an anti-dilutive effect on earnings per share. The diluted earnings per share computation for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 excludes 25 million and 26 million, respectively, of stock appreciation rights and an immaterial amount of stock options for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2 million of stock options for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The diluted earnings per share computation for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 excludes 39 million and 34 million, respectively, of stock appreciation rights, 5 million and 6 million, respectively, of stock options and 3 million and 2 million shares, respectively, of unvested restricted stock that had not yet been exercised.

The diluted earnings per share computation for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 excludes the impact of the forward contract related to the May 21, 2013 share repurchase agreement. Based upon the average daily volume-weighted average price of the Bancorp’s common stock during the second quarter of 2013, the counterparty to the transaction would have been required to deliver approximately 5 million shares as of June 30, 2013, and thus the impact of the accelerated share repurchase transaction would have been anti-dilutive to earnings per share.

 

101


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

20. Fair Value Measurements

The Bancorp measures certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. U.S. GAAP also establishes a fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the instrument’s fair value measurement. For more information regarding the fair value hierarchy, see Note 1 in the Bancorp’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following tables summarize assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, including residential mortgage loans held for sale for which the Bancorp has elected the fair value option as of:

 

       Fair Value Measurements Using         

June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

   Level 1 (c)      Level 2 (c)      Level 3      Total Fair Value  

Assets:

           

Available-for-sale securities:

           

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

   $ 26         —           —           26   

U.S. Government sponsored agencies

     —           1,758         —           1,758   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     —           205         —           205   

Agency mortgage-backed securities

     —           9,663         —           9,663   

Other bonds, notes and debentures

     —           3,548         —           3,548   

Other securities (a)

     86         56         —           142   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities (a)

     112         15,230         —           15,342   

Trading securities:

           

U.S. Government sponsored agencies

     —           18         —           18   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     —           10         1         11   

Agency mortgage-backed securities

     —           7         —           7   

Other bonds, notes and debentures

     —           11         —           11   

Other securities

     172         —           —           172   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trading securities

     172         46         1         219   

Residential mortgage loans held for sale

     —           2,113         —           2,113   

Residential mortgage loans (b)

     —           —           83         83   

Derivative assets:

           

Interest rate contracts

     185         984         7         1,176   

Foreign exchange contracts

     —           257         —           257   

Equity contracts

     —           —           287         287   

Commodity contracts

     8         90         —           98   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative assets

     193         1,331         294         1,818   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 477         18,720         378         19,575   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Derivative liabilities:

           

Interest rate contracts

   $ 26         457         37         520   

Foreign exchange contracts

     —           215         —           215   

Equity contracts

     —           —           37         37   

Commodity contracts

     18         81         —           99   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities

     44         753         74         871   

Short positions

     18         3         —           21   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 62         756         74         892   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

102


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

     Fair Value Measurements Using         

December 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

   Level 1 (c)      Level 2 (c)      Level 3      Total Fair Value  

Assets:

           

Available-for-sale securities:

           

U.S. Treasury and Government agencies

   $ 41         —           —           41   

U.S. Government sponsored agencies

     —           1,911         —           1,911   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     —           212         —           212   

Agency mortgage-backed securities

     —           8,730         —           8,730   

Other bonds, notes and debentures

     —           3,277         —           3,277   

Other securities (a)

     79         113         —           192   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Available-for-sale securities (a)

     120         14,243         —           14,363   

Trading securities:

           

U.S. Treasury and Government agencies

     1         —           —           1   

U.S. Government sponsored agencies

     —           6         —           6   

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     —           16         1         17   

Agency mortgage-backed securities

     —           7         —           7   

Other bonds, notes and debentures

     —           15         —           15   

Other securities

     161         —           —           161   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trading securities

     162         44         1         207   

Residential mortgage loans held for sale

     —           2,856         —           2,856   

Residential mortgage loans (b)

     —           —           76         76   

Derivative assets:

           

Interest rate contracts

     2         1,445         60         1,507   

Foreign exchange contracts

     —           201         —           201   

Equity contracts

     —           —           177         177   

Commodity contracts

     —           87         —           87   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative assets

     2         1,733         237         1,972   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 284         18,876         314         19,474   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Derivative liabilities:

           

Interest rate contracts

   $ 14         600         3         617   

Foreign exchange contracts

     —           183         —           183   

Equity contracts

     —           —           33         33   

Commodity contracts

     —           82         —           82   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities

     14         865         36         915   

Short positions

     8         2         —           10   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 22         867         36         925   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Excludes FHLB and FRB restricted stock totaling $497 and $348 , respectively, at June 30, 2013 and $497 and $347, respectively, at December 31, 2012.
(b) Includes residential mortgage loans originated as held for sale and subsequently transferred to held for investment.
(c) During the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2012, no assets or liabilities were transferred between Level 1 and Level 2.

The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for significant instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.

Available-for-sale and trading securities

Where quoted prices are available in an active market, securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 1 securities include government bonds and exchange traded equities. If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, or discounted cash flows. Examples of such instruments, which are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy, include agency and non-agency mortgage-backed securities, other asset-backed securities, obligations of U.S. Government sponsored agencies, and corporate and municipal bonds. Corporate bonds are included in other bonds, notes and debentures in the previous table. Agency mortgage-backed securities, obligations of U.S. Government sponsored agencies, and corporate and municipal bonds are generally valued using a market approach based on observable prices of securities with similar characteristics.

Non-agency mortgage-backed securities and other asset-backed securities, which are included in other bonds, notes and debentures, are generally valued using an income approach based on discounted cash flows, incorporating prepayment speeds, performance of underlying collateral and specific tranche-level attributes. In certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the valuation, securities are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.

Residential mortgage loans held for sale

For residential mortgage loans held for sale, fair value is estimated based upon mortgage-backed securities prices and spreads to those prices or, for certain ARM loans, DCF models that may incorporate the anticipated portfolio composition, credit spreads of asset-backed securities

 

103


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

with similar collateral and market conditions. The anticipated portfolio composition includes the effect of interest rate spreads and discount rates due to loan characteristics such as the state in which the loan was originated, the loan amount and the ARM margin. Residential mortgage loans held for sale that are valued based on mortgage backed securities prices are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy as the valuation is based on external pricing for similar instruments. ARM loans classified as held for sale are also classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy due to the use of observable inputs in the DCF model. These observable inputs include interest rate spreads from agency mortgage-backed securities market rates and observable discount rates.

Residential mortgage loans

Residential mortgage loans held for sale that are reclassified to held for investment are transferred from Level 2 to Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. It is the Bancorp’s policy to value any transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy based on end of period fair values.

For residential mortgage loans reclassified from held for sale to held for investment, the fair value estimation is based on mortgage-backed securities prices, interest rate risk and an internally developed credit component. Therefore, these loans are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. An adverse change in the loss rate or severity assumption would result in a decrease in fair value of the related loan. The Secondary Marketing Department, which reports to the Bancorp’s Chief Operating Officer, in conjunction with the Consumer Credit Risk Department, which reports to the Bancorp’s Chief Risk Officer, are responsible for determining the valuation methodology for residential mortgage loans held for investment. The Secondary Marketing Department reviews loss severity assumptions quarterly to determine if adjustments are necessary based on decreases in observable housing market data. This group also reviews trades in comparable benchmark securities and adjusts the values of loans as necessary. Consumer Credit Risk is responsible for the credit component of the fair value which is based on internally developed loss rate models that take into account historical loss rates and loss severities based on underlying collateral values.

Derivatives

Exchange-traded derivatives valued using quoted prices and certain over-the-counter derivatives valued using active bids are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Most of the Bancorp’s derivative contracts are valued using discounted cash flow or other models that incorporate current market interest rates, credit spreads assigned to the derivative counterparties and other market parameters and, therefore, are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. Such derivatives include basic and structured interest rate swaps and options. Derivatives that are valued based upon models with significant unobservable market parameters are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. At June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, derivatives classified as Level 3, which are valued using models containing unobservable inputs, consisted primarily of warrants associated with the sale of the Bancorp’s 51% interest in Vantiv Holding, LLC to Advent International and a total return swap associated with the Bancorp’s sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares. Level 3 derivatives also include interest rate lock commitments, which utilize internally generated loan closing rate assumptions as a significant unobservable input in the valuation process.

The warrants allow the Bancorp to purchase approximately 20 million incremental nonvoting units in Vantiv Holding, LLC under certain defined conditions involving change of control. The fair value of the warrants is calculated in conjunction with a third party valuation provider by applying Black-Scholes option valuation models using probability weighted scenarios which contain the following inputs: Vantiv, Inc. stock price, strike price per the Warrant Agreement and several unobservable inputs, such as expected term, expected volatility and expected dividend rate.

For the warrants, an increase in the expected term (years) and the expected volatility assumptions would result in an increase in the fair value; correspondingly, a decrease in these assumptions would result in a decrease in the fair value. The Accounting and Treasury Departments, both of which report to the Bancorp’s Chief Financial Officer, determined the valuation methodology for the warrants. Accounting and Treasury review changes in fair value on a quarterly basis for reasonableness based on changes in historical and implied volatilities, expected terms, probability weightings of the related scenarios, and other assumptions.

Under the terms of the total return swap, the Bancorp will make or receive payments based on subsequent changes in the conversion rate of the Visa, Inc. Class B shares into Class A shares. Additionally the Bancorp will make a quarterly payment based on Visa’s stock price and the conversion rate of the Visa, Inc. Class B shares into Class A shares until the date on which the Covered Litigation is settled. The fair value of the total return swap was calculated using a discounted cash flow model based on unobservable inputs consisting of management’s estimate of the probability of certain litigation scenarios, the timing of the resolution of the Covered Litigation and Visa litigation loss estimates in excess, or shortfall, of the Bancorp’s proportional share of escrow funds.

An increase in the loss estimate or a delay in the resolution of the Covered Litigation would result in an increase in fair value; correspondingly, a decrease in the loss estimate or an acceleration of the resolution of the Covered Litigation would result in a decrease in fair value. The Accounting and Treasury Departments determined the valuation methodology for the total return swap. Accounting and Treasury review the changes in fair value on a quarterly basis for reasonableness based on Visa stock price changes, litigation contingencies, and escrow funding.

The net fair value liability of the interest rate lock commitments at June 30, 2013 was $28 million. Immediate decreases in current interest rates of 25 bps and 50 bps would result in changes in the fair value of the interest rate lock commitments of approximately $31 million and $59 million, respectively. Immediate increases of current interest rates of 25 bps and 50 bps would result in changes in the fair value of the interest rate lock commitments of approximately $32 million and $64 million, respectively. The change in fair value of interest rate lock commitments due to immediate 10% and 20% adverse changes in the assumed loan closing rates would be approximately $3 million and $6 million, respectively, and the change in fair value due to immediate 10% and 20% favorable changes in the assumed loan closing rates would

 

104


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

be approximately $3 million and $6 million, respectively. These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution, as changes in fair value based on a variation in assumptions typically cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumptions to the change in fair value may not be linear.

The Secondary Marketing Department and the Consumer Line of Business Finance Department, which reports to the Bancorp’s Chief Financial Officer, are responsible for determining the valuation methodology for IRLCs. Secondary Marketing, in conjunction with a third party valuation provider, periodically review loan closing rate assumptions and recent loan sales to determine if adjustments are needed for current market conditions not reflected in historical data.

The following tables are a reconciliation of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

 

       Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level  3)  

For the three months ended June 30, 2013

($ in millions)

   Trading
Securities
     Residential
Mortgage
Loans
    Interest Rate
Derivatives,
Net (a)
    Equity
Derivatives,
Net (a)
     Total
Fair Value
 

Beginning balance

   $ 1         81        48        174         304   

Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):

            

Included in earnings

     —           (2     (57     71         12   

Settlements

     —           (4     (21     5         (20

Transfers into Level 3 (b)

     —           8        —          —           8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 1         83        (30     250         304   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The amount of total gains or losses for the period included in earnings attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses relating to assets still held at June 30, 2013 (c)

   $ —           (2     (27     71         42   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
       Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)  

For the three months ended June 30, 2012

($ in millions)

   Trading
Securities
     Residential
Mortgage
Loans
    Interest Rate
Derivatives,
Net (a)
    Equity
Derivatives,
Net (a)
     Total
Fair Value
 

Beginning balance

   $ 1         67        17        135         220   

Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):

            

Included in earnings

     —           —         125        45         170   

Settlements

     —           (3     (88     4         (87

Transfers into Level 3 (b)

     —           12        —          —           12   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 1         76        54        184         315   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The amount of total gains or losses for the period included in earnings attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses relating to assets still held at June 30, 2012 (c)

   $ —           —         54        45         99   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
       Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)  

For the six months ended June 30, 2013

($ in millions)

   Trading
Securities
     Residential
Mortgage
Loans
    Interest Rate
Derivatives,
Net (a)
    Equity
Derivatives,
Net (a)
     Total
Fair Value
 

Beginning balance

   $ 1         76        57        144         278   

Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):

            

Included in earnings

     —           (1     (1     98         96   

Settlements

     —           (7     (86     8         (85

Transfers into Level 3 (b)

     —           15        —          —           15   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 1         83        (30     250         304   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The amount of total gains or losses for the period included in earnings attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses relating to assets still held at June 30, 2013 (c)

   $ —           (1     23        98         120   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

105


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

       Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level  3)  

For the six months ended June 30, 2012

($ in millions)

   Trading
Securities
     Residential
Mortgage
Loans
    Interest Rate
Derivatives,
Net (a)
    Equity
Derivatives,
Net (a)
     Total
Fair Value
 

Beginning balance

   $ 1         65        32        32       $ 130   

Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):

            

Included in earnings

     —           —          175        74         249   

Settlements

     —           (6     (153     78         (81

Transfers into Level 3 (b)

     —           17        —          —           17   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 1         76        54        184       $ 315   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The amount of total gains or losses for the period included in earnings attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses relating to assets still held at June 30, 2012 (c)

   $ —           —          71        74       $ 145   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Net interest rate derivatives include derivative assets and liabilities of $7 and $37 , respectively, as of June 30, 2013 and $55 and $1, respectively, as of June 30, 2012. Net equity derivatives include derivative assets and liabilities of $287 and $37 , respectively, as of June 30, 2013 , and $214 and $30, respectively, as of June 30, 2012.
(b) Includes residential mortgage loans held for sale that were transferred to held for investment
(c) Includes interest income and expense.

The total gains and losses included in earnings for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) were recorded in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income as follows:

 

     For the three months
ended June 30,
     For the six months
ended June 30,
 

($ in millions)

   2013     2012      2013     2012  

Mortgage banking net revenue

   $ (59     125         (2     175   

Other noninterest income

     71        45         98        74   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gains

   $ 12        170         96        249   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The total gains and losses included in earnings attributable to changes in unrealized gains and losses related to Level 3 assets and liabilities still held at June 30, 2013 and 2012 were recorded in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income as follows:

 

     For the three months
ended June 30,
     For the six months
ended June 30,
 

($ in millions)

   2013     2012      2013      2012  

Mortgage banking net revenue

   $ (29     54         22         71   

Other noninterest income

     71        45         98         74   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gains

   $ 42        99         120         145   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following tables present information as of June 30, 2013 and 2012 about significant unobservable inputs related to the Bancorp’s material categories of Level 3 financial assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis:

 

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

                             

Financial Instrument

   Fair Value    

Valuation Technique

  

Significant Unobservable Inputs

   Ranges of
Inputs
     Weighted-
Average
 

Residential mortgage loans

   $ 83      Loss rate model    Interest rate risk factor Credit risk factor     
 
(22.1) - 45.6%
0 - 67.0%
  
  
    
 
3.8%
3.3%
  
  
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 

IRLCs, net

     (28   Discounted cash flow    Loan closing rates      9.9 - 95.0%         63.0%   
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock warrants associated with Vantiv Holding, LLC

     287      Black-Scholes option valuation model    Expected term (years) Expected volatility (a) Expected dividend rate     
 
 
2.00 - 16.0  
23.8 - 34.7%
—  
  
  
  
    
 
 
5.1  
28.9%
—  
  
  
  
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 

Swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares

     (37   Discounted cash flow    Timing of the resolution of the Covered Litigation     

 

3/31/2014 -

3/31/2017

  

  

     NM   
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

106


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

As of June 30, 2012 ($ in millions)

                             

Financial Instrument

   Fair Value    

Valuation Technique

  

Significant Unobservable Inputs

   Ranges of
Inputs
     Weighted-
Average
 

Residential mortgage loans

   $ 76      Loss rate model    Interest rate risk factor Credit risk factor     
 
(90.8) - 16.5%
2.2 - 68.4%
  
  
    
 
5.5%
4.4%
  
  
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 

IRLCs, net

     54      Discounted cash flow    Loan closing rates      9.9 - 86.9%         54.0%   
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock warrants associated with Vantiv Holding, LLC

     213      Black-Scholes option valuation model    Expected term (years) Expected volatility (a) Expected dividend rate     
 
 
1.75 - 17.0  
29.0 - 41.2%
—  
  
  
  
    
 
 
4.8  
35.4%
—  
  
  
  
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 

Swap associated with the sale of Visa, Inc. Class B shares

     (29   Discounted cash flow    Timing of the resolution of the Covered Litigation     
 
6/30/13 -
6/30/15
  
  
     NM   
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Based on historical and implied volatilities of comparable companies assuming similar expected terms.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These assets and liabilities are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis; however, they are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances, such as when there is evidence of impairment.

The following tables represent those assets that were subject to fair value adjustments during the quarters ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 and still held as of the end of the period, and the related gains and losses from fair value adjustments on assets sold during the period as well as assets still held as of the end of the period.

 

       Fair Value Measurements Using             Total (Losses) Gains     Total (Losses) Gains  

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total      For the three  months
ended June 30, 2013
    For the six months
ended June 30, 2013
 

Commercial loans held for sale (a)

   $ —           —           2         2         (1     (5

Commercial and industrial loans

     —           —           83         83         (25     (31

Commercial mortgage loans

     —           —           35         35         (8     (25

Commercial construction loans

     —           —           8         8         (2     (2

MSRs

     —           —           894         894         102        151   

OREO property

     —           —           112         112         (7     (29
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ —           —           1,134         1,134         59        59   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Fair Value Measurements Using             Total Losses     Total Losses  

As of June 30, 2012 ($ in millions)

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total      For the three months
ended June 30, 2012
    For the six months
ended June 30, 2012
 

Commercial loans held for sale (a)

   $ —           —           8         8         (5     (6

Commercial and industrial loans

     —           —           77         77         (25     (56

Commercial mortgage loans

     —           —           95         95         (16     (29

Commercial construction loans

     —           —           26         26         (5     (16

MSRs

     —           —           736         736         (60     (49

OREO property

     —           —           134         134         (22     (45
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ —           —           1,076         1,076         (133     (201
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Includes commercial nonaccrual loans held for sale.

The following tables present information as of June 30, 2013 and 2012 about significant unobservable inputs related to the Bancorp’s material categories of Level 3 financial assets and liabilities measured on a nonrecurring basis:

 

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

                              

Financial Instrument

   Fair Value     

Valuation Technique

  

Significant
Unobservable Inputs

   Ranges of
Inputs
     Weighted-Average  

Commercial loans held for sale

   $ 2       Appraised value   

Appraised value

Cost to sell

    

 

NM

NM

  

  

    

 

NM

10.0%

  

  

  

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial loans

     83       Appraised value   

Default rates

Collateral value

    

 

100%

NM

  

  

    

 

NM

NM

  

  

  

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial mortgage loans

     35       Appraised value   

Default rates

Collateral value

    

 

100%

NM

  

  

    

 

NM

NM

  

  

  

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial construction loans

     8       Appraised value   

Default rates

Collateral value

    

 

100%

NM

  

  

    

 

NM

NM

  

  

  

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

 

Mortgage servicing rights

     894       Discounted cash flow    Prepayment speed      0 - 100%        

 

(Fixed) 11.8%

(Adjustable) 25.9%

  

  

         Discount rates      9.4 - 18.0%        

 

(Fixed) 10.4%

(Adjustable) 11.6%

  

  

  

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

 

OREO property

     112       Appraised value    Appraised value      NM         NM   
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

107


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

   

As of June 30, 2012 ($ in millions)

                              

Financial Instrument

   Fair Value     

Valuation Technique

  

Significant
Unobservable Inputs

   Ranges of
Inputs
     Weighted-Average  

Commercial loans held for sale

   $ 8       Discounted cash flow   

Appraised value

Cost to sell

    

 

NM

NM

  

  

    

 

NM

10.0%

  

  

  

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial loans

     77       Discounted cash flow   

Default rates

Collateral value

    

 

100%

NM

  

  

    

 

NM

NM

  

  

  

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial mortgage loans

     95       Discounted cash flow   

Default rates

Collateral value

    

 

100%

NM

  

  

    

 

NM

NM

  

  

  

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial construction loans

     26       Discounted cash flow   

Default rates

Collateral value

    

 

100%

NM

  

  

    

 

NM

NM

  

  

  

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

 

Mortgage servicing rights

     736       Discounted cash flow    Prepayment speed      0 -100%        

 

(Fixed) 15.2%

(Adjustable) 27.1%

  

  

         Discount rates      9.4 - 18.0%        

 

(Fixed) 10.6%

(Adjustable) 11.7%

  

  

  

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

 

OREO property

     134       Appraised value    Appraised value      NM         NM   
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial loans held for sale

The Bancorp transferred $2 million and $5 million of commercial loans from the portfolio to loans held for sale that upon transfer were measured at fair value during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively. These loans had immaterial fair value adjustments during the three months ended June 30, 2013 and $4 million during the six months ended June 30, 2013 and were generally based on appraisals of the underlying collateral. Additionally, there were fair value adjustments on existing loans held for sale of $1 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013. The fair value adjustments are also based on appraisals of the underlying collateral and were therefore classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. An adverse change in the fair value of the underlying collateral would result in a decrease in the fair value measurement. The Accounting Department determines the procedures for valuation of commercial HFS loans which may include a comparison to recently executed transactions of similar type loans. A monthly review of the portfolio is performed for reasonableness. Quarterly, appraisals approaching a year-old are updated and the Real Estate Valuation group, which reports to the Chief Credit Officer, in conjunction with the Commercial Line of Business review the third party appraisals for reasonableness. Additionally, the Commercial Line of Business Finance Department, which reports to the Bancorp Chief Financial Officer, in conjunction with Accounting review all loan appraisal values, carry values and vintages.

Commercial loans held for investment

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, the Bancorp recorded nonrecurring impairment adjustments to certain commercial and industrial, commercial mortgage and commercial construction loans held for investment. Larger commercial loans included within aggregate borrower relationship balances exceeding $1 million that exhibit probable or observed credit weaknesses are subject to individual review for impairment. The Bancorp considers the current value of collateral, credit quality of any guarantees, the guarantor’s liquidity and willingness to cooperate, the loan structure and other factors when evaluating whether an individual loan is impaired. When the loan is collateral dependent, the fair value of the loan is generally based on the fair value of the underlying collateral supporting the loan and therefore these loans were classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. An adverse change in the fair value of the underlying collateral would result in a decrease in the fair value measurement. In cases where the carrying value exceeds the fair value, an impairment loss is recognized. The fair values and recognized impairment losses are reflected in the previous table. Commercial Credit Risk, which reports to the Chief Risk Officer, is responsible for preparing and reviewing the fair value estimates for commercial loans held for investment.

MSRs

MSRs do not trade in an active, open market with readily observable prices. While sales of MSRs do occur, the precise terms and conditions typically are not readily available. Accordingly, the Bancorp estimates the fair value of MSRs using internal discounted cash flow models with certain unobservable inputs, primarily prepayment speed assumptions, discount rates and weighted average lives, resulting in a classification within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. Refer to Note 9 for further information on the assumptions used in the valuation of the Bancorp’s MSRs. The Secondary Marketing Department and Treasury Department are responsible for determining the valuation methodology for MSRs. Representatives from Secondary Marketing, Treasury, Accounting and Risk Management are responsible for reviewing key assumptions used in the internal discounted cash flow model. Two external valuations of the MSR portfolio are obtained from third parties that use valuation models in order to assess the reasonableness of the internal discounted cash flow model. Additionally, the Bancorp participates in peer surveys that provide additional confirmation of the reasonableness of key assumptions utilized in the MSR valuation process and the resulting MSR prices.

OREO

During the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, the Bancorp recorded nonrecurring adjustments to certain commercial and residential real estate properties classified as OREO and measured at the lower of carrying amount or fair value. These nonrecurring losses are primarily due to declines in real estate values of the properties recorded in OREO. These losses include $2 million and $15 million in losses, recorded as charge-offs, on new OREO properties transferred from loans during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, and $3 million and $9 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively. These losses also include $5 million and $14 million in losses for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, and $19 million and $36 million in losses for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively, recorded in other noninterest income, attributable to fair value adjustments on

 

108


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

OREO properties subsequent to their transfer from loans. As discussed in the following paragraphs, the fair value amounts are generally based on appraisals of the property values, resulting in a classification within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. In cases where the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, less costs to sell, an impairment loss is recognized. The previous tables reflect the fair value measurements of the properties before deducting the estimated costs to sell.

The Real Estate Valuation department, which reports to the Chief Credit Officer, is solely responsible for managing the appraisal process and evaluating the appraisal for all for commercial properties transferred to OREO. All appraisals on commercial OREO properties are updated on at least an annual basis.

The Real Estate Valuation department reviews the BPO data and internal market information to determine the initial charge-off on residential real estate loans transferred to OREO. Once the foreclosure process is completed, the Bancorp performs an interior inspection to update the initial fair value of the property. These properties are reviewed at least every 30 days after the initial interior inspections are completed. The Asset Manager receives a monthly status report for each property which includes the number of showings, recently sold properties, current comparable listings and overall market conditions.

Fair Value Option

The Bancorp elected to measure certain residential mortgage loans held for sale under the fair value option as allowed under U.S. GAAP. Electing to measure residential mortgage loans held for sale at fair value reduces certain timing differences and better matches changes in the value of these assets with changes in the value of derivatives used as economic hedges for these assets. Management’s intent to sell residential mortgage loans classified as held for sale may change over time due to such factors as changes in the overall liquidity in markets or changes in characteristics specific to certain loans held for sale. Consequently, these loans may be reclassified to loans held for investment and maintained in the Bancorp’s loan portfolio. In such cases, the loans will continue to be measured at fair value.

Fair value changes recognized in earnings for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 for instruments held at June 30, 2013 for which the fair value option was elected as well as the changes in fair value of the underlying IRLCs, included an immaterial amount of gains. Additionally, fair value changes recognized in earnings for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 for instruments for which the fair value option was elected but are no longer held by the Bancorp at June 30, 2013 included gains of $86 million and $323 million, respectively. Fair value changes recognized in earnings for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 for instruments held at June 30, 2012 for which the fair value option was elected as well as the changes in fair value of the underlying IRLCs included gains of $97 million. Additionally, fair value changes recognized in earnings for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 for instruments for which the fair value option was elected but are no longer held by the Bancorp at June 30, 2012 included gains of $109 million and $267 million, respectively. These gains and losses are reported in mortgage banking net revenue in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

Valuation adjustments related to instrument-specific credit risk for residential mortgage loans measured at fair value negatively impacted the fair value of those loans by $3 million at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012. Interest on residential mortgage loans measured at fair value is accrued as it is earned using the effective interest method and is reported as interest income in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

The following table summarizes the difference between the fair value and the principal balance for residential mortgage loans measured at fair value as of:

 

($ in millions)

   Aggregate
Fair Value
     Aggregate Unpaid
Principal Balance
     Difference  

June 30, 2013

        

Residential mortgage loans measured at fair value

   $ 2,196         2,196         —     

Past due loans of 90 days or more

     3         3         —     

Nonaccrual loans

     1         1         —     

December 31, 2012

        

Residential mortgage loans measured at fair value

     2,932         2,775         157   

Past due loans of 90 days or more

     3         4         (1

Nonaccrual loans

     —           1         (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

109


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

Fair Value of Certain Financial Instruments

The following tables summarize the carrying amounts and estimated fair values for certain financial instruments, excluding financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

As of June 30, 2013 ($ in millions)

   Net Carrying
Amount
    Fair Value Measurements Using      Total
Fair Value
 
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3     

Financial assets:

             

Financial assets:

             

Cash and due from banks

   $ 2,390        2,390         —           —           2,390   

Other securities

     845        —           845         —           845   

Held-to-maturity securities

     274        —           —           274         274   

Other short-term investments

     1,109        1,109         —           —           1,109   

Loans held for sale

     35        —           —           35         35   

Portfolio loans and leases:

             

Commercial and industrial loans

     37,039        —           —           38,882         38,882   

Commercial mortgage loans

     8,165        —           —           7,680         7,680   

Commercial construction loans

     727        —           —           608         608   

Commercial leases

     3,506        —           —           3,279         3,279   

Residential mortgage loans (a)

     12,116        —           —           11,427         11,427   

Home equity

     9,411        —           —           9,340         9,340   

Automobile loans

     11,989        —           —           11,819         11,819   

Credit card

     2,031        —           —           2,172         2,172   

Other consumer loans and leases

     334        —           —           348         348   

Unallocated allowance for loan and lease losses

     (104     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total portfolio loans and leases, net (a)

   $ 85,214        —           —           85,555         85,555   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

             

Deposits

     93,454        —           93,503         —           93,503   

Federal funds purchased

     636        636         —           —           636   

Other short-term borrowings

     2,112        —           2,112         —           2,112   

Long-term debt

     6,940        6,710         680         —           7,390   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Excludes $83 of residential mortgage loans measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

 

As of December 31, 2012 ($ in millions)

   Net Carrying
Amount
    Fair Value Measurements Using      Fair Value  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3     

Financial assets:

             

Financial assets:

             

Cash and due from banks

   $ 2,441        2,441         —           —           2,441   

Other securities

     844        —           844         —           844   

Held-to-maturity securities

     284        —           —           284         284   

Other short-term investments

     2,421        2,421         —           —           2,421   

Loans held for sale

     83        —           —           83         83   

Portfolio loans and leases:

             

Commercial and industrial loans

     35,236        —           —           36,496         36,496   

Commercial mortgage loans

     8,770        —           —           8,020         8,020   

Commercial construction loans

     665        —           —           505         505   

Commercial leases

     3,481        —           —           3,310         3,310   

Residential mortgage loans (a)

     11,712        —           —           11,532         11,532   

Home equity

     9,875        —           —           9,798         9,798   

Automobile loans

     11,944        —           —           12,076         12,076   

Credit card

     2,010        —           —           2,139         2,139   

Other consumer loans and leases

     270        —           —           288         288   

Unallocated allowance for loan and lease losses

     (111     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total portfolio loans and leases, net (a)

   $ 83,852        —           —           84,164         84,164   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

             

Deposits

     89,517        —           89,592         —           89,592   

Federal funds purchased

     901        901         —           —           901   

Other short-term borrowings

     6,280        —           6,280         —           6,280   

Long-term debt

     7,085        6,925         884         —           7,809   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Excludes $76 of residential mortgage loans measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

Cash and due from banks, other securities, other short-term investments, deposits, federal funds purchased and other short-term borrowings

For financial instruments with a short-term or no stated maturity, prevailing market rates and limited credit risk, carrying amounts approximate fair value. Those financial instruments include cash and due from banks, FHLB and FRB restricted stock, other short-term investments, certain deposits (demand, interest checking, savings, money market and foreign office deposits), and federal funds purchased. Fair values for other time deposits, certificates of deposit $100,000 and over and other short-term borrowings were estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applied prevailing LIBOR/swap interest rates for the same maturities.

 

110


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

Held-to-maturity securities

The Bancorp’s held-to-maturity securities are primarily composed of instruments that provide income tax credits as the economic return on the investment. The fair value of these instruments is estimated based on current U.S. Treasury tax credit rates.

Loans held for sale

Fair values for commercial loans held for sale were valued based on executable bids when available, or on discounted cash flow models incorporating appraisals of the underlying collateral, as well as assumptions about investor return requirements and amounts and timing of expected cash flows. Fair values for other consumer loans held for sale are based on contractual values upon which the loans may be sold to a third party, and approximate their carrying value.

Portfolio loans and leases, net

Fair values were estimated by discounting future cash flows using the current market rates of loans to borrowers with similar credit characteristics and similar remaining maturities.

Long-term debt

Fair value of long-term debt was based on quoted market prices, when available, or a discounted cash flow calculation using LIBOR/swap interest rates and, in some cases, a spread for new issuances with similar terms.

 

111


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

21. Business Segments

The Bancorp reports on four business segments: Commercial Banking, Branch Banking, Consumer Lending and Investment Advisors. Results of the Bancorp’s business segments are presented based on its management structure and management accounting practices. The structure and accounting practices are specific to the Bancorp; therefore, the financial results of the Bancorp’s business segments are not necessarily comparable with similar information for other financial institutions. The Bancorp refines its methodologies from time to time as management’s accounting practices are improved and businesses change.

The Bancorp manages interest rate risk centrally at the corporate level by employing an FTP methodology. This methodology insulates the business segments from interest rate volatility, enabling them to focus on serving customers through loan originations and deposit taking. The FTP system assigns charge rates and credit rates to classes of assets and liabilities, respectively, based on expected duration and the U.S. swap curve. Matching duration allocates interest income and interest expense to each segment so its resulting net interest income is insulated from interest rate risk. In a rising rate environment, the Bancorp benefits from the widening spread between deposit costs and wholesale funding costs. However, the Bancorp’s FTP system credits this benefit to deposit-providing businesses, such as Branch Banking and Investment Advisors, on a duration-adjusted basis. The net impact of the FTP methodology is captured in General Corporate and Other.

The Bancorp adjusts the FTP charge and credit rates as dictated by changes in interest rates for various interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and by the review of the estimated durations for the indeterminate-lived deposits. The credit rate provided for demand deposit accounts is reviewed annually based upon the account type, its estimated duration and the corresponding fed funds, U.S. swap curve or swap rate. The credit rates for several deposit products were reset January 1, 2013 to reflect the current market rates and updated market assumptions. These rates were generally higher than those in place during 2012, thus net interest income for deposit providing businesses was positively impacted during 2013.

The business segments are charged provision expense based on the actual net charge-offs experienced by the loans and leases owned by each segment. Provision expense attributable to loan and leases growth and changes in ALLL factors are captured in General Corporate and Other. The financial results of the business segments include allocations for shared services and headquarters expenses. Even with these allocations, the financial results are not necessarily indicative of the business segments’ financial condition and results of operations as if they existed as independent entities. Additionally, the business segments form synergies by taking advantage of cross-sell opportunities and when funding operations, by accessing the capital markets as a collective unit.

 

112


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

Results of operations and assets by segment for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 are:

 

                                 General              
     Commercial      Branch      Consumer      Investment      Corporate              

($ in millions)

   Banking      Banking      Lending      Advisors      and Other     Eliminations     Total  

Three months ended June 30, 2013

                  

Net interest income

   $ 361         358         85         35         41        —          880   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     37         51         22         1         (47     —          64   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

     324         307         63         34         88        —          816   

Noninterest income:

                  

Mortgage banking net revenue

     —           3         230         —           —          —          233   

Service charges on deposits

     59         76         —           1         —          —          136   

Corporate banking revenue

     102         3         —           1         —          —          106   

Investment advisory revenue

     1         37         —           96         1        (37 ) (a)       98   

Card and processing revenue

     13         74         —           1         (21     —          67   

Other noninterest income

     23         23         14         —           354        —          414   

Securities gains, net

     —           —           —           —           —          —          —     

Securities gains, net - non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights

     —           —           6         —           —          —          6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

     198         216         250         99         334        (37     1,060   

Noninterest expense:

                  

Salaries, wages and incentives

     56         113         57         34         144        —          404   

Employee benefits

     8         30         11         6         28        —          83   

Net occupancy expense

     6         46         2         2         20        —          76   

Technology and communications

     2         2         —           —           46        —          50   

Card and processing expense

     2         32         —           —           (1     —          33   

Equipment expense

     1         14         —           —           13        —          28   

Other noninterest expense

     204         189         138         81         (214     (37     361   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

     279         426         208         123         36        (37     1,035   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     243         97         105         10         386        —          841   

Applicable income tax expense

     45         35         38         3         129        —          250   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     198         62         67         7         257        —          591   

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —           —           —           —           —          —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Bancorp

     198         62         67         7         257        —          591   

Dividends on preferred stock

     —           —           —           —           9        —          9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 198         62         67         7         248        —          582   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total goodwill

   $ 613         1,655         —           148         —          —          2,416   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 50,441         49,843         23,973         8,480         (9,377     —          123,360   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Revenue sharing agreements between Investment Advisors and Branch Banking are eliminated in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

113


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

                                 General              
     Commercial      Branch      Consumer      Investment      Corporate              

($ in millions)

   Banking      Banking      Lending      Advisors      and Other     Eliminations     Total  

Three months ended June 30, 2012

                  

Net interest income

   $ 348         342         77         29         99        —          895   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     61         69         49         2         (110     —          71   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

     287         273         28         27         209        —          824   

Noninterest income:

                  

Mortgage banking net revenue

     —           4         179         —           —          —          183   

Service charges on deposits

     54         75         —           1         —          —          130   

Corporate banking revenue

     97         4         —           1         —          —          102   

Investment advisory revenue

     2         32         —           91         —          (32 ) (a)       93   

Card and processing revenue

     12         70         —           1         (19     —          64   

Other noninterest income

     12         20         10         4         57        —          103   

Securities gains, net

     —           —           —           —           3        —          3   

Securities gains, net - non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights

     —           —           —           —           —          —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

     177         205         189         98         41        (32     678   

Noninterest expense:

                  

Salaries, wages and incentives

     56         113         47         35         142        —          393   

Employee benefits

     9         30         9         6         30        —          84   

Net occupancy expense

     5         47         2         3         17        —          74   

Technology and communications

     2         1         —           —           45        —          48   

Card and processing expense

     1         29         —           —           —          —          30   

Equipment expense

     —           13         —           —           14        —          27   

Other noninterest expense

     196         168         108         68         (227     (32     281   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

     269         401         166         112         21        (32     937   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     195         77         51         13         229        —          565   

Applicable income tax expense

     32         27         18         5         98        —          180   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     163         50         33         8         131        —          385   

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     —           —           —           —           —          —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Bancorp

     163         50         33         8         131        —          385   

Dividends on preferred stock

     —           —           —           —           9        —          9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 163         50         33         8         122        —          376   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total goodwill

   $ 613         1,656         —           148         —          —          2,417   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 46,691         48,156         23,538         7,721         (8,563     —          117,543   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Revenue sharing agreements between Investment Advisors and Branch Banking are eliminated in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

114


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

                                 General              
     Commercial      Branch      Consumer      Investment      Corporate              

($ in millions)

   Banking      Banking      Lending      Advisors      and Other     Eliminations     Total  

Six months ended June 30, 2013

                  

Net interest income

   $ 722         705         170         70         101        —          1,768   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     80         109         51         2         (116     —          126   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

     642         596         119         68         217        —          1,642   

Noninterest income:

                  

Mortgage banking net revenue

     —           7         445         1         —          —          453   

Service charges on deposits

     118         148         —           1         —          —          267   

Corporate banking revenue

     197         7         —           1         —          —          205   

Investment advisory revenue

     2         74         —           194         —          (72 ) (a)       198   

Card and processing revenue

     26         142         —           2         (38     —          132   

Other noninterest income

     40         43         26         7         407        —          523   

Securities gains, net

     —           —           —           —           17        —          17   

Securities gains, net - non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights

     —           —           8         —           —          —          8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

     383         421         479         206         386        (72     1,803   

Noninterest expense:

                  

Salaries, wages and incentives

     119         228         107         67         282        —          803   

Employee benefits

     25         69         24         15         64        —          197   

Net occupancy expense

     11         93         4         5         42        —          155   

Technology and communications

     5         2         —           —           92        —          99   

Card and processing expense

     4         61         —           —           —          —          65   

Equipment expense

     1         29         1         —           25        —          56   

Other noninterest expense

     390         367         249         151         (447     (72     638   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

     555         849         385         238         58        (72     2,013   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     470         168         213         36         545        —          1,432   

Applicable income tax expense

     84         59         75         13         198        —          429   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     386         109         138         23         347        —          1,003   

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —           —           —           —           (10     —          (10
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Bancorp

     386         109         138         23         357        —          1,013   

Dividends on preferred stock

     —           —           —           —           18        —          18   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 386         109         138         23         339        —          995   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total goodwill

   $ 613         1,655         —           148         —          —          2,416   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 50,441         49,843         23,973         8,480         (9,377     —          123,360   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Revenue sharing agreements between Investment Advisors and Branch Banking are eliminated in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

115


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

                                 General              
     Commercial      Branch      Consumer      Investment      Corporate              

($ in millions)

   Banking      Banking      Lending      Advisors      and Other     Eliminations     Total  

Six months ended June 30, 2012

                  

Net interest income

   $ 696         677         157         57         206        —          1,793   

Provision for loan and lease losses

     137         155         103         6         (239     —          162   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

     559         522         54         51         445        —          1,631   

Noninterest income:

                  

Mortgage banking net revenue

     —           6         380         1         —          —          387   

Service charges on deposits

     109         149         —           2         —          —          260   

Corporate banking revenue

     190         7         —           2         —          —          199   

Investment advisory revenue

     4         64         —           185         1        (64 ) (a)       190   

Card and processing revenue

     23         130         —           2         (33     —          122   

Other noninterest income

     28         39         20         4         188        —          279   

Securities gains, net

     —           —           —           —           11        —          11   

Securities gains, net - non-qualifying hedges on mortgage servicing rights

     —           —           —           —           —          —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

     354         395         400         196         167        (64     1,448   

Noninterest expense:

                  

Salaries, wages and incentives

     113         226         91         69         293        —          792   

Employee benefits

     24         67         21         15         68        —          195   

Net occupancy expense

     11         93         4         6         37        —          151   

Technology and communications

     4         2         —           —           89        —          95   

Card and processing expense

     2         57         —           —           1        —          60   

Equipment expense

     1         26         —           —           28        —          55   

Other noninterest expense

     402         324         213         132         (444     (64     563   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

     557         795         329         222         72        (64     1,911   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     356         122         125         25         540        —          1,168   

Applicable income tax expense

     51         43         44         9         205        —          352   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     305         79         81         16         335        —          816   

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     —           —           —           —           1        —          1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Bancorp

     305         79         81         16         334        —          815   

Dividends on preferred stock

     —           —           —           —           18        —          18   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 305         79         81         16         316        —          797   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total goodwill

   $ 613         1,656         —           148         —          —          2,417   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 46,691         48,156         23,538         7,721         (8,563     —          117,543   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Revenue sharing agreements between Investment Advisors and Branch Banking are eliminated in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

116


Table of Contents

Fifth Third Bancorp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

 

22. Subsequent Events

On July 1, 2013, the Bancorp converted the remaining 16,442 outstanding shares of Series G preferred stock, which represented 4,110,500 depositary shares, into shares of Fifth Third’s common stock. Each share of Series G preferred stock was converted into 2,159.8272 shares of common stock, representing a total of 35,511,740 issued shares. The common shares issued in the conversion are exempt securities pursuant to Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as securities exchanged exclusively with Bancorp’s existing security holders where no commission or other remuneration was paid. Upon conversion, the depositary shares were delisted from the NASDAQ Global Select Market and withdrawn from the Exchange.

On August 2, 2013, Vantiv, Inc. priced a secondary offering of 20 million shares of Class A Common Stock of Vantiv, Inc., including 5 million shares of Class A Common Stock of Vantiv, Inc. to be sold on behalf of the Bancorp. The offering settled on August 7, 2013. As a result of this offering, the Bancorp’s ownership of Vantiv Holding, LLC was reduced to approximately 25% and the Bancorp’s investment will continue to be accounted for as an equity method investment in the Bancorp’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. The impact of the sale of the Bancorp’s interest in Vantiv Holding, LLC will result in the recognition of a pre-tax gain of approximately $85 million ($55 million after-tax) by the Bancorp in the third quarter of 2013.

Upon completion of the sale of the 5 million shares of Class A Common Stock of Vantiv, Inc., the Bancorp continued to hold approximately 48.8 million Class B units of Vantiv Holding, LLC and a warrant to purchase approximately 20.4 million Class C non-voting units of Vantiv Holding, LLC, both of which may be exchanged for Class A Common Stock of Vantiv, Inc. on a one for one basis or at Vantiv, Inc.’s option for cash. In addition, the Bancorp holds approximately 48.8 million Class B common shares of Vantiv, Inc. The Class B common shares give the Bancorp voting rights, but no economic interest in Vantiv, Inc. The voting rights attributable to the Class B common shares are limited to 18.5% of the voting power in Vantiv, Inc. at any time other than in connection with a stockholder vote with respect to a change in control in Vantiv, Inc. These securities are subject to certain terms and restrictions.

 

117


Table of Contents

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

Legal Proceedings (Item 1)

Refer to Note 15 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1 for information regarding legal proceedings.

Risk Factors (Item 1A)

There have been no material changes made during the second quarter of 2013 to any of the risk factors as previously disclosed in the Registrant’s periodic securities filings.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds (Item 2)

Refer to the “Capital Management” section within Management’s Discussion and Analysis in Part I, Item 2 for information regarding purchases and sales of equity securities by the Bancorp during the second quarter of 2013.

Defaults Upon Senior Securities (Item 3)

None.

Mine Safety Disclosures (Item 4)

Not applicable.

Other Information (Item 5)

None.

Exhibits (Item 6)

 

  1.1 Underwriting Agreement dated as of May 13, 2013 among Fifth Third Bancorp and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co., and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. Incorporated by reference to the Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 16, 2013.

 

  3.1 Amended Articles of Incorporation of Fifth Third Bancorp, as amended.

 

  3.2 Code of Regulations of Fifth Third Bancorp as Amended as of September 18, 2012. Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on September 21, 2012.

 

  4.1 Deposit Agreement dated as of May 16, 2013 among Fifth Third Bancorp, as issuer, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as depositary and calculation agent, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as transfer agent and registrar, and the holders from time to time of depositary receipts issued thereunder. Incorporated by reference to the Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 16, 2013.

 

  4.2 Form of Certificate Representing the 5.10% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series H. Incorporated by reference to the Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 16, 2013.

 

  4.2 Form of Depositary Receipt (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.2).

 

  10.1 Fifth Third Bancorp Unfunded Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors, as Amended and Restated.*

 

  10.2 Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement.*

 

  10.3 Performance Share Award Agreement.*

 

  10.4 Restricted Stock Award Agreement (for Directors).*

 

  10.5 Restricted Stock Award Agreement (for Executive Officers).*

 

  10.6 Master Confirmation, as supplemented by a Supplemental Confirmation, for accelerated share repurchase transaction dated May 21, 2013 between Fifth Third Bancorp and Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch.**

 

  10.7 Separation Agreement dated July 25, 2013 between Paul Reynolds and Fifth Third Bancorp. Incorporated by reference to the Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on July 30, 2013.*

 

  10.8 Third Amendment to Fifth Third Bancorp Master Profit Sharing Plan, as Amended and Restated.*

 

  12.1 Computations of Consolidated Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges.

 

  12.2 Computations of Consolidated Ratios of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividend Requirements.

 

  31(i) Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by Chief Executive Officer.

 

  31(ii) Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by Chief Financial Officer.

 

  32(i) Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by Chief Executive Officer.

 

  32(ii) Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by Chief Financial Officer.

 

  101 Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iv) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity, (v) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (vi) the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements tagged as blocks of text and in detail***.

 

* Denotes management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
** An application for confidential treatment for selected portions of this exhibit has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
*** As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

118


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

     

Fifth Third Bancorp

      Registrant
Date: August 7, 2013      

/s/ Daniel T. Poston

      Daniel T. Poston
      Executive Vice President and
      Chief Financial Officer

 

119

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

FIFTH THIRD BANCORP, AS AMENDED

FIRST: The name of the corporation shall be FIFTH THIRD BANCORP.

SECOND: The place in the State of Ohio where the principal office of the corporation is to be located is the City of Cincinnati, County of Hamilton.

THIRD: The purpose for which the corporation is formed is to engage in any and/or all lawful acts or activities for which corporations may be formed under Section 1701.01 to 1701.98, inclusive, of the Ohio Revised Code, as amended.

FOURTH: (A) The total authorized number of shares of the corporation is Two Billion Five Hundred Thousand (2,000,500,000) shares, which shall be classified as follows:

1) Two Billion (2,000,000,000) shares of common stock, without par value. Each share of common stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders for their vote, consent, waiver, release or other action, subject to the provisions of the law with respect to cumulative voting.

2) Five Hundred Thousand (500,000) shares of preferred stock, without par value.

(a) Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock. Seven-Thousand Two-Hundred Fifty (7,250) shares of the preferred stock of the corporation shall be designated “Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock” and shall have the rights, preferences and entitlements that follow:

1. Designation and Amount. The shares of such series shall be designated as Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock (the “Series D Preferred Stock”), which shall be a closed series consisting of 7,250 shares of cumulative perpetual convertible preferred stock. The number of authorized shares of the Series D Preferred Stock may not be increased or decreased. Each share of the Series D Preferred Stock shall have a stated value of $1,000 per share (the “Series D Stated Value”).

2. Dividends.

(i) Entitlement . The holders of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, as and when declared payable by the Board of Directors from funds of the corporation legally available for the payment thereof, cumulative preferred dividends in lawful money of the United States of America at the applicable rate fixed and determined as herein authorized, and no more, payable quarterly on the last day of each March, June, September, and December (the “Series D Dividend Payment Dates”) in each year with respect to the quarterly period beginning on the first day of each calendar quarter and ending on each such respective payment date (the “Series D Dividend Period”) to shareholders of record on a date, to be fixed by

 

1


the Board of Directors, not exceeding forty (40) days preceding each Series D Dividend Payment Date. Accumulations of dividends shall not bear interest. The initial dividend payment for Series D Preferred Stock will accrue from the date such series is issued and will be payable on the First Series D Dividend Payment Date following such date. The annual rate of preferred dividends on each share of Series D Preferred Stock shall be the product of the applicable Series D Dividend Rate (as hereinafter described) and the Series D Stated Value, payable in quarterly installments, provided, however, that if any change in the Series D Dividend Rate shall occur, the dividends payable for that part of the Series D Dividend Period occurring prior to such change shall be payable on the basis of the Series D Dividend Rate in effect prior to such change and the dividends payable for that part of the Series D Dividend Period from and after such change shall be payable on the basis of the Series D Dividend Rate then becoming effective and such determination shall be made on the basis of a thirty (30) day month and a three hundred and sixty (360) day year.

(ii) Series D Dividend Rate . The rate of preferred dividends per share of the Series D Preferred Stock per annum based on the Series D Stated Value (the “Series D Dividend Rate”) shall be eight percent (8%).

(iii) Cumulative and Perpetual . All dividends payable on account of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be cumulative and shall be paid, from funds of the corporation legally available for the payment thereof, so long as any shares of the Series D Preferred Stock are outstanding.

(iv) Restrictions on Dividend Payments . All shares of Common Stock and each series of Preferred Stock shall rank junior to the Series D Preferred Stock as to dividends. So long as any shares of the Series D Preferred Stock remain outstanding, no dividend shall be paid or declared, or declared and set apart for payment, or other distribution made, on the shares of any class of stock ranking, as to dividend rights, junior to the Series D Preferred Stock, nor shall any shares of any class of stock (or series thereof) of the corporation ranking, as to dividend rights, junior to, or on a parity with, the Series D Preferred Stock, be purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for value by the corporation, unless all dividends, at the applicable rate, on the Series D Preferred Stock shall have been declared and paid, or declared and set apart for payment, for all past Series D Dividend Periods ending immediately prior to the date on which such dividend, distribution, purchase, redemption or acquisition is to occur and the then current Series D Dividend Period; provided, however, that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply (a) to the declaration and payment, on shares ranking junior to the Series D Preferred Stock as to dividend rights, of dividends payable solely in shares of stock of any class of shares ranking junior to the Series D Preferred Stock as to dividend rights, or (b) to the acquisition of any shares ranking junior to, or on a parity with, the Series D Preferred Stock as to dividend rights through application of the proceeds of the issue and sale of any class of any shares ranking junior to, or on a parity with, the Series D Preferred Stock as to dividend rights sold at or about the time of such acquisition. No dividends shall be paid or declared, or declared and set apart for payment, or other distribution made on any shares of any class of stock (or series thereof) of the corporation ranking, as to dividend rights, on a parity with the Series D Preferred Stock for any dividend period unless, at the same time, a like proportion of dividends for the same or similar dividend period, ratably in proportion to the respective annual dividend rate fixed therefor, shall

 

2


be paid or declared, or declared and set apart for payment, on all shares of Series D Preferred Stock.

3. Status of Reacquired Shares. The corporation shall retire any of the shares of the Series D Preferred Stock that are converted into shares of Common Stock pursuant to Paragraph (2)(a)5., or that it repurchases or otherwise acquires, and such shares shall not be reissued as shares of Series D Preferred Stock but shall revert to authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock and may be reissued as shares of a different series of Preferred Stock in any future designation by the Board of Directors.

4. Restriction on Issuance of Additional Preferred Stock. So long as any shares of the Series D Preferred Stock are outstanding, the corporation shall not issue any securities ranking senior to, or on a parity with, the Series D Preferred Stock as to dividend rights or rights upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation, without the prior approval of the holders of a majority of the Series D Preferred Stock.

5. Conversion.

(i) Right of Conversion . Subject to the provisions for adjustment set forth herein, each share of Series D Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, in the manner hereinafter provided, into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at the conversion price, determined as herein provided, in effect on the date of conversion, each share of Series D Preferred Stock being credited at its Series D Stated Value. The price at which shares of Common Stock shall be delivered upon conversion of shares of Series D Preferred Stock (the “Series D Conversion Price”) shall be initially $23.5399 per share of Common Stock. The Series D Conversion Price shall be adjusted in certain instances as provided in Paragraph (2)(a)5.(iii) below.

(ii) Procedure for Conversion . Any holder of shares of Series D Preferred Stock desiring to convert such shares into shares of Common Stock shall surrender the certificate or certificates for the shares of Series D Preferred Stock being converted, duly endorsed in blank or duly endorsed or assigned to the corporation, at the principal office of the corporation or at a bank or trust company appointed by the corporation for that purpose, accompanied by a written notice of conversion specifying the number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock to be converted and the name or names in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock to be issued. If such notice shall specify a name or names other than that of such holder, such notice shall be accompanied by payment of all transfer taxes payable upon the issue of shares of Common Stock in such name or names. If less than all of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock represented by a certificate are to be converted by a holder, the corporation, upon such conversion, shall issue and deliver, or cause to be issued and delivered, to such holder a certificate or certificates for the shares of Series D Preferred Stock not so converted. The holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock at the close of business on the record date fixed for a Series D Dividend Payment Date shall be entitled to receive the dividend payable on such shares of Series D Preferred Stock on the corresponding Series D Dividend Payment Date notwithstanding the subsequent conversion thereof or the corporation’s default in payment of the dividend due on such Series D Dividend Payment Date.

 

3


However, shares of Series D Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion during the period from the close of business on any record date fixed for a Series D Dividend Payment Date for the Series D Preferred Stock to the opening of business on the corresponding Series D Dividend Payment Date must be accompanied by payment of an amount equal to the dividend payable on such shares of Series D Preferred Stock on such Series D Dividend Payment Date. A holder of shares of Series D Preferred Stock on a record date fixed for a Series D Dividend Payment Date who (or whose transferee) converts shares of Series D Preferred Stock on a Series D Dividend Payment Date will receive the dividend payable on such shares of Series D Preferred Stock by the corporation on such date, and the converting holder need not include payment in the amount of such dividend upon surrender of shares of Series D Preferred Stock for conversion. Except as provided above, no payment or adjustment will be made on account of unpaid dividends upon the conversion of Series D Preferred Stock.

As promptly as practicable after the surrender of certificates for shares of Series D Preferred Stock as aforesaid, the corporation shall issue and shall deliver at such office to such holder, or on his or her written order, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of such shares in accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph (2)(a)5., and any fractional interest in respect of a share of Common Stock arising upon such conversion shall be promptly settled as provided in Paragraph (2)(a)5.(vi).

Each conversion shall be deemed to have been effected immediately prior to the close of business on the date on which the certificates for shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall have been surrendered and such notice received by the corporation as aforesaid; the shares of Series D Preferred Stock so surrendered for conversion shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall cease, except the right of the holders thereof to receive full shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor, payment of dividends as provided in the first paragraph of this Paragraph (2)(a)5.(ii) and payment for any fractional shares; and the person or persons in whose name or names any certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock shall be issuable upon such conversion shall be deemed to have become the holder or holders of record of the shares represented thereby at such time on such date. All shares of Common Stock delivered upon conversions of the Series D Preferred Stock will upon delivery be duly and validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable.

(iii) Adjustments of the Series D Conversion Price .

(A) The Series D Conversion Price shall be adjusted from time to time as follows:

(1) In case the corporation shall pay or make a dividend or other distribution on any class of capital stock of the corporation in shares of Common Stock, the Series D Conversion Price in effect at the opening of business on the day following the date fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution shall be reduced by multiplying such Series D Conversion Price by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on the date fixed for such determination and the denominator shall be the sum of such number of shares and the total number of shares constituting such dividend or other distribution, such

 

4


reduction to become effective immediately after the opening of business on the day following the date fixed for such determination.

(2) In case the corporation shall issue rights or warrants entitling any person to subscribe for or purchase Common Stock at a price per share less than the current market price per share (determined as provided in Paragraph (2)(a)5.(iii)(B) herein) of the Common Stock on the date fixed for the determination of the persons entitled to receive such rights or warrants, the Series D Conversion Price in effect at the opening of business on the day following the date fixed for such determination shall be reduced by multiplying such Series D Conversion Price by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on the date fixed for such determination plus the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate offering price of the total number of shares of Common Stock so offered for subscription or purchase would purchase at such current market price and the denominator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on the date fixed for such determination plus the number of shares of Common Stock so offered for subscription or purchase, such reduction to become effective immediately after the opening of business on the day following the date fixed for such determination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the corporation shall distribute or shall have distributed any rights or warrants to acquire capital stock (“Rights”) pursuant to this Paragraph (2)(a)5.(iii)(A)(2), the distribution of separate certificates representing the Rights subsequent to their initial distribution (whether or not the initial distribution of the Rights shall have occurred prior to the date of the issuance of the Series D Preferred Stock) shall be deemed to be the distribution of the Rights for purposes of this Paragraph (2)(a)5.(iii)(A)(2); provided that the corporation may, in lieu of making any adjustment pursuant to this Paragraph (2)(a)5.(iii)(A)(2) upon a distribution of separate certificates representing the Rights, make proper provision so that each holder of Series D Preferred Stock who converts such Series D Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) (A) before the record date for such distribution of separate certificates shall be entitled to receive upon conversion shares of Common Stock issued with Rights and (B) after such record date and prior to the expiration, redemption or termination of the Rights shall be entitled to receive upon conversion, in addition to the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion, the same number of Rights as would a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock that such Series D Preferred Stock so converted would have entitled the holder thereof to purchase in accordance with the terms and provisions applicable to the Rights if such Series D Preferred Stock were converted immediately prior to the record date for such distribution. Common Stock owned by or held for the account of the Corporation or any majority owned subsidiary shall not be deemed outstanding for the purpose of any adjustment required under this Paragraph (2)(a)5.(iii)(A)(2).

(3) In case the corporation shall, by dividend or otherwise, distribute to any holder of the corporation’s securities evidences of indebtedness or assets (including securities, but excluding any rights or warrants referred to in Paragraph (2)(a)5.(iii)(A)(2), any dividend or distribution paid in cash out of the surplus of the corporation and any dividend or distribution referred to in Paragraph (2)(a)5.(iii)(A)(1) herein), the Series D Conversion Price shall be adjusted so that the same shall equal the price determined by multiplying the Series D Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the date fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive such distribution by a

 

5


fraction of which the numerator shall be the current market price per share (determined as provided in Paragraph (2)(a)5.(iii)(B) herein) of the Common Stock on the date fixed for such determination, less the then fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive) of the portion of the assets or evidences of indebtedness so distributed allocable to one share of Common Stock, and the denominator shall be such current market price per share of Common Stock, such adjustment to become effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day following the date fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive such distribution.

(4) In case the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided into a greater number of shares, the Series D Conversion Price in effect at the opening of business on the day following the day upon which such subdivision becomes effective shall be proportionately reduced, and, conversely, in case the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall each be combined into a smaller number of shares, the Series D Conversion Price in effect at the opening of business on the day following the day upon which such combination becomes effective shall be proportionately increased, such reduction or increase, as the case may be, to become effective immediately after the opening of business on the day following the day upon which such subdivision or combination becomes effective.

(5) The reclassification of Common Stock into securities other than Common Stock (other than any reclassification upon a consolidation or merger to which Paragraph (2)(a)5.(iii)(E) applies) shall be deemed to involve (a) a distribution of such securities other than Common Stock to all holders of Common Stock (and the effective date of such reclassification shall be deemed to be “the date fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive such distribution” and the “date fixed for such determination” within the meaning of Paragraph (2)(a)5.(iii)(A)(3), and (b) a subdivision or combination, as the case may be, of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such reclassification into the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately thereafter (and the effective date of such reclassification shall be deemed to be “the day upon which such subdivision becomes effective,” or “the day upon which such combination becomes effective,” as the case may be, and “the day upon which such subdivision or combination becomes effective,” within the meaning of Paragraph (2)(a)5.(iii)(A)(4).

(B) For the purpose of any computation under Paragraph (2)(a)5.(iii)(A)(2) and Paragraph (2)(a)5.(iii)(A)(3), the current market price per share of Common Stock on any day shall be deemed to be the average of the average high and low sales price per share for the Common Stock, as reported on the Nasdaq National Market or such national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is primarily traded at the time of such computation, for thirty (30) consecutive trading days immediately preceding the day in question.

(C) Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph (2)(a)5.(iii)(A) above, no adjustment in the Series D Conversion Price shall be required unless such adjustment (plus any adjustments not previously made by reason of this Paragraph (2)(a)5.(iii)(C)) would require an increase or decrease of at least 1% in such price; provided, however, that any adjustments which by reason of this Paragraph (2)(a)5.(iii)(C) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All

 

6


calculations under this Paragraph (2)(a)5.(iii) shall be made to the nearest cent.

(D) The corporation may make such reductions in the Series D Conversion Price, in addition to those required by this Paragraph (2)(a)5.(iii), as it considers to be advisable in order to avoid or diminish any income tax to any holder of shares of Common Stock resulting from any dividend or distribution of stock or issuance of rights or warrants to purchase or subscribe for stock or from any event treated as such for income tax purposes or for any other reasons.

(E) In case the Corporation shall effect any capital reorganization of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision, combination, capital reorganization or reclassification provided for in Paragraph (2)(a)5.(iii)(A)) or shall consolidate, merge or engage in a statutory share exchange with or into any other corporation (other than a consolidation, merger or share exchange in which the corporation is the surviving corporation and each share of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such consolidation or merger is to remain outstanding immediately after such consolidation or merger) or shall sell or transfer all or substantially all its assets to any other corporation, lawful provision shall be made as a part of the terms of such transaction whereby the holders of Series D Preferred Stock shall receive upon conversion thereof, in lieu of each share of Common Stock which would have been issuable upon conversion of such stock if converted immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction, the same kind and amount of stock (or other securities, cash or property, if any) as may be issuable or distributable in connection with such transaction with respect to each share of Common Stock outstanding at the effective time of such transaction, subject to subsequent adjustments for subsequent stock dividends and distributions, subdivisions or combination of shares, capital reorganization, reclassifications, consolidations, mergers or share exchanges, as nearly equivalent as possible to the adjustments provided for in this Paragraph (2)(a)5.(iii).

(F) Whenever the Series D Conversion Price is adjusted as herein provided, a notice stating that the Series D Conversion Price has been adjusted and setting forth the adjusted Series D Conversion Price shall, as soon as practicable, be mailed to the holders of record of outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock.

(G) In case:

(1) the corporation shall declare a dividend or other distribution on the Common Stock otherwise than in cash out of its surplus;

(2) the corporation shall authorize the granting to the holders of the Common Stock of rights or warrants entitling them to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or of any other rights;

(3) of any reclassification of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision or combination of outstanding shares of Common Stock), or of any consolidation, merger or share exchange to which the corporation is a party and for which approval of any shareholders of the corporation is required, or of the sale or transfer of all or substantially all the assets of the corporation; or

 

7


(4) of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation;

then the corporation shall cause to be mailed to the holders of record of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, at least twenty (20) days (or ten (10) days in any case specified in Paragraph (2)(a)5.(iii)(G)(1) or Paragraph (2)(a)5.(iii)(G)(2) above) prior to the applicable record or effective date hereinafter specified, a notice stating (a) the date as of which the holders of record of shares of Common Stock to be entitled to such dividend, distribution, rights or warrants is to be determined, or (b) the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, share exchange, sale, transfer, liquidation, dissolution or winding up is expected to become effective and the date as of which it is expected that holders of record of Common Stock shall be entitled to exchange their shares for securities or other property, if any, deliverable upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger, share exchange, sale, transfer, liquidation, dissolution or winding up. Such notice shall also state whether such transaction will result in any adjustment in the Series D Conversion Price applicable to the Series D Preferred Stock and, if so, shall state what the adjusted Series D Conversion Price will be and when it will become effective. Neither the failure to give the notice required by this Paragraph (2)(a)5.(iii)(G), nor any defect therein, to any particular holder shall affect the sufficiency of the notice or the legality or validity of the proceedings described in Paragraph (2)(a)5.(iii)(G)(1) through Paragraph (2)(a)5.(iii)(G)(4).

(iv) Reservation of Shares Issuable Upon Conversion . The corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, for the purpose of issuance upon conversion of Series D Preferred Stock, the full number of shares of Common Stock then issuable upon the conversion of all shares of Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding and shall take all action necessary so that shares of Common Stock so issued will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

(v) Allocation of Costs . The corporation will pay any and all stamp or similar taxes that may be payable in respect of the issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock on conversion of Series D Preferred Stock. The corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Series D Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person requesting such issuance has paid to the corporation the amount of any such tax or has established to the satisfaction of the corporation that such tax has been paid.

(vi) Payment in Lieu of Fractional Shares . No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon the conversion of Series D Preferred Stock. If any such conversion would otherwise require the issuance of such a fractional share, an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the average of the average high and low sales price per share for the Common Stock, as reported on the Nasdaq National Market or such national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is primarily traded at the time of such computation, for thirty (30) consecutive trading days immediately preceding the date of conversion, shall be paid to the holder in cash by the corporation.

(vii) Approval of Conversion . Conversion of shares of the Series D

 

8


Preferred Stock held of record by Thomas D. Flanagan may be converted into shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Paragraph (2)(a)5 only if the conversion has received the prior approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or, where permitted to be approved by a Federal Reserve Bank, the prior approval of the appropriate Federal Reserve Bank, unless at the time of such redemption, such prior approval shall not be required under applicable laws, rules or regulations, or order of said Board of Governors.

6. Liquidation Preference . In the event of a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation, each holder of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of the corporation available for distribution to shareholders, after payment in full of all amounts owing to the holders of all shares of all classes or series of stock having rights senior to the Series D Preferred Stock upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation, an amount per share equal to, but no more than, the Series D Stated Value per share of each share of Series D Preferred Stock held by such holder, including all accrued and unpaid dividends, whether or not declared, to and including the date of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation. Until payment to the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock of all amounts owing as aforesaid, or until money or other assets sufficient for such payment shall have been set apart from its other funds and assets for payment by the corporation, for the account of such holders, so as to be and continue to be available for payment to such holders, no payment or distribution upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up shall be made to holders of shares ranking junior to, or on a parity with, the Series D Preferred Stock as to rights upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation. The Common Stock and each series of Preferred Stock shall be junior to the Series D Preferred Stock as to rights upon the liquidation, dissolution or liquidation or winding up of the corporation, except that the Series E Preferred Stock shall be on a parity with the Series D Preferred Stock with respect to the right to receive payment or distribution upon the liquidation, dissolution or liquidation or winding up of the corporation. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the assets of the corporation available for payment and distribution to shareholders are insufficient to make payment in full, as hereinabove provided, to the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock and the holders of all other shares of Preferred Stock which rank on a parity with the Series D Preferred Stock as to rights upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation, payment shall be made to such holders ratably in accordance with the liquidation value of shares held by them, respectively.

Neither a consolidation nor merger of the corporation with or into any other corporation, nor a merger of any other corporation into the corporation, nor the purchase or redemption of all or any part of the outstanding shares of any class or classes of stock of the corporation, nor the sale or transfer of properties of the corporation substantially as an entirety, shall be construed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation within the meaning of the foregoing provisions.

7. Business Combinations and Other Transactions . The Corporation shall not effect a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or similar transaction or an exchange of securities with another party unless, following such merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, similar transaction or exchange of securities, (i) the Series D Preferred Stock will remain issued and outstanding, or (ii) provision shall have been made for the

 

9


issuance to the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock of another series of preferred stock with powers, preferences and special rights substantially identical to those of the Series D Preferred Stock.

8. Voting of Series D Preferred Stock . The holders of the Series D Preferred Stock shall have no right to vote upon any matter except as shall be affirmatively provided in the Ohio General Corporation Law.

(b) Series E Perpetual Preferred Stock. Two-Thousand shares of preferred stock of the corporation shall be designated “Series E Perpetual Preferred Stock” and shall have the rights, preferences and entitlements that follow:

1. Designation and Amount . The shares of such series shall be designated as Series E Perpetual Preferred Stock (the “Series E Preferred Stock”), which shall be a closed series consisting of 2,000 shares of cumulative perpetual preferred stock. The number of authorized shares of Series E Preferred Stock may not be increased or decreased. Each share of the Series E Preferred Stock shall have a stated value of $1,000 per share (the “Series E Stated Value”).

2. Dividends .

(i) Entitlement . The holders of Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, as and when declared payable by the Board of Directors from funds of the corporation legally available for the payment thereof, cumulative preferred dividends in lawful money of the United States of America at the applicable rate fixed and determined as herein authorized, and no more, payable quarterly on the last day of each March, June, September, and December (the “Series E Dividend Payment Dates”) in each year with respect to the quarterly period beginning on the first day of each calendar quarter and ending on each such respective payment date (the “Series E Dividend Period”) to shareholders of record on a date, to be fixed by the Board of Directors, not exceeding forty (40) days preceding each Series E Dividend Payment Date. Accumulations of dividends shall not bear interest. The initial dividend payment for Series E Preferred Stock will accrue from the date such series is issued and will be payable on the first Series E Dividend Payment Date following such date. The annual rate of preferred dividends on each share of Series E Preferred Stock shall be the product of the applicable Series E Dividend Rate (as hereinafter described) and the Series E Stated Value, payable in quarterly installments, provided, however, that if any change in the Series E Dividend Rate shall occur the dividends payable for that part of the Series E Dividend Period occurring prior to such change shall be payable on the basis of the Series E Dividend Rate in effect prior to such change and the dividends payable for that part of the Series E Dividend Period from and after such change shall be payable on the basis of the Series E Dividend Rate then becoming effective and such determination shall be made on the basis of a thirty (30) day month and a three hundred and sixty (360) day year.

(ii) Series E Dividend Rate . The rate of preferred dividends per share of the Series E Preferred Stock per annum based on the Series E Stated Value (the “Series E Dividend Rate”) shall be eight percent (8%).

 

10


(iii) Cumulative and Perpetual . Dividends payable on account of the Series E Preferred Stock shall be cumulative and shall be paid, from funds of the corporation legally available for the payment thereof, so long as any shares of the Series E Preferred Stock are outstanding.

(iv) Restrictions on Dividend Payments . All shares of the Common Stock and each series of Preferred Stock shall rank junior to the Series E Preferred Stock as to dividends, except that the Series D Preferred Stock shall rank senior to the Series E Preferred Stock as to dividends.

So long as any shares of the Series E Preferred Stock remain outstanding, no dividend shall be paid or declared, or declared and set apart for payment, or other distribution made, on the shares of any class of stock ranking, as to dividend rights, junior to the Series E Preferred Stock, nor shall any shares of any class of stock (or series thereof) of the corporation ranking, as to dividend rights, junior to, or on a parity with, the Series E Preferred Stock, be purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for value by the corporation, unless dividends on the Series E Preferred Stock shall have been declared and paid, or declared and set apart for payment, for all past Series E Dividend Periods ending immediately prior to the date on which such dividend, distribution, purchase, redemption or acquisition is to occur and the then current Series E Dividend Period; provided, however, that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply (a) to the declaration and payment, on shares ranking junior to the Series E Preferred Stock as to dividend rights, of dividends payable solely in shares of stock of any class of shares ranking junior to the Series E Preferred Stock as to dividend rights or, (b) to the acquisition of any shares ranking junior to, or on a parity with, the Series E Preferred Stock as to dividend rights through application of the proceeds of the issue and sale of any class of any shares ranking junior to, or on a parity, with the Series E Preferred Stock as to dividend rights sold at or about the time of such acquisition. No dividends shall be paid or declared, or declared and set apart for payment, or other distribution made on any shares of any class of stock (or series thereof) of the corporation ranking, as to dividend rights, on a parity with the Series E Preferred Stock for any dividend period unless, at the same time, a like proportion of dividends for the same or similar dividend period, ratably in proportion to the respective annual dividend rate fixed therefor, shall be paid or declared, or declared and set apart for payment, on all shares of Series E Preferred Stock.

3. Status of Reacquired Shares . The corporation shall retire any of the shares of the Series E Preferred Stock that are converted into cash pursuant to Paragraph (2)(b)5., or that it repurchases or otherwise acquires, and such shares shall not be reissued as shares of Series E Preferred Stock but shall revert to authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock and may be reissued as shares of a different series of Preferred Stock in any future designation by the Board of Directors.

4. Restriction on Issuance of Additional Preferred Stock . So long as any shares of the Series E Preferred Stock are outstanding, the corporation shall not issue any securities ranking senior to, or on a parity with, the Series E Preferred Stock as to dividend rights or rights upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation without the prior

 

11


approval of the holders of a majority of the Series E Preferred Stock.

5. Change of Control . In the event of a Change of Control (as defined below) of the corporation that is not approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series E Preferred Stock and upon the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, the shares of Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding shall convert into the right to receive a cash payment, effective as of the effective date of such Change of Control, (the “Change of Control Effective Date”), equal to the sum of (1) the value of the consideration exchanged or paid in connection with the Change of Control for such whole number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Series E Preferred Stock outstanding on the Change of Control Effective Date would be convertible if such shares were at the time shares of Series D Preferred Stock, and (2) the amount that would have been payable in lieu of fractional shares to a holder of such number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock upon conversion into Common Stock. For purposes of this Paragraph (2)(b)5. a “Change of Control” shall mean any merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or similar transaction, a tender offer by or exchange of securities with another party, or a combination of the foregoing, wherein another party or its affiliates shall acquire voting securities of the corporation which, together with voting securities already owned by such party or affiliates, exceeds 50% of the voting power of the corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors of the corporation. Any consideration paid in a Change of Control other than cash shall be valued for purposes of this Paragraph (2)(b)5. on the same basis that it was valued in good faith by the Board of Directors of the corporation in taking any action on or with respect to the Change of Control.

6. Liquidation Preference . In the event of a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation, each holder of the Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of the corporation available for distribution to shareholders, after payment in full of all amounts owing to the holders of all shares of all classes or series of stock having rights senior to the Series E Preferred Stock upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation, an amount per share equal to, but no more than, the Series E Stated Value per share of each share of Series E Preferred Stock, including all accrued and unpaid dividends whether or not declared, to and including the date of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation. Until payment to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock of all amounts owing as aforesaid, or until money or other assets sufficient for such payment shall have been set apart from its other funds and assets for payment by the corporation, for the account of such holders, so as to be and continue to be available for payment to such holders, no payment or distribution upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up shall be made to holders of shares ranking junior to, or on a parity with, the Series E Preferred Stock as to rights upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up. The Common Stock and each series of Preferred Stock shall be junior to the Series E Preferred Stock as to rights upon the liquidation, dissolution or liquidation or winding up of the corporation, except that the Series D Preferred Stock shall be on a parity with the Series E Preferred Stock with respect to the right to receive payment or distribution upon the liquidation, dissolution or liquidation or winding up of the corporation. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the assets of the corporation available for payment and distribution to shareholders are insufficient to make payment in full, as hereinabove provided, to the holders of

 

12


the Series E Preferred Stock and the holders of all other shares of Preferred Stock which rank on a parity with the Series E Preferred Stock as to rights upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation, payment shall be made to such holders ratably in accordance with the liquidation value of shares held by them, respectively.

Neither a consolidation nor merger of the corporation with or into any other corporation, nor a merger of any other corporation into the corporation, nor the purchase or redemption of all or any part of the outstanding shares of any class or classes of stock of the corporation, nor the sale or transfer of properties of the corporation substantially as an entirety, shall be construed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation within the meaning of the foregoing provisions.

7. Business Combinations and Other Transactions . The Corporation shall not effect a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or similar transaction or an exchange of securities with another party unless, following such merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, similar transaction or exchange of securities, (i) the Series E Preferred Stock will remain issued and outstanding, (ii) provision shall have been made for the issuance to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock of another series of preferred stock with powers, preferences and special rights substantially identical to those of the Series E Preferred Stock, or (iii) the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series E Preferred Stock shall have approved the conversion of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock into the right to receive a cash payment in accordance with Paragraph (2)(b)5.

8. Voting of Series E Preferred Stock . The holders of the Series E Preferred Stock shall have no right to vote upon any matter except as shall be affirmatively provided in the Ohio General Corporation Law.

(c) Designation and Number of Shares . There is hereby created out of the authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock of the Corporation a series of preferred stock designated as the “Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series F” (the “Designated Preferred Stock”). The authorized number of shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be 136,321. Each of the 136,321 shares of the Designated Preferred Stock, no par value, shall have a liquidation preference of $25,000 per share, and $3,408,025,000 in the aggregate.

1. Standard Provisions . The Standard Provisions contained in Annex A attached hereto are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety and shall be deemed to be a part of this Certificate of Designations to the same extent as if such provisions had been set forth in full herein.

2. Definitions . The following terms are used in this Certificate of Designations (including the Standard Provisions in Annex A hereto) as defined below:

(i) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $0.00 per share, of the Corporation.

(ii) “ Dividend Payment Date “ means March 31, June 30, September

 

13


30 and December 31 of each year.

(iii) “ Junior Stock ” means the Common Stock and any other class or series of stock of the Corporation the terms of which expressly provide that it ranks junior to Designated Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and/or as to rights on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

(iv) “ Liquidation Amount ” means $25,000 per share of Designated Preferred Stock.

(v) “ Minimum Amount ” means $852,006,000.00.

(vi) “ Parity Stock ” means any class or series of stock of the Corporation (other than Designated Preferred Stock) the terms of which do not expressly provide that such class or series will rank senior or junior to Designated Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and/or as to rights on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (in each case without regard to whether dividends accrue cumulatively or non-cumulatively). Without limiting the foregoing, Parity Stock shall include the Corporation’s Series G Preferred Stock.

(vii) “ Signing Date ” means the Original Issue Date.

3. Certain Voting Matters . Holders of shares of Designated Preferred Stock will be entitled to one vote for each such share on any matter on which holders of Designated Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, including any action by written consent.

(d) 8.50% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock, Series G. Forty-Six Thousand (46,000) shares of the preferred stock of the Corporation shall be designated “8.50% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock, Series G.” Each of the Forty-Six Thousand (46,000) shares of the Series G Preferred Stock, no par value, shall have a liquidation preference of $25,000 per share, and $1,150,000,000 in the aggregate, and shall have the rights, preferences and entitlements that follow:

1. Designation . The shares of such series shall be designated as “8.50% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock, Series G” (the “Series G Preferred Stock”).

2. Dividends .

(i) Dividends on shares of Series G Preferred Stock will not be mandatory. Holders of the Series G Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of the corporation’s common stock and of any other shares of the corporation’s stock ranking junior to the Series G Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends, will be entitled to receive, only when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of funds legally available for payment, cash dividends. These dividends will be payable at a rate per annum equal to 8.50% (the “ Dividend Rate ”), applied to the $25,000 liquidation preference per share, and will be paid on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (each, a “ Dividend Payment Date ”), with

 

14


respect to the Dividend Period, or portion thereof, ending on the day preceding the respective Dividend Payment Date. A “ Dividend Period ” means each period commencing on (and including) a Dividend Payment Date and continuing to (but not including) the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date, except that the first Dividend Period for the initial issuance of the Series G Preferred Stock will commence upon the original issue date of the Series G Preferred Stock and be paid on September 30, 2008. Dividends will be paid to holders of record on the respective date fixed for that purpose by the Board of Directors in advance of payment of each particular dividend. If a Dividend Payment Date is not a business day, the applicable dividend shall be paid on the first business day following that day without adjustment. A “ business day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions and trust companies in New York, New York and Cincinnati, Ohio are permitted or required by any applicable law to close. The amount of dividends payable per share of Series G Preferred Stock on each Dividend Payment Date will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

(ii) Dividends on shares of Series G Preferred Stock will not be cumulative. Accordingly, if the Board of Directors does not declare a dividend on the Series G Preferred Stock payable in respect of any dividend period before the related Dividend Payment Date, such dividend will not accrue and the corporation will have no obligation to pay a dividend for that dividend period on the Dividend Payment Date or at any future time, whether or not dividends on the Series G Preferred Stock are declared for any future dividend period.

3. Ranking .

(i) With respect to the payment of dividends and the amounts to be paid upon liquidation, the Series G Preferred Stock will rank (a) senior to the corporation’s common stock and all other equity securities designated as ranking junior to the Series G Preferred Stock, which will include all future issuances of preferred stock, other than those series designated as ranking on parity with it; (b) at least equally with all other equity securities designated as ranking on a parity with the Series G Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and distribution of assets upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the corporation; and (c) junior to the Series D Preferred Stock (as defined in Paragraph A(2)(a) of this Article Fourth) and Series E Preferred Stock (as defined in Paragraph A(2)(b) of this Article Fourth).

(ii) The corporation will not issue any series of preferred stock in the future that ranks senior to the Series G Preferred Stock, but the corporation may issue additional series ranking junior to or on a parity with the Series G Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and distribution of assets upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation. The corporation’s common stock and any other equity securities designated as ranking junior to the Series G Preferred Stock are referred to herein as “ junior stock.

(iii) So long as any shares of Series G Preferred Stock remain outstanding, unless the full dividends for the then-current Dividend Period on all outstanding shares of Series G Preferred Stock have been paid, or declared and funds set aside therefor, on any day in the immediately succeeding Dividend Period: (a) no dividend whatsoever shall be

 

15


declared on any junior stock, other than a dividend payable solely in junior stock; and (b) the corporation and its subsidiaries may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for consideration (other than as a result of reclassification of junior stock for or into junior stock, or the exchange or conversion of one share of junior stock for or into another share of junior stock, and other than through the use of the proceeds of a substantially contemporaneous sale of other shares of junior stock), nor will the corporation pay to or make available any monies for a sinking fund for the redemption of any junior stock.

(iv) On any Dividend Payment Date for which full dividends are not paid, or declared and funds set aside therefor, upon the Series G Preferred Stock and any shares of any class or series or any securities convertible into shares of any class or series of other equity securities designated as ranking on a parity with the Series G Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends (“ Dividend Parity Stock ”), all dividends paid or declared for payment on that Dividend Payment Date with respect to the Series G Preferred Stock and the Dividend Parity Stock shall be shared: (a) first ratably by the holders of any shares of such other series of Dividend Parity Stock who have the right to receive dividends with respect to Dividend Periods prior to the then-current Dividend Period, in proportion to their respective amounts of the undeclared and unpaid dividends relating to prior Dividend Periods; and (b) thereafter by the holders of the shares of Series G Preferred Stock and the Dividend Parity Stock on a pro rata basis.

(v) The corporation will not issue any new series of preferred stock having dividend payment dates that are not a March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 (or the next business day, if applicable).

4. Conversion .

(i) Optional Conversion Right . Each share of the Series G Preferred Stock may be converted at any time, at the option of the holder, into 2,159.8272 shares of the corporation’s common stock plus cash in lieu of fractional shares, subject to anti-dilution adjustments (such rate or adjusted rate, the “ conversion rate ”).

The conversion rate and the corresponding conversion price in effect at any given time are referred to as the “ applicable conversion rate ” and the “ applicable conversion price ,” respectively, and will be subject to adjustment as described below. The applicable conversion price at any given time will be computed by dividing $25,000 by the applicable conversion rate at such time.

If the conversion date is prior to the record date for any declared dividend on Series G Preferred Stock for the dividend period in which the holder elects to convert, the holder will not receive any declared dividends for that dividend period. If the conversion date is after the record date for any declared dividend and prior to the dividend payment date, the holder will receive that dividend on the relevant dividend payment date if the holder was the holder of record on the record date for that dividend; however , whether or not the holder was the holder of record on the record date, if the holder converts after a record date and prior to the related dividend payment date, the holder must pay to the conversion agent (as defined in Paragraph 4(xiii)) when the

 

16


holder converts the holder’s shares of Series G Preferred Stock an amount in cash equal to the full dividend actually paid on the dividend payment date for the then-current dividend period on the shares being converted, unless the holder’s shares of Series G Preferred Stock are being converted as a consequence of a mandatory conversion at the option of the corporation, a make-whole acquisition or a fundamental change as described below in Paragraph 4(ii), Paragraph 4(v) and Paragraph 4(vi).

The corporation will pay any and all stock transfer, documentary, stamp and similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Series G Preferred Stock or shares of the corporation’s common stock or other securities issued on account of Series G Preferred Stock or certificates representing such shares or securities. The corporation will not, however, be required to pay any such tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of shares of Series G Preferred Stock, shares of the corporation’s common stock or other securities in a name other than that in which the shares of Series G Preferred Stock with respect to which such shares or other securities are issued or delivered were registered, or in respect of any payment to any person other than a payment to the registered holder thereof, and will not be required to make any such issuance, delivery or payment unless and until the person otherwise entitled to such issuance, delivery or payment has paid to the corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the corporation, that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

(ii) Mandatory Conversion at the Option of the corporation . On or after June 30, 2013, the corporation may, at its option, at any time or from time to time cause some or all of the Series G Preferred Stock to be converted into shares of the corporation’s common stock at the then applicable conversion rate. The corporation may exercise its conversion right if, for twenty (20) trading days within any period of thirty (30) consecutive trading days, including the last trading day of such period, ending on the trading day preceding the date the corporation gives notice of mandatory conversion, the closing price of the corporation’s common stock exceeds 130% of the then applicable conversion price of the Series G Preferred Stock. If less than all of the Series G Preferred Stock are converted, the conversion agent will select the Series G Preferred Stock to be converted by lot, or on a pro rata basis or by another method the conversion agent considers fair and appropriate, including any method required by The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or any successor depositary (so long as such method is not prohibited by the rules of any stock exchange or quotation association on which the Series G Preferred Stock is then traded or quoted). If the conversion agent selects a portion of a holder’s shares of Series G Preferred Stock for partial mandatory conversion and the holder converts a portion of the holder’s shares of Series G Preferred Stock at the same time, the portion converted at the holder’s option will reduce the portion of the holder’s Series G Preferred Stock selected for mandatory conversion. The “ closing price ” of the corporation’s common stock on any date of determination means the closing sale price or, if no closing sale price is reported, the last reported sale price per share of the corporation’s common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on that date. If the shares of the corporation’s common stock are not traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on any date of determination, the closing price of the corporation’s common stock on any date of determination means the closing sale price as reported in the composite transactions for the principal U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the corporation’s common stock is so listed or quoted, or, if no

 

17


closing price is reported, the last reported sale price on the principal U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the corporation’s common stock is so listed or quoted, or if the corporation’s common stock is not so listed or quoted on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange, the last quoted bid price for the corporation’s common stock in the over-the-counter market as reported by Pink Sheets LLC or a similar organization, or, if that bid price is not available, the market price of the corporation’s common stock on that date as determined by a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm (unaffiliated with the corporation) retained by the corporation for this purpose. The “ closing price ” for any other share of capital stock shall be determined on a comparable basis. A “ trading day ” is a day on which the corporation’s common stock: (a) are not suspended from trading on any national or regional securities exchange or association or over-the-counter market at the close of business; and (b) have traded at least once on the national or regional securities exchange or association or over-the-counter market that is the primary market for the trading of the corporation’s common stock.

For purposes of calculating the “ closing price ” of the corporation’s common stock, if a reorganization event (as defined in Paragraph 4(vii) below) has occurred and (1) the exchange property (as defined in Section 4(vii)) consists only of shares of the corporation’s common stock, the “ closing price ” shall be based on the closing price of such shares of the corporation’s common stock; (2) the exchange property consists only of cash, the “ closing price ” shall be the cash amount paid per share; and (3) the exchange property consists of securities, cash and/or other property, the “ closing price ” shall be based on the sum, as applicable, of (x) the closing price of the corporation’s common stock, (y) the cash amount paid per share and (z) the value (as determined by the Board of Directors from time-to-time) of any other securities or property paid to the corporation’s shareholders in connection with the reorganization event.

All references to the closing price and last reported sale price of one of the shares of the corporation’s common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market shall be such closing price and last reported sale price as reflected on the website of the NASDAQ Global Select Market ( http://www.nasdaq.com ) and as reported by Bloomberg Professional Service; provided that in the event that there is a discrepancy between the closing sale price as reflected on the website of the NASDAQ Global Select Market and as reported by Bloomberg Professional Service, the closing sale price and last reported sale price on the website of the NASDAQ Global Select Market shall govern.

To exercise the mandatory conversion right described above, the corporation must give notice (i) by providing a notice of such conversion to each holder of the corporation’s Series G Preferred Stock or (ii) issuing a press release and making this information available on the corporation’s website. The conversion date will be a date selected by the corporation (the “ mandatory conversion date ”) and will be no less than ten days, and no more than twenty (20) days, after the date on which the corporation provides such notice of mandatory conversion or issues such press release. In addition to any information required by applicable law or regulation, the notice of mandatory conversion and press release shall state, as appropriate: (a) the mandatory conversion date; (b) the number shares of the corporation’s common stock to be issued upon conversion of each share of Series G Preferred Stock; and (c) the number of shares of Series G Preferred Stock to be converted.

 

18


(iii) Limitation on Beneficial Ownership . Notwithstanding the foregoing, no holder of Series G Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive shares of the corporation’s common stock upon conversion to the extent (but only to the extent) that such receipt would cause such converting holder to become, directly or indirectly, a “ beneficial owner ” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) of more than 9.9% of the shares of the corporation’s common stock outstanding at such time. Any purported delivery of the corporation’s common stock upon conversion of Series G Preferred Stock shall be void and have no effect to the extent, but only to the extent, that such delivery would result in the converting holder becoming the beneficial owner of more than 9.9% of the shares of the corporation’s common stock outstanding at such time. If any delivery of the corporation’s common stock owed to a holder upon conversion of Series G Preferred Stock is not made, in whole or in part, as a result of this limitation, the corporation’s obligation to make such delivery shall not be extinguished and the corporation shall deliver such shares as promptly as practicable after any such converting holder gives notice to the corporation that such delivery would not result in it being the beneficial owner of more than 9.9% of the corporation’s common stock outstanding at such time. This limitation on beneficial ownership shall not constrain in any event the corporation’s ability to exercise its right to cause the Series G Preferred Stock to convert mandatorily.

(iv) Conversion Procedures . Conversion into the shares of the corporation’s common stock will occur on the mandatory conversion date or any applicable conversion date (as defined below). On the mandatory conversion date, certificates representing shares of the corporation’s common stock will be issued and delivered to the holder or the holder’s designee upon presentation and surrender of the certificate evidencing the Series G Preferred Stock to the conversion agent if shares of the Series G Preferred Stock are held in certificated form, and upon compliance with some additional procedures described below. If a holder’s interest is a beneficial interest in a global certificate representing Series G Preferred Stock, a book-entry transfer through DTC will be made by the conversion agent upon compliance with the depositary’s procedures for converting a beneficial interest in a global security. On the date of any conversion at the option of the holders, if a holder’s interest is in certificated form, a holder must do each of the following in order to convert: (a) complete and manually sign the conversion notice provided by the conversion agent, or a facsimile of the conversion notice, and deliver this irrevocable notice to the conversion agent; (b) surrender the shares of Series G Preferred Stock to the conversion agent; (c) if required, furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents; (d) if required, pay all transfer or similar taxes; and (e) if required, pay funds equal to any declared and unpaid dividend payable on the next dividend payment date.

If a holder’s interest is a beneficial interest in a global certificate representing Series G Preferred Stock, in order to convert, a holder must comply with the last three requirements listed above and comply with the depositary’s procedures for converting a beneficial interest in a global security. The date on which a holder complies with the foregoing procedures is the “ conversion date .”

A holder may obtain copies of the required form of the conversion notice from the conversion agent. The conversion agent will, on a holder’s behalf, convert the Series G

 

19


Preferred Stock into the corporation’s common stock, in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the corporation described below. Payments of cash for dividends and in lieu of fractional shares and, if the corporation’s common stock is to be delivered, a book-entry transfer through DTC will be made by the conversion agent.

The person or persons entitled to receive shares of the corporation’s common stock and/or securities issuable upon conversion of the Series G Preferred Stock will be treated as the record holder(s) of such shares as of the close of business on the applicable conversion date. Prior to the close of business on the applicable conversion date, the shares of the corporation’s common stock and/or securities issuable upon conversion of the Series G Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose and the holder will have no rights with respect to the corporation’s common stock, including voting rights, rights to respond to tender offers and rights to receive any dividends or other distributions on the corporation’s common stock or other securities issuable upon conversion, by virtue of holding the Series G Preferred Stock.

(v) Conversion Upon Certain Acquisitions .

(a) General . The following provisions will apply if, prior to the conversion date, one of the following events occur prior to the conversion date for shares of Series G Preferred Stock: (i) a “ person ” or “ group ” within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act files a Schedule TO or any schedule, form or report under the Exchange Act disclosing that such person or group has become the direct or indirect ultimate “ beneficial owner ,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of shares of the corporation’s capital stock entitling such person or group to exercise 50% or more of the total voting power of all shares of the corporation’s capital stock; or (ii) consummation of any consolidation or merger of the corporation or similar transaction or any sale, lease or other transfer in one transaction or a series of transactions of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the corporation and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any person other than one of the corporation’s subsidiaries, in each case pursuant to which the corporation’s common stock will be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than pursuant to a transaction in which the persons that “ beneficially owned ” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, voting shares immediately prior to such transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly, voting shares representing a majority of the total voting power of all outstanding classes of voting shares of the continuing or surviving person immediately after the transaction. These transactions are referred to as “ make-whole acquisitions ;” provided , however , that a make-whole acquisition will not be deemed to have occurred if (x) at least 90% of the consideration (as determined by the Board of Directors) received by holders of the corporation’s common stock in the transaction or transactions consists of shares of the corporation’s common stock or American Depositary Receipts in respect of shares of the corporation’s common stock that are traded on a U.S. national securities exchange or that will be traded on a U.S. national securities exchange when issued or exchanged in connection with a make-whole acquisition and (y) such transaction or transactions are a reorganization event (as described below in Paragraph 4(vii) with the consequence that each share of Series G Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or transactions will become convertible into such shares of the corporation’s common stock or American Depositary Receipts in respect of shares of the corporation’s common stock in such transaction or transactions. Upon a make-whole acquisition, the corporation will, under the

 

20


circumstances provided below in this Section 4(v), increase the conversion rate in respect of any conversions of the Series G Preferred Stock that occur during the period (the “ make-whole acquisition conversion period ”) beginning on the effective date of the make-whole acquisition (the “ make-whole acquisition effective date ”) and ending on the date that is thirty (30) days after the make-whole acquisition effective date, by a number of additional shares of the corporation’s common stock (the “ make-whole shares ”) as described below.

The corporation will notify holders, at least twenty (20) days prior to the anticipated make-whole acquisition effective date of such make-whole acquisition, or within two business days of becoming aware of a make-whole acquisition described in Paragraph 4(v)(a)(i) of the anticipated make-whole acquisition effective date of such transaction. The notice will specify the anticipated make-whole acquisition effective date of the make-whole acquisition and the date by which each holder’s make-whole acquisition conversion right must be exercised, which shall be thirty (30) days after the make-whole acquisition effective date. The corporation will also notify holders on the make-whole acquisition effective date of such make-whole acquisition, or as soon as practicable thereafter, specifying, among other things, the date that is thirty (30) days after the make-whole acquisition effective date, the number of make-whole shares and the amount of the cash, securities and other consideration receivable by the holder upon conversion. To exercise the make-whole acquisition conversion right, a holder must deliver to the conversion agent, on or before the close of business on the date specified in the notice, the certificate evidencing such holder’s shares of the Series G Preferred Stock, if the shares of the Series G Preferred Stock are held in certificated form. If a holder’s interest is a beneficial interest in a global certificate representing Series G Preferred Stock, in order to convert a holder must comply with the requirements listed above in Paragraph 4(iv) and comply with the depositary’s procedures for converting a beneficial interest in a global security. The date that the holder complies with these requirements is referred to as the “ make-whole conversion date. ” If a holder does not elect to exercise the make-whole acquisition conversion right within the specified period, such holder’s shares of the Series G Preferred Stock will remain outstanding until otherwise converted but will not be eligible to receive make-whole shares.

(b) Make-Whole Shares . The following table sets forth the number of make-whole shares per share of Series G Preferred Stock for each share price and effective date set forth below:

 

Common

Stock Price

    

June 25,

2008

    

June 30,

2009

    

June 30,

2010

    

June 30,

2011

    

June 30,

2012

    

June 30,

2013

     Thereafter  
$ 9.26         539.9568         539.9568         539.9568         539.9568         535.4657         539.9568         539.9568   
$ 10.00         507.7434         479.3367         458.2452         442.3782         421.6382         439.6154         435.4400   
$ 11.50         373.3951         345.2667         322.2862         298.7240         267.3819         266.8385         261.2518   
$ 13.00         283.2983         258.3703         233.8376         204.7061         164.5931         130.8016         134.0156   
$ 15.05         209.7587         186.8266         165.4783         134.2429         90.7086         0.7189         0.9596   
$ 17.50         152.3791         133.5064         114.7792         86.6998         46.6655         —           —     
$ 20.00         118.6715         103.5533         88.6562         64.3948         32.6515         —           —     
$ 22.50         96.7425         84.4161         72.7387         52.2759         26.5248         —           —     

 

21


$ 25.00         81.2203         71.2120         62.0169         44.6319         22.8395         —           —     
$ 30.00         60.5934         53.8142         48.0275         34.8204         17.8425         —           —     
$ 40.00         37.9361         34.2680         31.8490         23.3217         11.7063         —           —     
$ 50.00         25.8236         23.4291         22.4928         16.5102         8.0380         —           —     
$ 60.00         18.4131         16.6115         16.4176         12.0103         5.6052         —           —     
$ 80.00         10.0753         8.7237         9.1358         6.4894         2.6035         —           —     
$ 100.00         5.6902         4.4637         5.0780         3.3018         0.8643         —           —     
$ 125.00         2.6300         1.4728         2.1313         0.9092         —           —           —     

The exact common stock price and effective dates may not be set forth on the table, in which case:

(i) if the common stock price is between two common stock price amounts on the table or the effective date is between two dates on the table, the number of make-whole shares will be determined by straight-line interpolation between the number of make-whole shares set forth for the higher and lower common stock price amounts and the two dates, as applicable, based on a 365-day year;

(ii) if the common stock price is in excess of $125.00 per share (subject to adjustment as described below ), no make-whole shares will be issued upon conversion of the Series G Preferred Stock; and

(iii) if the common stock price is less than $9.26 per share (subject to adjustment as described below), no make-whole shares will be issued upon conversion of the Series G Preferred Stock.

The number of make-whole shares will be determined by reference to the table above and is based on the make-whole acquisition effective date and the price (the “ share price ”) paid per share of the corporation’s common stock in such transaction. If the holders of the corporation’s common stock receive only cash (in a single per-share amount, other than with respect to appraisal and similar rights) in the make-whole acquisition, the share price shall be the cash amount paid per share. For purposes of the preceding sentence as applied to a make-whole acquisition described in Paragraph 4(v)(a)(x) above, a single price per share shall be deemed to have been paid only if the transaction or transactions that caused the person or group to become direct or indirect ultimate beneficial owners of the corporation’s common stock representing more than 50% of the voting power of the corporation’s common stock was a tender offer for more than 50% of the corporation’s outstanding common stock. Otherwise, the share price shall be the average of the closing price per share of the corporation’s common stock on the ten (10) trading days up to but not including the make-whole acquisition effective date.

The share prices set forth in the second column of the table will be adjusted as of any date on which the conversion rate of the Series G Preferred Stock is adjusted. The adjusted share prices will equal the share prices applicable immediately prior to such adjustment multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the conversion rate immediately prior to the adjustment

 

22


giving rise to the share price adjustment and the denominator of which is the conversion rate as so adjusted. Each of the number of make-whole shares in the table will be subject to adjustment in the same manner as the conversion rate as set forth under Paragraph 4(viii).

(vi) Conversion Upon Fundamental Change . In lieu of receiving the make-whole shares, if the reference price (as defined below) in connection with a make-whole acquisition is less than $9.26, subject to adjustment (a “ fundamental change ”), a holder may elect to convert each share of Series G Preferred Stock during the period beginning on the effective date of the fundamental change and ending on the date that is thirty (30) days after the effective date of the fundamental change at an adjusted conversion price equal to the greater of (1) the reference price and (2) $ 4.63, subject to adjustment (the “ base price ”). The base price will be adjusted as of any date that the conversion rate of the Series G Preferred Stock is adjusted. The adjusted base price will equal the base price applicable immediately prior to such adjustment multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the conversion rate immediately prior to the adjustment giving rise to the conversion rate adjustment and the denominator of which is the conversion rate as so adjusted. If the reference price is less than the base price, holders will receive a maximum of 5,399.5680 shares of the corporation’s common stock per share of Series G Preferred Stock, subject to adjustment, which may result in a holder receiving value that is less than the liquidation preference of the Series G Preferred Stock. In lieu of issuing shares of the corporation’s common stock upon conversion in the event of a fundamental change, the corporation may at its option, and the corporation obtains any necessary regulatory approval, make a cash payment equal to the reference price for each share of the corporation’s common stock otherwise issuable upon conversion.

The “ reference price ” shall be the “ share price ” as defined above in the paragraph immediately succeeding the table under Paragraph 4(v).

To exercise the fundamental change conversion right, a holder must comply with the requirements listed above under Paragraph 4(iv) on or before the date that is thirty (30) days following the effectiveness of the fundamental change and indicate that it is exercising the fundamental change conversion right. If a holder does not elect to exercise the fundamental change conversion right, such holder will not be eligible to convert such holder’s shares at the base price and such holder’s shares of the Series G Preferred Stock will remain outstanding until otherwise converted.

The corporation will notify holders, at least twenty (20) days prior to the anticipated effective date of a fundamental change, or within two business days of becoming aware of a make-whole acquisition described in the Paragraph 4(v)(a)(i) of the anticipated effective date of such transaction. The notice will specify the anticipated effective date of the fundamental change and the date by which each holder’s fundamental change conversion right must be exercised. The corporation also will provide notice to holders on the effective date of a fundamental change, or as soon as practicable thereafter, specifying, among other things, the date that is thirty (30) days after the effective date, the adjusted conversion price following the fundamental change and the amount of the cash, securities and other consideration receivable by the holder upon conversion. To exercise the fundamental change conversion right, a holder must comply with the requirements listed above in Paragraph 4(iv) on or before the date that is thirty

 

23


(30) days following the effectiveness of the fundamental change and indicate that it is exercising the fundamental change conversion right. If a holder does not elect to exercise the fundamental change conversion right within such period, such holder will not be eligible to convert such holder’s shares at the base price and such holder’s shares of Series G Preferred Stock will remain outstanding (subject to the holder electing to convert such holder’s shares as described above in Paragraph 4(v).

(vii) Reorganization Events . In the event of: (a) any consolidation or merger of the corporation with or into another person in each case pursuant to which the corporation’s common stock will be converted into cash, securities or other property of the corporation or another person; (b) any sale, transfer, lease or conveyance to another person of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the corporation and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in each case pursuant to which the corporation’s common stock will be converted into cash, securities or other property; (c) any reclassification of the corporation’s common stock into securities, including securities other than the corporation’s common stock; or (d) any statutory exchange of the corporation’s securities with another person (other than in connection with a merger or acquisition, each of which is referred to as a “ reorganization event ,” each share of the Series G Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such reorganization event will, without the consent of the holders of the Series G Preferred Stock, become convertible into the types and amounts of securities, cash and other property receivable in such reorganization event by a holder of the corporation’s common stock that was not the counterparty to the reorganization event or an affiliate of such other party (such securities, cash and other property, the “ exchange property ”). In the event that holders of the corporation’s common stock have the opportunity to elect the form of consideration to be received in such transaction, the consideration that the holders of the Series G Preferred Stock are entitled to receive will be deemed to be the types and amounts of consideration received by the majority of the holders of the corporation’s common stock that affirmatively make an election. In the event that holders of the corporation’s common stock either (i) do not have the opportunity to elect the form of consideration to be received in the transaction or (ii) do not make any such election, the consideration that the holders of the Series G Preferred Stock are entitled to receive will be deemed to be the type and amount of consideration received by the holders of the corporation’s common stock (and in the same proportions). Holders have the right to convert their shares of Series G Preferred Stock in the event of certain acquisitions as described in Paragraph 4(v) and Paragraph 4(vi).

(viii) Anti-Dilution Rate Adjustments . The conversion rate will be adjusted, without duplication, if certain events occur:

(a) the issuance of the corporation’s common stock as a dividend or distribution to all holders of the corporation’s common stock, or a subdivision or combination of the corporation’s common stock (other than in connection with a transaction constituting a reorganization event), in which event the conversion rate will be adjusted based on the following formula:

CR1 = CR0 x (OS1 ÷ OS0)

 

24


where,

 

CR0   =    the conversion rate in effect at the close of business on the record date
CR1   =    the conversion rate in effect immediately after the record date
OS0   =    the number of shares of the corporation’s common stock outstanding at the close of business on the record date prior to giving effect to such event
OS1   =   

the number of shares of the corporation’s common stock that would be outstanding immediately after, and solely as a result of, such event

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) no adjustment will be made for the issuance of the corporation’s common stock as a dividend or distribution to all holders of the corporation’s common stock that is made in lieu of a quarterly or annual cash dividend or distribution to such holders, to the extent such dividend or distribution does not exceed the applicable “dividend threshold amount” (as defined below) (with the amount of any such dividend or distribution equaling the number of such shares being issued multiplied by the average of the VWAP of the corporation’s common stock over each of the five consecutive VWAP trading days prior to the ex-date for such dividend or distribution) and (2) in the event any dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination that is the subject of this Paragraph 4(viii)(a) is declared but not so paid or made, the conversion rate shall be immediately readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors publicly announces its decision not to pay or make such dividend or distribution or effect such subdivision or combination, to the conversion rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared or such subdivision or combination had not been announced.

(b) the issuance to all holders of the corporation’s common stock of certain rights or warrants (other than rights issued pursuant to a shareholder rights plan or rights or warrants issued in connection with a transaction constituting a reorganization event) entitling them for a period expiring sixty (60) days or less from the date of issuance of such rights or warrants to purchase shares of the corporation’s common stock (or securities convertible into the corporation’s common stock) at less than (or having a conversion price per share less than) the current market price of the shares of the corporation’s common stock as of the record date, in which event the conversion rate will be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

CR1   =    CR0 x [(OS0 + X) ÷ (OS0 + Y)]
where,     
CR0   =    the conversion rate in effect at the close of business on the record date
CR1   =    the conversion rate in effect immediately after the record date
OS0   =    the number of shares of the corporation’s common stock outstanding at the close of business on the record date
X   =   

the total number of shares of the corporation’s common stock issuable pursuant to such rights or warrants (or upon conversion of such securities)

Y   =   

the number of shares equal to quotient of the aggregate price payable to exercise such rights or warrants (or the conversion price for such securities paid upon conversion) divided by the average of the VWAP of shares of

 

25


    

the corporation’s common stock over each of the ten consecutive VWAP trading days prior to the Business Day immediately preceding the announcement of the issuance of such rights or warrants

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) in the event that such rights or warrants described in this Section 4(viii)(b) are not so issued, the conversion rate shall be immediately readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors publicly announces its decision not to issue such rights or warrants, to the conversion rate that would then be in effect if such issuance had not been declared and (2) to the extent that such rights or warrants are not exercised prior to their expiration or shares of the corporation’s common stock are otherwise not delivered pursuant to such rights or warrants upon the exercise of such rights or warrants, the conversion rate shall be readjusted to the conversion rate that would then be in effect had the adjustments made upon the issuance of such rights or warrants been made on the basis of delivery of only the number of shares of the corporation’s common stock actually delivered.

In determining the aggregate price payable for such shares of the corporation’s common stock , there shall be taken into account any consideration received by the corporation for such rights or warrants and the value of such consideration (if other than cash, to be determined by the Board of Directors). If an adjustment to the conversion rate may be required pursuant to this Paragraph 4(viii)(b) delivery of any additional shares of the corporation’s common stock that may be deliverable upon conversion as a result of an adjustment required pursuant to this Paragraph 4(viii)(b) shall be delayed to the extent necessary in order to complete the calculations provided for in this Paragraph 4(viii)(b).

(c) the dividend or other distribution to all holders of shares of the corporation’s capital stock (other than shares of the corporation’s common stock) or evidences of the corporation’s indebtedness or the corporation’s assets (excluding any dividend, distribution or issuance covered by clauses (a) or (b) above or (d) below, any dividend or distribution in connection with a transaction constituting a reorganization event or any spin-off to which the provisions set forth below in this clause (c) apply) in which event the conversion rate will be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

CR1   =    CR0 x [SP0 ÷ (SP0 – FMV)]
where,     
CR0   =    the conversion rate in effect at the close of business on the record date
CR1   =    the conversion rate in effect immediately after the record date
SP0   =    the current market price as of the record date
FMV   =   

the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors) on the record date of the shares of capital stock, evidences of indebtedness or assets so distributed, applicable to one of the shares of the corporation’s common stock

However, if the transaction that gives rise to an adjustment pursuant to this clause (c) is one pursuant to which the payment of a dividend or other distribution on the shares of the

 

26


corporation’s common stock consists of shares of capital stock of, or similar equity interests in, a subsidiary or other business unit of the corporation ( i.e. , a spin-off) that are, or, when issued, will be, traded or quoted on the NYSE, the NASDAQ Stock Market or any other national or regional securities exchange or market, then the conversion rate will instead be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

CR1   =    CR0 x [(FMV0 + MP0 )÷ MP0]
where,     
CR0   =    the conversion rate in effect at the close of business on the record date
CR1   =    the conversion rate in effect immediately after the record date
FMV0   =    the average of the VWAP of the capital stock or similar equity interests distributed to holders of the corporation’s common stock applicable to one of the shares of the corporation’s common stock over each of the ten consecutive VWAP trading days commencing on and including the third VWAP trading day after the date on which “ ex-distribution trading ” commences for such dividend or distribution on the NYSE or such other national or regional exchange or association or over-the-counter market or if not so traded or quoted, the fair market value of the capital stock or similar equity interests distributed to holders of the corporation’s common stock applicable to one of shares of the corporation’s common stock as determined by the Board of Directors
MP0   =   

the average of the VWAP of the corporation’s common stock over each of the ten consecutive VWAP trading days commencing on and including the third VWAP trading day after the date on which “ ex-distribution trading ” commences for such dividend or distribution on the NYSE, the NASDAQ Global Select Market or such other national or regional exchange or association or over-the-counter market on which the corporation’s common stock is then traded or quoted

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) if any dividend or distribution of the type described in this Paragraph 4(viii)(c) is declared but not so paid or made, the conversion rate shall be immediately readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors publicly announces its decision not to pay such dividend or distribution, to the conversion rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. If an adjustment to the Conversion Rate may be required under this Paragraph 4(viii)(c), delivery of any additional shares of the corporation’s common stock that may be deliverable upon conversion as a result of an adjustment required under this Paragraph 4(viii)(c) shall be delayed to the extent necessary in order to complete the calculations provided for in this Paragraph 4(viii)(c).

(d) The corporation makes a distribution consisting exclusively of cash to all holders of shares of the corporation’s common stock, excluding (a) any regular cash dividend on the shares of the corporation’s common stock to the extent that the aggregate regular cash dividend per share of the corporation’s common stock does not exceed $0.15 in any fiscal quarter (the “dividend threshold amount” ) and (b) any consideration payable in connection with

 

27


a tender or exchange offer made by the corporation or any of its subsidiaries referred to in clause (e) below, in which event, the conversion rate will be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

CR1   =    CR0 x [(SP0 – T) ÷ (SP0 – C)]
Where,     
CR0   =    the conversion rate in effect at the close of business on the record date
CR1   =    the conversion rate in effect immediately after the record date
SP0   =    the current market price as of the record date
T   =   

the dividend threshold amount; provided that in the case of any dividend in a quarter other than the regular quarterly dividend or distribution, the dividend threshold amount shall be deemed to be zero

C   =   

the amount in cash per share the corporation distributes to holders or pay in such dividend or distribution

The dividend threshold amount is subject to adjustment on an inversely proportional basis whenever the conversion rate is adjusted, provided that no adjustment will be made to the dividend threshold amount for any adjustment made to the conversion rate pursuant to this clause (d).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any dividend or distribution of the type described in this Paragraph 4(viii)(d) is declared but not so paid or made, the conversion rate shall be immediately readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors publicly announces its decision not to pay such dividend or distribution, to the conversion rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared.

(e) The corporation or one or more of its subsidiaries make purchases of the corporation’s common stock pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer by corporation or one of its subsidiaries for the corporation’s common stock to the extent that the cash and value (as determined by the Board of Directors) of any other consideration included in the payment per share of the corporation’s common stock validly tendered or exchanged exceeds the VWAP per share of the corporation’s common stock on the VWAP trading day next succeeding the last date on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer (the “expiration date” ), in which event the conversion rate will be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

CR1   =    CR0 x [(FMV + (SP1 x OS1)) ÷ (SP1 x OS0)]
where,     
CR0   =    the conversion rate in effect at the close of business on the expiration date
CR1   =    the conversion rate in effect immediately after the expiration date
FMV   =   

the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors), on the expiration date, of the aggregate value of all cash and any other consideration paid or payable for shares validly tendered or exchanged and

 

28


     not withdrawn as of the expiration date (the “ purchased shares ”)
OS1   =    the number of shares of the corporation’s common stock outstanding as of the last time tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer (the “ expiration time ”) less any purchased shares
OS0   =    the number of shares of the corporation’s common stock outstanding at the expiration time, including any purchased shares
SP1   =   

the average of the VWAP of shares of the corporation’s common stock over each of the five consecutive VWAP trading days commencing with the VWAP trading day immediately after the expiration date

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the corporation, or one of its subsidiaries, is obligated to purchase shares of the corporation’s common stock pursuant to any such tender or exchange offer, but the corporation or such subsidiary is permanently prevented by applicable law from effecting any such purchases, or all such purchases are rescinded, then the conversion rate shall be readjusted to be the conversion rate that would then be in effect if such tender or exchange offer had not been made. If an adjustment to the conversion rate may be required under this Paragraph 4(viii)(e), deliver of any additional shares of the corporation’s common stock that may be deliverable upon conversion as a result of an adjustment required under this Paragraph 4(viii)(e) shall be delayed to the extent necessary in order to complete the calculations provided for in this Paragraph 4(viii)(e).

Record date ” means, for purpose of a conversion rate adjustment, with respect to any dividend, distribution or other transaction or event in which the holders of the shares of the corporation’s common stock have the right to receive any cash, securities or other property or in which the shares of the corporation’s common stock (or other applicable security) are exchanged for or converted into any combination of cash, securities or other property, the date fixed for determination of holders of the shares of the corporation’s common stock entitled to receive such cash, securities or other property (whether such date is fixed by the Board of Directors or by statute, contract or otherwise).

Current market price ” of the shares of the corporation’s common stock on any day, means the average of the VWAP of the shares of the corporation’s common stock over each of the ten consecutive VWAP trading days ending on the earlier of the day in question and the day before the ex-date or other specified date with respect to the issuance or distribution requiring such computation, appropriately adjusted to take into account the occurrence during such period of any event described in clauses (a) through (e) above. For purposes of the foregoing, “ ex-date ” means the first date on which the shares of the corporation’s common stock trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive an issuance or distribution.

VWAP ” per share of the corporation’s common stock on any VWAP trading day means the per share volume-weighted average price as displayed under the heading “ Bloomberg VWAP ” on Bloomberg page “ FITB <equity> AQR ” (or its equivalent successor if such page is not available) in respect of the period from the open of trading on the relevant VWAP trading day until the close of trading on the relevant VWAP trading day (or if such volume-weighted average price is unavailable, the market price of one of the shares of the corporation’s common

 

29


stock on such VWAP trading days determined, using a volume-weighted average method, by a nationally recognized investment banking firm (unaffiliated with the corporation) retained for this purpose by the corporation, which investment banking firm may be an underwriter of the Series G Preferred Stock offered hereby).

A “ VWAP trading day ” means, for purposes of determining a VWAP, a business day on which the relevant exchange or quotation system is scheduled to be open for business and a day on which there has not occurred or does not exist a market disruption event. A “ market disruption event ” means any of the following events that has occurred: (x) any suspension of, or limitation imposed on, trading by the relevant exchange or quotation system during the one-hour period prior to the close of trading for the regular trading session on the relevant exchange or quotation system (or for purposes of determining VWAP any period or periods aggregating one half-hour or longer) and whether by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the relevant exchange or quotation system or otherwise relating to the shares of the corporation’s common stock or in futures or option contracts relating to the shares of the corporation’s common stock on the relevant exchange or quotation system; (y) any event (other than a failure to open or a closure as described below) that disrupts or impairs the ability of market participants during the one-hour period prior to the close of trading for the regular trading session on the relevant exchange or quotation system (or for purposes of determining VWAP any period or periods aggregating one half-hour or longer) in general to effect transactions in, or obtain market values for, the shares of the corporation’s common stock on the relevant exchange or quotation system or futures or options contracts relating to the shares of the corporation’s common stock on any relevant exchange or quotation system; or (z) the failure to open of the exchange or quotation system on which futures or options contracts relating to the shares of the corporation’s common stock are traded or the closure of such exchange or quotation system prior to its respective scheduled closing time for the regular trading session on such day (without regard to after hours or other trading outside the regular trading session hours) unless such earlier closing time is announced by such exchange or quotation system at least one hour prior to the earlier of the actual closing time for the regular trading session on such day and the submission deadline for orders to be entered into such exchange or quotation system for execution at the actual closing time on such day.

Except as stated above, the conversion rate will not be adjusted for the issuance of the corporation’s common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of the corporation’s common stock or carrying the right to purchase any of the foregoing or for the repurchase of shares of the corporation’s common stock. An adjustment to the conversion rate also need not be made for a transaction referred to in clauses (a) through (e) above if holders of the Series G Preferred Stock may participate in the transaction on a basis and with notice that the Board of Directors determines to be fair and appropriate in light of the basis and notice on which holders of the corporation’s common stock participate in the transaction. In addition, no adjustment to the conversion rate need be made for a change in the par value or no par value of the corporation’s common stock.

The corporation may from time to time, to the extent permitted by law and subject to the applicable rules of the NASDAQ, increase the conversion rate of the Series G Preferred Stock by a specified amount for a period of at least twenty (20) business days. In that case, the

 

30


corporation will give at least fifteen (15) calendar days’ prior notice of such increase. The corporation may also make such increases in the conversion rate, in addition to those set forth above, as the Board of Directors deems advisable to avoid or diminish any income tax to holders of the corporation’s common stock resulting from any dividend or distribution of shares (or rights to acquire stock) or from any event treated as such for income tax purposes.

No adjustment in the conversion rate will be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least one percent; provided, however , that any such minor adjustments that are not required to be made will be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment, and provided further that any such adjustment of less than one percent that has not been made will be made upon the date of any mandatory conversion at the corporation’s option, a make-whole acquisition or a fundamental change.

Adjustments to the conversion rate will be calculated to the nearest 1/10,000th of a share.

(ix) Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of the corporation’s common stock will be issued to holders of the Series G Preferred Stock upon conversion. In lieu of any fractional shares of the corporation’s common stock otherwise issuable in respect of the aggregate number of shares of the Series G Preferred Stock of any holder that are converted, that holder will be entitled to receive an amount in cash (computed to the nearest cent) equal to the same fraction of the closing price per share of the corporation’s common stock determined as of the second trading day immediately preceding the effective date of conversion.

If more than one share of the Series G Preferred Stock is surrendered for conversion at one time by or for the same holder, the number of full shares of the corporation’s common stock issuable upon conversion thereof shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate number of shares of Series G Preferred Stock so surrendered.

(x) Successive Adjustments . After an adjustment to the conversion rate under this Paragraph 4(viii), any subsequent event requiring an adjustment under this Paragraph 4(viii) shall cause an adjustment to such conversion rate as so adjusted.

(xi) Multiple Adjustments . For the avoidance of doubt, if an event occurs that would trigger an adjustment to the conversion rate pursuant to this Paragraph 4(viii) under more than one subsection hereof, such event, to the extent fully taken into account in a single adjustment, shall not result in multiple adjustments hereunder.

(xii) Notice of Adjustment . Whenever a conversion rate is adjusted as provided under Paragraph 4(viii), the corporation shall within ten (10) business days following the occurrence of an event that requires such adjustment (or if the corporation is not aware of such occurrence, as soon as reasonably practicable after becoming so aware) or within fifteen (15) calendar days of the date the corporation makes an adjustment pursuant to Section 4(viii):

(a) compute the adjusted applicable conversion rate in accordance with Section 4(viii) and prepare and transmit to the conversion agent an officers’ certificate setting forth the applicable conversion rate, as the case may be, the method of calculation thereof

 

31


in reasonable detail, and the facts requiring such adjustment and upon which such adjustment is based; and

(b) provide a written notice to the holders of the Series G Preferred Stock of the occurrence of such and a statement in reasonable detail setting forth the method by which the adjustment to the applicable conversion rate was determined and setting forth the adjusted applicable conversion rate.

(xiii) Conversion Agent . “Conversion Agent” means the transfer agent of the corporation, acting in its capacity as conversion agent for the Series G Preferred Stock, and its successor, and assigns or any other conversion agent appointed by the corporation. The conversion agent shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any holder to determine whether any facts exist that may require any adjustment of the applicable conversion rate or with respect to the nature or extent or calculation of any such adjustment when made, or with respect to the method employed in making the same. The conversion agent shall be fully authorized and protected in relying on any Officers’ Certificate delivered pursuant to Paragraph 4(xii) and any adjustment contained therein and the conversion agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any adjustment unless and until it has received such certificate. The conversion agent shall not be accountable with respect to the validity or value (or the kind or amount) of any shares of the corporation’s common stock, or of any securities or property, that may at the time be issued or delivered with respect to any of the Series G Preferred Stock; and the conversion agent makes no representation with respect thereto. The Conversion Agent shall not be responsible for any failure of the corporation to issue, transfer or deliver any shares of the corporation’s common stock pursuant to a the conversion of the Series G Preferred Stock or to comply with any of the duties, responsibilities or covenants of the corporation contained in this Section 4.

(xiv) Withholding . All payments and distributions (or deemed distributions) on the Series G Preferred Stock (and on the shares of the corporation’s common stock received upon their conversion) shall be subject to withholding and backup withholding of tax to the extent required by law, subject to applicable exemptions, and amounts withheld, if any, shall be treated as received by the holders.

5. Liquidation Rights .

(i) In the event that the corporation voluntarily or involuntarily liquidates, dissolves or winds up its affairs, holders of Series G Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive an amount per share referred to as the “ Total Liquidation Amount ,” equal to the fixed liquidation preference of $25,000 per share, plus any declared and unpaid dividends including, if applicable, a pro rata portion of any declared and unpaid dividends for the then-current Dividend Period to the date of liquidation, without regard to any undeclared dividends. Holders of the Series G Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive the Total Liquidation Amount out of the corporation’s assets that are available for distribution to shareholders of the corporation’s capital stock ranking on a parity on liquidation to the Series G Preferred Stock, after payment or provision for payment of the corporation’s debts and other liabilities, and distributions on the Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, but before any distribution of assets is

 

32


made to holders of the corporation’s common stock or any other shares ranking, as to that distribution, junior to the Series G Preferred Stock.

(ii) If the corporation’s assets are not sufficient to pay the Total Liquidation Amount in full to all holders of Series G Preferred Stock and all holders of any shares of the corporation’s stock ranking as to any such distribution on a parity with the Series G Preferred Stock, the amounts paid to the holders of Series G Preferred Stock and to such other shares will be paid pro rata in accordance with the respective Total Liquidation Amount and the aggregate liquidation amount of any such outstanding shares of parity stock.

(iii) If the Total Liquidation Amount per share of Series G Preferred Stock has been paid in full to all holders of Series G Preferred Stock and the liquidation preference of any other shares ranking on a parity with the Series G Preferred Stock has been paid in full, the holders of the corporation’s common stock or any other shares ranking, as to such distribution, junior to the Series G Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive all of the corporation’s remaining assets according to their respective rights and preferences.

(iv) For purposes of the liquidation rights, neither the sale, conveyance, exchange or transfer of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, nor the consolidation or merger by the corporation with or into any other corporation or by another corporation with or into the corporation, will constitute a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the corporation’s affairs.

6. Voting Rights .

Except as required by Ohio law, and except for the circumstances provided for in Section 8(ii), holders of the Series G Preferred Stock will not have any voting rights and will not be entitled to elect any directors; provided, however, in the event the Company issues shares of Preferred Stock in connection with any capital purchase program(s) authorized by the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”) and implemented by the United States Department of the Treasury, the holders of the Series G Preferred Stock voting together as a class with the holders of such Preferred Stock, shall have the right to elect two directors of the Company and to vote to remove such directors, upon the occurrence of events that would permit the holders of such Preferred Stock to elect or remove such directors. In situations in which Ohio law requires mandatory voting rights for a class of shares, the corporation will treat each series of the corporation’s preferred stock, including the Series G Preferred Stock, as a separate class for voting purposes.

7. Mergers and Consolidations .

(i) The corporation will not effect any merger or consolidation of the corporation with or into any entity other than a corporation, or any merger or consolidation of the corporation with or into any other corporation unless (a) Series G Preferred Stock remains issued and outstanding following the transaction, (b) holders of Series G Preferred Stock are issued a class or series of preferred stock of the surviving or resulting corporation, or a corporation controlling such corporation, having substantially identical voting powers, preferences and

 

33


special rights, or (c) such merger is approved by a class vote of the holders of Series G Preferred Stock pursuant to the mandatory voting rights provided by Ohio law and as set forth in Section 6 above.

(ii) In addition, if the surviving corporation in any such merger or consolidation or its parent company, as applicable, has outstanding immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation one or more series of preferred stock having rights similar to those described below in Section 8, except that the persons nominated upon the occurrence of a Triggering Event are actual directors with the right to vote with members of the surviving corporation’s board of directors on matters considered by the board (as opposed to being merely Advisory Directors as described in Section 8), then the corporation’s participation in such merger or consolidation will be conditioned upon the Articles of Incorporation or other charter document for the surviving corporation being amended to permit equivalent rights for holders of the Series G Preferred Stock.

8. Right to Nominate Advisory Directors .

(i) If and when dividends payable on the Series G Preferred Stock or on any other class or series ranking on a parity with the Series G Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends and that have a comparable right to nominate Advisory Directors, referred to herein as “ Covered Parity Stock ,” shall have not been declared and paid (i) in the case of the Series G Preferred Stock and Covered Parity Stock bearing non-cumulative dividends, in full for at least six quarterly dividend periods or their equivalent (whether or not consecutive), or (ii) in the case of Covered Parity Stock bearing cumulative dividends, in an aggregate amount equal to full dividends for at least six quarterly dividend periods or their equivalent (whether or not consecutive) (each, a “ Triggering Event ”), the holders of the Covered Parity Stock, acting as a single class, will be entitled to nominate two persons for appointment by the corporation as “ Advisory Directors ” to attend meetings of the Board of Directors.

(ii) Promptly after any Dividend Payment Date on which a Triggering Event occurs, the corporation will call a meeting of the holders of Covered Parity Stock for the purpose of nominating Advisory Directors. Under the terms of the Series G Preferred Stock, if a Triggering Event has occurred, the corporation will promptly appoint each such person as an Advisory Director following his or her execution of an agreement with the corporation governing such Advisory Director’s standard of conduct. The holders of shares of Series G Preferred Stock and other Covered Parity Stock, will be entitled to act together as a single class, to seek removal of any Advisory Director then in office by the adoption of a resolution to that effect. Upon the approval of any such resolution seeking removal of any Advisory Director, the corporation will terminate the appointment of such Advisory Director effective as of the date of such resolution. Upon the resignation, death or removal of any Advisory Director, the holders of Covered Parity Stock will be entitled to nominate a replacement Advisory Director to be appointed by the corporation as described above.

The Advisory Directors will have the right to attend all meetings of the Board of Directors, to address the board at such meetings and to receive notices of all meetings of the Board of Directors and copies of all information distributed to members of the Board of

 

34


Directors in advance of or during such meetings. The Advisory Directors will not be members of the Board of Directors and will not have the right to vote with members of the Board on matters considered. The term of each Advisory Director, once appointed, will continue until the earliest of (i) the first date as of which full dividends on the Series G Preferred Stock and such other classes or series of Covered Parity Stock, have been paid for at least one year, in the case of non-cumulative Covered Parity Stock, and all dividends have been fully paid, in the case of cumulative Covered Parity Stock or (ii) the date on which such Advisory Director resigns, dies or is removed either by the holders of the Covered Parity Stock, or by the Board of Directors if such Advisory Director fails to comply with his or her obligations under the agreement with the corporation.

The right of each person appointed as Advisory Director to attend meetings of the Board of Directors is subject to such person entering into an agreement (an “Advisory Director Agreement” ) in the form agreed with the corporation. Under the Advisory Director Agreement: (i) the corporation and such person shall agree that, as an Advisory Director of the corporation, such person will be subject to the provisions of Sections 1701.59 and 1701.60 of the Ohio General Corporation Law applicable to directors and to the corporation’s Code of Regulations, Articles of Incorporation, Corporate Governance Guidelines and policies applicable to directors of the corporation, and accordingly, such person will be subject to the same duty to treat confidentially information such person receives concerning the corporation and its affiliates in such person’s capacity as an Advisory Director that such person would be subject to if such person were a director of the corporation; and (ii) the parties shall acknowledge that, as an Advisory Director, (a) such person is not a Director of the corporation and such person does not share with the members of the Board the power, authority and responsibility to direct the operations of the corporation, and (b) Sections 1701.59 and 1701.60 of the Ohio General Corporation Law as applied to such person will be construed to reflect such person’s special status as an Advisory Director appointed by the corporation, as opposed to a Director elected in accordance with the corporation’s Code of Regulations. In particular, the corporation will acknowledge and agree that: (x) Section 1701.61 of the Ohio General Corporation Law will not preclude such person from attending meetings of the Board, addressing the Board and receiving related materials where the subject of the Board’s deliberations include the corporation’s compliance with the terms of its outstanding securities, including without limitation the Series G Preferred Stock; and (y) such person will not receive the compensation paid to directors of the corporation, although such person’s expenses of attending meetings of the Board will be reimbursed to such person by the corporation in the same manner and amount as the directors of the corporation. Provided, however, Directors appointed by holders of Series G Preferred Stock or other shares of the corporation’s (or a successor’s) preferred stock under the circumstances described in Paragraph 7(ii) will not be required to enter into an Advisory Director Agreement. The requirement for such an Advisory Director Agreement only applies to Advisory Directors.

9. Reservation of Common Shares .

(i) The corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized and unissued shares of common stock, solely for issuance upon the conversion of shares of Series G Preferred Stock as provided in these Articles of Amendment, free from any preemptive rights or other similar rights, such number of shares of common stock as shall from

 

35


time to time be issuable upon the conversion of all the shares of Series G Preferred Stock then outstanding, calculated assuming the applicable conversion price equals the base price, subject to adjustment described under Paragraph 4(viii). For purposes of this Section 9, the number of shares of common stock that shall be deliverable upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series G Preferred Stock shall be computed as if at the time of computation all such outstanding shares were held by a single holder.

(ii) All shares of common stock delivered upon conversion of the Series G Preferred Stock shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests and other encumbrances (other than liens, charges, interests and other encumbrances created by the holders).

10. Preemptive or Subscription Rights . The holders of the Series G Preferred Stock shall not have any preemptive or subscription rights.

11. Form . The Series G Preferred Stock will be issued only in fully registered form.

(e) 5.10 % Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series H. Twenty Four Thousand (24,000) shares of the preferred stock of the Corporation shall be designated “5.10 % Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series H.” Each of the Twenty Four Thousand (24,000) shares of the 5.10% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series H, no par value, shall have a liquidation preference of $25,000 per share, and $600,000,000 in the aggregate, and shall have the rights, preferences and entitlements that follow:

1. Designation . The shares of such series shall be designated as “5.10 % Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series H” (the “Series H Preferred Stock”).

2. Dividends .

(i) Dividends on shares of Series H Preferred Stock will not be mandatory. Holders of the Series H Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of the corporation’s common stock and of any other shares of the corporation’s stock ranking junior to the Series H Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends, will be entitled to receive, only as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of funds legally available for payment, cash dividends. Commencing on the original issuance date of the Series H Preferred Stock (the “ Original Issuance Date ”) through, but excluding June 30, 2023 (the “ Fixed Rate Period ”), dividends on the Series H Preferred Stock will accrue, on a non-cumulative basis, at an annual rate of 5.10%. Commencing on June 30, 2023 and continuing for so long as any shares of the Series H Preferred Stock remain outstanding (the “ Floating Rate Period ”), dividends on the Series H Preferred Stock will accrue, on a non-cumulative basis, at an annual rate equal to three-month LIBOR, reset quarterly, plus 3.033%. For the Fixed Rate Period, dividends on the liquidation preference of $25,000 per share of Series H Preferred Stock will be payable, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, semi-annually in arrears on each June 30 and December 31 beginning on

 

36


December 31, 2013 to and including June 30, 2023 (each such date a “ Fixed Rate Dividend Payment Date ”). For the Floating Rate Period, dividends on the liquidation preference of $25,000 per share of Series H Preferred Stock will be payable, when as and if declared by the Board of Directors, quarterly in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year beginning on September 30, 2023 (each such date a “ Floating Rate Dividend Payment Date ” and each Floating Rate Payment Date and each Fixed Rate Payment Date, together referred to as a “ Dividend Payment Date ”). Each Dividend Payment Date shall relate to the immediately preceding Dividend Payment Period. A “ Dividend Payment Period ” means each period commencing on, and including, a Dividend Payment Date and ending on, but excluding, the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date, except that the first Dividend Payment Period shall commence on, and include, the Original Issuance Date of the Series H Preferred Stock and end on, but exclude, December 31, 2013. Declared dividends, if any, will be paid to holders of record of Series H Preferred Stock on the respective date fixed for that purpose by the Board of Directors in advance of payment of each particular dividend (a “ Record Date ”). If any Dividend Payment Date or any date fixed for payment upon redemption is not a Business Day, then such payment shall be payable on the next succeeding Business Day without any increase in the amount payable as a result of such postponement.

For the Fixed Rate Period, the dividend payable on the Series H Preferred Stock for any Dividend Payment Period will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

For the Floating Rate Period, the dividend accrued for each day (the “ Daily Dividend Amount ”) will be calculated by dividing the dividend rate in effect for such day by 360 and multiplying the result by the aggregate liquidation preference of the Series H Preferred Stock. The dividend to be paid, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, on the Series H Preferred Stock for each quarterly Dividend Payment Period will be calculated by adding the Daily Dividend Amounts for each day in such quarterly Dividend Payment Period. All percentages resulting from such calculations will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point being rounded upwards (e.g., 8.765435% (or .08765435) being rounded to 8.76544% or .0876544)) and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculations will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upwards).

A “ Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions and trust companies in New York, New York and Cincinnati, Ohio are permitted or required by any applicable law to close.

Three-month LIBOR ” means, with respect to any quarterly Dividend Payment Period, the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for deposits in U.S. dollars for such three-month period commencing on the first day of that quarterly Dividend Payment Period that appears on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the LIBOR determination date for that quarterly Dividend Payment Period. If such rate does not appear on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page, three-month LIBOR will be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in U.S. dollars for such three-month period commencing on the first day of that quarterly Dividend Payment Period and in a principal amount of not less than $1,000,000 are

 

37


offered to prime banks in the London interbank market by four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the calculation agent (after consultation with the corporation), at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the LIBOR determination date for that quarterly Dividend Payment Period. The calculation agent will request the principal London office of each of such banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two such quotations are provided, three-month LIBOR with respect to that quarterly Dividend Payment Period will be the arithmetic mean (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest whole multiple of 0.00001%) of such quotations. If fewer than two quotations are provided, three-month LIBOR with respect to that quarterly Dividend Payment Period will be the arithmetic mean (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest whole multiple of 0.00001%) of the rates quoted by three major banks in New York City selected by the calculation agent, at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the LIBOR determination date for that quarterly Dividend Payment Period for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks for a three-month period commencing on the first day of that quarterly Dividend Payment Period and in a principal amount of not less than $1,000,000. However, if fewer than three banks selected by the calculation agent to provide quotations are quoting as described above, three-month LIBOR for that quarterly Dividend Payment Period will be the same as three-month LIBOR as determined for the immediately preceding Dividend Payment Period. The establishment of three-month LIBOR for each quarterly Dividend Payment Period by the calculation agent shall (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding.

Calculation agent ” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, or any other firm appointed by Fifth Third, acting as calculation agent. Upon request of the holder of any shares of Series H Preferred Stock, the calculation agent will provide the interest rate then in effect and, if determined, the interest rate that will become effective for the next quarterly Dividend Payment Period for the Series H Preferred Stock.

LIBOR determination date ” means the second London banking day immediately preceding the first day of the relevant quarterly Dividend Payment Period.

Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page ” means the display designated on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or such other page as may replace Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page on the service or such other service as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. Dollar deposits).

(ii) Dividends on shares of Series H Preferred Stock will not be cumulative. Accordingly, if the Board of Directors does not declare a dividend on the Series H Preferred Stock payable in respect of any Dividend Payment Period before the related Dividend Payment Date, such dividend will not accrue and the corporation will have no obligation to pay a dividend for that Dividend Payment Period on the Dividend Payment Date or at any future time, whether or not dividends on the Series H Preferred Stock are declared for any future Dividend Payment Period.

3. Ranking .

(i) The Series H Preferred Stock will rank (a) senior to the corporation’s common stock and all other equity securities that the corporation may issue in the

 

38


future designated as ranking junior to the Series H Preferred Stock; (b) equally with our outstanding Series G Preferred Stock; and (c) equally with any other shares of preferred stock, and with all other equity securities that the corporation may issue in the future the terms of which provide that such preferred stock or other equity securities shall rank on a parity with the Series H Preferred Stock, in each case with respect to the payment of dividends and distribution of assets upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the corporation.

(ii) The corporation will not issue any series of preferred stock in the future that ranks senior to the Series H Preferred Stock, but the corporation may issue additional series ranking junior to or on a parity with the Series H Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and distribution of assets upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation. The corporation’s common stock and any preferred stock or other equity securities designated as ranking junior to the Series H Preferred Stock are referred to herein as “ junior stock.

(iii) So long as any shares of Series H Preferred Stock remain outstanding, unless the full dividends for the then-current Dividend Payment Period on all outstanding shares of Series H Preferred Stock have been paid, or declared and funds set aside therefor, on any day in the immediately succeeding Dividend Payment Period: (a) no dividend whatsoever shall be declared on any junior stock, other than a dividend payable solely in junior stock; and (b) the corporation and its subsidiaries may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for consideration (other than as a result of reclassification of junior stock for or into junior stock, or the exchange or conversion of one share of junior stock for or into another share of junior stock, and other than through the use of the proceeds of a substantially contemporaneous sale of other shares of junior stock), nor will the corporation pay to or make available any monies for a sinking fund for the redemption of any junior stock.

(iv) On any Dividend Payment Date for which full dividends are not paid, or declared and funds set aside therefor, upon the Series H Preferred Stock and any shares of any class or series or any securities convertible into shares of any class or series of other equity securities designated as ranking on a parity with the Series H Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends (“ Dividend Parity Stock ”), all dividends paid or declared for payment on that Dividend Payment Date with respect to the Series H Preferred Stock and the Dividend Parity Stock shall be shared: (a) first ratably by the holders of any shares of such other series of Dividend Parity Stock who have the right to receive dividends with respect to Dividend Payment Periods prior to the then-current Dividend Payment Period, in proportion to their respective amounts of the undeclared and unpaid dividends relating to prior Dividend Payment Periods; and (b) thereafter by the holders of the shares of Series H Preferred Stock and the Dividend Parity Stock on a pro rata basis.

(v) The corporation will not issue any new series of preferred stock having dividend payment dates that are not a March 31, June 30, September 30 or December 31 (or the next business day, if applicable).

4. Conversion . The Series H Preferred Stock are not convertible into shares of any other class or series of the corporation’s capital stock or any other security.

 

39


5. Redemption .

(i) Subject to receiving all required regulatory approvals (including prior approval by the Federal Reserve, if required), the Series H Preferred Stock may be redeemed at the option of the corporation, in whole or in part, at any time, or from time to time on or after June 30, 2023 at a redemption price equal to $25,000 per share, plus an amount equal to any declared but unpaid dividends, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends. At any time after the corporation’s good faith determination that an event has occurred that would constitute a “regulatory capital event,” the corporation may at its option, subject to receiving all required regulatory approvals (including prior approval by the Federal Reserve, if required), provide notice of its intent to redeem the Series H Preferred Stock in accordance with the procedures described below, and subsequently redeem in whole, but not in part, prior to June 30, 2023, the shares of Series H Preferred Stock at the time outstanding at a redemption price equal to $25,000 per share, plus an amount equal to any declared but unpaid dividends, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends.

A “ regulatory capital event ” means the corporation’s reasonable determination that as a result of any: amendment to, clarification of, or change (including any announced prospective change) in the laws or regulations of the United States or any political subdivision of the United States that is enacted or becomes effective on or after the Original Issuance Date; proposed change in the laws or regulations of the United States or any political subdivision of the United States that is announced or becomes effective on or after the Original Issuance Date; or official administrative decision or judicial decision or administrative action or other official pronouncement interpreting or applying the laws or regulations of the United States or any political subdivision of the United States that is announced on or after the Original Issuance Date, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the corporation will not be entitled to treat the full liquidation preference amount of all shares of Series H Preferred Stock then outstanding as Tier 1 capital (or its equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines or regulations of the appropriate federal banking agency, as then in effect and applicable, for as long as any share of Series H Preferred Stock is outstanding.

(ii) Holders of Series H Preferred Stock do not have any right to require redemption of the Series H Preferred Stock.

(iii) The corporation will mail notice of every redemption of the Series H Preferred Stock by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of the Series H Preferred Stock to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the corporation’s books. The corporation may redeem the Series H Preferred Stock upon not less than 30 and not more than 60 days’ notice, which notice will be irrevocable, at a price of 100% of the liquidation preference of the redeemed Series H Preferred Stock, plus declared but unpaid dividends, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date. Each notice shall state: (a) the redemption date; (b) the aggregate number of shares of Series H Preferred Stock to be redeemed, and if less than all shares of Series H Preferred Stock held by the holder are to be redeemed, the number of shares to be redeemed from the holder; (c) the redemption price; and (d) the place or places where the Series H Preferred Stock is to be redeemed.

 

40


(iv) If notice of redemption of any shares of Series H Preferred Stock has been duly given and if the funds necessary for such redemption have been irrevocably set aside by us for the benefit of the holders of the shares of Series H Preferred Stock so called for redemption, then, on and after the redemption date, dividends will not accrue on such shares of Series H Preferred Stock, such shares of Series H Preferred Stock shall no longer be deemed outstanding and all rights of the holders of such shares will terminate, except the right to receive the redemption price. In case of any redemption of only part of the shares of Series H Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected either pro rata or in such other manner as the corporation may determine to be fair and equitable.

6. Status of Reacquired Shares . Shares of Series H Preferred Stock that are redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired by the corporation shall not be reissued as shares of Series H Preferred Stock but shall revert to authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock and may be reissued as shares of a different series of Preferred Stock in any future designation by the Board of Directors.

7. Liquidation Rights .

(i) In the event that the corporation voluntarily or involuntarily liquidates, dissolves or winds up its affairs, holders of Series H Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive an amount per share referred to as the “ Total Liquidation Amount ,” equal to the fixed liquidation preference of $25,000 per share, plus any declared and unpaid dividends including, if applicable, a pro rata portion of any declared and unpaid dividends for the then-current Dividend Payment Period to the date of liquidation, without regard to any undeclared dividends. Holders of the Series H Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive the Total Liquidation Amount out of the corporation’s assets that are available for distribution to shareholders of the corporation’s capital stock ranking on a parity on liquidation to the Series H Preferred Stock, after payment or provision for payment of the corporation’s debts and other liabilities, but before any distribution of assets is made to holders of the corporation’s common stock or any other shares ranking, as to that distribution, junior to the Series H Preferred Stock.

(ii) If the corporation’s assets are not sufficient to pay the Total Liquidation Amount in full to all holders of Series H Preferred Stock and all holders of any shares of the corporation’s stock ranking as to any such distribution on a parity with the Series H Preferred Stock, the amounts paid to the holders of Series H Preferred Stock and to holders of such other shares will be paid pro rata in accordance with the respective Total Liquidation Amount and the aggregate liquidation amount of any such outstanding shares of parity stock.

(iii) If the Total Liquidation Amount per share of Series H Preferred Stock has been paid in full to all holders of Series H Preferred Stock and the liquidation preference of any other shares ranking on a parity with the Series H Preferred Stock has been paid in full, the holders of the corporation’s common stock or any other shares ranking, as to such distribution, junior to the Series H Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive all of the corporation’s remaining assets according to their respective rights and preferences.

 

41


(iv) For purposes of the liquidation rights, neither the sale, conveyance, exchange or transfer for cash, shares of stock, securities or other consideration, of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, nor the consolidation or merger by the corporation with or into any other corporation or by another corporation with or into the corporation, will constitute a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the corporation’s affairs.

8. Voting Rights .

Except as required by Ohio law, holders of the Series H Preferred Stock will not have any voting rights and will not be entitled to elect any directors. In situations in which Ohio law requires mandatory voting rights for a class of shares, the corporation will, unless prohibited by Ohio law, treat each series of the corporation’s preferred stock, including the Series H Preferred Stock, as a separate class for voting purposes.

9. Mergers and Consolidations .

The corporation will not effect any merger or consolidation of the corporation with or into any entity other than a corporation, or any merger or consolidation of the corporation with or into any other corporation unless (a) the Series H Preferred Stock remains issued and outstanding following the transaction, (b) holders of Series H Preferred Stock are issued a class or series of preferred stock of the surviving or resulting corporation, or a corporation controlling such corporation, having substantially identical voting powers, preferences and special rights, or (c) such merger is approved by a class vote of the holders of Series H Preferred Stock pursuant to the mandatory voting rights provided by Ohio law and as set forth in Section 8 above.

10. Preemptive or Subscription Rights . The holders of the Series H Preferred Stock shall not have any preemptive or subscription rights.

11. Form . The Series H Preferred Stock will be issued only in fully registered form.

(f) With respect to all other shares of preferred stock of the corporation:

1. Each share of the preferred stock shall entitle the holder thereof to no voting rights, except as otherwise required by law or except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in order to comply with the terms required for shares of preferred stock issued in connection with any capital purchase program(s) authorized by the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”) and implemented by the United States Department of the Treasury.

2. The dividend rights of the preferred stock shall be non-cumulative, except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors.

3. The Board of Directors shall have the right to adopt amendments to these Articles of Incorporation in respect of any unissued or treasury shares of the preferred stock and

 

42


thereby fix or change: the division of such shares into series and the designation and authorized number of shares of each series; the dividend rate; whether dividend rights shall be cumulative or non-cumulative; the dates of payment of dividends and the dates from which they are cumulative; liquidation price; redemption rights and price; sinking fund requirements, conversion rights and restrictions on the issuance of such shares or any series thereof; provided however, except for the foregoing variations which the Board of Directors are authorized to fix or change, all of the express terms of different series of such shares be identical.

Upon the adoption of any amendment pursuant to the foregoing authority, a certificate signed by the president or a vice president and by a secretary or an assistant secretary, containing a copy of the resolution adopting the amendment and a statement of the manner and basis or its adoption, shall be accompanied by the fees then required by law, before the corporation shall have the rights to issue any of such shares.

(B) The Board of Directors may, from time to time, determine the time when, the terms under which, and the considerations for which the corporation issues, disposes of, or receives subscriptions for its shares of any class or series thereof, including treasury shares. Payment for shares shall be made with money or other property of any description, or any interest therein, actually transferred to the corporation, or labor or services actually rendered to the corporation.

FIFTH: The corporation, by its Board of Directors, may, subject to these Articles of Incorporation, purchase, repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire the shares of any class issued by it, at such times and on such terms as they shall determine to be in the best interests of the corporation. All shares of the corporation purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired, unless the Board of Directors or the laws of the State of Ohio specifically provide otherwise, shall be held as treasury shares. Provided, however, that this Article Fifth shall not create authority in the Board of Directors to cause an involuntary redemption of the shares of the common stock.

SIXTH: The Board of Directors shall have the right, to the extent permitted by law: (i) to fix, determine and vary the amount of stated capital of the corporation; (ii) to determine whether any, and if any, what part of the surplus of the corporation, however created or arising, shall be used, disposed of or declared in dividends or paid to the stockholders; and (iii) without action by the stockholder, to use and apply the surplus of the corporation, or any part thereof, at any time or from time to time, in the purchase or acquisition of shares of any class, voting trust certificates for shares, bonds, debentures, notes, script, warrants, obligations, evidences of indebtedness, or other securities of the corporation, to such extent of in such amount, in such manner and upon such terms as the Board of Directors shall determine expedient.

SEVENTH: No holder of any share or shares of any class issued by the corporation shall be entitled as such, as a matter of right, at any time, to subscribe for or purchase (i) shares of any class issued by the corporation, now or hereafter authorized, (ii) securities of the corporation convertible into or exchangeable for shares of any class issued by the corporation, now or hereafter authorized, or (iii) securities of the corporation to which shall be attached or appertain any rights or options, whether by the terms of such securities or in the contracts, warrants or other instruments (whether transferable or non-transferable or separable or inseparable from such

 

43


securities) evidencing such rights or options, entitling the holders thereof to subscribe for or purchase shares of any class issued by the corporation, now or hereafter authorized; it being the intent and is the effect of this Article Seventh to fully eliminate any and all pre-emptive rights with respect to the shares of any class issued by the corporation, now or hereafter authorized.

EIGHTH: At each meeting of stockholders for the election of directors, each nominee who receives a majority of the votes cast with respect to his/her election shall be elected as a director; provided, however, that if the election is contested or cumulative voting is in effect pursuant to Section 1701.55 of the Ohio Revised Code, then the nominees receiving the greatest number of votes “for” his/her election shall be elected. For purposes of this Article EIGHTH, a majority of votes cast means that the number of shares voted “for” a director’s election must exceed the number of shares voted “against” his/her election, with abstentions and broker non-votes being disregarded. An election shall be considered “contested” if the number of nominees exceeds the number of directors to be elected by the class(es) of shares eligible to vote in such election.

NINTH: These Amended Articles of Incorporation supersede and take the place of the existing Amended Articles of Incorporation.

 

44


ANNEX A

STANDARD PROVISIONS

Section 1. General Matters . Each share of Designated Preferred Stock shall be identical in all respects to every other share of Designated Preferred Stock. The Designated Preferred Stock shall be perpetual, subject to the provisions of Section 5 of these Standard Provisions that form a part of the Certificate of Designations. The Designated Preferred Stock shall rank equally with Parity Stock and shall rank senior to Junior Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation.

Section 2. Standard Definitions . As used herein with respect to Designated Preferred Stock:

(a) “ Applicable Dividend Rate ” means (i) during the period from the Original Issue Date to, but excluding, the first day of the first Dividend Period commencing on or after the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date, 5% per annum and (ii) from and after the first day of the first Dividend Period commencing on or after the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date, 9% per annum.

(b) “ Appropriate Federal Banking Agency ” means the “appropriate Federal banking agency” with respect to the Corporation as defined in Section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. Section 1813(q)), or any successor provision.

(c) “ Business Combination ” means a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar transaction that requires the approval of the Corporation’s stockholders.

(d) “ Business Day ” means any day except Saturday, Sunday and any day on which banking institutions in the State of New York generally are authorized or required by law or other governmental actions to close.

(e) “ Bylaws ” means the Code of Regulations of the Corporation, as they may be amended from time to time.

(f) “ Certificate of Designations ” means the Certificate of Designations or comparable instrument relating to the Designated Preferred Stock, of which these Standard Provisions form a part, as it may be amended from time to time.

(g) “ Charter ” means the Corporation’s certificate or articles of incorporation, articles of association, or similar organizational document.

(h) “ Dividend Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

(i) “ Dividend Record Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

 

A-1


(j) “ Liquidation Preference ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a).

(k) “ Original Issue Date ” means the date on which shares of Designated Preferred Stock are first issued.

(l) “ Preferred Director ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(b).

(m) “ Preferred Stock ” means any and all series of preferred stock of the Corporation, including the Designated Preferred Stock.

(n) “ Qualified Equity Offering ” means the sale and issuance for cash by the Corporation to persons other than the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries after the Original Issue Date of shares of perpetual Preferred Stock, Common Stock or any combination of such stock, that, in each case, qualify as and may be included in Tier 1 capital of the Corporation at the time of issuance under the applicable risk-based capital guidelines of the Corporation’s Appropriate Federal Banking Agency (other than any such sales and issuances made pursuant to agreements or arrangements entered into, or pursuant to financing plans which were publicly announced, on or prior to October 13, 2008).

(o) “ Share Dilution Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b).

(p) “ Standard Provisions ” mean these Standard Provisions that form a part of the Certificate of Designations relating to the Designated Preferred Stock.

(q) “ Successor Preferred Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(a).

(r) “ Voting Parity Stock ” means, with regard to any matter as to which the holders of Designated Preferred Stock are entitled to vote as specified in Sections 7(a) and 7(b) of these Standard Provisions that form a part of the Certificate of Designations, any and all series of Parity Stock upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable with respect to such matter.

Section 3. Dividends .

(a) Rate . Holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on each share of Designated Preferred Stock if, as and when declared by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, but only out of assets legally available therefor, cumulative cash dividends with respect to each Dividend Period (as defined below) at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Dividend Rate on (i) the Liquidation Amount per share of Designated Preferred Stock and (ii) the amount of accrued and unpaid dividends for any prior Dividend Period on such share of Designated Preferred Stock, if any. Such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from the Original Issue Date, shall compound on each subsequent Dividend Payment Date ( i.e. , no dividends shall accrue on other dividends unless and until the first Dividend Payment Date for such other dividends has passed without such other dividends having been paid on such date) and shall be payable quarterly in arrears on each Dividend Payment Date, commencing with the first such Dividend Payment Date to occur at least 20

 

A-2


calendar days after the Original Issue Date. In the event that any Dividend Payment Date would otherwise fall on a day that is not a Business Day, the dividend payment due on that date will be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day and no additional dividends will accrue as a result of that postponement. The period from and including any Dividend Payment Date to, but excluding, the next Dividend Payment Date is a “Dividend Period”, provided that the initial Dividend Period shall be the period from and including the Original Issue Date to, but excluding, the next Dividend Payment Date.

Dividends that are payable on Designated Preferred Stock in respect of any Dividend Period shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. The amount of dividends payable on Designated Preferred Stock on any date prior to the end of a Dividend Period, and for the initial Dividend Period, shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months, and actual days elapsed over a 30-day month.

Dividends that are payable on Designated Preferred Stock on any Dividend Payment Date will be payable to holders of record of Designated Preferred Stock as they appear on the stock register of the Corporation on the applicable record date, which shall be the 15th calendar day immediately preceding such Dividend Payment Date or such other record date fixed by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors that is not more than 60 nor less than 10 days prior to such Dividend Payment Date (each, a “Dividend Record Date”). Any such day that is a Dividend Record Date shall be a Dividend Record Date whether or not such day is a Business Day.

Holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, whether payable in cash, securities or other property, other than dividends (if any) declared and payable on Designated Preferred Stock as specified in this Section 3 (subject to the other provisions of the Certificate of Designations).

(b) Priority of Dividends . So long as any share of Designated Preferred Stock remains outstanding, no dividend or distribution shall be declared or paid on the Common Stock or any other shares of Junior Stock (other than dividends payable solely in shares of Common Stock) or Parity Stock, subject to the immediately following paragraph in the case of Parity Stock, and no Common Stock, Junior Stock or Parity Stock shall be, directly or indirectly, purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries unless all accrued and unpaid dividends for all past Dividend Periods, including the latest completed Dividend Period (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount), on all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock have been or are contemporaneously declared and paid in full (or have been declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside for the benefit of the holders of shares of Designated Preferred Stock on the applicable record date). The foregoing limitation shall not apply to (i) redemptions, purchases or other acquisitions of shares of Common Stock or other Junior Stock in connection with the administration of any employee benefit plan in the ordinary course of business (including purchases to offset the Share Dilution Amount (as defined below) pursuant to a publicly announced repurchase plan) and consistent with past practice, provided that any purchases to offset the Share Dilution Amount shall in no event exceed the Share Dilution Amount; (ii) purchases or other acquisitions by a broker-dealer subsidiary of the Corporation

 

A-3


solely for the purpose of market-making, stabilization or customer facilitation transactions in Junior Stock or Parity Stock in the ordinary course of its business; (iii) purchases by a broker-dealer subsidiary of the Corporation of capital stock of the Corporation for resale pursuant to an offering by the Corporation of such capital stock underwritten by such broker-dealer subsidiary; (iv) any dividends or distributions of rights or Junior Stock in connection with a stockholders’ rights plan or any redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant to any stockholders’ rights plan; (v) the acquisition by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries of record ownership in Junior Stock or Parity Stock for the beneficial ownership of any other persons (other than the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries), including as trustees or custodians; and (vi) the exchange or conversion of Junior Stock for or into other Junior Stock or of Parity Stock for or into other Parity Stock (with the same or lesser aggregate liquidation amount) or Junior Stock, in each case, solely to the extent required pursuant to binding contractual agreements entered into prior to the Signing Date or any subsequent agreement for the accelerated exercise, settlement or exchange thereof for Common Stock. “Share Dilution Amount” means the increase in the number of diluted shares outstanding (determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, and as measured from the date of the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements most recently filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission prior to the Original Issue Date) resulting from the grant, vesting or exercise of equity-based compensation to employees and equitably adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split, reclassification or similar transaction.

When dividends are not paid (or declared and a sum sufficient for payment thereof set aside for the benefit of the holders thereof on the applicable record date) on any Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within a Dividend Period related to such Dividend Payment Date) in full upon Designated Preferred Stock and any shares of Parity Stock, all dividends declared on Designated Preferred Stock and all such Parity Stock and payable on such Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within the Dividend Period related to such Dividend Payment Date) shall be declared pro rata so that the respective amounts of such dividends declared shall bear the same ratio to each other as all accrued and unpaid dividends per share on the shares of Designated Preferred Stock (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount) and all Parity Stock payable on such Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within the Dividend Period related to such Dividend Payment Date) (subject to their having been declared by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors out of legally available funds and including, in the case of Parity Stock that bears cumulative dividends, all accrued but unpaid dividends) bear to each other. If the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors determines not to pay any dividend or a full dividend on a Dividend Payment Date, the Corporation will provide written notice to the holders of Designated Preferred Stock prior to such Dividend Payment Date.

Subject to the foregoing, and not otherwise, such dividends (payable in cash, securities or other property) as may be determined by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors may be declared and paid on any securities, including

 

A-4


Common Stock and other Junior Stock, from time to time out of any funds legally available for such payment, and holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to participate in any such dividends.

Section 4. Liquidation Rights .

(a) Voluntary or Involuntary Liquidation . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive for each share of Designated Preferred Stock, out of the assets of the Corporation or proceeds thereof (whether capital or surplus) available for distribution to stockholders of the Corporation, subject to the rights of any creditors of the Corporation, before any distribution of such assets or proceeds is made to or set aside for the holders of Common Stock and any other stock of the Corporation ranking junior to Designated Preferred Stock as to such distribution, payment in full in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Amount per share and (ii) the amount of any accrued and unpaid dividends (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount), whether or not declared, to the date of payment (such amounts collectively, the “Liquidation Preference”).

(b) Partial Payment . If in any distribution described in Section 4(a) above the assets of the Corporation or proceeds thereof are not sufficient to pay in full the amounts payable with respect to all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock and the corresponding amounts payable with respect of any other stock of the Corporation ranking equally with Designated Preferred Stock as to such distribution, holders of Designated Preferred Stock and the holders of such other stock shall share ratably in any such distribution in proportion to the full respective distributions to which they are entitled.

(c) Residual Distributions . If the Liquidation Preference has been paid in full to all holders of Designated Preferred Stock and the corresponding amounts payable with respect of any other stock of the Corporation ranking equally with Designated Preferred Stock as to such distribution has been paid in full, the holders of other stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Corporation (or proceeds thereof) according to their respective rights and preferences.

(d) Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets Not Liquidation . For purposes of this Section 4, the merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any other corporation or other entity, including a merger or consolidation in which the holders of Designated Preferred Stock receive cash, securities or other property for their shares, or the sale, lease or exchange (for cash, securities or other property) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, shall not constitute a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

Section 5. Redemption .

(a) Optional Redemption . Except as provided below, the Designated Preferred Stock may not be redeemed prior to the first Dividend Payment Date falling on or after the third anniversary of the Original Issue Date. On or after the first Dividend Payment Date falling on or

 

A-5


after the third anniversary of the Original Issue Date, the Corporation, at its option, subject to the approval of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, may redeem, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, out of funds legally available therefor, the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, upon notice given as provided in Section 5(c) below, at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Amount per share and (ii) except as otherwise provided below, any accrued and unpaid dividends (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount) (regardless of whether any dividends are actually declared) to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the first Dividend Payment Date falling on or after the third anniversary of the Original Issue Date, the Corporation, at its option, subject to the approval of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, may redeem, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, upon notice given as provided in Section 5(c) below, at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Amount per share and (ii) except as otherwise provided below, any accrued and unpaid dividends (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount) (regardless of whether any dividends are actually declared) to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption; provided that (x) the Corporation (or any successor by Business Combination) has received aggregate gross proceeds of not less than the Minimum Amount (plus the “Minimum Amount” as defined in the relevant certificate of designations for each other outstanding series of preferred stock of such successor that was originally issued to the United States Department of the Treasury (the “Successor Preferred Stock”) in connection with the Troubled Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Program) from one or more Qualified Equity Offerings (including Qualified Equity Offerings of such successor), and (y) the aggregate redemption price of the Designated Preferred Stock (and any Successor Preferred Stock) redeemed pursuant to this paragraph may not exceed the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Corporation (or any successor by Business Combination) from such Qualified Equity Offerings (including Qualified Equity Offerings of such successor).

The redemption price for any shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be payable on the redemption date to the holder of such shares against surrender of the certificate(s) evidencing such shares to the Corporation or its agent. Any declared but unpaid dividends payable on a redemption date that occurs subsequent to the Dividend Record Date for a Dividend Period shall not be paid to the holder entitled to receive the redemption price on the redemption date, but rather shall be paid to the holder of record of the redeemed shares on such Dividend Record Date relating to the Dividend Payment Date as provided in Section 3 above.

(b) No Sinking Fund . The Designated Preferred Stock will not be subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund or other similar provisions. Holders of Designated Preferred Stock will have no right to require redemption or repurchase of any shares of Designated Preferred Stock.

(c) Notice of Redemption . Notice of every redemption of shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of the shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation. Such mailing shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date

 

A-6


fixed for redemption. Any notice mailed as provided in this Subsection shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice, but failure duly to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any holder of shares of Designated Preferred Stock designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Designated Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if shares of Designated Preferred Stock are issued in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Corporation or any other similar facility, notice of redemption may be given to the holders of Designated Preferred Stock at such time and in any manner permitted by such facility. Each notice of redemption given to a holder shall state: (1) the redemption date; (2) the number of shares of Designated Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if less than all the shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed from such holder; (3) the redemption price; and (4) the place or places where certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price.

(d) Partial Redemption . In case of any redemption of part of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected either pro rata or in such other manner as the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof may determine to be fair and equitable. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be redeemed from time to time. If fewer than all the shares represented by any certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares without charge to the holder thereof.

(e) Effectiveness of Redemption . If notice of redemption has been duly given and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for the redemption have been deposited by the Corporation, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, with a bank or trust company doing business in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, and having a capital and surplus of at least $500 million and selected by the Board of Directors, so as to be and continue to be available solely therefor, then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the redemption date dividends shall cease to accrue on all shares so called for redemption, all shares so called for redemption shall no longer be deemed outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption from such bank or trust company, without interest. Any funds unclaimed at the end of three years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released to the Corporation, after which time the holders of the shares so called for redemption shall look only to the Corporation for payment of the redemption price of such shares.

(f) Status of Redeemed Shares . Shares of Designated Preferred Stock that are redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation shall revert to authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock ( provided that any such cancelled shares of Designated Preferred Stock may be reissued only as shares of any series of Preferred Stock other than Designated Preferred Stock).

 

A-7


Section 6. Conversion . Holders of Designated Preferred Stock shares shall have no right to exchange or convert such shares into any other securities.

Section 7. Voting Rights .

(a) Genera l. The holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall not have any voting rights except as set forth below or as otherwise from time to time required by law.

(b) Preferred Stock Directors . Whenever, at any time or times, dividends payable on the shares of Designated Preferred Stock have not been paid for an aggregate of six quarterly Dividend Periods or more, whether or not consecutive, the authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be increased by two and the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock shall have the right, with holders of shares of any one or more other classes or series of Voting Parity Stock outstanding at the time, voting together as a class, to elect two directors (hereinafter the Preferred Directors and each a Preferred Director ) to fill such newly created directorships at the Corporation’s next annual meeting of stockholders (or at a special meeting called for that purpose prior to such next annual meeting) and at each subsequent annual meeting of stockholders until all accrued and unpaid dividends for all past Dividend Periods, including the latest completed Dividend Period (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount), on all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock have been declared and paid in full at which time such right shall terminate with respect to the Designated Preferred Stock, except as herein or by law expressly provided, subject to revesting in the event of each and every subsequent default of the character above mentioned; provided that it shall be a qualification for election for any Preferred Director that the election of such Preferred Director shall not cause the Corporation to violate any corporate governance requirements of any securities exchange or other trading facility on which securities of the Corporation may then be listed or traded that listed or traded companies must have a majority of independent directors. Upon any termination of the right of the holders of shares of Designated Preferred Stock and Voting Parity Stock as a class to vote for directors as provided above, the Preferred Directors shall cease to be qualified as directors, the term of office of all Preferred Directors then in office shall terminate immediately and the authorized number of directors shall be reduced by the number of Preferred Directors elected pursuant hereto. Any Preferred Director may be removed at any time, with or without cause, and any vacancy created thereby may be filled, only by the affirmative vote of the holders a majority of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding voting separately as a class together with the holders of shares of Voting Parity Stock, to the extent the voting rights of such holders described above are then exercisable. If the office of any Preferred Director becomes vacant for any reason other than removal from office as aforesaid, the remaining Preferred Director may choose a successor who shall hold office for the unexpired term in respect of which such vacancy occurred.

(c) Class Voting Rights as to Particular Matters . So long as any shares of Designated Preferred Stock are outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent of stockholders required by law or by the Charter, the vote or consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, voting as a separate class, given in person or by proxy, either in writing without a meeting or by vote at any meeting called for the purpose, shall be necessary for effecting or validating:

 

A-8


(i) Authorization of Senior Stock . Any amendment or alteration of the Certificate of Designations for the Designated Preferred Stock or the Charter to authorize or create or increase the authorized amount of, or any issuance of, any shares of, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of, any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation ranking senior to Designated Preferred Stock with respect to either or both the payment of dividends and/or the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation;

(ii) Amendment of Designated Preferred Stock . Any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Designations for the Designated Preferred Stock or the Charter (including, unless no vote on such merger or consolidation is required by Section 7(c)(iii) below, any amendment, alteration or repeal by means of a merger, consolidation or otherwise) so as to adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the Designated Preferred Stock; or

(iii) Share Exchanges, Reclassifications, Mergers and Consolidations . Any consummation of a binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Designated Preferred Stock, or of a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with another corporation or other entity, unless in each case (x) the shares of Designated Preferred Stock remain outstanding or, in the case of any such merger or consolidation with respect to which the Corporation is not the surviving or resulting entity, are converted into or exchanged for preference securities of the surviving or resulting entity or its ultimate parent, and (y) such shares remaining outstanding or such preference securities, as the case may be, have such rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, taken as a whole, as are not materially less favorable to the holders thereof than the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, of Designated Preferred Stock immediately prior to such consummation, taken as a whole; provided , however , that for all purposes of this Section 7(c), any increase in the amount of the authorized Preferred Stock, including any increase in the authorized amount of Designated Preferred Stock necessary to satisfy preemptive or similar rights granted by the Corporation to other persons prior to the Signing Date, or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, whether pursuant to preemptive or similar rights or otherwise, of any other series of Preferred Stock, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any other series of Preferred Stock, ranking equally with and/or junior to Designated Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation will not be deemed to adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers, and shall not require the affirmative vote or consent of, the holders of outstanding shares of the Designated Preferred Stock.

(d) Changes after Provision for Redemption . No vote or consent of the holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall be required pursuant to Section 7(c) above if, at or prior to the time when any such vote or consent would otherwise be required pursuant to such Section, all outstanding shares of the Designated Preferred Stock shall have been redeemed, or shall have been called for redemption upon proper notice and sufficient funds shall have been deposited in trust for such redemption, in each case pursuant to Section 5 above.

 

A-9


(e) Procedures for Voting and Consents . The rules and procedures for calling and conducting any meeting of the holders of Designated Preferred Stock (including, without limitation, the fixing of a record date in connection therewith), the solicitation and use of proxies at such a meeting, the obtaining of written consents and any other aspect or matter with regard to such a meeting or such consents shall be governed by any rules of the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may adopt from time to time, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of the Charter, the Bylaws, and applicable law and the rules of any national securities exchange or other trading facility on which Designated Preferred Stock is listed or traded at the time.

Section 8. Record Holders . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation and the transfer agent for Designated Preferred Stock may deem and treat the record holder of any share of Designated Preferred Stock as the true and lawful owner thereof for all purposes, and neither the Corporation nor such transfer agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

Section 9. Notices . All notices or communications in respect of Designated Preferred Stock shall be sufficiently given if given in writing and delivered in person or by first class mail, postage prepaid, or if given in such other manner as may be permitted in this Certificate of Designations, in the Charter or Bylaws or by applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if shares of Designated Preferred Stock are issued in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Corporation or any similar facility, such notices may be given to the holders of Designated Preferred Stock in any manner permitted by such facility.

Section 10. No Preemptive Rights . No share of Designated Preferred Stock shall have any rights of preemption whatsoever as to any securities of the Corporation, or any warrants, rights or options issued or granted with respect thereto, regardless of how such securities, or such warrants, rights or options, may be designated, issued or granted.

Section 11. Replacement Certificates . The Corporation shall replace any mutilated certificate at the holder’s expense upon surrender of that certificate to the Corporation. The Corporation shall replace certificates that become destroyed, stolen or lost at the holder’s expense upon delivery to the Corporation of reasonably satisfactory evidence that the certificate has been destroyed, stolen or lost, together with any indemnity that may be reasonably required by the Corporation.

Section 12. Other Rights . The shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall not have any rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers or relative, participating, optional or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, other than as set forth herein or in the Charter or as provided by applicable law.

 

A-10

Exhibit 10.1

FIFTH THIRD BANCORP

UNFUNDED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS

(as amended and restated effective as of June 1, 2013)


FIFTH THIRD BANCORP

UNFUNDED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS

(as amended and restated effective as of June 1, 2013)

ARTICLE I – INTRODUCTION AND SECTION 409A COMPLIANCE

 

1.1 Amendment and Restatement . Fifth Third Bancorp most recently amended and restated the Fifth Third Bancorp Unfunded Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors effective January 1, 2009, by an amendment executed on December 18, 2008. Fifth Third Bancorp hereby again amends and restates the Plan effective June 1, 2013.

 

1.2 Transition Rules under Section 409A . In accordance with Paragraph 7.3, the Committee allowed new payment elections under Article VII in 2005 which, for purposes of, Article VII shall be treated as a Participant’s timely initial election under Paragraph 7.2(a) and not as a change in election under Paragraph 7.2(c). Any such election shall be administered by the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion and in compliance with Internal Revenue Service Notice 2005-1 and any other applicable legal authority.

ARTICLE II – DEFINITIONS

 

2.1 Account ” shall mean the account established by a Company as a book reserve to reflect the amounts credited to a Participant under this Plan. A Participant’s Account under the Plan may include one or more of the following subaccounts:

 

  (a) Deferred Compensation Account.

 

  (b) Predecessor Plan Account.

 

2.2 Beneficiary ” shall mean the person or persons entitled to receive the distributions, if any, payable under the Plan upon or after a Participant’s death, to such person or persons as such Participant’s Beneficiary. Each Participant may designate a Beneficiary by filing the proper form with the Committee. A Participant may designate one or more contingent Beneficiaries to receive any distributions after the death of a prior Beneficiary. A designation shall be effective upon said filing, provided that it is so filed during such Participant’s lifetime, and may be changed from time to time by the Participant. If there is no designated Beneficiary to receive any amount that becomes payable to a Beneficiary, then the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be the estate of the last to die of the Participant and any properly designated Beneficiaries.

Effective July 15, 2013, Beneficiary designations may only be made online at the website and in accordance with procedures established by the Committee. Effective July 15, 2013, any prior Beneficiary designations that were not made online at the website and in


accordance with the procedures established by the Committee on or after July 7, 2013, shall be disregarded and shall be null and void. If a Participant does not complete a Beneficiary designation on or after July 7, 2013 online at the website and in accordance with the procedures established by the Committee, such Participant shall be treated as if he has not designated any Beneficiary, in which case the Participant’s estate shall be his Beneficiary.

 

2.3 Claims Review Committee ” shall mean the committee established by the Committee for purposes of administering the claims and claim review procedures under the Plan.

 

2.4 Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended at the particular time applicable. A reference to a section of the Code shall include said section and any comparable section or sections of any future legislation that amends, supplements or supersedes said section.

 

2.5 Committee ” shall mean The Fifth Third Bank Pension, Profit Sharing and Medical Plan Committee which is responsible for the administration of this Plan in accordance with the provisions of the Plan as set forth in this document. A reference to the Committee includes its delegate.

 

2.6 Company ” shall mean Fifth Third Bancorp and any subsidiary of Fifth Third Bancorp or any successor or assignee of any of them.

 

2.7 Compensation ” shall mean the amount which is paid in cash or which would otherwise be paid in cash but for a deferral election hereunder, to a Director for his or her services as a Director or as a member of a Committee of the Board of Directors, including fees for attending meetings.

 

2.8 Deferred Compensation Account ” shall mean the account established by a Company as a book reserve to reflect the amounts deferred by a Participant under Paragraph 4.1, as adjusted by earnings (and losses) under Article VI and as reduced by distributions under Article VII and Article VIII.

 

2.9 Director ” shall mean an individual who is not an employee of a Company, and who is either a member of the Board of Directors of Fifth Third Bancorp or a member of a Fifth Third Bank Charter Board or Affiliate Board.

 

2.10 “Effective Date ” shall mean June 1, 2013.

 

2.11 Open Enrollment Period ” shall mean such period no more than thirty (30) days in length prescribed by the Committee, closing no later than the last day of the Plan Year immediately preceding the Plan Year for which elections to defer Compensation under Article IV are permitted.

 

- 2 -


2.12 Participant ” shall mean any of the following:

 

  (a) any Director who satisfies the eligibility requirements of Article III and who receives an allocation to his Deferred Compensation Account under Article IV, as well as any former Director who has a Deferred Compensation Account under the Plan; or

 

  (b) any person who has a Predecessor Plan Account attributable to his services as a non-employee member of a board of directors covered by a Predecessor Plan.

 

2.13 Plan ” shall mean the Fifth Third Bancorp Unfunded Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors, as described in this instrument, and as may be amended, thereafter.

 

2.14 Plan Year ” shall mean the calendar year.

 

2.15 Predecessor Plan ” shall mean any other nonqualified deferred compensation plan designated by the Committee. Each Predecessor Plan was completely amended and restated into this Plan.

 

2.16 Predecessor Plan Account ” shall mean an account established by the Company as a book reserve to reflect amounts credited hereunder with respect to a Predecessor Plan, as adjusted by earnings (and losses) under Article VI and as reduced by distributions under Article VII and Article VIII. A Participant’s Predecessor Plan Account may include one or more of the following subaccounts:

 

  (a) Old Kent Elective.

 

  (b) Old Kent Mandatory.

 

  (c) FNB Florida Director.

 

  (d) First Charter NQDC.

 

  (e) First Charter Opt Plan.

 

  (f) Directors Plan B.

 

2.17

Separation from Service ” shall mean the termination of employment with all Companies and ceasing to serve as a Director of all Companies. Whether a termination of employment and cessation of serving as a Director has occurred shall be determined based on whether the facts and circumstances indicate that the Company and Director reasonably anticipate that no further services would be performed after a certain date or that the level of bona fide services would permanently decrease to no more than 20 percent of the average level of bona fide services performed over the immediately preceding 36-month period (or the full period of service if the Director has been a Director of a Company less than 36 months). A Director is not treated as having

 

- 3 -


  terminated employment or ceasing to serve as a Director while he is on military leave, sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six months, or if longer, so long as the individual retains a right to reemployment under an applicable statute or by contract. The determination of whether a Separation of Service has occurred shall be based on applicable regulations and other applicable legal authority under section 409A of the Code.

ARTICLE III – ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

 

3.1 Each individual who is a Director on the first day of an Open Enrollment Period may elect to defer Compensation for services performed during the ensuing Plan Year to which the Open Enrollment Period relates, in accordance with Article IV.

An individual who is not a Director on the first day of an Open Enrollment Period but who later becomes a Director shall not be eligible to elect to defer Compensation until the first day of the next Open Enrollment Period with respect to which he is still a Director (for the Plan Year to which such next Open Enrollment Period relates).

ARTICLE IV – ELECTION TO DEFER COMPENSATION

 

4.1 Each Director eligible under Article III may elect to have fifty percent (50%) or more of his Compensation for services performed during a Plan Year deferred and credited with earnings in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

4.2 An eligible Director desiring to exercise an election under Paragraph 4.1 for a Plan Year shall notify the Committee each Plan Year of his deferral election during the Open Enrollment Period established by the Committee for such Plan Year. Such notice must be binding and must be in accordance with the procedures established by the Committee during the Open Enrollment Period.

 

4.3 A deferral election shall be effective for the entire Plan Year (but not for any future Plan Year) to which it relates and may not be modified or terminated for that Plan Year.

 

4.4 The Compensation otherwise payable to the Participant during the Plan Year shall be reduced by the amount of the Participant’s election under Paragraph 4.1. Such amounts shall be credited to the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account at the time his Compensation is so reduced.

ARTICLE V – PARTICIPANT’S INTEREST

 

5.1

Unsecured Creditor . No Participant or his designated Beneficiary shall acquire any property interest in his Account or any other assets of any Company, their rights being limited to receiving from the Company deferred payments as set forth in this Plan and these rights are conditioned upon continued compliance with the terms and conditions of this Plan. To the extent that any Participant or Beneficiary acquires a right to receive

 

- 4 -


  benefits under this Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.

ARTICLE VI – CREDITING OF EARNINGS

 

6.1 General . There shall be credited to the Account of each Participant an additional amount of earnings (or losses) determined under this Article VI.

 

6.2 Investment Elections . Each Participant shall elect to have earnings (or losses) credited to his Account from among various investment benchmarks the Committee determines to establish for this purpose. One of such investment benchmarks shall be the Fifth Third Stock Fund.

Such an election shall be made in such manner as the Committee shall direct.

The Committee may prescribe rules including rules which limit the frequency of changes to elections, prescribe times for making elections, regulate the amount or increment a Participant may allocate to a particular investment benchmark, require or allow an election (or election change) to relate only to future allocations, require an election to apply consistently to all subaccounts and provide for the investment of an Account of a Participant who fails to make an election.

 

6.3 Rate of Return Benchmarks . The Committee shall determine the rate of return for the Fifth Third Stock Fund, as well as each of the other investment benchmarks selected by the Committee under Paragraph 6.2 above.

 

6.4 Crediting . The Participant’s Account shall be increased or decreased as if it had earned the rate of return corresponding to the Participant’s investment election. The time and method of such crediting and the recordkeeping methodologies used shall be determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the Committee.

 

6.5 2013 Transition Rules . After May 31, 2013, the Treasury Bill investment election previously available under the Plan shall no longer be available. Amounts that were subject to that investment election as of May 31, 2013, shall thereafter be subject to the money market investment election (the money market fund shall be one of the investment benchmarks the Committee shall make available under Paragraph 6.2), unless and until the Participant elects different investment benchmarks available as provided in Paragraph 6.2.

ARTICLE VII – PLAN BENEFITS

 

7.1

Distributions . In accordance with the election procedures in Paragraph 7.2, a Participant may elect to have the amounts represented by the Participant’s Account paid (or commence to be paid) as of the first business day of August of the Plan Year immediately following the Plan Year in which the Participant ceases to be a Director and has a Separation from Service, or the first business day of August of any subsequent year, but

 

- 5 -


  not later than the first business day of August of the tenth Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Participant ceases to be a Director and has a Separation from Service. In accordance with the election procedures in Paragraph 7.2, a Participant may elect to have such amounts paid in one of the following forms:

 

  (a) single lump sum cash distribution; or

 

  (b) annual cash installments, the last payment of which is no later than the first business day of August of the tenth Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Participant ceases to be a Director and has a Separation from Service.

If installment payments are in effect, the Participant’s Account shall continue to be credited with earnings (or losses) under Article VI until fully paid.

Notwithstanding the foregoing or Paragraph 7.3 (a) or (b), in the event the Participant’s Account does not exceed $25,000 as of any December 31 st after the Participant has ceased to be a Director and has a Separation from Service, then any payment election by a Participant shall be disregarded. In such a case, the Account (or remaining balance thereof) shall be paid in a single lump sum cash distribution as of the first business day of August following such December 31 st (even if the payment would exceed $25,000 at that time).

 

7.2 Election Procedures .

 

  (a) A Participant who wishes to make an initial election referred to in Paragraph 7.1 must do so within the first Open Enrollment Period applicable to him under Article III.

Any such election shall be effective immediately.

As provided in Paragraph 1.2, a payment election in 2005 under Internal Revenue Service Notice 2005-1 shall be considered a timely initial election.

 

  (b) If a Participant does not make a timely initial election concerning the commencement date and payment schedule of benefits under Paragraph 7.2(a), then, except as provided in (c) below, payment shall be made as of the first business day of August of the Plan Year immediately following the Plan Year in which he cases to be a Director and has a Separation from Service, in a single lump sum cash distribution.

 

  (c)

A Participant may make or change an election after the deadline established in (a) above at any time in order to defer payment for a period of not less than five years from the date payment would otherwise begin (but not to accelerate any payment). Payment shall be made in accordance with any such election only if the Participant ceases to be a Director and has a Separation from Service at least one year following the date of the election. Otherwise, the payment shall be made

 

- 6 -


  in accordance with the election (if any) in effect immediately prior to the changed election, or in accordance with (b) above if no such election is in effect.

 

  (d) Elections shall be made in accordance with the rules and procedures established by the Committee.

 

7.3 Transition Rules .

 

  (a)

Terminated Participants Not in Pay Status . A Participant who ceased being a Director in 2005 or earlier, but who, as of a date in 2005 determined by the Committee, had not received or commenced receiving payments of his Account, shall be subject to the payment provisions of Paragraph 7.1, and any prior payment elections shall be of no force or effect. As provided in Paragraph 1.2, such a Participant had the opportunity to complete a new election by a date in 2005 determined by the Committee. Such a Participant who did not properly complete and return such an election by such date received a single lump sum distribution of his entire Account as of August 1, 2006. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such a Participant’s Account as of a date in 2005 determined by the Committee was not greater than $10,000, then he received a single lump sum distribution of his entire Account in 2005. In the event the Participant’s Account does not exceed $25,000 as of any December 31 st , then any payment election shall be disregarded. In such a case, the Account (or remaining balance thereof) shall be paid in a single lump sum distribution as of the first business day of August following such December 31 st (even if such Account exceeds $25,000 at that time).

 

  (b) Directors in 2005 . A Participant who was a Director as of a date in 2005 determined by the Committee shall be subject to the payment provisions of Paragraph 7.1 and any elections prior to that date shall be of no force or effect. As provided in Paragraph 1.2, such a Participant had the opportunity to complete a new election by a date in 2005 determined by the Committee. Any such election shall be treated as an initial election under Paragraph 7.2(a). Such a Participant who did not make a timely election shall be treated the same as provided for in Paragraph 7.2(b) and 7.2(c) for Participants who do not make timely initial elections.

 

7.4 Facility of Payment . A payment required to be made hereunder on or as of a specified date may be made in a reasonable period after such date for administrative convenience, provided the payment is made in the same taxable year as the specified date.

ARTICLE VIII – DEATH

 

8.1

If a Participant dies before commencing payment of the amounts represented by the Participant’s Account, then the Participant’s Account, shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary in a single lump sum cash distribution as soon as reasonably possible after the Committee is notified of the Participant’s death and in all events not more than ninety

 

- 7 -


  (90) days following the Participant’s death. If the Participant has already commenced receiving the amounts represented by the Participant’s Account in the installment payment form, the installment payments shall continue to be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary in cash.

ARTICLE IX – NON-ASSIGNABLE/NON-ATTACHMENT

 

9.1 Except as required by law, no right of the Participant or designated Beneficiary to receive payments under this Plan shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation or to execution, attachment, levy or similar process or assignment by operation of law and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to effect any such action shall be null and void and of no effect.

ARTICLE X – ADMINISTRATION

 

10.1 Administration . In addition to the powers which are expressly provided in the Plan, the Committee shall have the power and authority in its sole, absolute and uncontrolled discretion to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan and shall have all powers necessary to accomplish these purposes including, but not limited to the following:

 

  (a) the power to determine who is a Participant;

 

  (b) the power to determine allocations, balances, and nonforfeitable percentages with respect to Participant’s Accounts;

 

  (c) the power to determine when, to whom, in what amount, and in what form distributions are to be made; and

 

  (d) such powers as are necessary, appropriate or desirable to enable it to perform its responsibilities, including the power to interpret the Plan, establish rules, regulations and forms with respect thereto.

Benefits under this Plan will be paid only if the Committee decides in its discretion that the applicant is entitled to them.

 

10.2 409 A of the Code . This Plan is intended to satisfy the applicable requirements of section 409 A of the Code and shall be interpreted accordingly.

ARTICLE XI – CONSOLIDATION OR MERGER

 

11.1

In the event that Fifth Third Bancorp or any entity (resulting from any merger or consolidation or which shall be a purchaser or transferee so referred to), shall at any time be merged or consolidated into or with any other entity or entities, or in the event that substantially all of the assets of Fifth Third Bancorp or any such entity shall be sold or otherwise transferred to another entity, the provisions of this Plan shall be binding upon

 

- 8 -


  and shall inure to the benefit of the continuing entity or the entity resulting from such merger or consolidation or the entity to which such assets shall be sold or transferred. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, this Plan shall not be assignable by Fifth Third Bancorp or by any entity referred to in such preceding sentence.

ARTICLE XII – AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION

 

12.1 Amendment . Fifth Third Bancorp reserves the right to amend the Plan. Any amendment of the Plan shall be by action of the Committee or by the Chairman of the Committee. If an amendment is being made by said Committee, it must be approved by a majority of the members of the Committee as constituted at the time of adoption of the amendment. Any amendment may be given retroactive effect as determined by said Committee or Chairman. Any amendment may, without limitation, (a) affect a Participant whether or not currently serving as a Director or in pay status, and (b) affect or modify Participant elections and payment methods. An amendment may be evidenced in such manner as said Committee or Chairman shall determine. If the amendment is approved by said Committee, such evidence may include (but shall not be limited to) a written resolution signed by a majority of the members of the Committee or minutes of a meeting of the Committee reflecting approval by a majority of the members.

 

12.2 Termination . Fifth Third Bancorp reserves the right to terminate the Plan. Any termination of the Plan shall be by action of the Committee. Any termination must be approved by a majority of the members of said Committee as constituted at the time of adoption of the termination; and any such termination may be given retroactive effect as determined by said Committee. Any termination may, without limitation, (a) affect a Participant whether or not currently serving as a Director or in pay status, and (b) affect or modify Participant elections and payment methods. A termination may be evidenced in such manner as said Committee shall determine, and such evidence may include (but shall not be limited to) a written resolution signed by a majority of the members of the Committee or minutes of a meeting of the Committee reflecting approval by a majority of the members.

ARTICLE XIII – CLAIMS

 

13.1 Initial Claims Procedure .

 

  (a) Claim . In order to present a complaint regarding the nonpayment of a Plan benefit or a portion thereof (a “Claim”), a Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan (a “Claimant”) or his duly authorized representative must file such Claim by mailing or delivering a writing stating such Claim to the department, officer, or employee responsible for employee benefit matters of the Company. Upon such receipt of a Claim, the Claims Review Committee shall furnish to the Claimant a written acknowledgment which shall inform such Claimant of the time limit set forth in (b)(i) below and of the effect, pursuant to (b)(iii) below, of failure to decide the Claim within such time limit.

 

- 9 -


  (b) Initial Decision .

 

  (i) Time Limit . The Claims Review Committee shall decide upon a Claim within a reasonable period of time after receipt of such Claim; provided, however, that such period shall in no event exceed 90 days, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing. If such an extension of time for processing is required, then the Claimant shall, prior to the termination of the initial 90-day period, be furnished a written notice indicating such special circumstances and the date by which the Claims Review Committee expects to render a decision. In no event shall an extension exceed a period of 90 days from the end of the initial period.

 

  (ii) Notice of Denial . If the Claim is wholly or partially denied, then the Claims Review Committee shall furnish to the Claimant, within the time limit applicable under (i) above, a written notice setting forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant:

 

  (A) the specific reason or reasons for such denial;

 

  (B) specific reference to the pertinent Plan provisions on which such denial is based;

 

  (C) a description of any additional material or information necessary for such Claimant to perfect his Claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and

 

  (D) appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if such Claimant wishes to submit his Claim for review pursuant to Paragraph 13.2, including notice of the time limits set forth in subsection 13.2(b)(ii).

 

  (iii) Deemed Denial for Purposes of Review . If a Claim is not granted and if, despite the provisions of (i) and (ii) above, notice of the denial of a Claim is not furnished within the time limit applicable under (i) above, then the Claimant may deem such Claim denied and may request a review of such deemed denial pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 13.2.

 

13.2 Claim Review Procedure .

 

  (a) Claimant’s Rights . If a Claim is wholly or partially denied under Paragraph 13.1, then the Claimant or his duly authorized representative shall have the following rights:

 

  (i) to obtain, subject to (b) below, a full and fair review by the Claims Review Committee;

 

- 10 -


  (ii) to review pertinent documents; and

 

  (iii) to submit issues and comments in writing.

 

  (b) Request for Review .

 

  (i) Filing . To obtain a review pursuant to (a) above, a Claimant entitled to such a review or his duly authorized representative shall, subject to (ii) below, mail or deliver a written request for such a review (a “Request for Review”) to the department, officer, or employee responsible for employee benefit matters of the Company.

 

  (ii) Time Limits for Requesting a Review . A Request for Review must be mailed or delivered within 60 days after receipt by the Claimant of written notice of the denial of the Claim.

 

  (iii) Acknowledgment . Upon such receipt of a Request for Review, the Claims Review Committee shall furnish to the Claimant a written acknowledgment which shall inform such Claimant of the time limit set forth in (c)(i) below and of the effect, pursuant to (c)(iii) below, of failure to furnish a decision on review within such time limit.

 

  (c) Decision on Review .

 

  (i) Time Limit .

 

  (A) General . If, pursuant to (b) above, a review is requested, then, except as otherwise provided in (B) below, the Claims Review Committee or its delegate (but only if such delegate has been given the authority to make a final decision on the Claim) shall make a decision promptly and no later than 60 days after receipt of the Request for Review; except that, if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, then the decision shall be made as soon as possible but not later than 120 days after receipt of the Request for Review. The Claims Review Committee must furnish the Claimant written notice of any extension prior to its commencement.

 

  (B)

Regularly Scheduled Meetings . Anything to the contrary in (A) above notwithstanding, if the Claims Review Committee holds regularly scheduled meetings at least quarterly, then its decision on review shall be made no later than the date of the meeting which immediately follows the receipt of the Request for Review; provided, however, if such Request for Review is received within 30 days preceding the date of such meeting, then such decision on review shall be made no later than the date of the second meeting which follows such receipt; and provided further that, if special

 

- 11 -


  circumstances require a further extension of time for processing, and if the Claimant is furnished written notice of such extension prior to its commencement, then such decision on review shall be rendered no later than the third meeting which follows such receipt.

 

  (ii) Notice of Decision . The Claims Review Committee or its delegate shall furnish to the Claimant, within the time limit applicable under (i) above, a written notice setting forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant:

 

  (A) the specific reason or reasons for the decision on review;

 

  (B) specific reference to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision on review is based; and

 

  (C) a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

  (iii) Deemed Denial . If, despite the provisions of (i) and (ii) above, the decision on review is not furnished within the time limit applicable under (i) above, then the Claimant shall be deemed to have exhausted his remedies under the Plan and he may deem the Claim to have been denied on review.

The Claims Review Committee shall have the sole, absolute and uncontrolled discretion to decide all claims under the initial claims procedure and under the claims review procedure, and its decisions shall be binding on all parties.

 

13.3 Required Exhaustion of Administrative Remedies . Before a Participant may file a lawsuit regarding the Plan or benefits under the Plan, the Participant must first use the Initial Claims Procedure and the Claim Review Procedure (including the requirement of a timely request for review) described above.

ARTICLE XIV – MISCELLANEOUS

 

14.1 No Enlargement of Employment Rights . Neither this Plan, nor any action of Fifth Third Bancorp, a Company or the Committee, nor any election to defer Compensation hereunder shall be held or construed to confer on any person any legal right to be continued as a Director of Fifth Third Bancorp, or any Company.

 

14.2

Withholdings . Fifth Third Bancorp shall have the right to deduct from a Participant’s Account and/or any payments due a Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan any and all

 

- 12 -


  taxes determined by the Committee to be applicable with respect to such benefits. In the discretion of the Committee, Fifth Third Bancorp may accept payment by the Participant (or Beneficiary) of the amount of any applicable taxes in lieu of deducting such amount from the Participant’s Account or payments due under the Plan.

 

14.3 Entire Agreement . This Plan document constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and any Participant (or Beneficiary), and supersedes all other prior agreements, undertakings, both written and oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Plan document may not be amended orally or by any course or purported course of dealing, but only by an amendment in accordance with Paragraph 12.1 specifically identified within its text as a Plan amendment. Written communications and descriptions not specifically identified within their text as amendments, shall not constitute amendments and shall have no interpretive or controlling effect on the interpretation of this Plan. Oral communications shall not constitute amendments and shall have no interpretation or controlling effect on the interpretation of this Plan.

 

14.4 No Guarantee of Tax Consequences . The Participant (or Beneficiary) shall be responsible for all taxes with respect to his benefit hereunder. Neither Fifth Third Bancorp nor any Company guarantees any particular tax consequences. This includes, without limitation, any taxes, interest or penalties imposed by, or with respect to, section 409A of the Code.

 

14.5 Governing Law . The provisions of the Plan shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Ohio, except its conflict of law rules.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Fifth Third Bancorp has caused this Plan to be executed this 2 nd day of July, 2013.

 

FIFTH THIRD BANCORP
By:   /s/ Teresa J. Tanner
  Teresa Tanner, Chairman of The Fifth Third Bank Pension, Profit Sharing and Medical Plan Committee

 

- 13 -

Exhibit 10.2

 

LOGO

Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement

[Participant Name]

It is my pleasure to inform you that you are hereby granted an award of stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) subject to the terms and conditions of this Award and the terms of the Fifth Third Bancorp 2011 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan”), approved by shareholders in 2011:

 

Date of Grant    [Grant Date]
Total Number of SARs Granted    [Number of Shares Granted]
Grant Date Price Per Share of Stock    [Grant Price]
Expiration Date    [Expiration Date]

These stock appreciation rights will vest and become exercisable in four equal annual installments on the first, second, third, and fourth anniversaries of the grant date, so long as the adjusted return on tangible common equity (ROTCE) performance threshold for Fifth Third Bancorp as determined by the Human Capital and Compensation Committee for the fiscal year ended immediately prior to such anniversary date meets or exceeds 2%. If the ROTCE for the fiscal year ended immediately prior to an anniversary date is less than 2%, then the annual installment of the award that otherwise was supposed to vest on that anniversary date will not vest and will be forfeited.

Upon exercise, you will be entitled to a payment in the form of shares of stock with a fair market value equal to the fair market value of a share of stock at the date of exercise in excess of the grant date price per share of stock, multiplied by the number of SARs exercised.

In order to be eligible for the retirement provisions of this award as described in Section 12.4 of the Plan, you must be at least 60 years of age and have completed 10 or more years of service with the Company at the time of your retirement.

Any bonus, commission, or other compensation, including but not limited to payments made to you under the Fifth Third Bancorp 2011 Incentive Compensation Plan received is subject to recovery, or “clawback” by the Company for a period of 3 years (or such longer period as may be required by law) if the payments were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria, or as otherwise required by law. In addition, all executive compensation plans are automatically amended as necessary to comply with the requirements and/or limitations under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act, or any other laws, rules, regulations, or regulatory agreements up to and including a revocation of this award.

If you accept the terms of this Award, you will be deemed to have consented to all of the terms and conditions of this Award and of the Plan, except as modified hereby, including the terms of the Confidential Information and Non-Solicitation Agreement located on the following pages. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Award and the Plan, the terms of this Award shall control.

This Award will expire by its own terms unless accepted within 60 days.

 

For Fifth Third Bancorp:    
/s/ Kevin T. Kabat     [Grant Date]
Kevin T. Kabat    
Vice Chairman & CEO    
[Acceptance Date]    


CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND NON-SOLICITATION AGREEMENT

This Confidential Information and Non-Solicitation Agreement (“Agreement”) is made by and between Fifth Third Bancorp (which includes its subsidiaries and/or affiliated entities, hereinafter collectively referred to as “the Company”) and the undersigned Employee.

RECITALS

A. The Company is a diversified financial services company that operates four main businesses - Commercial Banking, Branch Banking, Consumer Lending, and Investment Advisors.

B. The Company has informed Employee that the execution of this Agreement, being in the best interests of the Company, is a condition of employment of the Employee or, in the case of an existing employee, to the continued employment of the Employee by the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, it is mutually agreed as follows:

AGREEMENT

SECTION 1. COVENANT NOT TO USE CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

A. As a necessary function of Employee’s employment with the Company, Employee will have access to, use, receive, and otherwise acquire various kinds of customer, business, and technical information relating to the Company’s business that is of a confidential nature to the Company, whether or not such information is specifically labeled as “confidential. Employee agrees that such confidential information includes, for example, the following:

Current, prospective and former customer names and information, including but not limited to contact, financial and account information; product information; compensation plans and arrangements, including incentive compensation plans; performance specifications; pricing, profit margin, and other financial information; product specifications; vendor information; Company training, reference and/or educational materials; Company forecasts/plans/pipelines; objectives and strategies; quality control and/or compliance standards; business referrals, suppliers, and customer lists; unpublished works of any nature whether or not copyrightable; business plans; Company research and/or development materials relating to the Company’s business; information contained in pending patent applications; inventions, technical improvements, and ideas; and all other information and knowledge in whatever form used or useful in management, marketing, purchasing, finance, or operations of the Company’s business and any compilation of such information and all other similar information used by the Company that is not available to those outside of the Company (hereinafter collectively referred to as “Confidential Information”)

B. Employee also understands that he or she will occupy a position of confidence and trust with respect to the Company’s Confidential Information during his or her employment. Employee acknowledges and agrees that such Confidential Information is not generally known outside of the Company, that the Company has taken measures to guard the secrecy of its Confidential Information, that such information is extremely valuable and an essential asset of the Company’s business, and that such information, if disclosed without authorization to a third party or used by Employee for purposes other than conducting the Company business would cause irreparable harm to the Company and/or its customers.

C. Employee further agrees that, during Employee’s employment with the Company and following his or her termination for whatever reason, Employee will not disclose or use, directly or indirectly, or authorize or permit anyone under his or her direction to disclose to anyone, any Confidential Information of the Company that he or she obtains during the course of his or her employment relating to or otherwise concerning the business of the Company, whether or not acquired, originated, or developed in whole or in part by Employee.

D. The obligations set forth herein shall not apply to any trade secrets or Confidential Information that has become generally known to competitors of the Company through no act or omission of Employee, nor shall the obligations set forth herein apply to disclosures made pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. However, Employee agrees that after termination of employment he or she will not compile pieces of information from several sources and assemble them together in any manner in an attempt to circumvent a violation of his or her confidentiality obligations to the Company or attempt to demonstrate thereby that any of the Confidential Information is in the public domain.

SECTION II. COVENANT PROHIBITING COMPETITION AND SOLICITATION OF CUSTOMERS

Confidential Information of the Company gained by Employee during employment is developed by the Company through substantial expenditures of time, effort, and financial resources, and constitutes valuable and unique property of the Company. Employee acknowledges, understands, and agrees that the foregoing makes it necessary for the protection of the Company’s business that Employee does not divert business of the Company’s customers from the Company and that he or she maintain the confidentiality and integrity of Confidential Information. Therefore, Employee agrees that during his or her employment and for a period of one (1) year thereafter he or she will not:

(a) Enter into an ownership, consulting or employment arrangement with, or render services for, any individual or entity rendering services or handling products competitive with the Company in any geographic region or territory in which I worked or for which I had responsibility during the twenty-four (24) month period preceding my departure from the Company;

(b) Directly or indirectly solicit, divert, entice or take away any customers, business or prospective business with whom he or she had contact, involvement or responsibility during his or her employment with the Company, or attempt to do so for the sale of any product or service that competes with a product or service offered by the Company;

(c) Directly or indirectly solicit, divert, entice or take away any potential customer identified, selected or targeted by the Company with whom he or she had contact, involvement or responsibility during his or her employment with the Company, or attempt to do so for the sale of any product or service that competes with a product or service offered by the Company; or

(c) Accept or provide assistance in the accepting of (including, but not limited to, providing any service, information or assistance or other facilitation or other involvement) business or orders from customers or any potential customers of the Company with whom he or she has had contact, involvement, or responsibility on behalf of any third party or otherwise for his or her own benefit.

Nothing contained in this Section shall preclude Employee from accepting employment with or creating his or her own company, firm, or business that competes with the Company so long as his or her activities do not violate any of the terms of this Agreement.


SECTION III. COVENANT NOT TO SOLICIT EMPLOYEES

Employee agrees that during his or her employment with the Company and for a period of one (1) year thereafter he or she will not directly or indirectly solicit, induce, confer or discuss with any employee of the Company or attempt to solicit, induce, confer or discuss with any employee of the Company the prospect of leaving the employ of the Company or the subject of employment by some other person or organization. Employee further agrees that during his or her employment with the Company and for a period of one (1) year thereafter he or she will not directly or indirectly hire or attempt to hire any employee of the Company.

SECTION IV. EMPLOYEE WARRANTIES

Employee represents and warrants that his or her employment with the Company and the performance of this Agreement will not violate any express or implied obligation to any former employer or other party. Employee further represents that he or she has not brought with him or her and will not use or disclose during his or her employment with the Company any information, documents, or materials subject to any legally enforceable restrictions or obligations as to confidentiality or secrecy. Furthermore, Employee shall not make any agreements with or commitments to any person, firm, or corporation that would prevent, restrict, or hinder the performance of Employee’s duties and obligations under this Agreement. In addition, Employee agrees that he or she shall share a copy of this Agreement with any subsequent employer in order to ensure that there is no violation hereof, and Employee consents to the Company sharing a copy of this Agreement with any such employer.

SECTION V. OTHER PROVISIONS

A. Extension In The Event Of Breach : Any breach by Employee of any of the restrictions contained in Sections II -IV of this Agreement shall extend the term of this Agreement by the period of the breach. The commitments made in this Agreement will survive termination of employment with the Company.

B. Governing Law : This Agreement and all the rights, duties and remedies of the parties hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the state in which is located the office of the Company at which Employee is based. The Company shall have the right to specifically enforce the covenants contained in this Agreement, in addition to any other legal, equitable (including specifically, but not limited to temporary restraining orders or preliminary or permanent injunctive relief) or other remedies as may be available to the Company for my breach of any such covenants.

C. Severability : If any provision of this Agreement is declared invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary and possible to render it valid and enforceable.

D. Waiver/Modification : No waiver or modification of this Agreement will be valid unless in writing and duly executed by the party against whom enforcement is sought. Failure of the Company to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of such provision or of the right of the Company thereafter to enforce each and every provision.

E. At-Will Nature Of Employment : I understand that nothing in this Agreement requires me to continue employment with the Company for any particular length of time or requires that the Company continue to employ me for any particular length of time.

F. Successors/Assigns : The terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company (including but not limited to any corporate successor of The Company) and Employee’s heirs, executors and personal representatives. As part of this provision, Employee understands and agrees that should Employee become employed by another entity owned or otherwise affiliated with Fifth Third Bancorp (such as its subsidiaries, divisions or unincorporated affiliates), the obligations of this Agreement follow Employee to such other entity automatically and without further action, and that entity becomes the “Company” within the meaning of this Agreement.

G. Obligation To Comply With Other Laws: The duties Employee owes the Company under this Agreement shall be deemed to include federal, state and common law obligations of employees to their employers. This Agreement is intended, amongst other things, to supplement the provisions of state trade secret law and duties Employee owes the Company under common law, including but not limited to the duty of loyalty, and does not in any way supersede any of the obligations or duties Employee otherwise owe the Company.

H. Obligation To Comply With Other Agreements : This Agreement is in addition to and not in lieu of other non-solicitation, non-disclosure, and non-competition obligations Employee may owe to the Company.

I. Attorney’s Fees : If the Company must enforce any of its rights under this Agreement through legal proceedings, Employee agrees to reimburse the Company for all reasonable costs, expenses, and attorney’s fees incurred by it in connection with the enforcement of its rights.

J. Injunctive Relief : Employee acknowledges that should Employee violate any of the provisions of this Agreement, the Company will suffer irreparable harm and not have adequate an adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, Employee agrees that the Company may seek injunctive relief to restrain any such violation, as well as equitable relief, in a court of competent jurisdiction.

K. Counterparts : This Agreement may be signed in counterparts.

THE PARTIES HERETO ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THEY HAVE READ THIS AGREEMENT, UNDERSTAND IT, AND AGREE TO BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS. They further acknowledge that they have exercised due diligence in reviewing this Agreement, and that each has had adequate opportunity to consult with legal counsel or other advisors to the extent that each deemed such consultation necessary.

Exhibit 10.3

 

LOGO

Performance Share Award Agreement

[Participant Name]

It is my pleasure to inform you that you are hereby granted performance shares, subject to the terms and conditions of this Award and the terms of the Fifth Third Bancorp 2011 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan”), approved by shareholders in 2011.

 

Date of Performance Share Award    [Grant Date]
Performance Period    4/1/2013 through 3/31/2016
Share Portion of Performance Shares Granted    [Number of Shares granted]
Performance Goals    Total Shareholder Return (TSR) Relative to Peer Group

The number, if any, of your performance shares you may earn under this award will be based on the level of achievement of the Performance Goals. Your final earned performance shares will be determined by multiplying your awarded performance shares by the payout percentage.

In order to be eligible for the retirement provisions of this award as described in Section 12.4 of the Plan, you must be at least 60 years of age and have completed 10 or more years of service with the Company at the time of your retirement.

Any bonus, commission, or other compensation, including but not limited to payments made to you under the Fifth Third Bancorp 2011 Incentive Compensation Plan received is subject to recovery, or “clawback” by the Company for a period of 3 years (or such longer period as may be required by law) if the payments were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria, or as otherwise required by law. In addition, all executive compensation plans are automatically amended as necessary to comply with the requirements and/or limitations under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act, or any other laws, rules, regulations, or regulatory agreements up to and including a revocation of this award.

If you accept the terms of this performance share award, you will be deemed to have consented to all of the terms and conditions of this Award and of the Plan, except as modified hereby, including the terms of the Confidential Information and Non-Solicitation Agreement located on the following pages. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Award and the Plan, the terms of this Award shall control.

This Award will expire by its own terms unless accepted within 60 days.

 

For Fifth Third Bancorp:    
/s/ Kevin T. Kabat     [Grant Date]
Kevin T. Kabat    
Vice Chairman & CEO    
[Acceptance Date]    


TERMS OF PERFORMANCE SHARE AWARD

Performance Measure : The number of performance shares earned is dependent upon the relative total shareholder return (TSR) achieved by Fifth Third Bancorp stockholders during the Performance Period commencing April 1, 2013 and ending March 31, 2016. TSR will be determined by reference to change in market value of Fifth Third Bancorp stock, plus reinvested dividends, during the Performance Period. Fifth Third Bancorp TSR will be compared to the TSR of the Peer Group shown below. For the purpose of measuring TSR for Fifth Third Bancorp and the Peer Group, a 30-business day average closing price will be used to calculate market value of Fifth Third stock at the beginning and end of the Performance Period. Dividends will be reinvested at the market price on the day of the dividend.

Performance Goal : The goal is to achieve a relatively high return for Fifth Third Bancorp. No performance shares will be earned unless Fifth Third Bancorp’s TSR is at least equal to the 40 th percentile of the TSR achieved by the Peer Group.

The Compensation Peer Group is shown below:

 

BB&T Corporation    KeyCorp    Regions Financial Corporation    Zions Bancorporation
Capital One Financial Corporation    M&T Bank Corporation    SunTrust Banks, Inc.   
Comerica, Inc.    Marshall & Ilsley Corporation    U. S. Bancorp   
Huntington Bancshares, Inc.    The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.    Wells Fargo & Company   

Performance Grid:

 

Relative Total Shareholder

Return

   Payout
Percentage

Less than 40 th Percentile

   0%

40 th Percentile

   50%

50 th Percentile

   100%

60 th Percentile

   120%

70 th Percentile

   140%

75 th Percentile

   150%

80 th Percentile

   170%

90 th Percentile

   200% (Maximum)

Determination and Payment of Earned Performance Shares : Upon completion of the Performance Period, the Human Capital & Compensation Committee will determine the level of achievement of the Performance Goal. The earned award will be determined by multiplying the performance shares awarded by the payout percentage. Straight-line interpolation will be used to determine the percent of performance shares earned for achievement between performance levels shown above.


The value of the earned performance shares (based on the fair market value of one share of Fifth Third Bancorp stock per earned performance shares as of the end of the Performance Period) will be paid in shares of Fifth Third Bancorp stock. Payments will be made no later than June 30, 2016.

Tax Withholding: The fair market value of the shares paid with respect to earned performance shares will be taxed as wages. Tax withholding will apply at the time of payment.

Effect of Termination of Employment Prior to End of Performance Period: In the event you cease to be employed by Fifth Third Bancorp or its subsidiaries prior to the end of the Performance Period, the disposition of the performance shares will be as provided Article 12 of the Plan.

Transferability: The performance shares granted under the terms of this Notice may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated.


CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND NON-SOLICITATION AGREEMENT

This Confidential Information and Non-Solicitation Agreement (“Agreement”) is made by and between Fifth Third Bancorp (which includes its subsidiaries and/or affiliated entities, hereinafter collectively referred to as “the Company”) and the undersigned Employee.

RECITALS

A. The Company is a diversified financial services company that operates four main businesses - Commercial Banking, Branch Banking, Consumer Lending, and Investment Advisors.

B. The Company has informed Employee that the execution of this Agreement, being in the best interests of the Company, is a condition of employment of the Employee or, in the case of an existing employee, to the continued employment of the Employee by the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, it is mutually agreed as follows:

AGREEMENT

SECTION 1. COVENANT NOT TO USE CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

A. As a necessary function of Employee’s employment with the Company, Employee will have access to, use, receive, and otherwise acquire various kinds of customer, business, and technical information relating to the Company’s business that is of a confidential nature to the Company, whether or not such information is specifically labeled as “confidential. Employee agrees that such confidential information includes, for example, the following:

Current, prospective and former customer names and information, including but not limited to contact, financial and account information; product information; compensation plans and arrangements, including incentive compensation plans; performance specifications; pricing, profit margin, and other financial information; product specifications; vendor information; Company training, reference and/or educational materials; Company forecasts/plans/pipelines; objectives and strategies; quality control and/or compliance standards; business referrals, suppliers, and customer lists; unpublished works of any nature whether or not copyrightable; business plans; Company research and/or development materials relating to the Company’s business; information contained in pending patent applications; inventions, technical improvements, and ideas; and all other information and knowledge in whatever form used or useful in management, marketing, purchasing, finance, or operations of the Company’s business and any compilation of such information and all other similar information used by the Company that is not available to those outside of the Company (hereinafter collectively referred to as “Confidential Information”)

B. Employee also understands that he or she will occupy a position of confidence and trust with respect to the Company’s Confidential Information during his or her employment. Employee acknowledges and agrees that such Confidential Information is not generally known outside of the Company, that the Company has taken measures to guard the secrecy of its Confidential Information, that such information is extremely valuable and an essential asset of the Company’s business, and that such information, if disclosed without authorization to a third party or used by Employee for purposes other than conducting the Company business would cause irreparable harm to the Company and/or its customers.

C. Employee further agrees that, during Employee’s employment with the Company and following his or her termination for whatever reason, Employee will not disclose or use, directly or indirectly, or authorize or permit anyone under his or her direction to disclose to anyone, any Confidential Information of the Company that he or she obtains during the course of his or her employment relating to or otherwise concerning the business of the Company, whether or not acquired, originated, or developed in whole or in part by Employee.

D. The obligations set forth herein shall not apply to any trade secrets or Confidential Information that has become generally known to competitors of the Company through no act or omission of Employee, nor shall the obligations set forth herein apply to disclosures made pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. However, Employee agrees that after termination of employment he or she will not compile pieces of information from several sources and assemble them together in any manner in an attempt to circumvent a violation of his or her confidentiality obligations to the Company or attempt to demonstrate thereby that any of the Confidential Information is in the public domain.

SECTION II. COVENANT PROHIBITING COMPETITION AND SOLICITATION OF CUSTOMERS

Confidential Information of the Company gained by Employee during employment is developed by the Company through substantial expenditures of time, effort, and financial resources, and constitutes valuable and unique property of the Company. Employee acknowledges, understands, and agrees that the foregoing makes it necessary for the protection of the Company’s business that Employee does not divert business of the Company’s customers from the Company and that he or she maintain the confidentiality and integrity of Confidential Information. Therefore, Employee agrees that during his or her employment and for a period of one (1) year thereafter he or she will not:

(a) Enter into an ownership, consulting or employment arrangement with, or render services for, any individual or entity rendering services or handling products competitive with the Company in any geographic region or territory in which I worked or for which I had responsibility during the twenty-four (24) month period preceding my departure from the Company;

(b) Directly or indirectly solicit, divert, entice or take away any customers, business or prospective business with whom he or she had contact, involvement or responsibility during his or her employment with the Company, or attempt to do so for the sale of any product or service that competes with a product or service offered by the Company;

(c) Directly or indirectly solicit, divert, entice or take away any potential customer identified, selected or targeted by the Company with whom he or she had contact, involvement or responsibility during his or her employment with the Company, or attempt to do so for the sale of any product or service that competes with a product or service offered by the Company; or

(c) Accept or provide assistance in the accepting of (including, but not limited to, providing any service, information or assistance or other facilitation or other involvement) business or orders from customers or any potential customers of the Company with whom he or she has had contact, involvement, or responsibility on behalf of any third party or otherwise for his or her own benefit.

Nothing contained in this Section shall preclude Employee from accepting employment with or creating his or her own company, firm, or business that competes with the Company so long as his or her activities do not violate any of the terms of this Agreement.


SECTION III. COVENANT NOT TO SOLICIT EMPLOYEES

Employee agrees that during his or her employment with the Company and for a period of one (1) year thereafter he or she will not directly or indirectly solicit, induce, confer or discuss with any employee of the Company or attempt to solicit, induce, confer or discuss with any employee of the Company the prospect of leaving the employ of the Company or the subject of employment by some other person or organization. Employee further agrees that during his or her employment with the Company and for a period of one (1) year thereafter he or she will not directly or indirectly hire or attempt to hire any employee of the Company.

SECTION IV. EMPLOYEE WARRANTIES

Employee represents and warrants that his or her employment with the Company and the performance of this Agreement will not violate any express or implied obligation to any former employer or other party. Employee further represents that he or she has not brought with him or her and will not use or disclose during his or her employment with the Company any information, documents, or materials subject to any legally enforceable restrictions or obligations as to confidentiality or secrecy. Furthermore, Employee shall not make any agreements with or commitments to any person, firm, or corporation that would prevent, restrict, or hinder the performance of Employee’s duties and obligations under this Agreement. In addition, Employee agrees that he or she shall share a copy of this Agreement with any subsequent employer in order to ensure that there is no violation hereof, and Employee consents to the Company sharing a copy of this Agreement with any such employer.

SECTION V. OTHER PROVISIONS

A. Extension In The Event Of Breach : Any breach by Employee of any of the restrictions contained in Sections II -IV of this Agreement shall extend the term of this Agreement by the period of the breach. The commitments made in this Agreement will survive termination of employment with the Company.

B. Governing Law : This Agreement and all the rights, duties and remedies of the parties hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the state in which is located the office of the Company at which Employee is based. The Company shall have the right to specifically enforce the covenants contained in this Agreement, in addition to any other legal, equitable (including specifically, but not limited to temporary restraining orders or preliminary or permanent injunctive relief) or other remedies as may be available to the Company for my breach of any such covenants.

C. Severability : If any provision of this Agreement is declared invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary and possible to render it valid and enforceable.

D. Waiver/Modification : No waiver or modification of this Agreement will be valid unless in writing and duly executed by the party against whom enforcement is sought. Failure of the Company to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of such provision or of the right of the Company thereafter to enforce each and every provision.

E. At-Will Nature Of Employment : I understand that nothing in this Agreement requires me to continue employment with the Company for any particular length of time or requires that the Company continue to employ me for any particular length of time.

F. Successors/Assigns : The terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company (including but not limited to any corporate successor of The Company) and Employee’s heirs, executors and personal representatives. As part of this provision, Employee understands and agrees that should Employee become employed by another entity owned or otherwise affiliated with Fifth Third Bancorp (such as its subsidiaries, divisions or unincorporated affiliates), the obligations of this Agreement follow Employee to such other entity automatically and without further action, and that entity becomes the “Company” within the meaning of this Agreement.

G. Obligation To Comply With Other Laws: The duties Employee owes the Company under this Agreement shall be deemed to include federal, state and common law obligations of employees to their employers. This Agreement is intended, amongst other things, to supplement the provisions of state trade secret law and duties Employee owes the Company under common law, including but not limited to the duty of loyalty, and does not in any way supersede any of the obligations or duties Employee otherwise owe the Company.

H. Obligation To Comply With Other Agreements : This Agreement is in addition to and not in lieu of other non-solicitation, non-disclosure, and non-competition obligations Employee may owe to the Company.

I. Attorney’s Fees : If the Company must enforce any of its rights under this Agreement through legal proceedings, Employee agrees to reimburse the Company for all reasonable costs, expenses, and attorney’s fees incurred by it in connection with the enforcement of its rights.

J. Injunctive Relief : Employee acknowledges that should Employee violate any of the provisions of this Agreement, the Company will suffer irreparable harm and not have adequate an adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, Employee agrees that the Company may seek injunctive relief to restrain any such violation, as well as equitable relief, in a court of competent jurisdiction.

K. Counterparts : This Agreement may be signed in counterparts.

THE PARTIES HERETO ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THEY HAVE READ THIS AGREEMENT, UNDERSTAND IT, AND AGREE TO BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS. They further acknowledge that they have exercised due diligence in reviewing this Agreement, and that each has had adequate opportunity to consult with legal counsel or other advisors to the extent that each deemed such consultation necessary.

Exhibit 10.4

 

LOGO

Restricted Stock Award Agreement

[Participant Name]

It is my pleasure to inform you that you are hereby granted [Number of shares granted] restricted shares of Fifth Third Bancorp stock. These shares of stock are restricted and are subject to the terms and conditions of this Award and the terms of the Fifth Third Bancorp 2011 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan”), approved by shareholders in 2011:

 

Date of Restricted Stock Award    [Grant Date]
Total Number of Restricted Shares Granted    [Number of shares granted]

This restricted stock award will vest and the restrictions will lapse on the fourth anniversary of the grant date.

If you accept the terms of this restricted stock award, you will be deemed to have consented to all of the terms and conditions of this restricted stock award and of the Fifth Third Bancorp 2011 Incentive Compensation Plan. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Notice and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.

Any bonus, commission, or other compensation, including but not limited to payments made to you under the Fifth Third Bancorp 2011 Incentive Compensation Plan received is subject to recovery, or “clawback” by the Company for a period of 3 years (or such longer period as may be required by law) if the payments were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria, or as otherwise required by law. In addition, all executive compensation plans are automatically amended as necessary to comply with the requirements and/or limitations under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act, or any other laws, rules, regulations, or regulatory agreements up to and including a revocation of this award.

This Award will expire by its own terms unless accepted within 60 days.

 

For Fifth Third Bancorp:    
/s/ Kevin Kabat     [Grant Date]
Kevin Kabat     Date
Vice Chairman & CEO    
[Acceptance Date]    

Exhibit 10.5

 

LOGO

Restricted Stock Award Agreement

[Participant Name]

It is my pleasure to inform you that you are hereby granted [Number of Shares Granted] restricted shares of Fifth Third Bancorp stock. These shares of stock are restricted and are subject to the terms and conditions of this Award and the terms of the Fifth Third Bancorp 2011 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan”), approved by shareholders in 2011:

 

Date of Restricted Stock Award    [Grant Date]
Total Number of Restricted Shares Granted    [Number of Shares Granted]

This restricted stock award will vest in three equal annual installments on the first, second, and third anniversaries of the grant date, so long as the adjusted return on tangible common equity (“ROTCE”) for Fifth Third Bancorp as determined by the Human Capital and Compensation Committee for the fiscal year ended immediately prior to such anniversary date meets or exceeds 2%. If the ROTCE for the fiscal year ended immediately prior to an anniversary date is less than 2%, then the annual installment of the award that otherwise was supposed to vest on that anniversary date will not vest and will be forfeited.

In order to be eligible for the retirement provisions of this award as described in Section 12.4 of the Plan, you must be at least 60 years of age and have completed 10 or more years of service with the Company at the time of your retirement.

Any bonus, commission, or other compensation, including but not limited to payments made to you under the Fifth Third Bancorp 2011 Incentive Compensation Plan received is subject to recovery, or “clawback” by the Company for a period of 3 years (or such longer period as may be required by law) if the payments were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria, or as otherwise required by law. In addition, all executive compensation plans are automatically amended as necessary to comply with the requirements and/or limitations under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act, or any other laws, rules, regulations, or regulatory agreements up to and including a revocation of this award.

If you accept the terms of this Award, you will be deemed to have consented to all of the terms and conditions of this Award and of the Plan, except as modified hereby, including the terms of the Confidential Information and Non-Solicitation Agreement located on the following pages. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Notice and the Plan, the terms of this Award shall control.

This Award will expire by its own terms unless accepted within 60 days.

 

For Fifth Third Bancorp:    
/s/ Kevin T. Kabat     [Grant Date]
Kevin T. Kabat    
Vice Chairman & CEO    
[Acceptance Date]    


CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND NON-SOLICITATION AGREEMENT

This Confidential Information and Non-Solicitation Agreement (“Agreement”) is made by and between Fifth Third Bancorp (which includes its subsidiaries and/or affiliated entities, hereinafter collectively referred to as “the Company”) and the undersigned Employee.

RECITALS

A. The Company is a diversified financial services company that operates four main businesses - Commercial Banking, Branch Banking, Consumer Lending, and Investment Advisors.

B. The Company has informed Employee that the execution of this Agreement, being in the best interests of the Company, is a condition of employment of the Employee or, in the case of an existing employee, to the continued employment of the Employee by the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, it is mutually agreed as follows:

AGREEMENT

SECTION 1. COVENANT NOT TO USE CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

A. As a necessary function of Employee’s employment with the Company, Employee will have access to, use, receive, and otherwise acquire various kinds of customer, business, and technical information relating to the Company’s business that is of a confidential nature to the Company, whether or not such information is specifically labeled as “confidential. Employee agrees that such confidential information includes, for example, the following:

Current, prospective and former customer names and information, including but not limited to contact, financial and account information; product information; compensation plans and arrangements, including incentive compensation plans; performance specifications; pricing, profit margin, and other financial information; product specifications; vendor information; Company training, reference and/or educational materials; Company forecasts/plans/pipelines; objectives and strategies; quality control and/or compliance standards; business referrals, suppliers, and customer lists; unpublished works of any nature whether or not copyrightable; business plans; Company research and/or development materials relating to the Company’s business; information contained in pending patent applications; inventions, technical improvements, and ideas; and all other information and knowledge in whatever form used or useful in management, marketing, purchasing, finance, or operations of the Company’s business and any compilation of such information and all other similar information used by the Company that is not available to those outside of the Company (hereinafter collectively referred to as “Confidential Information”)

B. Employee also understands that he or she will occupy a position of confidence and trust with respect to the Company’s Confidential Information during his or her employment. Employee acknowledges and agrees that such Confidential Information is not generally known outside of the Company, that the Company has taken measures to guard the secrecy of its Confidential Information, that such information is extremely valuable and an essential asset of the Company’s business, and that such information, if disclosed without authorization to a third party or used by Employee for purposes other than conducting the Company business would cause irreparable harm to the Company and/or its customers.

C. Employee further agrees that, during Employee’s employment with the Company and following his or her termination for whatever reason, Employee will not disclose or use, directly or indirectly, or authorize or permit anyone under his or her direction to disclose to anyone, any Confidential Information of the Company that he or she obtains during the course of his or her employment relating to or otherwise concerning the business of the Company, whether or not acquired, originated, or developed in whole or in part by Employee.

D. The obligations set forth herein shall not apply to any trade secrets or Confidential Information that has become generally known to competitors of the Company through no act or omission of Employee, nor shall the obligations set forth herein apply to disclosures made pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. However, Employee agrees that after termination of employment he or she will not compile pieces of information from several sources and assemble them together in any manner in an attempt to circumvent a violation of his or her confidentiality obligations to the Company or attempt to demonstrate thereby that any of the Confidential Information is in the public domain.

SECTION II. COVENANT PROHIBITING COMPETITION AND SOLICITATION OF CUSTOMERS

Confidential Information of the Company gained by Employee during employment is developed by the Company through substantial expenditures of time, effort, and financial resources, and constitutes valuable and unique property of the Company. Employee acknowledges, understands, and agrees that the foregoing makes it necessary for the protection of the Company’s business that Employee does not divert business of the Company’s customers from the Company and that he or she maintain the confidentiality and integrity of Confidential Information. Therefore, Employee agrees that during his or her employment and for a period of one (1) year thereafter he or she will not:

(a) Enter into an ownership, consulting or employment arrangement with, or render services for, any individual or entity rendering services or handling products competitive with the Company in any geographic region or territory in which I worked or for which I had responsibility during the twenty-four (24) month period preceding my departure from the Company;

(b) Directly or indirectly solicit, divert, entice or take away any customers, business or prospective business with whom he or she had contact, involvement or responsibility during his or her employment with the Company, or attempt to do so for the sale of any product or service that competes with a product or service offered by the Company;

(c) Directly or indirectly solicit, divert, entice or take away any potential customer identified, selected or targeted by the Company with whom he or she had contact, involvement or responsibility during his or her employment with the Company, or attempt to do so for the sale of any product or service that competes with a product or service offered by the Company; or

(c) Accept or provide assistance in the accepting of (including, but not limited to, providing any service, information or assistance or other facilitation or other involvement) business or orders from customers or any potential customers of the Company with whom he or she has had contact, involvement, or responsibility on behalf of any third party or otherwise for his or her own benefit.

Nothing contained in this Section shall preclude Employee from accepting employment with or creating his or her own company, firm, or business that competes with the Company so long as his or her activities do not violate any of the terms of this Agreement.


SECTION III. COVENANT NOT TO SOLICIT EMPLOYEES

Employee agrees that during his or her employment with the Company and for a period of one (1) year thereafter he or she will not directly or indirectly solicit, induce, confer or discuss with any employee of the Company or attempt to solicit, induce, confer or discuss with any employee of the Company the prospect of leaving the employ of the Company or the subject of employment by some other person or organization. Employee further agrees that during his or her employment with the Company and for a period of one (1) year thereafter he or she will not directly or indirectly hire or attempt to hire any employee of the Company.

SECTION IV. EMPLOYEE WARRANTIES

Employee represents and warrants that his or her employment with the Company and the performance of this Agreement will not violate any express or implied obligation to any former employer or other party. Employee further represents that he or she has not brought with him or her and will not use or disclose during his or her employment with the Company any information, documents, or materials subject to any legally enforceable restrictions or obligations as to confidentiality or secrecy. Furthermore, Employee shall not make any agreements with or commitments to any person, firm, or corporation that would prevent, restrict, or hinder the performance of Employee’s duties and obligations under this Agreement. In addition, Employee agrees that he or she shall share a copy of this Agreement with any subsequent employer in order to ensure that there is no violation hereof, and Employee consents to the Company sharing a copy of this Agreement with any such employer.

SECTION V. OTHER PROVISIONS

A. Extension In The Event Of Breach : Any breach by Employee of any of the restrictions contained in Sections II -IV of this Agreement shall extend the term of this Agreement by the period of the breach. The commitments made in this Agreement will survive termination of employment with the Company.

B. Governing Law : This Agreement and all the rights, duties and remedies of the parties hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the state in which is located the office of the Company at which Employee is based. The Company shall have the right to specifically enforce the covenants contained in this Agreement, in addition to any other legal, equitable (including specifically, but not limited to temporary restraining orders or preliminary or permanent injunctive relief) or other remedies as may be available to the Company for my breach of any such covenants.

C. Severability : If any provision of this Agreement is declared invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary and possible to render it valid and enforceable.

D. Waiver/Modification : No waiver or modification of this Agreement will be valid unless in writing and duly executed by the party against whom enforcement is sought. Failure of the Company to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of such provision or of the right of the Company thereafter to enforce each and every provision.

E. At-Will Nature Of Employment : I understand that nothing in this Agreement requires me to continue employment with the Company for any particular length of time or requires that the Company continue to employ me for any particular length of time.

F. Successors/Assigns : The terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company (including but not limited to any corporate successor of The Company) and Employee’s heirs, executors and personal representatives. As part of this provision, Employee understands and agrees that should Employee become employed by another entity owned or otherwise affiliated with Fifth Third Bancorp (such as its subsidiaries, divisions or unincorporated affiliates), the obligations of this Agreement follow Employee to such other entity automatically and without further action, and that entity becomes the “Company” within the meaning of this Agreement.

G. Obligation To Comply With Other Laws: The duties Employee owes the Company under this Agreement shall be deemed to include federal, state and common law obligations of employees to their employers. This Agreement is intended, amongst other things, to supplement the provisions of state trade secret law and duties Employee owes the Company under common law, including but not limited to the duty of loyalty, and does not in any way supersede any of the obligations or duties Employee otherwise owe the Company.

H. Obligation To Comply With Other Agreements : This Agreement is in addition to and not in lieu of other non-solicitation, non-disclosure, and non-competition obligations Employee may owe to the Company.

I. Attorney’s Fees : If the Company must enforce any of its rights under this Agreement through legal proceedings, Employee agrees to reimburse the Company for all reasonable costs, expenses, and attorney’s fees incurred by it in connection with the enforcement of its rights.

J. Injunctive Relief : Employee acknowledges that should Employee violate any of the provisions of this Agreement, the Company will suffer irreparable harm and not have adequate an adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, Employee agrees that the Company may seek injunctive relief to restrain any such violation, as well as equitable relief, in a court of competent jurisdiction.

K. Counterparts : This Agreement may be signed in counterparts.

THE PARTIES HERETO ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THEY HAVE READ THIS AGREEMENT, UNDERSTAND IT, AND AGREE TO BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS. They further acknowledge that they have exercised due diligence in reviewing this Agreement, and that each has had adequate opportunity to consult with legal counsel or other advisors to the extent that each deemed such consultation necessary.

Exhibit 10.6

A MARK OF [**] IN THE TEXT OF THIS EXHIBIT INDICATES THAT CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL HAS BEEN OMITTED. THIS EXHIBIT, INCLUDING THE OMIITED PORTIONS, HAS BEEN FILED SEPERATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO AN APPLICATION REQUESTING CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT UNDER RULE 24B-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

 

   

LOGO

 

Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch

Winchester house

1 Great Winchester St, London EC2N 2DB

Telephone: 44 20 7545 8000

 

c/o Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

60 Wall Street

New York, NY 10005

Telephone: 212-250-2500

Opening Transaction          

 

To:  

Fifth Third Bancorp

Fifth Third Center

Cincinnati, Ohio 45263

  
From:   Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch   
Re:   Accelerated Stock Buyback   
Ref. No:   As provided in the Supplemental Confirmation   
Date:   May 21, 2013   

This master confirmation (this “ Master Confirmation ”), dated as of May 21, 2013 is intended to set forth certain terms and provisions of certain Transactions (each, a “ Transaction ”) entered into from time to time between Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch (“ Deutsche ”), with Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. acting as agent, and Fifth Third Bancorp (“ Counterparty ”). This Master Confirmation, taken alone, is neither a commitment by either party to enter into any Transaction nor evidence of a Transaction. The additional terms of any particular Transaction shall be set forth in a Supplemental Confirmation in the form of Schedule A hereto (a “ Supplemental Confirmation ”), which shall reference this Master Confirmation and supplement, form a part of, and be subject to this Master Confirmation. This Master Confirmation and each Supplemental Confirmation together shall constitute a “Confirmation” as referred to in the Agreement specified below.

DEUTSCHE BANK AG, LONDON BRANCH IS NOT REGISTERED AS A BROKER DEALER UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934. DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC. (“DBSI”) HAS ACTED SOLELY AS AGENT IN CONNECTION WITH THE TRANSACTION AND HAS NO OBLIGATION, BY WAY OF ISSUANCE, ENDORSEMENT, GUARANTEE OR OTHERWISE WITH RESPECT TO THE PERFORMANCE OF EITHER PARTY UNDER THE TRANSACTION, EXCEPT FOR ITS GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT IN PERFORMING ITS DUTIES AS AGENT. AS SUCH, ALL DELIVERY OF FUNDS, ASSETS, NOTICES, DEMANDS AND COMMUNICATIONS OF ANY KIND RELATING TO THIS TRANSACTION BETWEEN DEUTSCHE BANK AG, LONDON BRANCH, AND COUNTERPARTY SHALL BE TRANSMITTED EXCLUSIVELY THROUGH DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC. DEUTSCHE BANK AG, LONDON BRANCH IS NOT A MEMBER OF THE SECURITIES INVESTOR PROTECTION CORPORATION (SIPC).

The definitions and provisions contained in the 2002 ISDA Equity Derivatives Definitions (the “ Equity Definitions ”), as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., are incorporated into this Master Confirmation. This Master Confirmation and each Supplemental Confirmation evidence a complete binding agreement between Counterparty and Deutsche as to the subject matter and terms of each Transaction to

 

Chairman of the Supervisory Board: Dr. Paul Achleitner.

 

Management Board: Jürgen Fitschen (Co-Chairman), Anshu Jain (Co-Chairman), Stefan Krause, Stephan Leithner, Stuart Lewis, Rainer Neske and Henry Ritchotte.

     Deutsche Bank AG is authorised under German Banking Law (competent authority: BaFin – Federal Financial Supervising Authority) and regulated by the Financial Services Authority for the conduct of UK business; a member of the London Stock Exchange. Deutsche Bank AG is a joint stock corporation with limited liability incorporated in the Federal Republic of Germany HRB No. 30 000 District Court of Frankfurt am Main; Branch Registration in England and Wales BR000005; Registered address: Winchester House, 1 Great Winchester Street, London EC2N 2DB. Deutsche Bank Group online: http://www.deutsche-bank.com


which this Master Confirmation and such Supplemental Confirmation relate and shall supersede all prior or contemporaneous written or oral communications with respect thereto.

This Master Confirmation and each Supplemental Confirmation supplement, form a part of, and are subject to an agreement in the form of the 2002 ISDA Master Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) as if Deutsche and Counterparty had executed the Agreement on the date of this Master Confirmation (but without any Schedule except for (i) the election of New York law (without reference to its choice of laws doctrine other than Title 14 of Article 5 of the New York General Obligations Law) as the governing law and US Dollars (“ USD ”) as the Termination Currency, (ii) the election that subparagraph (ii) of Section 2(c) will not apply to the Transactions and (iii) the election that the “Cross Default” provisions of Section 5(a)(vi) shall apply to Counterparty and Deutsche, with a “Threshold Amount” equal to 3% of such party’s shareholders’ equity as reported in their respective most recent audited financial statements; provided that the words “, or becoming capable at such time of being declared,” shall be deleted from such Section 5(a)(vi)).

The Transactions shall be the sole Transactions under the Agreement. If there exists any ISDA Master Agreement between Deutsche and Counterparty or any confirmation or other agreement between Deutsche and Counterparty pursuant to which an ISDA Master Agreement is deemed to exist between Deutsche and Counterparty, then notwithstanding anything to the contrary in such ISDA Master Agreement, such confirmation or agreement or any other agreement to which Deutsche and Counterparty are parties, the Transactions shall not be considered Transactions under, or otherwise governed by, such existing or deemed ISDA Master Agreement.

All provisions contained or incorporated by reference in the Agreement shall govern this Master Confirmation and each Supplemental Confirmation except as expressly modified herein or in the related Supplemental Confirmation.

If, in relation to any Transaction to which this Master Confirmation and a Supplemental Confirmation relate, there is any inconsistency between the Agreement, this Master Confirmation, any Supplemental Confirmation and the Equity Definitions, the following will prevail for purposes of such Transaction in the order of precedence indicated: (i) such Supplemental Confirmation; (ii) this Master Confirmation; (iii) the Equity Definitions; and (iv) the Agreement.

1. Each Transaction constitutes a Share Forward Transaction for the purposes of the Equity Definitions. Set forth below are the terms and conditions that, together with the terms and conditions set forth in the Supplemental Confirmation relating to any Transaction, shall govern such Transaction.

General Terms:

 

Trade Date:    For each Transaction, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation.
Buyer:    Counterparty
Seller:    Deutsche
Shares:    Common stock, without par value, of Counterparty (Ticker: FITB)
Exchange:    NASDAQ Global Select Market
Related Exchange(s):    All Exchanges.
Prepayment\Variable Obligation:    Applicable
Prepayment Amount:    For each Transaction, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation.
Prepayment Date:    For each Transaction, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation.

Valuation:

 

VWAP Price:    For any Exchange Business Day, as determined by the Calculation Agent based on the NASDAQ 10b-18 Volume Weighted Average Price per Share for the regular trading session (including any extensions thereof, provided the Exchange publicly announced such extension prior to the end of the regular trading session on the prior Exchange Business Day) of the Exchange on such

 

2


   Exchange Business Day (without regard to pre-open or after hours trading outside of such regular trading session for such Exchange Business Day), as published by Bloomberg at 4:15 p.m. New York time (or 15 minutes following the end of any extension of the regular trading session) on such Exchange Business Day, on Bloomberg page “FITB.Q <Equity> AQR_SEC” (or any successor thereto), or if such price is not so reported on such Exchange Business Day for any reason or is, in the Calculation Agent’s reasonable discretion, erroneous, such VWAP Price shall be as reasonably determined in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner by the Calculation Agent. For purposes of calculating the VWAP Price, the Calculation Agent will include only those trades that are reported during the period of time during which Counterparty could purchase its own shares under Rule 10b-18(b)(2) and are effected pursuant to the conditions of Rule 10b-18(b)(3), each under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act” ) (such trades, Rule 10b-18 eligible transactions ).
Forward Price:    The average of the VWAP Prices for the Exchange Business Days in the Calculation Period, subject to “Valuation Disruption” below.
Forward Price Adjustment Amount:    For each Transaction, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation.
Calculation Period:    The period from and including the Calculation Period Start Date to and including the Termination Date.
Calculation Period Start Date:    For each Transaction, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation.
Termination Date:    The Scheduled Termination Date; provided that Deutsche shall have the right to designate any Exchange Business Day on or after the First Acceleration Date to be the Termination Date (the “ Accelerated Termination Date ”) by delivering notice to Counterparty of any such designation prior to 11:59 p.m. New York City time on the Exchange Business Day immediately following the designated Accelerated Termination Date.
Scheduled Termination Date:    For each Transaction, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation, subject to postponement as provided in “Valuation Disruption” below.
First Acceleration Date:    For each Transaction, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation.
Valuation Disruption:   

The definition of “Market Disruption Event” in Section 6.3(a) of the Equity Definitions is hereby amended by deleting the words “at any time during the one-hour period that ends at the relevant Valuation Time, Latest Exercise Time, Knock-in Valuation Time or Knock-out Valuation Time, as the case may be” and inserting the words “at any time on any Scheduled Trading Day during the Calculation Period or Settlement Valuation Period” after the word “material,” in the third line thereof.

 

Section 6.3(d) of the Equity Definitions is hereby amended by deleting the remainder of the provision following the term “Scheduled Closing Time” in the fourth line thereof.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Definitions, to the extent that a Disrupted Day occurs (i) in the Calculation Period, the Calculation Agent may, in its good faith and commercially reasonable discretion, postpone the Scheduled Termination Date, or (ii) in the Settlement Valuation Period, the Calculation Agent may, in its good faith and commercially reasonable discretion, extend the Settlement Valuation Period, in both cases by no more than one Exchange Business Day for each such Disrupted Day. If any such Disrupted Day is a Disrupted Day because of a Market Disruption Event (or a deemed Market Disruption Event as provided herein), the Calculation Agent shall determine whether (i) such Disrupted Day is a Disrupted Day in full, in which case the VWAP Price for such Disrupted Day shall not be included for purposes of determining the Forward Price or the Settlement Price, as the case

 

3


  

may be, or (ii) such Disrupted Day is a Disrupted Day only in part, in which case the VWAP Price for such Disrupted Day shall be determined by the Calculation Agent based on Rule 10b-18 eligible transactions in the Shares on such Disrupted Day taking into account the nature and duration of the relevant Market Disruption Event, and the weighting of the VWAP Price for the relevant Exchange Business Days during the Calculation Period or the Settlement Valuation Period, as the case may be, shall be adjusted in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner by the Calculation Agent for purposes of determining the Forward Price or the Settlement Price, as the case may be, with such adjustments based on, among other factors, the duration of any Market Disruption Event and the volume, historical trading patterns and price of the Shares. Any Exchange Business Day on which, as of the date hereof, the Exchange is scheduled to close prior to its normal close of trading shall be deemed not to be an Exchange Business Day; if a closure of the Exchange prior to its normal close of trading on any Exchange Business Day is scheduled following the date hereof, then such Exchange Business Day shall be deemed to be a Disrupted Day in full.

 

If a Disrupted Day occurs during the Calculation Period or the Settlement Valuation Period, as the case may be, and each of the nine immediately following Scheduled Trading Days is a Disrupted Day, then the Calculation Agent, in its good faith and commercially reasonable discretion, may deem such ninth Scheduled Trading Day to be an Exchange Business Day that is not a Disrupted Day and determine the VWAP Price for such ninth Scheduled Trading Day using its good faith estimate of the value of the Shares on such ninth Scheduled Trading Day based on the volume, historical trading patterns and price of the Shares and such other factors as it deems appropriate.

Settlement Terms:

Settlement Procedures:    If the Number of Shares to be Delivered is positive, Physical Settlement shall be applicable; provided that Deutsche does not, and shall not, make the agreement or the representations set forth in Section 9.11 of the Equity Definitions related to the restrictions imposed by applicable securities laws with respect to any Shares delivered by Deutsche to Counterparty under any Transaction as a result of the fact that Counterparty is the Issuer of the Shares. If the Number of Shares to be Delivered is negative, then the Counterparty Settlement Provisions in Annex A shall apply.
Number of Shares to be Delivered:    A number of Shares equal to (x)(a) the Prepayment Amount divided by (b) the Divisor Amount, minus (y) the number of Initial Shares.
Divisor Amount:    The greater of (i) the Forward Price minus the Forward Price Adjustment Amount and (ii) $1.00.
Excess Dividend Amount:    For the avoidance of doubt, all references to the Excess Dividend Amount shall be deleted from Section 9.2(a)(iii) of the Equity Definitions.
Settlement Date:    If the Number of Shares to be Delivered is positive, the date that is one Settlement Cycle immediately following the Termination Date.
Settlement Currency:    USD
Initial Share Delivery:    Deutsche shall deliver a number of Shares equal to the Initial Shares to Counterparty on the Initial Share Delivery Date in accordance with Section 9.4 of the Equity Definitions, with the Initial Share Delivery Date deemed to be a “Settlement Date” for purposes of such Section 9.4.
Initial Share Delivery Date:    For each Transaction, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation.
Initial Shares:    For each Transaction, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation; provided that Deutsche does not, and shall not, make the agreement or the representations set forth in Section 9.11 of the Equity Definitions related to the restrictions imposed by

 

4


   applicable securities laws with respect to any Shares delivered by Deutsche to Counterparty under any Transaction as a result of the fact that Counterparty is the Issuer of the Shares.

Share Adjustments:

 

Potential Adjustment Event:   

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 11.2(e) of the Equity Definitions, an Extraordinary Dividend shall not constitute a Potential Adjustment Event.

 

It shall constitute an additional Potential Adjustment Event if the Scheduled Termination Date for any Transaction is postponed pursuant to “Valuation Disruption” above, in which case the Calculation Agent may, in good faith and in its commercially reasonable discretion, adjust any relevant terms of any such Transaction as appropriate to account for the economic effect on such Transaction of such postponement.

Extraordinary Dividend:    For any calendar quarter, any dividend or distribution on the Shares with an ex- dividend date occurring during such calendar quarter (other than any dividend or distribution of the type described in Section 11.2(e)(i) or Section 11.2(e)(ii)(A) of the Equity Definitions) (a “ Dividend ”) the amount or value of which (as determined by the Calculation Agent), when aggregated with the amount or value (as determined by the Calculation Agent) of any and all previous Dividends with ex-dividend dates occurring in the same calendar quarter, exceeds the Ordinary Dividend Amount.
Ordinary Dividend Amount:    For each Transaction, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation
Method of Adjustment:    Calculation Agent Adjustment

Extraordinary Events:

 

Consequences of Merger Events:   

(a)    Share-for-Share:

   Modified Calculation Agent Adjustment

(b)    Share-for-Other:

   Cancellation and Payment

(c)    Share-for-Combined:

   Component Adjustment
Tender Offer:    Applicable; provided that (i) Section 12.1(l) of the Equity Definitions shall be amended (x) by deleting the parenthetical in the fifth line thereof, (y) by replacing “that” in the fifth line thereof with “whether or not such announcement” and (z) by adding immediately after the words “Tender Offer” in the fifth line thereof “, and any publicly announced change or amendment to such an announcement (including the announcement of an abandonment of such intention)” and (ii) Sections 12.3(a) and 12.3(d) of the Equity Definitions shall each be amended by replacing each occurrence of the words “Tender Offer Date” by “Announcement Date.”
Consequences of Tender Offers:   

(a)    Share-for-Share:

   Modified Calculation Agent Adjustment or Cancellation and Payment, at the election of Deutsche

(b)    Share-for-Other:

   Modified Calculation Agent Adjustment or Cancellation and Payment, at the election of Deutsche

 

5


(c)    Share-for-Combined:

   Modified Calculation Agent Adjustment or Cancellation and Payment, at the election of Deutsche
Nationalization, Insolvency or Delisting:    Cancellation and Payment; provided that in addition to the provisions of Section 12.6(a)(iii) of the Equity Definitions, it shall also constitute a Delisting if the Exchange is located in the United States and the Shares are not immediately re- listed, re-traded or re-quoted on any of the New York Stock Exchange, The NASDAQ Global Select Market or The NASDAQ Global Market (or their respective successors); if the Shares are immediately re-listed, re-traded or re-quoted on any such exchange or quotation system, such exchange or quotation system shall be deemed to be the Exchange.
Additional Disruption Events:   

(a)    Change in Law:

   Applicable; provided that Section 12.9(a)(ii) of the Equity Definitions is hereby amended by (i) replacing the phrase “the interpretation” in the third line thereof with the phrase “, or public announcement of the interpretation”, (ii) by replacing the word “Shares” where it appears in clause (X) thereof with the words “Hedge Position” and (iii) by immediately following the word “Transaction” in clause (X) thereof, adding the phrase “in the manner contemplated by the Hedging Party on the Trade Date”; provided further that (i) any determination as to whether (A) the adoption of or any change in any applicable law or regulation (including, for the avoidance of doubt and without limitation, (x) any tax law or (y) adoption or promulgation of new regulations authorized or mandated by existing statute) or (B) the promulgation of or any change in the interpretation by any court, tribunal or regulatory authority with competent jurisdiction of any applicable law or regulation (including any action taken by a taxing authority), in each case, constitutes a “Change in Law” shall be made without regard to Section 739 of the Dodd- Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 or any similar legal certainty provision in any legislation enacted, or rule or regulation promulgated, on or after the Trade Date, and (ii) Section 12.9(a)(ii) of the Equity Definitions is hereby amended by replacing the parenthetical beginning after the word “regulation” in the second line thereof the words “(including, for the avoidance of doubt and without limitation, (x) any tax law or (y) adoption or promulgation of new regulations authorized or mandated by existing statute)”.

(b)    Failure to Deliver:

   Applicable

(c)    Insolvency Filing:

   Applicable

(d)    Loss of Stock Borrow:

   Applicable

Maximum Stock Loan Rate:

   200 basis points per annum

Hedging Party:

   Deutsche

(e)    Increased Cost of Stock Borrow:

   Applicable

Initial Stock Loan Rate:

   25 basis points per annum

Hedging Party:

   Deutsche

Determining Party:

   Deutsche; provided that, following the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 5(a)(vii) of the Agreement with respect to which Deutsche is the Defaulting Party, Counterparty shall have the right to

 

6


   designate a nationally recognized third-party dealer in over-the-counter corporate equity derivatives to act, during the period commencing on the date such Event of Default occurred and ending on the Early Termination Date with respect to such Event of Default, as the Determining Party. Upon receipt of written request from Counterparty, the Determining Party shall promptly (but in no event later than within five (5) Exchange Business Days from the receipt of such request) provide Counterparty with a written explanation describing in reasonable detail any calculation, adjustment or determination made by it (including any quotations, market data or information from external sources used in making such calculation, adjustment or determination, as the case may be, but without disclosing Deutsche’s proprietary models or other information that may be proprietary or subject to contractual, legal or regulatory obligations to not disclose such information). All calculations and determinations by the Determining Party shall be made in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner.
Additional Termination Event(s):   

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Definitions, if, as a result of an Extraordinary Event, any Transaction would be cancelled or terminated (whether in whole or in part) pursuant to Article 12 of the Equity Definitions, an Additional Termination Event (with such terminated Transaction(s) (or portions thereof) being the Affected Transaction(s) and Counterparty being the sole Affected Party) shall be deemed to occur, and, in lieu of Sections 12.7, 12.8 and 12.9 of the Equity Definitions, Section 6 of the Agreement shall apply to such Affected Transaction(s).

 

The (i) declaration by the Issuer of any Extraordinary Dividend, the ex-dividend date for which occurs or is scheduled to occur during the Relevant Dividend Period, or (ii) occurrence of an ex-dividend date for any Dividend that is not an Extraordinary Dividend during any calendar quarter occurring (in whole or in part) during the Relevant Dividend Period (as defined below) and is prior to the Scheduled Ex-Dividend Date for such calendar quarter will constitute an Additional Termination Event, with Counterparty as the sole Affected Party and all Transactions hereunder as the Affected Transactions.

Relevant Dividend Period:    The period from and including the Calculation Period Start Date to and including the Relevant Dividend Period End Date.
Relevant Dividend Period End Date:    If the Number of Shares to be Delivered is negative, the last day of the Settlement Valuation Period; otherwise, the Termination Date.
Scheduled Ex-Dividend Dates:    For each Transaction for each calendar quarter, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation.
Non-Reliance/Agreements and Acknowledgements Regarding Hedging Activities/Additional Acknowledgements:    Applicable
Transfer:    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement, Deutsche may assign, transfer and set over all rights, title and interest, powers, privileges and remedies of Deutsche under any Transaction, in whole or in part, to an affiliate of Deutsche whose obligations are guaranteed by Deutsche, without the consent of Counterparty.
Deutsche Payment Instructions:    To be advised under separate cover

 

7


Counterparty’s Contact Details for Purpose of Giving Notice:    To be provided by Counterparty
Deutsche’s Contact Details for Purpose of Giving Notice:   

Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch

c/o Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

60 Wall Street

New York, NY 10005

Attention:            Paul Stowell

                            Andrew Yaeger

                             Lars Kestner

Telephone:          212-250-2717

                             212-250-4580

                             212-250-6043

Email:                  paul.stowell@db.com

                             andrew.yaeger@db.com

                             lars.kestner@db.com

Role of DBSI:   

DBSI in its capacity as Agent will be responsible for (A) effecting any Transaction, (B) issuing all required confirmations and statements to Deutsche and Counterparty, (C) maintaining books and records relating to any Transaction in accordance with its standard practices and procedures and in accordance with applicable law and (D) unless otherwise requested by Counterparty, receiving, delivering, and safeguarding Counterparty’s funds and any securities in connection with any Transaction, in accordance with its standard practices and procedures and in accordance with applicable law.

 

The date and time of any Transaction evidenced by this Master Confirmation and the related Supplemental Confirmation will be furnished by the Agent to Deutsche and Counterparty upon written request.

 

The Agent will furnish to Counterparty upon written request a statement as to the source and amount of any remuneration received or to be received by the Agent in connection with any Transaction evidenced by this Master Confirmation and the related Supplemental Confirmation.

 

2. Calculation Agent . Deutsche; provided that, following the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 5(a)(vii) of the Agreement with respect to which Deutsche is the Defaulting Party, Counterparty shall have the right to designate a nationally recognized third-party dealer in over-the-counter corporate equity derivatives to act, during the period commencing on the date such Event of Default occurred and ending on the Early Termination Date with respect to such Event of Default, as the Calculation Agent. Upon receipt of written request from Counterparty, the Calculation Agent shall promptly (but in no event later than within five (5) Exchange Business Days from the receipt of such request) provide Counterparty with a written explanation describing in reasonable detail any calculation, adjustment or determination made by it (including any quotations, market data or information from external sources used in making such calculation, adjustment or determination, as the case may be, but without disclosing Deutsche’s proprietary models or other information that may be proprietary or subject to contractual, legal or regulatory obligations to not disclose such information). All calculations and determinations by the Calculation Agent shall be made in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner.

3. Additional Mutual Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Each Party . In addition to the representations, warranties and covenants in the Agreement, each party represents, warrants and covenants to the other party that:

(a) Eligible Contract Participant . It is an “eligible contract participant”, as defined in the U.S. Commodity Exchange Act (as amended), and is entering into each Transaction hereunder as principal (and not as agent or in any other capacity, fiduciary or otherwise) and not for the benefit of any third party.

(b) Accredited Investor . Each party acknowledges that the offer and sale of each Transaction to it is intended to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), by

 

8


virtue of Section 4(2) thereof. Accordingly, each party represents and warrants to the other that (i) it has the financial ability to bear the economic risk of its investment in each Transaction and is able to bear a total loss of its investment, (ii) it is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined under Regulation D under the Securities Act and (iii) the disposition of each Transaction is restricted under this Master Confirmation, the Securities Act and state securities laws.

4. Additional Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Counterparty . In addition to the representations, warranties and covenants in the Agreement, Counterparty represents, warrants and covenants to Deutsche that:

(a) The purchase or writing of each Transaction and the transactions contemplated hereby will not violate Rule 13e-1 or Rule 13e-4 under the Exchange Act.

(b) It is not entering into any Transaction (i) on the basis of, and is not aware of, any material non-public information with respect to the Shares, (ii) in anticipation of, in connection with, or to facilitate, a distribution of its securities, a self tender offer or a third-party tender offer or (iii) to create actual or apparent trading activity in the Shares (or any security convertible into or exchangeable for the Shares) or to raise or depress or otherwise manipulate the price of the Shares (or any security convertible into or exchangeable for the Shares).

(c) Each Transaction is being entered into pursuant to a publicly disclosed Share buy-back program and its Board of Directors has approved the use of derivatives to effect the Share buy-back program.

(d) Without limiting the generality of Section 13.1 of the Equity Definitions, Counterparty acknowledges that neither Deutsche nor any of its affiliates is making any representations or warranties or taking any position or expressing any view with respect to the treatment of any Transaction under any accounting standards including ASC Topic 260, Earnings Per Share, ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, or ASC Topic 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity and ASC 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging – Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity.

(e) As of (i) the date hereof and (ii) the Trade Date for each Transaction hereunder, Counterparty is in compliance with its reporting obligations under the Exchange Act and its most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, together with all reports subsequently filed by it pursuant to the Exchange Act, taken together and as amended and supplemented to the date of this representation, do not, as of their respective filing dates, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(f) Counterparty shall report each Transaction as required under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

(g) The Shares are not, and Counterparty will not cause the Shares to be, subject to a “restricted period” (as defined in Regulation M promulgated under the Exchange Act) at any time during any Regulation M Period (as defined below) for any Transaction unless Counterparty has provided written notice to Deutsche of such restricted period not later than the Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the first day of such “restricted period”; Counterparty acknowledges that any such notice may cause a Disrupted Day to occur pursuant to Section 5 below; accordingly, Counterparty acknowledges that its delivery of such notice must comply with the standards set forth in Section 6 below; “ Regulation M Period ” means, for any Transaction, (i) the Relevant Period (as defined below) and (ii) the Settlement Valuation Period, if any, for such Transaction. “ Relevant Period ” means, for any Transaction, the period commencing on the Calculation Period Start Date for such Transaction and ending on the earlier of (i) the Scheduled Termination Date and (ii) the last Additional Relevant Day (as specified in the related Supplemental Confirmation) for such Transaction, or such earlier day as elected by Deutsche and communicated to Counterparty on such day (or, if later, the First Acceleration Date without regard to any acceleration thereof pursuant to “Special Provisions for Acquisition Transaction Announcements” below).

(h) As of the Trade Date, the Prepayment Date, the Initial Share Delivery Date and the Settlement Date for each Transaction, Counterparty is not “insolvent” (as such term is defined under Section 101(32) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Title 11 of the United States Code) (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”)) and Counterparty would be able to purchase a number of Shares with a value equal to the Prepayment Amount in compliance with the laws of the jurisdiction of Counterparty’s incorporation.

(i) Counterparty is not and, after giving effect to any Transaction, will not be, required to register as an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

9


(j) Counterparty has not and will not enter into agreements similar to the Transactions described herein where any initial hedge period, calculation period, relevant period or settlement valuation period (each however defined) in such other transaction will overlap at any time (including as a result of extensions in such initial hedge period, calculation period, relevant period or settlement valuation period as provided in the relevant agreements) with any Relevant Period or, if applicable, any Settlement Valuation Period under this Master Confirmation. In the event that the initial hedge period, relevant period, calculation period or settlement valuation period in any other similar transaction overlaps with any Relevant Period or, if applicable, Settlement Valuation Period under this Master Confirmation as a result of any postponement of the Scheduled Termination Date or extension of the Settlement Valuation Period pursuant to “Valuation Disruption” above, Counterparty shall promptly amend such transaction to avoid any such overlap.

5. Regulatory Disruption . In the event that Deutsche concludes, in good faith and based on the advice of counsel, that it is appropriate with respect to any legal, regulatory or self-regulatory requirements or related policies and procedures generally applicable to the relevant line of business (whether or not such requirements, policies or procedures are imposed by law or have been voluntarily adopted by Deutsche), for it to refrain from or decrease any market activity on any Scheduled Trading Day or Days during the Calculation Period or, if applicable, the Settlement Valuation Period, Deutsche may by written notice to Counterparty elect to deem that a Market Disruption Event has occurred and will be continuing on such Scheduled Trading Day or Days.

6. 10b5-1 Plan . Counterparty represents, warrants and covenants to Deutsche that:

(a) Counterparty is entering into this Master Confirmation and each Transaction hereunder in good faith and not as part of a plan or scheme to evade the prohibitions of Rule 10b-5 under the Exchange Act (“ Rule 10b-5 ”) or any other antifraud or anti-manipulation provisions of the federal or applicable state securities laws and that it has not entered into or altered and will not enter into or alter any corresponding or hedging transaction or position with respect to the Shares. Counterparty acknowledges that it is the intent of the parties that each Transaction entered into under this Master Confirmation comply with the requirements of paragraphs (c)(1)(i)(A) and (B) of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act (“ Rule 10b5-1 ”) and each Transaction entered into under this Master Confirmation shall be interpreted to comply with the requirements of Rule 10b5-1(c).

(b) Counterparty will not seek to control or influence Deutsche’s decision to make any “purchases or sales” (within the meaning of Rule 10b5-1(c)(1)(i)(B)(3)) under any Transaction entered into under this Master Confirmation, including, without limitation, Deutsche’s decision to enter into any hedging transactions. Counterparty represents and warrants that it has consulted with its own advisors as to the legal aspects of its adoption and implementation of this Master Confirmation and each Supplemental Confirmation under Rule 10b5-1.

(c) Counterparty acknowledges and agrees that any amendment, modification, waiver or termination of this Master Confirmation or the relevant Supplemental Confirmation must be effected in accordance with the requirements for the amendment or termination of a “plan” as defined in Rule 10b5-1(c). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any such amendment, modification, waiver or termination shall be made in good faith and not as part of a plan or scheme to evade the prohibitions of Rule 10b-5, and no such amendment, modification or waiver shall be made at any time at which Counterparty or any officer, director, manager or similar person of Counterparty is aware of any material non-public information regarding Counterparty or the Shares.

7. Counterparty Purchases . Counterparty (or any “affiliated purchaser” as defined in Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act (“ Rule 10b-18 ”)) shall not, without the prior written consent of Deutsche, directly or indirectly purchase any Shares (including by means of a derivative instrument), listed contracts on the Shares or securities that are convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for Shares (including, without limitation, any Rule 10b-18 purchases of blocks (as defined in Rule 10b-18)) during any Relevant Period or, if applicable, Settlement Valuation Period, except through Deutsche. However, the foregoing shall not limit Counterparty’s ability (or the ability of any “agent independent of the issuer” (as defined in Rule 10b-18)), pursuant to any plan (as defined in Rule 10b-18) of Counterparty, to re-acquire Shares in connection with any equity transaction related to such plan or to limit Counterparty’s ability to withhold Shares to cover tax liabilities associated with such equity transactions or otherwise restrict Counterparty’s ability to repurchase Shares under privately negotiated or off-market transactions (including, without limitation, an agreement relating to Counterparty’s 401(k) Plan or transactions with any of Counterparty’s employees, officers, directors or affiliates), so long as any re-acquisition, withholding or repurchase does not constitute a “Rule 10b-18 purchase” (as defined in Rule 10b-18).

 

10


8. Special Provisions for Merger Transactions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in the Equity Definitions:

(a) Counterparty agrees that it:

(i) will not during the period commencing on the Trade Date through the end of the Relevant Period or, if applicable, the Settlement Valuation Period for any Transaction make, or permit to be made, any public announcement (as defined in Rule 165(f) under the Securities Act) of any Merger Transaction or potential Merger Transaction (a “ Public Announcement ”) unless such Public Announcement is made prior to the opening or after the close of the regular trading session on the Exchange for the Shares;

(ii) shall promptly (but in any event prior to the next opening of the regular trading session on the Exchange) notify Deutsche following any such Public Announcement that such Public Announcement has been made; and

(iii) shall promptly (but in any event prior to the next opening of the regular trading session on the Exchange) provide Deutsche with written notice specifying (i) Counterparty’s average daily Rule 10b-18 Purchases (as defined in Rule 10b-18) during the three full calendar months immediately preceding the announcement date that were not effected through Deutsche or its affiliates and (ii) the number of Shares purchased pursuant to the proviso in Rule 10b-18(b)(4) under the Exchange Act for the three full calendar months preceding the date of such Public Announcement. Such written notice shall be deemed to be a certification by Counterparty to Deutsche that such information is true and correct. In addition, Counterparty shall promptly notify Deutsche of the earlier to occur of the completion of the relevant Merger Transaction and the completion of the vote by target shareholders.

(b) Counterparty acknowledges that a Public Announcement may cause the terms of any Transaction to be adjusted or such Transaction to be terminated; accordingly, Counterparty acknowledges that in making any Public Announcement, it must comply with the standards set forth in Section 6 above.

(c) Upon the occurrence of any Public Announcement (whether made by Counterparty or a third party), Deutsche may in its sole discretion (i) make adjustments in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner to the terms of any Transaction, including, without limitation, the Scheduled Termination Date or the Forward Price Adjustment Amount, and/or suspend the Calculation Period and/or any Settlement Valuation Period or (ii) treat the occurrence of such Public Announcement as an Additional Termination Event with Counterparty as the sole Affected Party and the Transactions hereunder as the Affected Transactions and with the amount under Section 6(e) of the Agreement determined taking into account the fact that the Calculation Period or Settlement Valuation Period, as the case may be, had fewer Scheduled Trading Days than originally anticipated.

Merger Transaction ” means any merger, acquisition or similar transaction involving a recapitalization as contemplated by Rule 10b-18(a)(13)(iv) under the Exchange Act.

9. Special Provisions for Acquisition Transaction Announcements . (a) If an Acquisition Transaction Announcement occurs on or prior to the Settlement Date for any Transaction, then the Number of Shares to be Delivered for such Transaction shall be determined as if the Divisor Amount were equal to “The greater of (i) the Forward Price and (ii) $1.00.” If an Acquisition Transaction Announcement occurs after the Trade Date, but prior to the First Acceleration Date of any Transaction, the First Acceleration Date shall be the date of such Acquisition Transaction Announcement.

(b) “ Acquisition Transaction Announcement ” means (i) the announcement of an Acquisition Transaction, (ii) an announcement that Counterparty or any of its subsidiaries has entered into an agreement, a letter of intent or an understanding designed to result in an Acquisition Transaction, (iii) the announcement of the intention to solicit or enter into, or to explore strategic alternatives or other similar undertaking that may include, an Acquisition Transaction, (iv) any other announcement that in the reasonable judgment of the Calculation Agent could reasonably be expected to result in an Acquisition Transaction or (v) any announcement of any change or amendment to any previous Acquisition Transaction Announcement (including any announcement of the abandonment of any such previously announced Acquisition Transaction, agreement, letter of intent, understanding or intention). For the avoidance of doubt, announcements as used in the definition of Acquisition Transaction Announcement refer to any public announcement whether made by the Issuer or a third party.

(c) “ Acquisition Transaction ” means (i) any Merger Event (for purposes of this definition the definition of Merger Event shall be read with the references therein to “100%” being replaced by “15%” and to “50%” by “75%” and without reference to the clause beginning immediately following the definition of Reverse Merger therein to the end of such definition), Tender Offer or Merger Transaction or any other transaction involving the

 

11


merger of Counterparty with or into any third party, (ii) the sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Counterparty, (iii) a recapitalization, reclassification, binding share exchange or other similar transaction, (iv) any acquisition, lease, exchange, transfer, disposition (including by way of spin-off or distribution) of assets (including any capital stock or other ownership interests in subsidiaries) or other similar event by Counterparty or any of its subsidiaries where the aggregate consideration transferable or receivable by or to Counterparty or its subsidiaries exceeds 15% of the market capitalization of Counterparty and (v) any transaction in which Counterparty or its board of directors has a legal obligation to make a recommendation to its shareholders in respect of such transaction (whether pursuant to Rule 14e-2 under the Exchange Act or otherwise).

10. Acknowledgments . (a) The parties hereto intend for:

(i) each Transaction to be a “securities contract” as defined in Section 741(7) of the Bankruptcy Code, a “swap agreement” as defined in Section 101(53B) of the Bankruptcy Code and a “forward contract” as defined in Section 101(25) of the Bankruptcy Code, and the parties hereto to be entitled to the protections afforded by, among other Sections, Sections 362(b)(6), 362(b)(17), 362(b)(27), 362(o), 546(e), 546(g), 546(j), 555, 556, 560 and 561 of the Bankruptcy Code;

(ii) the Agreement to be a “master netting agreement” as defined in Section 101(38A) of the Bankruptcy Code;

(iii) a party’s right to liquidate, terminate or accelerate any Transaction, net out or offset termination values or payment amounts, and to exercise any other remedies upon the occurrence of any Event of Default or Termination Event under the Agreement with respect to the other party or any Extraordinary Event that results in the termination or cancellation of any Transaction to constitute a “contractual right” (as defined in the Bankruptcy Code); and

(iv) all payments for, under or in connection with each Transaction, all payments for the Shares (including, for the avoidance of doubt, payment of the Prepayment Amount) and the transfer of such Shares to constitute “settlement payments” and “transfers” (as defined in the Bankruptcy Code).

(b) Counterparty acknowledges that:

(i) during the term of any Transaction, Deutsche and its affiliates may buy or sell Shares or other securities or buy or sell options or futures contracts or enter into swaps or other derivative securities in order to establish, adjust or unwind its hedge position with respect to such Transaction;

(ii) Deutsche and its affiliates may also be active in the market for the Shares and derivatives linked to the Shares other than in connection with hedging activities in relation to any Transaction, including acting as agent or as principal and for its own account or on behalf of customers;

(iii) Deutsche shall make its own determination as to whether, when or in what manner any hedging or market activities in Counterparty’s securities shall be conducted and shall do so in a manner that it deems appropriate to hedge its price and market risk with respect to the Forward Price and the VWAP Price;

(iv) any market activities of Deutsche and its affiliates with respect to the Shares may affect the market price and volatility of the Shares, as well as the Forward Price and the VWAP Price, each in a manner that may be adverse to Counterparty; and

(v) each Transaction is a derivatives transaction in which it has granted Deutsche an option; Deutsche may purchase shares for its own account at an average price that may be greater than, or less than, the price paid by Counterparty under the terms of the related Transaction.

11. Credit Support Documents . The parties hereto acknowledge that no Transaction hereunder is secured by any collateral that would otherwise secure the obligations of Counterparty herein or pursuant to the Agreement.

12. Set-off . (a) The parties agree to amend Section 6 of the Agreement by adding a new Section 6(f) thereto as follows:

“(f) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default or Termination Event with respect to a party who is the Defaulting Party or the Affected Party (“X”), the other party (“Y”) will have the right (but not be obliged) without prior notice to X or any other person to set-off or apply any obligation of X owed to Y (or any Affiliate of Y) (whether or not matured or contingent and whether or not arising under the Agreement, and regardless of the currency, place of payment or booking office of the obligation) against any obligation of Y (or any Affiliate of Y) owed to X (whether or not matured or contingent and whether or not arising under the Agreement, and regardless of the currency, place of

 

12


payment or booking office of the obligation). Y will give notice to the other party of any set-off effected under this Section 6(f).

Amounts (or the relevant portion of such amounts) subject to set-off may be converted by Y into the Termination Currency at the rate of exchange at which such party would be able, acting in a reasonable manner and in good faith, to purchase the relevant amount of such currency. If any obligation is unascertained, Y may in good faith estimate that obligation and set-off in respect of the estimate, subject to the relevant party accounting to the other when the obligation is ascertained. Nothing in this Section 6(f) shall be effective to create a charge or other security interest. This Section 6(f) shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set-off, combination of accounts, lien or other right to which any party is at any time otherwise entitled (whether by operation of law, contract or otherwise).”

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Deutsche agrees not to set off or net amounts due from Counterparty with respect to any Transaction against amounts due from Deutsche to Counterparty with respect to contracts or instruments that are not Equity Contracts. “ Equity Contract ” means any transaction or instrument that does not convey to Deutsche rights, or the ability to assert claims, that are senior to the rights and claims of common stockholders in the event of Counterparty’s bankruptcy.

13. Delivery of Shares . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Deutsche may, by prior notice to Counterparty, satisfy its obligation to deliver any Shares or other securities on any date due (an “ Original Delivery Date ”) by making separate deliveries of Shares or such securities, as the case may be, at more than one time on or prior to such Original Delivery Date, so long as the aggregate number of Shares and other securities so delivered on or prior to such Original Delivery Date is equal to the number required to be delivered on such Original Delivery Date.

14. Early Termination . In the event that an Early Termination Date (whether as a result of an Event of Default or a Termination Event) occurs or is designated with respect to any Transaction (except as a result of a Merger Event in which the consideration or proceeds to be paid to holders of Shares consists solely of cash), if either party would owe any amount to the other party pursuant to Section 6(d)(ii) of the Agreement (any such amount, a “ Payment Amount ”), then, in lieu of any payment of such Payment Amount, Counterparty may, no later than the Early Termination Date or the date on which such Transaction is terminated, elect to deliver or for Deutsche to deliver, as the case may be, to the other party a number of Shares (or, in the case of a Merger Event, a number of units, each comprising the number or amount of the securities or property that a hypothetical holder of one Share would receive in such Merger Event (each such unit, an “ Alternative Delivery Unit ” and, the securities or property comprising such unit, “ Alternative Delivery Property ”)) with a value equal to the Payment Amount, as determined by the Calculation Agent (and the parties agree that, in making such determination of value, the Calculation Agent may take into account a number of factors, including the market price of the Shares or Alternative Delivery Property on the date of early termination and, if such delivery is made by Deutsche, the prices at which Deutsche purchases Shares or Alternative Delivery Property to fulfill its delivery obligations under this Section 14); provided that in determining the composition of any Alternative Delivery Unit, if the relevant Merger Event involves a choice of consideration to be received by holders, such holder shall be deemed to have elected to receive the maximum possible amount of cash; and provided further that Counterparty may make such election only if Counterparty represents and warrants to Deutsche in writing on the date it notifies Deutsche of such election that, as of such date, Counterparty is not aware of any material non-public information concerning the Shares and is making such election in good faith and not as part of a plan or scheme to evade compliance with the federal securities laws. If such delivery is made by Counterparty, paragraphs 2 through 7 of Annex A shall apply as if such delivery were a settlement of the Transaction to which Net Share Settlement applied, the Cash Settlement Payment Date were the Early Termination Date and the Forward Cash Settlement Amount were zero (0)  minus the Payment Amount owed by Counterparty.

15. Calculations and Payment Date upon Early Termination . The parties acknowledge and agree that in calculating Close-out Amount pursuant to Section 6 of the Agreement Deutsche may (but need not) determine losses without reference to actual losses incurred but based on expected losses assuming a commercially reasonable (including without limitation with regard to reasonable legal and regulatory guidelines) risk bid were used to determine loss to avoid awaiting the delay associated with closing out any hedge or related trading position in a commercially reasonable manner prior to or sooner following the designation of an Early Termination Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 6(d)(ii) of the Agreement, all amounts calculated as being due in respect of an Early Termination Date under Section 6(e) of the Agreement will be payable on the day that notice of the amount payable is effective; provided that if Counterparty elects to receive Shares or Alternative Delivery Property in accordance with Section 14, such Shares or Alternative Delivery Property shall be delivered on a date selected by Deutsche as promptly as practicable.

 

13


16. [Reserved.]

17. Automatic Termination Provisions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 6 of the Agreement, if a Termination Price is specified in any Supplemental Confirmation, then an Additional Termination Event with Counterparty as the sole Affected Party and the Transaction to which such Supplemental Confirmation relates as the Affected Transaction will automatically occur without any notice or action by Deutsche or Counterparty if the price of the Shares on the Exchange at any time falls below such Termination Price, and the Exchange Business Day that the price of the Shares on the Exchange at any time falls below the Termination Price will be the “Early Termination Date” for purposes of the Agreement.

18. Delivery of Cash . For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Master Confirmation shall be interpreted as requiring Counterparty to deliver cash in respect of the settlement of the Transactions contemplated by this Master Confirmation following payment by Counterparty of the relevant Prepayment Amount, except in circumstances where the required cash settlement thereof is permitted for classification of the contract as equity by ASC 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging – Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity , as in effect on the relevant Trade Date (including, without limitation, where Counterparty so elects to deliver cash or fails timely to elect to deliver Shares or Alternative Delivery Property in respect of the settlement of such Transactions).

19. Claim in Bankruptcy . Deutsche acknowledges and agrees that this Confirmation is not intended to convey to it rights with respect to the Transactions that are senior to the claims of common stockholders in the event of Counterparty’s bankruptcy.

20. [Reserved.]

21. Governing Law . The Agreement, this Master Confirmation, each Supplemental Confirmation and all matters arising in connection with the Agreement, this Master Confirmation and each Supplemental Confirmation shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York (without reference to its choice of laws doctrine other than Title 14 of Article 5 of the New York General Obligations Law).

22. Offices .

The Office of Counterparty for each Transaction is: Fifth Third Bancorp, Fifth Third Center Cincinnati, Ohio 45263.

The Office of Deutsche for each Transaction is: Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, c/o Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., 60 Wall Street, New York, NY 10005, USA.

23. Waiver of Jury Trial . Each party waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any suit, action or proceeding relating to any Transaction. Each party (i) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of the other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not, in the event of such a suit, action or proceeding, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver and (ii) acknowledges that it and the other party have been induced to enter into any Transaction hereunder by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications provided herein.

24. Submission to Jurisdiction . Section 13(b) of the Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

“Each party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits for itself and its property in any suit, legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and/or any Transaction, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, (each, “ Proceedings ”) to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York, sitting in New York County, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York and appellate courts from any thereof. Nothing in the Master Confirmation, any Supplemental Confirmation or this Agreement precludes either party from bringing Proceedings in any other jurisdiction if (A) the courts of the State of New York or the United States of America for the Southern District of New York lack jurisdiction over the parties or the subject matter of the Proceedings or declines to accept the Proceedings on the grounds of lacking such jurisdiction; (B) the Proceedings are commenced by a party for the purpose of enforcing against the other party’s property, assets or estate any decision or judgment rendered by any court in which Proceedings may be brought as provided hereunder; (C) the Proceedings are commenced to appeal any such court’s decision or judgment to any higher court with competent appellate jurisdiction over that court’s decisions or judgments if that higher court is located outside the State of New York or Borough of Manhattan, such as a federal court of appeals or the U.S. Supreme Court; or (D) any suit, action or proceeding has been commenced in another jurisdiction by or against the other party or against its property, assets or estate

 

14


and, in order to exercise or protect its rights, interests or remedies under this Agreement, the Master Confirmation or any Supplemental Confirmation, the party (1) joins, files a claim, or takes any other action, in any such suit, action or proceeding, or (2) otherwise commences any Proceeding in that other jurisdiction as the result of that other suit, action or proceeding having commenced in that other jurisdiction.”

25. Method of Delivery . Whenever delivery of funds or other assets is required hereunder by or to Deutsche, such delivery shall be effected through DBSI. In addition, all notices, demands and communications of any kind relating to any Transaction between Deutsche and Counterparty shall be transmitted exclusively through DBSI.

26. Counterparts . This Master Confirmation may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Master Confirmation by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank ]

 

15


Counterparty hereby agrees (a) to check this Master Confirmation carefully and immediately upon receipt so that errors or discrepancies can be promptly identified and rectified and (b) to confirm that the foregoing (in the exact form provided by Deutsche) correctly sets forth the terms of the agreement between Deutsche and Counterparty with respect to any particular Transaction to which this Master Confirmation relates, by manually signing this Master Confirmation or this page hereof as evidence of agreement to such terms and providing the other information requested herein and immediately returning an executed copy to Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Facsimile No. 646-736-7122.

 

Yours faithfully,
DEUTSCHE BANK AG, LONDON BRANCH
By:  

/s/ Lars Kestner

Name:   Lars Kestner
Title:   Managing Director
By:  

/s/ Michael Sanderson

Name:   Michael Sanderson
Title:   Managing Director

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.,

acting solely as Agent in connection with the Transaction

By:  

/s/ Lars Kestner

Name:   Lars Kestner
Title:   Managing Director
By:  

/s/ Michael Sanderson

Name:   Michael Sanderson
Title:   Managing Director

 

Agreed and Accepted By:
FIFTH THIRD BANCORP
By:  

/s/ Kevin Kabat

Name:   Kevin Kabat
Title:   CEO

[ Signature Page to Master Confirmation ]


SCHEDULE A

SUPPLEMENTAL CONFIRMATION

 

To:   

Fifth Third Bancorp

Fifth Third Center

Cincinnati, Ohio 45263

From:    Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch
Subject:    Accelerated Stock Buyback
Ref. No.:    [Insert Ref. No.]
Date:    [Insert Date]

The purpose of this Supplemental Confirmation is to confirm the terms and conditions of the Transaction entered into between Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch (“ Deutsche ”), with Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. acting as agent, and Fifth Third Bancorp (“ Counterparty ”) (together, the “ Contracting Parties ”) on the Trade Date specified below. This Supplemental Confirmation is a binding contract between Deutsche and Counterparty as of the relevant Trade Date for the Transaction referenced below.

1. This Supplemental Confirmation supplements, forms part of, and is subject to the Master Confirmation dated as of May 21, 2013 (the “ Master Confirmation ”) between the Contracting Parties, as amended and supplemented from time to time. All provisions contained in the Master Confirmation govern this Supplemental Confirmation except as expressly modified below.

2. The terms of the Transaction to which this Supplemental Confirmation relates are as follows:

 

Trade Date:    [                    ]
Forward Price Adjustment Amount:    USD [    ]
Calculation Period Start Date:    [                    ]
Scheduled Termination Date:    [                    ]
First Acceleration Date:    [                    ]
Prepayment Amount:    USD [                    ]
Prepayment Date:    [                    ]
Initial Shares:    [                ] Shares; provided that if, in connection with the Transaction, Deutsche is unable to borrow or otherwise acquire a number of Shares equal to the Initial Shares for delivery to Counterparty on the Initial Share Delivery Date, the Initial Shares delivered on the Initial Share Delivery Date shall be reduced to such number of Shares that Deutsche is able to so borrow or otherwise acquire, and Deutsche shall use reasonable good faith efforts to borrow or otherwise acquire a number of Shares equal to the shortfall in the Initial Share Delivery and to deliver such additional Shares as soon as reasonably practicable. The aggregate of all Shares delivered to Counterparty in respect of the Transaction pursuant to this paragraph shall be the “Initial Shares” for purposes of “Number of Shares to be Delivered” in the Master Confirmation.
Initial Share Delivery Date:    [                    ]
Ordinary Dividend Amount:    USD [    ]
Scheduled Ex-Dividend Dates:    [                    ]
Termination Price:    USD [                    ]
Additional Relevant Days:    The [                    ] Exchange Business Days immediately following the Calculation Period.

 

A - 1


3. Counterparty represents and warrants to Deutsche that neither it nor any “affiliated purchaser” (as defined in Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act) has made any purchases of blocks pursuant to the proviso in Rule 10b-18(b)(4) under the Exchange Act during either (i) the four full calendar weeks immediately preceding the Trade Date or (ii) during the calendar week in which the Trade Date occurs.

4. This Supplemental Confirmation may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Supplemental Confirmation by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank ]

 

A - 2


Counterparty hereby agrees (a) to check this Supplemental Confirmation carefully and immediately upon receipt so that errors or discrepancies can be promptly identified and rectified and (b) to confirm that the foregoing (in the exact form provided by Deutsche) correctly sets forth the terms of the agreement between Deutsche and Counterparty with respect to any particular Transaction to which this Master Confirmation relates, by manually signing this Master Confirmation or this page hereof as evidence of agreement to such terms and providing the other information requested herein and immediately returning an executed copy to Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Facsimile No. 646-736-7122.

 

Yours faithfully,
DEUTSCHE BANK AG, LONDON BRANCH
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.,

acting solely as Agent in connection with the Transaction

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
By:  

 

Name:  
Title  

 

Agreed and Accepted By:
FIFTH THIRD BANCORP
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

[ Signature Page to Supplemental Confirmation ]


ANNEX A

COUNTERPARTY SETTLEMENT PROVISIONS

1. The following Counterparty Settlement Provisions shall apply to the extent indicated under the Master Confirmation:

 

Settlement Currency:    USD
Settlement Method Election:    Applicable; provided that (i) Section 7.1 of the Equity Definitions is hereby amended by deleting the word “Physical” in the sixth line thereof and replacing it with the words “Net Share” and (ii) the Electing Party may make a settlement method election only if the Electing Party represents and warrants to Deutsche in writing on the date it notifies Deutsche of its election that, as of such date, the Electing Party is not aware of any material non-public information concerning Counterparty or the Shares and is electing the settlement method in good faith and not as part of a plan or scheme to evade compliance with the federal securities laws.
Electing Party:    Counterparty
Settlement Method Election Date:    The earlier of (i) the Scheduled Termination Date and (ii) the second Exchange Business Day immediately following the Accelerated Termination Date (in which case the election under Section 7.1 of the Equity Definitions shall be made no later than 10 minutes prior to the open of trading on the Exchange on such second Exchange Business Day), as the case may be.
Default Settlement Method:    Cash Settlement
Forward Cash Settlement Amount:    The Number of Shares to be Delivered multiplied by the Settlement Price.
Settlement Price:    The average of the VWAP Prices for the Exchange Business Days in the Settlement Valuation Period, subject to Valuation Disruption as specified in the Master Confirmation.
Settlement Valuation Period:    A number of Scheduled Trading Days selected by Deutsche in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner, such number to be approximately equal to the Number of Shares to be Delivered divided by 10% of the ADTV (as defined in Rule 10b-18, and expressed as a number of Shares) for the Shares at the time of determination, beginning on the Scheduled Trading Day immediately following the earlier of (i) the Scheduled Termination Date or (ii) the Exchange Business Day immediately following the Termination Date.
Cash Settlement:    If Cash Settlement is applicable, then Buyer shall pay to Seller the absolute value of the Forward Cash Settlement Amount on the Cash Settlement Payment Date.
Cash Settlement Payment Date:    The date one Settlement Cycle following the last day of the Settlement Valuation Period.
Net Share Settlement Procedures:    If Net Share Settlement is applicable, Net Share Settlement shall be made in accordance with paragraphs 2 through 7 below.

2. Net Share Settlement shall be made by delivery on the Cash Settlement Payment Date of a number of Shares satisfying the conditions set forth in paragraph 3 below (the “ Registered Settlement

[ Signature Page to Supplemental Confirmation ]


Shares ”), or a number of Shares not satisfying such conditions (the “ Unregistered Settlement Shares ”), in either case with a value equal to the absolute value of the Forward Cash Settlement Amount, with such Shares’ value based on the value thereof to Deutsche (which value shall, in the case of Unregistered Settlement Shares, take into account a commercially reasonable illiquidity discount), in each case as determined by the Calculation Agent.

3. Counterparty may only deliver Registered Settlement Shares pursuant to paragraph 2 above if:

(a) a registration statement covering public resale of the Registered Settlement Shares by Deutsche (the “ Registration Statement ”) shall have been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act and been declared or otherwise become effective on or prior to the date of delivery, and no stop order shall be in effect with respect to the Registration Statement; a printed prospectus relating to the Registered Settlement Shares (including any prospectus supplement thereto, the “ Prospectus ”) shall have been delivered to Deutsche, in such quantities as Deutsche shall reasonably have requested, on or prior to the date of delivery;

(b) the form and content of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (including, without limitation, any sections describing the plan of distribution) shall be satisfactory to Deutsche;

(c) as of or prior to the date of delivery, Deutsche and its agents shall have been afforded a reasonable opportunity to conduct a due diligence investigation with respect to Counterparty customary in scope for underwritten offerings of equity securities and the results of such investigation are satisfactory to Deutsche, in its discretion; and

(d) as of the date of delivery, an agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) shall have been entered into with Deutsche in connection with the public resale of the Registered Settlement Shares by Deutsche substantially similar to underwriting agreements customary for underwritten offerings of equity securities, in form and substance satisfactory to Deutsche, which Underwriting Agreement shall include, without limitation, provisions substantially similar to those contained in such underwriting agreements relating, without limitation, to the indemnification of, and contribution in connection with the liability of, Deutsche and its affiliates and the provision of customary opinions, accountants’ comfort letters and lawyers’ negative assurance letters.

4. If Counterparty delivers Unregistered Settlement Shares pursuant to paragraph 2 above:

(a) all Unregistered Settlement Shares shall be delivered to Deutsche (or any affiliate of Deutsche designated by Deutsche) pursuant to the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Section 4(2) thereof;

(b) as of or prior to the date of delivery, Deutsche and any potential purchaser of any such shares from Deutsche (or any affiliate of Deutsche designated by Deutsche) identified by Deutsche shall be afforded a commercially reasonable opportunity to conduct a due diligence investigation with respect to Counterparty customary in scope for private placements of equity securities (including, without limitation, the right to have made available to them for inspection all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and other information reasonably requested by them);

(c) as of the date of delivery, Counterparty shall enter into an agreement (a “ Private Placement Agreement ”) with Deutsche (or any affiliate of Deutsche designated by Deutsche) in connection with the private placement of such shares by Counterparty to Deutsche (or any such affiliate) and the private resale of such shares by Deutsche (or any such affiliate), substantially similar to private placement purchase agreements customary for private placements of equity securities, in form and substance commercially reasonably satisfactory to Deutsche, which Private Placement Agreement shall include, without limitation, provisions substantially similar to those contained in such private placement purchase agreements relating, without limitation, to the indemnification of, and contribution in connection with the liability of, Deutsche and its affiliates and the provision of customary opinions, accountants’ comfort letters and lawyers’ negative assurance letters, and shall provide for the payment by Counterparty of all fees and expenses in connection with such resale, including all fees and expenses of counsel for Deutsche, and shall contain representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of Counterparty reasonably necessary or advisable to establish and maintain the availability of an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act for such resales; and

(d) in connection with the private placement of such shares by Counterparty to Deutsche (or any such affiliate) and the private resale of such shares by Deutsche (or any such affiliate), Counterparty shall, if so requested by Deutsche, prepare, in cooperation with Deutsche, a private placement memorandum in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Deutsche


5. Deutsche, itself or through an affiliate (the “ Selling Agent ”) or any underwriter(s), will sell all, or such lesser portion as may be required hereunder, of the Registered Settlement Shares or Unregistered Settlement Shares and any Makewhole Shares (as defined below) (together, the “ Settlement Shares ”) delivered by Counterparty to Deutsche pursuant to paragraph 6 below commencing on the Cash Settlement Payment Date and continuing until the date on which the aggregate Net Proceeds (as such term is defined below) of such sales, as determined by Deutsche, is equal to the absolute value of the Forward Cash Settlement Amount (such date, the “ Final Resale Date ”). If the proceeds of any sale(s) made by Deutsche, the Selling Agent or any underwriter(s), net of any fees and commissions (including, without limitation, underwriting or placement fees) customary for similar transactions under the circumstances at the time of the offering, together with carrying charges and expenses incurred in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares (including, but without limitation to, the covering of any over-allotment or short position (syndicate or otherwise)) (the “ Net Proceeds ”) exceed the absolute value of the Forward Cash Settlement Amount, Deutsche will refund, in USD, such excess to Counterparty on the date that is three (3) Currency Business Days following the Final Resale Date, and, if any portion of the Settlement Shares remains unsold, Deutsche shall return to Counterparty on that date such unsold Shares.

6. If the Calculation Agent determines that the Net Proceeds received from the sale of the Registered Settlement Shares or Unregistered Settlement Shares or any Makewhole Shares, if any, pursuant to this paragraph 6 are less than the absolute value of the Forward Cash Settlement Amount (the amount in USD by which the Net Proceeds are less than the absolute value of the Forward Cash Settlement Amount being the “ Shortfall ” and the date on which such determination is made, the “ Deficiency Determination Date ”), Counterparty shall on the Exchange Business Day next succeeding the Deficiency Determination Date (the “ Makewhole Notice Date ”) deliver to Deutsche, through the Selling Agent, a notice of Counterparty’s election that Counterparty shall either (i) pay an amount in cash equal to the Shortfall on the day that is one (1) Currency Business Day after the Makewhole Notice Date, or (ii) deliver additional Shares. If Counterparty elects to deliver to Deutsche additional Shares, then Counterparty shall deliver additional Shares in compliance with the terms and conditions of paragraph 3 or paragraph 4 above, as the case may be (the “ Makewhole Shares ”), on the first Clearance System Business Day which is also an Exchange Business Day following the Makewhole Notice Date in such number as the Calculation Agent reasonably believes would have a market value on that Exchange Business Day equal to the Shortfall. Such Makewhole Shares shall be sold by Deutsche in accordance with the provisions above; provided that if the sum of the Net Proceeds from the sale of the originally delivered Shares and the Net Proceeds from the sale of any Makewhole Shares is less than the absolute value of the Forward Cash Settlement Amount then Counterparty shall, at its election, either make such cash payment or deliver to Deutsche further Makewhole Shares until such Shortfall has been reduced to zero.

7. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the aggregate number of Settlement Shares and Makewhole Shares be greater than the Reserved Shares minus the amount of any Shares actually delivered by Counterparty under any other Transaction(s) under this Master Confirmation (the result of such calculation, the “ Capped Number ”). Counterparty represents and warrants (which shall be deemed to be repeated on each day that a Transaction is outstanding) that the Capped Number is equal to or less than the number of Shares determined according to the following formula:

A – B

 

Where:   A = the number of authorized but unissued shares of the Counterparty that are not reserved for future issuance on the date of the determination of the Capped Number; and
  B = the maximum number of Shares required to be delivered to third parties if Counterparty elected Net Share Settlement of all transactions in the Shares (other than Transactions in the Shares under this Master Confirmation) with all third parties that are then currently outstanding and unexercised.

Reserved Shares ” means initially, 58,907,104 Shares. The Reserved Shares may be increased or decreased in a Supplemental Confirmation.


   

LOGO

 

Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch

Winchester house

1 Great Winchester St, London EC2N 2DB

Telephone: 44 20 7545 8000

 

c/o Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

60 Wall Street

New York, NY 10005

Telephone: 212-250-2500

SUPPLEMENTAL CONFIRMATION

 

To:  

Fifth Third Bancorp

Fifth Third Center

Cincinnati, Ohio 45263

From:   Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch
Subject:   Accelerated Stock Buyback
Ref. No.:   NY-536121
Date:   May 21, 2013

The purpose of this Supplemental Confirmation is to confirm the terms and conditions of the Transaction entered into between Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch (“ Deutsche ”), with Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. acting as agent, and Fifth Third Bancorp (“ Counterparty ”) (together, the “ Contracting Parties ”) on the Trade Date specified below. This Supplemental Confirmation is a binding contract between Deutsche and Counterparty as of the relevant Trade Date for the Transaction referenced below.

1. This Supplemental Confirmation supplements, forms part of, and is subject to the Master Confirmation dated as of May 21, 2013 (the “ Master Confirmation ”) between the Contracting Parties, as amended and supplemented from time to time. All provisions contained in the Master Confirmation govern this Supplemental Confirmation except as expressly modified below.

2. The terms of the Transaction to which this Supplemental Confirmation relates are as follows:

 

Trade Date:    May 21, 2013
Forward Price Adjustment Amount:    [**]*
Calculation Period Start Date:    May 22, 2013
Scheduled Termination Date:    October 21, 2013
First Acceleration Date:    [**]*
Prepayment Amount:    USD 539,000,000

Prepayment Date:

   May 24, 2013
Initial Shares:    25,035,519 Shares; provided that if, in connection with the Transaction, Deutsche is unable to borrow or otherwise acquire a number of Shares equal to the Initial Shares for delivery to

 

 

Chairman of the Supervisory Board: Dr. Paul Achleitner.

 

Management Board: Jürgen Fitschen (Co-Chairman), Anshu Jain (Co-Chairman), Stefan Krause, Stephan Leithner, Stuart Lewis, Rainer Neske and Henry Ritchotte.

 

 

Deutsche Bank AG is authorised under German Banking Law (competent authority: BaFin – Federal Financial Supervising Authority) and regulated by the Financial Services Authority for the conduct of UK business; a member of the London Stock Exchange. Deutsche Bank AG is a joint stock corporation with limited liability incorporated in the Federal Republic of Germany HRB No. 30 000 District Court of Frankfurt am Main; Branch Registration in England and Wales BR000005; Registered address: Winchester House, 1 Great Winchester Street, London EC2N 2DB. Deutsche Bank Group online: http://www.deutsche-bank.com

 

 

* CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.


   Counterparty on the Initial Share Delivery Date, the Initial Shares delivered on the Initial Share Delivery Date shall be reduced to such number of Shares that Deutsche is able to so borrow or otherwise acquire, and Deutsche shall use reasonable good faith efforts to borrow or otherwise acquire a number of Shares equal to the shortfall in the Initial Share Delivery and to deliver such additional Shares as soon as reasonably practicable. The aggregate of all Shares delivered to Counterparty in respect of the Transaction pursuant to this paragraph shall be the “Initial Shares” for purposes of “Number of Shares to be Delivered” in the Master Confirmation.
Initial Share Delivery Date:    May 24, 2013
Ordinary Dividend Amount:    [**]*
Scheduled Ex-Dividend Dates:    June 26, 2013 and September 26, 2013
Termination Price:    [**]*
Additional Relevant Days:    The 5 Exchange Business Days immediately following the Calculation Period.

3. Counterparty represents and warrants to Deutsche that neither it nor any “affiliated purchaser” (as defined in Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act) has made any purchases of blocks pursuant to the proviso in Rule 10b-18(b)(4) under the Exchange Act during either (i) the four full calendar weeks immediately preceding the Trade Date or (ii) during the calendar week in which the Trade Date occurs.

4. This Supplemental Confirmation may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Supplemental Confirmation by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank ]

 

 

* CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.


Counterparty hereby agrees (a) to check this Supplemental Confirmation carefully and immediately upon receipt so that errors or discrepancies can be promptly identified and rectified and (b) to confirm that the foregoing (in the exact form provided by Deutsche) correctly sets forth the terms of the agreement between Deutsche and Counterparty with respect to any particular Transaction to which this Master Confirmation relates, by manually signing this Master Confirmation or this page hereof as evidence of agreement to such terms and providing the other information requested herein and immediately returning an executed copy to Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Facsimile No. 646-736-7122.

 

Yours faithfully,
DEUTSCHE BANK AG, LONDON BRANCH
By:  

/s/ Lars Kestner

Name:   Lars Kestner
Title:   Managing Director
By:  

/s/ Michael Sanderson

Name:   Michael Sanderson
Title:   Managing Director

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.,

acting solely as Agent in connection with the Transaction

By:  

/s/ Lars Kestner

Name:   Lars Kestner
Title:   Managing Director
By:  

/s/ Michael Sanderson

Name:   Michael Sanderson
Title:   Managing Director

 

Agreed and Accepted By:
FIFTH THIRD BANCORP
By:  

/s/ Kevin Kabat

Name:   Kevin Kabat
Title:   CEO

[ Signature Page to Supplemental Confirmation ]

 

 

* CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED AND HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

Exhibit 10.8

THIRD AMENDMENT

TO

THE FIFTH THIRD BANCORP MASTER

PROFIT SHARING PLAN

(as amended and restated effective as of September 20, 2010)

Pursuant to the reserved power of amendment contained in Section 12.1 of The Fifth Third Bancorp Master Profit Sharing Plan (as amended and restated effective as of September 20, 2010) (the “Plan”), the Plan is hereby amended effective January 1, 2013 by revising Section 7.5(b)(8) in its entirety to read as follows:

(8) Loans shall be repaid only by payroll withholding properly authorized by the Participant; provided that the Administrator may allow complete prepayment through other means; and provided further, a Participant who is on a leave of absence may pay installments by cashier’s check, certified check or money order, to the extent his pay (if any) is insufficient to meet the repayment schedule.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Fifth Third Bank has caused this Amendment to be adopted as of this 29 day of July, 2013.

 

FIFTH THIRD BANK
BY:   /s/ Teresa J. Tanner

Exhibit 12.1

Fifth Third Bancorp

Computations of Consolidated Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges

($ In Millions)

 

     Three Months
Ended
June  30,

2013
     Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2013
 

Excluding Interest on Deposits:

     

Fixed Charges:

     

Interest Expense (excluding interest on deposits)

   $ 51       $ 108   

One-Third of Rents, Net of Income from Subleases

     7         14   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Fixed Charges

   $ 58       $ 122   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings:

     

Income Before Income Taxes

   $ 841       $ 1,432   

Fixed Charges

     58         122   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Earnings

   $ 899       $ 1,554   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges, Excluding Interest On Deposits

     15.5x         12.74x   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Including Interest on Deposits:

     

Fixed Charges:

     

Interest Expense

   $ 104       $ 211   

One-Third of Rents, Net of Income from Subleases

     7         14   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Fixed Charges

   $ 111       $ 225   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings:

     

Income Before Income Taxes

   $ 841       $ 1,432   

Fixed Charges

     111         225   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Earnings

   $ 952       $ 1,657   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges, Including Interest On Deposits

     8.58x         7.36x   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exhibit 12.2

Fifth Third Bancorp

Computations of Consolidated Ratios of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividend Requirements

($ In Millions)

 

     Three Months
Ended
June  30,

2013
     Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2013
 

Excluding Interest on Deposits:

     

Fixed Charges:

     

Interest Expense (excluding interest on deposits)

   $ 51       $ 108   

One-Third of Rents, Net of Income from Subleases

     7         14   

Preferred Stock Dividends

     9         18   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Fixed Charges

   $ 67       $ 140   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings:

     

Income Before Income Taxes

   $ 841       $ 1,432   

Fixed Charges—Excluding Preferred Stock Dividends

     58         122   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Earnings

   $ 899       $ 1,554   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges, Excluding Interest On Deposits

     13.42x         11.1x   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Including Interest on Deposits:

     

Fixed Charges:

     

Interest Expense

   $ 104       $ 211   

One-Third of Rents, Net of Income from Subleases

     7         14   

Preferred Stock Dividends

     9         18   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Fixed Charges

   $ 120       $ 243   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings:

     

Income Before Income Taxes

   $ 841       $ 1,432   

Fixed Charges—Excluding Preferred Stock Dividends

     111         225   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Earnings

   $ 952       $ 1,657   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges, Including Interest On Deposits

     7.93x         6.82x   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exhibit 31(i)

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT

TO SECTION 302 OF THE

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Kevin T. Kabat, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-Q of Fifth Third Bancorp (the “Registrant”);

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/s/ Kevin T. Kabat
Kevin T. Kabat
Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
August 7, 2013

Exhibit 31(ii)

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT

TO SECTION 302 OF THE

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Daniel T. Poston, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-Q of Fifth Third Bancorp (the “Registrant”);

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/s/ Daniel T. Poston
Daniel T. Poston

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

August 7, 2013

Exhibit 32(i)

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Quarterly Report of Fifth Third Bancorp (the “Registrant”) on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2013 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Kevin T. Kabat, Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

  (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Registrant.

 

/s/ Kevin T. Kabat
Kevin T. Kabat
Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
August 7, 2013

Exhibit 32(ii)

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Quarterly Report of Fifth Third Bancorp (the “Registrant”) on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2013 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Daniel T. Poston, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

  (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Registrant.

 

/s/ Daniel T. Poston
Daniel T. Poston

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

August 7, 2013